Eh 
a 


2 > } ft} 
- : 
v fi Vp 
’ 


OER EEE EEE | 


earning und Xabor. 


LIBRARY 
ee ‘of Illinois. { 
CLASS. BOOK. VOLUME. 


nanahehanan akan 


Leos NLD yo ae 


Books are not to be tak en from the Libr OLY. cade 


S LORS: Nov AE HEA ee fl 
OxQenfsa Rec Pac Pace haOeoPe Paes Pae Bas === 


SEPP EEE Ee 


ok 


wh 
ue 


2 


LIBRARY 
univenSry ot nots. 


POCKET HANDBOOK 


OF 


Useful « ITnformation, 


PulGdes Ly TS, 


Telegraph + Code, + &c., 
LEAD GOVERED ELECTRIC CABLES, 
INSULATED WIRES, &c., 


WRITTEN AND COMPILED BY 
MAIOSEPH + W, + MARSH ,& 


; PRESENTED BY THE 


Standard Underground Cable Co. 


PITTSBURGH, NEW YORK, CHICAGO. 
ST. LOUIS. 


JANUARY, 1897. 


Entered according to Act. of yee ess in the yee? 1897, by 
JOSEPH W. MARSH, 
In the Office of the Librarian of roa ress, at Washington, D. C. 


STAN DARD 
> 


nderground Cable Co. 


MANUFACTURERS OF 


Tue Warinc Cases 


FOR 


TELEGRAPH, TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC LIGHT 
AND POWER; UNDERGROUND, SUB- 
MARINE AND AERIAL. INSU- 
LATED WIRE OF ALL KINDS; 

CABLE AND LINE WIRE 
ACCESSORIES. 


GENERAL OFFICES: WESTINGHOUSE BUILDING, 
PITTSBURGH, PA. 


BRANCH OFFICES: 
NEW YORK, 18 Cortlandt St., G. L. WILEY, Manager. 
as WIRE DEPT., T. E. HUGHES, Manager. 
CHICAGO, The Rookery, J. R. WILEY, Manager. 
ST. LOUIS, MO., Security Building. 


FACTORIES: PITTSBURGH, PA., U. S. A. 


| ! 
Hy % Boon 2 A 


fficers: 


President, 
MARK W. WATSON. 


Vice President and General Manager, 


JOSEPH W. MARSH. 


Secretary and Treasurer, 


FRANK A. RINEHART. 


Auditor, 
Cc. M. HAGEN. 


General Superintendent Manufacturing Department, 


WILLIAM A. CONNER. 


Electrician, 


HENRY W. FISHER. 


Asst. Genl. Manager, 
atl ew DOLE LH, 


General Superintendent Construction, 
Manager Conduit Depariment, 


F. S. VIELE. 


BRG2*0 


LINDE: 


‘ 


P. L, Price Lists; D., Description ; W. D., Working Direc- 
tions ; M., Miscellaneous. 


Alternating (Currents PHMects Ofiiersecnss.s..-eascanvrassecees M., 178, 174 


Arresters, Lightning, Electric Light and Power, 135. ae. os thd 


Arresters Lightning, Telephone and chia rl D., 92;w. D.. , 136 


BGI tit OF aca disccetenesvese steosc eer ves sonnets tec tle ehcesotaberceleamese eee amet M. "158 
Bindins POSts ip cscccesestoes P. L., 84 and 87; D., 90, 91; W. D. 182, 133 
Boxes) Hush Or Servicer 4. althasss seas these eeoetaapsenacsecccn seen one , 102 
Boxes, pores ae LpaabsapesMicaguaiWie yeaa’ = a3 37; D.. 95 to 98; W. D. "31 
Braid, Tubular... Reasentina tases cin PAL) 88; D. , 102: W. D.. 127 
Cable Addresses. ...ssssses--+-- Las eabe'ssSean ote shaulseghtotdtalancs 5 sesaia ame M. , 39 
Cable Box. tre ex ects obenncn cy detente eluaeae tees D., 89 to 92; W. D. , 132 
Cables Aerial ise eas ass ctacseavectscedne one LevSl: D. , 81; W. ae 118° 119 
Cables, Anti-Induction............... oy; D. 80; Ww. JON 111 to 130 
Cables, BUNCHES ete aa wast ones P; SPT D., Pes 82; W. D., 111 to 130 
Cables, Duplex and Multiple...*......... , 84, 85, 86; M. 174, 175 

Cables, Electric Light and Power { . iy 23 to 25; D., 88 to Bi 
Cables HOusestns casssscetetss P. L., 28 to 81; D., 82; W. D., 120, 121 
Ca bles Oimcesnressparsteccsuseeeentences ones P. ye; 19; D, 63; W. D. , 120, 121 
Cables RUDDER c:.-cospsedsccetbbrse iseseparvcceescqceuapasterseweesuentes se D:, 87, 84 
Cables Single W ites cicsscase. Pewee at 24, 25, 29; W. D.. 111 to 130 
Cables Subimarinenss, ccivs.sshersesuces 82: D 87; ; W. D. LTS LS 


Cables, Telephone and Telegraph face “Cables, Bunched, ” and 
“Cables, Anti-Induction’’). 


Cables, Underground (See all Cables!) ucosscrstazeuierd Di alatoon 
Cables, Weatherproof. ...1.1.).scctesssesseceeaseteceaneatesoees Py 2): DA 64 
Calendar for ascertaining the day ofthe week forany date, M. 145 
Calendars for S07 1898 WiS90 oi: eae. er cs nccu an cee ase ect eeee ee tee M. (144 
Capacity, Electro- Stable .\,..bah metas M., 76, &1, 82, 139, 140, 175 
Capacity, Specific Inductive. -..............---ceseseccossepeneecenonees M., 158 


Carrying Capacity, Equivalent, in several Conductors.....M., 165 
Carrying Capacity of Cables, Underground and 


OTT A yi veck toe eases siz suabcccls faces sacha eee pee see ace M., 169 to 171 
Carrying Capacity of Cables and Wires, Table Comparing, M.,171 
Circular Mils and Mils, Deftnitions FT MOE Lent FE , 164 , 165 
Coating, Protective, for Lead Cover .n.eecsee sath sh ia and Fig, 5 
Coatine He es a aah sae tet: Sree or 
Code, General Telegraphic..............:.0:ssse:eecccecerceneeeees M., 39 - 54b 
Code, Numerals: 5 Weir nttssvecsclu cesar tatataametr.asases M. 47 and 54b 
Code: Private (a ee" ae Ravan c cheer reeee M., 54c, 54d 
Code. Spécial (see Price Lists) ii aitsis Aiucsensess cued M ee to 388 
Compound, Waring Insulating, (‘‘Ozite’’) ce <4 sin roe ee 134 
Conductivity of Witeyeciscscn-ssemeec cc's W. D., 188, 139; M. , 158, 159 
Conductivity Relatives ii le sa dessseneanauads coset naa eveum tome rteses M., 159 
Conductors, Information and Formule Relating to......... M., 158 
WON AUILS eres cccvewcnct reer P: L,.,:86; D., 99,to 10L; W. D. , 112, 113 
Construction, Cost of Aerial and Underground aus teossedveceds .M., 179 
COPPer Wires hoes cen becchanas suede ree tet ae eee to men eae Ply 16UDe 59 
Copper Wire, Solid, Table of WDatat....:.csccncssccccsssaewcsstenyeene M., 161 
Copper) Wire; Stranded: "Fable of Datariecri.:s..s-1ekecee essen M., 162 
Cords, Flexible S witehiiictc.cce:-10b ventarcey eae creamer s teeete PL. dees 
Cord, Incandescent Lamp (Silk and Cotton)......... PSL Sse On 
Cavers Vea disci cB cocttn ioe cate soe coc cc Peau ne cl mene RmE aes ae ace seeh D. 78, 79 
Cross Section (2.4 pertersc csuyasrscsuste cetaceans wesnnteay Opposite page 182 
CUDES ERG aaa scence tee rece a ad emaneeeseaedededs esate eiiares ., 154, 155 
Définition of HlectricaljUnits..7-. -nsscccosseaeoonnseeesenes M., 164, 165 
Descriptions and Illustrations of Manufactures............ D., 55to 106 
Diameters and Weights of Wires and somes: (see also 

respective Price Lists))..........c...csessescess 87, 101; M., 161, 162 
Directions for Installing Cables, and all Ghaeeeroane 

APPAFAtS........rsessenrcceceoneee « seseeneeaceescesasesennes W. D., 111, 136 
Directions for Testing Electric Cables............... W.D. , 187 to 142 
Directions to; Purchasers oecciicsecenge (lanes degWOkis\ aseonclie sade caenens M.,8 
Distribution of Cables...%......@%....../.D;, 102; W. D., 117, 128 to 135 
Drawing Cable into Conduits......... 0%... cused cceseos W. D. , 114 to 116 
Blectoral Vote Of: States csi 40 stsacstetwonsasene dopestsmhearee eeopsaaueeed M., 148 
Hlectrical Horse Power, Table Off............scpesuuncsaesevaensae Pings M. 172 
Bilectrical/ Statistics yasciscss decovesgens cannes teabee suseames sokeenea ieee ene M. 17, 178 
Electrical Units and Formule (see also onan ~M., 164, 165 

4 


Electroloysis Discussion of Means for Prevention..M., 107 to 109 


MU POARI oak segs stcns teen eee pnncidgs bach dadepnaaebadunbeueynautestabemsicaricas gabgeras M., 
Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts of a Mile.................000+ M., 153 
FRUCKIDUITY OL AD) eset trian steanertenertccirewtectcesstrsaec che ctcuscces: D., 87 
HOO RU Om ee feces sees tsk secna ck nesta cere ease bane ce tne naeer ovat cass shoes oe es 157 
Foreign Money, WA IWOf s..devccrerepne.ctalatussteretbeheesieceesseene. ) 157 
Formule and Rules..M. , £38 to 142; 156 to 159, 162 to 166, i690 to 174 
Fractions of an Inch Expressed in Mils/niAseiiianlihs ess M., 153 
Gauges; COMpParieoss OF acs seussvscnatsaslwaseetes OS, SAN RTA a 160 
[cae hg: eee OPPS COLIPNEE mL ta SOO FW ek ae ee Bed 158 
General.and Electrical Information.............:0.sccc.eeeeee M. “TB to 182 
Pitti Gel GIASINE ed cavelvocuncasdeasstosdacgt tewabancvyens D., 102; 'W.D. , 118 
Hangers, Cable, (see also “Supports’’) { a. ae 35; Te and 95; 
morse Power, Tableof Mlectricala ra iticnmsscsccse<tscseses sevens M., 172 
Ren tiA CATON s = Dat auscssedeas dalecmocscant se tocectr erst teeeh cancced sduces M., 182 
Inch, Fractions of an, Expressed in Mils................:cc00e000 M., 153 
Induction, SSG Era cee tte cs sta tos scone sesaveresicoueh essed suse sphees D., 85; M., 173 
Inductive Capacity, Specific Sav deeeto ie Me nnlondoteedsneee hake Ok M., 158 
Information, General and Electrical......................6 , 148 to 182 
installine Cables. sete Rede etees laa weeks Ww. ue , 118 to 130 
MIG UPALTON TDCI. osetecstececuscie ton tees onto saeete ies D., 60 to 70; 76 to 78 
Insulation, Rubbet........... PEbwuur voted UUW bens sae es Khtdownstbdauvouesd D., 56, 77 
Interest; Laws of States and Territoniesi.. fae eases: M. 
JOItS) Directions formaking steel. ets ersssecoceeves W. D., 122 to 130 
Joints, on Anti-Induction Cables ..............::eeeeeees We D); * 128 to 130 
JOINS, Off Bunche ‘Ca bhes's. acsc iste scacenscesstssosnesss W. D., 128 to 130 
Joints on Electric Light and Small Single Wire 

BAD LES cestar sry .steeeaia ss dantavstgaeviseesolssna vie mgsacedsitey W Dz, 126 to 130 
Joints, Tools and Devices for Making { “PB. ee aes 1b ge 104 ; 
MAN CHIOLD ORES Ase ket asect as onetws cece ee PV, 875.D.; 95 to 98; hike D., 181 
UN CHONM BDORCS VE ATLS Olt. cansaqnssceydeeeesseccedeelstesrededdsawescuns ose Male , 37 
amp Cord pincand €pcen tic tecenccscecyestatarsscescesenue ces PRLA. is: D., 61 
Ma ying and, Placing. Ca bled. cc.ccic sk. eec ce secneevscsesdey W.D. ete: to 122 
FEA) GOW OL sen ceneceevethvss herve encase seninsoanctol series enttecgsuevduederes D., 78, 79 
Wen sth of Ca blesra ray cmc a cocee uae eeaeeeaeten nteansedanets D., 87, 101 
Light Lead Cables (see ‘“Cables, Aerial’? and ‘‘Cables, House’) 
Longitude ker DATE PANU OE ise eet eoegakk vert cee caarettetccesens M., 163 
Loops, Half Connections, etc., Directions ey 

VEIT INOW cere aehs Jesse opsstunseceel talvkcvecslaveeecs W. D., 128 to 130 
Maintenance of Subways and Cables.................006 W.D. , 111, 112 
MatiHOLes 550i. cede cdeea dines abet yitvenersdescbsess , 101, 102, 115; W. D., 113 
Manufactures, Description Of............-::csseeeeeeeeeeeeeees D., 55 to 106 
MIECASULE, GAT Cliss. HY b ese ihsa hee seccinvtalecsesrredusseedoseunebdedeardoerene M., 157 
MMIGASULES nELen dub ADICiON WEIDTIESY, .a gohecscsel sates ec oh von stentcal es M., 156 
Medals, (World’s RAT G)ieeen tae sc det cons tees devs Gentes eravcdesn crete see, M., 110 
Melting POMS ters, OF SuUDSCAT CES isnt: saives cdesos das duvedeoncscnsse M., 159 
Members of Congress ELOPMEACH I StAteiie st iit smenevesesesvate M., 148 
Members Of Cotigress from AS70248 -. 6p Re tii sett aak M., 148 
EM THOMA MCAS PTEVALE pcyecs los sddesncneaatidacs otek bes tuts Opposite page 182 
TEE EEO EOE aI SW Aas NTT eS ay M., 157 
BPEL DANE FY BUCT da xansresesds oddssuersss\puenkVensabinntetucteoucenbascausesershaa M., 156 
Mile, Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts Of a... ...ssesesseseeee M., 15: 
Mils, Fractions of an Inch Expressed in.............eccessecneeeeees M., 153 
Mine Memmice Wire. and Cable fot ic tna-sasseoedeess 75; W. D., 120 
Miscellaneous Tools and Devices.P. L,., 388; D.,91 to 0983. 102to 106; 125 
MIGESS OE) ATNETICA TIA: cast acdussoseesechtel sidecidstese taco adttetle se ceacs 54 
Mould, Complete JO Ldaatw. tee tee P. L., 38; D., 103; W. D. , 125 
Mould, BlESVETOine Wat Neila a. PIUL4 38: D. O04; Ww. D. "126 
ak GTS Ae SODAS ek RE EE ROD Pee MICO Bs ‘per 15; D., 76 
Paper Tubes for Wire Splices...... P, L. 38: D., 102; Ww. D. iar, 130 
Patents, United States antd Canadiat.....ccccccessesseessesseeseees 10 
Pipe, Iron, LO Protect Cables tip, Poles.j..c.istssstesve sen tece w. D. 132 
| cn WD LE res gts ee EONS 1 UEC pa EE D., 182; W. 1; 135 
Population, Largest Cities of tne oe Statest.ctscauc M., 149, 151 
Population, Largest Cities of the Naka ri ES haan apts 151 
Population ‘of States and Poe. Aatanen ..M.. 148 
Postal Guide... pam tacteces ee +146 and 147 
Posts, Combination Fire Alarm.......csccssccsssscssceee Pe too 
Posts, Test.. uh srsseineseeneereeees Dy 88 
Power, TE ansmission of (see Shafting)... AoA ert eM A 158 
Pressure of Water and ATIMOSPHETE oli cee. costes es tines eo LOD 
Lig s CLA MT, Cee eireas Deiat) hee De ee ee eee M., 11 to 38 
Protective Coating for Cables oti ‘‘Coating”’’) 
PUNY 8 wate hottie My sec tank resend bon veh aay roecvapbcnuaysocd en ddetsteoees M., 158 


Railway Service, Wires and Cables for...............sseeee D., 59, 74, 75 


ReCIMTOOG Sih onrsscks coeagenninn anion verter nagsece vabann sales gp ereneae M., 154, 158 
Resistance, Change of, with Change of Temperature, M., 163, 178 
Resistance: Copper Wile ssicc misses. seve cane srncge sheen pnecet M., 158, 161, 162 
Resistance, Incandescent Larmips........0.cisssstscenctones coneadanseas M., 166 
Rodding: CONGUitS 6. Necs-ce sss scne vete- te cone de sberpetacsomen taste oa eeen W. D., 114 
Rules, (see Formule). 
Self-Induction, Comparative ......-.:.....s<sesssasevorieesesase D., 85; _ , 174 
Shafting, Belting, Pulleys, and Gears...........0..00....-.sccecneens M., 158 
Sipmials: Weath @risass.s.cciniessoccucaast tebe doleakee tet tus gta aeeaee M., 180 
RAMEE. TH SIA TAT 9 iccks acon ni Sohecerep csecanaes canine D., 103; W. D., 125 
BC] V es TMA on. isedpn sock de co Sthoo ten somsstcetwaiasuaeaptasn ar tenae Pils oe Dobe 
Sleeves, COPPeT........-seeveceeecceeeesseecsssensssseeseseesseersseeensens W.D., 127 
Specific Gravity of Substances.-2i.cs-scsuees nspeecertva ts. seeeeeees M., 159 
Spreading, or Dividing Cables.c.c.cic050.08,scenseeeneces gaeeen W. D., 180 
Squares and Square ROOtS ........ccccscceecssesseeseeeeseeeenenenes ph , 154, 155 
Statistics, Railway, Electric Light, and Telephone... 177; 178 
Strand, Galvanized Steel Wire......cscccsssscesscceees Bey, i 15: is 59 
Stringing Aerial Cable dif. ..stissascldeepatascbeederanesdduces W. D., 118, 119 
Supports, Cable, (see also ‘ paneer) Sas cose oedolns detichtee tec Ds 
Tape, Insulating abdsiaestteashaitacss pes oe D., 106; W. D., 127 and 130 
PECSO LEAS srevrestacentist tc ae eeeee tosarebaseh P. i. 38: i) , 104; W. D., 129 
Telegraph Code (see “Gode” and “Morse’”’) 
Temperature Data and Co-efficients. ........<5..s0-cesssesesses M., 175, 176 
Terminal, Acheson Electric Light and Street Rail- 

OA sis bane cian weecagedanran P. L,., 83; D. , 90; W. D., 184 and 135 
Lerminal SIrOt: sacs: sven sahecanhes dees eae ceeoeek tease; soa eee ees D., 90, 92 
Wetmi nal PALES Of; a.cscecccata4 ocaysacs-bas conte ranceensnenees , 33 and 34 


Terminals, Telephone and Telegiaph ta ae D, 9; 134. 


Terminals, Tubular, Electric Light.....P. L., 84; D., 90; W. D., 134 


Terminals, Underground Or olle yas es otek deasese D. ‘91: W. D. ) 185 
Testing Electric Ca blesie inc vccs cecces terrane teens Ww. D, , 187 to 142 
Tests of Insulated Wile, oy oscgeccnss!cnsncensctedeateoh ealseind pete aD: , 68, 69 
Pisa Of on the ead COVECIep.acccnccreceneaceaaerstecoes races sheet D., 79, 82 
Tongs, for Applying or Removing Cable eee 

AGeiwnseee «28s as oped sapecishadaanecsavaanasiles sabe Redaete tee Be P. L., 85; W. D., 185 
Pool, ead Cuttings. tesrere eet tee Pad eos Be 105; W. D., 128 
Tools and Devices for Making Joints { ie 1 ae pheit 105; 
Tool, Rotary Wire Splicing............... Balok. , 104; W. D., 124 
Tool, Insulation Cuttings ..nca oc ..na-cns- Pal, 38: D. ‘103: W. D., 128 
GOL WZEA Cd SCOLIT O tc. cvecsceeseusnevaceoss Oe Pils, 88; D. "105: W. D., 123 
rede Marke | ha sa ee M., 10 ‘and Figs. 40, 41, , 42, 48 
Tube, Paper, for Wire Splice ............. P. L., 88; D., 102; Ww. 127 
Reisted Pairs Cables clissc cic oe, ease ee eee D. “3h. 82 
Weather: Sionals.......cusessccacsnanemee awe ties tone ceuheamomeeeemines M. , 180 
Weights of Copper and Iron Wire..............:scseee M., 158, 161; 162 
Weights and Dimensions of Insulated Wire and Cables, 

(see also Respective Price Lists)...............068 Desi: M,, ante 162 
Weichts'of Various SUDStances.cic.s.sssncsss-cenocosssasscenetan eens Ds 159 
Weights atid Measures 370.202s.0. sasersncstenian sions nccataceeeteteese M., 156 
Wire “Ann inciator. 5 .c..ces. cs ocn ctesssuebsesat ke snes peneteese P.1).519%- D., 62 
Wire, Bare Copper (see also ‘‘Copper Wire’’)........ PB s1632D269 
Ware, Duplex RUbDer,....t..cuss.nccesue-catclancseatcoteencerns Poletti) tbe 
WarelElectrolier.. sc... cetera ccsnscrisoeeeraeee Mm pe dabatine Pdi Daepe 
Wire, Fire and Moistureproof, W. A. C. .........++++ PAL. e222 Da: 
Wire, Fire and Waterproof, Tip Top ..........:...00+ Pole DO, 

Wire, Galvanized Iron and Stee] w.csccceccesssseseeeeeeee Pele b 0s 0u 
Wires German SilV Gl. cccstecss en iecesties tea ene ene P. 1, 16:.D.760 
Wire, Magnet; Cotton Covered...-s. 10svapasse ceases toeeos Pri ly: Dsas60 
Wire; Macnet, Silk Coveted Gib...5.0.08-e:: ss costeewece ce Ply 18" Di, 60 
Wire, Marsh Di plex sivccsesurecetenceeeney asteunre eaceeeee PY. wll sor 
Wire, OPAC Fegan cu oidue nes carmedeicavencersqug-Rensdakeldsoueers P. L., 19; D., 68 
Wire, Pressure, in Ca blessiing Asecads bsycess des tee ., 94 
Wire, Rubber Covered, Sterling and up Top (Solid 

ANG Stranded) ce. scae. onensseeteeeer es aeseee P. L., 12, 18; D.. 56 and 58 
WP OU RG Er writersic..c.c:ececstarsc=sderccresseraenr aapucemeasas P, L., 19; D., 63 
Wire, Weatherproof, Galvanized Iron and Steel...P. L.. 21, D.. 69 
Wire, Weatherproof Line, “‘Standard”’......... PSE 20s 64 to 69 
Wire, Weatherproof Line, ‘‘Sterling”’......... P. L., 20; D., 64 to 69 
Wire, Weatherproof Line, "“Tip-Top” Se dates Peilze 20: ues 64 to 69 
Wiring ArcandincandescentiCirenits.2,.c.scasceueeseesse ., 167, 168 
Wiring or Cabling HOuses.............ss.se-sssesesereostonss 120. 121 
Wiring, Rules fOr, ..1--s.resesenseisonterrsacesteoronsres M., 163. 166" 167, 168 
Working Directions for Laying and Connecting Conduits, 

Cables and AcceSSOries...i5..sicccstdessseoqsvercseete me Ueeen M., 111 to 136 


PREFACE. 


The edition of 8,000 copies of our No. XI pocket handbook, 
issued in 1890, has long since been exhausted, and numberless 
requests for additional copies, as well as direct testimonials as 
to the value of the book, from those whose business it is to de- 
sign, construct, or operate electrical plants of all kinds, have 
led us to issue the present volume in a still more complete form. 

The purpose kept in mind in preparing this revised edition 
has been to give all useful information relating to electric wires 
and cables, and the installation of the latter, in as brief a form 
as possible, consistent with a proper understanding of the sub- 
ject discussed, and also to provide convenient rules, tables, etc., 
for ready reference and use by practical men. 


We cheerfully acknowledge the valuable suggestions re- 
ceived from many prominent engineers, superintendents and 
managers, who have kindly responded to the request made in 
the former edition, to co-operate with us in making this book 
as usetul as possible to the electrical public, and we now renew 
the request. 


We were the pioneers of the underground cable business, 
and for a number of years the only distinctively underground 
cable company in the United States; it is, therefore, but natural 
that we should have acquired more valuable experience in this 
line than anyone else, and this experience we cheerfully place 
at the service of our customers. 


Since the last handbook was issued in 1890 our manufacturing 
facilities have been greatly increased, including a complete 
modern plant for the manufacture of rubber covered wires and 
cables, so that we can now furnish our customers any kind of 
wire or cable that they may desire, whether insulated with 
fibre, paper orrubber. Our extensive factories are located in 
the City of Pittsburgh, and prompt delivery can be made to all 
parts of the country. 


Our products have been installed and successfully operated 
in every State in the Union, and in many foreign countries, 
notably, Venezuela, Brazil, Argentine Republic, England, 
India, Australia, China and Japan. Our processes of manu- 
facture are reduced to as exact a science as is that of making 
steel rails or ‘‘I’’ beams, and we expect to continue to merit the 
aS ag of buyers and users of the product covered by our 
ists. 


It is hoped that this book will prove eminently useful, and 
that an acknowledgement of its receipt will be sent to the 


STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, 


Westinghouse Bldg., Pittsburgh, Pa. 
JANUARY, 1897. 


a § 


GENERAL DIRECTIONS TO PURCHASERS. 


In order to avoid delays and misunderstandings, purchasers 
should carefully note the following: 

Ist. All price lists and discounts heretofore issued are hereby 
cancelled. The Telegraph Code in Handbook No. 1lis now 
superseded by the code herein provided. 

2nd. All prices are subject to change without notice. 

8rd. Prices are F. O. B. cars at Pittsburgh, unless otherwise 
specified. 

4th. Our reels or packages will be credited at price charged, 
if returned in good order, freight prepaid; ifslats are not returned 
a deduction will be made. In order to secure the specially low 
freight rate on empty reels, they must be returned by the same 
road orroads over whieh they were received and must be billed 
as “empty reels returning, having been shipped over the road 
filled.” 

5th. Terms, cash in 30 days from date of invoice, or one per 
cent. off for cash in ten days. Interest will be added on all over- 
due accounts. 

6th. In sending a first order, if credit is desired, references 
should be given, as otherwise the order may be delayed. 

7th. Unless the wire gauge is mentioned, all orders will be 
entered as ‘‘Brown & Sharpe’s Gauge.” 

8th. All orders should be explicit as to gauge, size, quantity 
and grade. 

9th. All orders should state whether the shipment is to be 
made by freight or express and should also name the route; in 
absence of instructions shipments will be made by fastest freight 
route. 

10th. No claims for allowances will be entertained, unless 
made within five days after delivery of the goods. 


LIBRARY 
OF THE 


UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS. 


“PRICE lusts 


OF 


Insulated Wires, 
I lectric Gables 


AND 


A\ccessories. 


LETTERS FATENT. 


NOTICE. 


This Company owns over one hundred patents, and pending 
applications (United States, over 78; Canada, 22) relating to its 
manufactures and methods, notices and dates of which will be 
found on the respective articles to which they apply, or on the 
packages containing the same. 

All infringers will be vigorously prosecuted. 


Standard Underground Cable Company. 


TRADE MARKS. 


“WARING.” “OZITE.” “TIP-TOP.” 
“STERLING.” “STANDARD.” 


(See also figures 40, 41, 42 and 43.) 


10 


DUPLEX WIRE. 


MARSH DUPLEX OR ANTI-INDUCTION WIRE. 


For Telephone, Telegraph or Electric Light Circuits. 
(For descriptive matter see page 57.) 


LE eS Se 


Fig, 0, 
Diameter | Price per Ft. 
B. & S.G. over Braid Two Wires. |Telegraph Code. 
Single Wire. Cents. 

20 131 2.50 cannibal. 
18 146 3.00 cannon. 
16 176 4.00 cannonade. 
14 187 5.00 cannular. 
12 250 6.50 canny. 

DUPLEX RUBBER INSULATED WIRE, 

(For descriptive matter see page 57.) . 
Two Rubber Insulated and Braided Wires Twisted 
Together. 
Diameter Price per Ft. 
B.& S.G. over Braid Two Wires. /|Telegraph Code, 
Single Wire. Cents. 
| 

20 | 131 | 3.50 canoes, 
18 131 4.00 canoeing. 
16 156 5.50 canons. 
14 187 | 7,00 canoness. 
12 250 9.00 canonic. 


ELECTROLIER WIRE. TAPED FLAT. 


Light “TIP TOP” Insulation. See page 12, 
Special thickness of Insulation to order. 
(For descriptive matter see page 57.) 


Fig’, 00. 


Diameter Mils Price per Ft. | 
B. & S. G. over both Two Wires. (Telegraph Code. 
Wires and Tape Cents. | 
20 231 , 8.20 canonist. 
18 231 3.60 canonize. 
16 oon 5.00 canonry. 
14 343 7.00 canopy. 
12 407 9.50 canorous. 


Our Weatherproof, W. A.C., ‘‘Tip Top’”’ or Underwriters’ 
Wire, either twisted together or laid parallel and braided flat, 
will be furnished at a slight advance over the price per foot 
or pound of the wire itself. In telegraphing an order for 
Duplex Wire of these grades, write first the code word for the 
kind and size of wire, then (if desired flexible) the code wad 
“‘defyers,” and then the code word “ pullet,’’ 


11 


* Jose. 00°TT ‘QJBULIVS 0Z°0L ‘yorndes 00°ET ‘ayeyoedea G3 SI SEF 9P 8 FLI 
‘oBe1ieo c9'8 “BulIBO G0'S *rourondeo 00°0L ‘snotoed go GE'6 Ge TPE l'PEL 
“TAs ES oF'6 “HOT]HIBO 08°8 ‘urgondes 08 IL ‘Ayoedvo 090 {OF GLg PI9L 
‘Suryoera1wod OTL ‘SaTIBo 08°9 *poyondes 09°8 ‘eiqudvo 06°2 23 St GEST 
‘sndivo | 00°6 ‘snooies | g's ‘orpondes | 02°0L ‘deo | OL‘OL 90F G18 LIF 
“Surjodievs OL’! ‘DBINIvO CF'y ‘31njdeo cL’8 ‘sjouozueD 0g°2 TFS gis PSIL 
‘ladies Ch") oqiieo 03'L *10jde9 0°'°6 ‘QuUOZURD 06'8 G1E PRS OTST 
‘coyuedavo 019 ‘sqimwd | 09°9 *AqrAyyd Bo 90°2 ‘OTAUBO 079 sé 183 o°90T 
‘yedivo | g's "O81BD | GIS ‘aatydeo =| ¢9°0T ‘oaued =| 00'OT §0F GLE 6 CEI 
‘divs ise "MOSES1IBO 02'S ‘ayearydeo 019 ‘SUISSBAUBO OL'9 €18 18z 616 
“‘Sursno1es c9°9 *Sulxo1eo c0'9 ‘snoijdeo GGL “1ISSBAUBD OF? EFS gts a’ JOT 
‘esnoivd | O64 ‘[BI91N9 =| OF ‘uoydes | 0L°9 *SBAMWUO ) Se] 183 093 v8 
*[esno1vo GZ" Sso1Bo 02'S ‘woreda 09°L ‘AVUBO 00°2 TFS S18 ¥'66 
“lopljoivo cO"h *S19Ud1B9 GO'F ‘Aoureydeo (FS *‘sjatjueo C8'F 183 08% 6°92 
"O1}O1vd GI'¢ ‘sloyo1ed =| 0N'F ‘1aureydeo G29 ‘peryuEs OLS €18 182 0°62 
‘12910189 OLS *SULI90189 02° ‘ajnsdeo 08°F ‘desjues G)s 093 61z g°8¢ 
‘moorws | 09° ‘II19I1BO 66'S ‘aupnsdvo OL’? ‘WU00FuUBd 09°8 09% 61S 16} 
*SUI[IMIO1BS C8°% ud91e9 GE's ‘ueysdeo 08° "IZIMNO}JUBOD 08° 616 181 6°0F 
“OHTOLEO 29'S ‘Oped 06'S ‘azisdvo G1 ‘Suluo}UBS OL 616 Z81 6S 
"SSUILOIBD CLS “moopi1ed co’ “tanotsdes 0¢°S ‘QSOTIOJULO 00° LEI 9S G'8S 
"UT]O1RD 00°% *SI}Ipieo GG‘T ‘yueziides OFS ‘]euUO}VUBS 06°T 18I 9ST GG 
*IO[OL1BO Q9°T *prorparvo OL ‘podridvs 00° ‘ORUvO 0°'T 991 Qt Z8t 
“TIYIO1vS 09'T ‘TBUIpPteS GET ‘sojorideo 061 *‘S}O]JUBS GFL OSL GéL &'9L 
*[O1BO 08° "SOBIPIBO 00°T ‘outides 09° ‘o]JUBO Go'T ISL 00 CSL 
“SurAuteo 09'T “eIpieo 06° "mAoj;Tideo 08'T meceyahea-) OF'T 9¢I GZT Lvl 
“1O0SOU1vS CST "lapievo 06° “oTOJLAd vo OFT ‘o[tueo OO’L || I8t OOT GIT 
- ee ee ats é Ss : : advy1o 
‘2poD s}ua9 ‘2po9 sap apoa *syU99 apod ENCES Eid aqqyny SPunod 
"yy aed 3 "yy ad aed | yderaze 3g Jad || prerg 
ydviselay Sorat ydersapaL Sore ydeissfay Lee 1 IAL | aorrg || taa9 | 240 Ree 
*pedey, 10 pepreag ‘UIVId ‘podey 10 peprBig ‘UIeld SIN ‘urviq | x.addy' 


« ONITUALS »> 
‘IOMOT QUST o1aqoo1q ‘Gdesseloy, ‘ouoydeoy ‘s1ozonpuocN pepuvayys pus prloS— WHIM GHNPAOO WAAHAY 


«AOL dibs 


"STUN 
saddoa 
aieg jo 


"mer | 


19z9% 
19696 
LSZ96 
T909% 
910% 
91806 
91802 
9T80¢d 
GUS9L 
60.91 
G0S9T 
5099T 
76081 
F608L 
1880I 
[880L 
0699 
ogg 
901% 
901F 
a4 
6893 
F091 
F691 
TZ0L 
1201 


“STL 
Ie] 
-Nd1ID 
Boy 


* % 
ov 


* * 


*% % 
DDO D DH Pel iw il~- OD 


D°S 8 "a 


‘LozoOnNpUuoD gaddcy: 


12 


SoIIM IOUIE Y}IM PpaprlAoid 10 ‘pa19A0o pea] 10 ‘paptesq 10 padej 194319 ‘s1ojonpuod jo Joquinu Aue jo Surjsisuoo Sdqqeo IO} UOTeoI[dde uo sold 
*1OJONPUOD PepueRsS » 


‘uorjeol[dde uo pajonb uorjepnsulr jo ssouyoiy3 [eLeds 
(gg eased 90S Jo}yeur dAt}dt1osap 10,7) 


‘ayesseo 
*OISSBO 
“YSBO 
*SaIseod 
*MOUSBd 
‘yuUVYsVO 
"SBD 
‘apvoseod 
[eq voseo 
‘pryefaivs 
*19}STAIBO 
*SSUTAIBO 
"SIDAIBO 
‘OI[GAIBD 
"2A189 
‘oyeonied 
*SU00}IeD 
*S104.1Bd 
i &) Sh a-n) 
‘24189 
"yae9 
“@8.1B90 
“SutAr1v9 
*A1Ivd 
*IQMOI1IVS 
*AjOri1v9d 
*D1}011R9 
*MmO11ed 
*IZ][O11vd 
*‘aOjy11B9d 


| $2°S¥ 
00°F7 
96 'GF 
QL Le 
00°98 
00°SE 
G1°1Z 
96°F 
SFG 
00°32 
00°F% 
09°06 
00°T% 
00°8T 
91°06 
CIAL 
00°81 
90 OT 
00'S 
00°ST 
0o°¢T 
9L°Ot 
0¢°aT 
09°TT 
OU'ZI 
$9 °OT 
09°81 
90°IT 
raat 
06°6 


*SIOJONPUOD PI[OS 31¥ JST] AOE UI S190 [TV 


‘DISNOUIBS 
‘AyISourBs. 
*AJIUIS 
*xojIureo 
‘URITIUIBS 
‘29[0UIBD 
‘ozITeured 
*XIAT[ ePUIeO 
‘Heures. 
*"qSI[VUIvo 
*SuUlTeUIeS 
‘Teules 
‘OSBUIvS 
*SJOULIVD 
‘SUIS 
‘oPpOMIvS 
*‘UI[aUIIeS 
“UBULIBo 
*yO[IeO 
"yooy1eo 
*UsT[1eo 
‘Sal[LAVo 
“OMe 
"IDUT[IBO 
‘BUTT IBD 
*HOILLVo 

>: ea:2) 
“Spnores 
‘stsdorieo 
*IBO[OLI BO 


00° LF 
09°F 
GL'0P 
9G 96 
C!s 
92°06 
GL°9G 
G6°&S 
09°86 
96° TS 
00°86 
GL6L 
GZ'°0G 
93°21 
00°06 
gL or 
Go" LT 
09°FT 
Go°LT 
GB FL 
GL ol 
00°OT 
SLL 
G20 
08IT 
06°6 

O8°GL 
S01 
SIT 
02°6 


"ples 
*[V190189 
SSBO1IBO 
‘qouvo1vd 
‘opouNqied 
*£OQAB9 
‘soyemoqieo 
‘gpeuoqies 
‘moqteo 
‘OT[oquvo 
“INIUIGIvD 
*SoUIqivo 
“ABMBIBO 
‘S[OAVIBOD 
‘IBABIBO 
D1} e1Bd 
“xedevivo 
‘sodudvuivo 
*XUBIBS 
‘jome1ed 
‘oyeleo 
*9[008189 
"IDYOwIVS 
*‘[BoR1Bd 
‘OB1IBS 
‘proqgervs 
‘QUIqe1eD 
"Bd 
‘aatgndeo 
*sulyndvo 


OS °FS 
93 8% 
00 SP 
00°F 
0G IF 
00°98 
$2118 
00°28 
GL1% 
09°F3 
09°26 
GGG 
SETS 
90°08 
£6°FG 
00°04 
00°TS 
90°LT 
Go'1G 
Go°LT 
G68 
OS°FT 
OS'8T 
GZS 
00°FT 
90°OT 
08 9T 
066 
Tim A 
O9°TT 


‘soorid eo 
*I11d Bd 
‘radd ea 
‘snuvddero 
‘aj30d 89 
*sBjodeo 
‘ssouodeo 
‘syoodeo 
‘20d Bd 
‘cotvaoUudes 
“ury{deo 
‘sso[dvo 
‘TATA eo 
‘ornidvo 
‘Ie[nyides 
‘oud eo 
‘oyeyid eo 
‘avyideo 
‘speyides 
‘asojjideo 
‘seideo 
*SUILOd BO 
*1o19deo 
‘siodeo 
*‘yoTToEd vo 
‘urjod¥vo 
‘ouejodeo 
‘jedeo 
‘uostiedvo 

‘eLavduo 


GLE 
09°97 
09 '9F 
09°0F 
CG'UF 
Ql'Fs 
$L°08 
00°96 
G19 
92°E3 
G96 
GCS 
GOES 
90°6T 
09°&% 
&6 61 
00°06 
09°OT 
09°06 
0S‘9T 
Go°LT 
A) 4 
gL°L1 
0¢ CT 
GZS 
02°TT 
Go'GL 
CUCL 
00°F 
06°0T 


906 
8 
G18 
T8 
618 
092 
L389 
S69 
S¢9 
699 
999 
v6S 
76S 
Teg 


F6g 
T&¢ 
1g 
69% 
699 
00g 
00¢ 
8e7 
18¢ 
88P 
S&F 
907 
00g 
S&F 
69F 
. 90% 


| 


&18 
094 
1g 
612 
612 
999 
G9 
£9¢ 
699 
009 
Fog 
T&¢ 
1é¢ 
697 
89g 
008 
00$ 
S&F 
1&¢ 
69F 
69F 
90% 
00g 
90F 
90F 
928 
69F 
90F 
S&P 
Zé 


6186 
o°OL8 
6162 
¥0EL 
6999 
3°809 
GSTS 
L°99F 
PSL 
6°ObP 
L'1L&P 
9°F8 
P'968 
6°S9€ 
$°996 
S168 
¢"sse 


OFS 
979 
00$ 
009 
IGP 
Tah 
Gls 
Gls 
SCS 
908 
SS 
SPS 
686 
686 
GIS 
GIé 
896 
893 
186 
186 
623 


623 
0&6 
0&6 
F0G 
703 
8G 
81% 
Gs 
ost 


‘Q[It 1ad suyOSaIUt YOSI—0j¢ DoUe\sISa1 UOTJE[NSUT 


| OO9TIZ 


OOSTIZ 
CO8L9T 
908Z9T 
6LOEST 
6L0EET 
669901 
€6SS0T 
S6SS0T 
e6990t 
F69E8 
F698 
$6988 
y69E8 
€L899 
§1E99 
81899 
€1699 
FE9GS 
FEICS 
FEICE 
7909 
GPLIF 
GPLIF 
GFLIF 
Ord? 
COLES 
GOFES 
COTES 
COTES 


{| «0000 
+0000 
*000 
*000 
*00 
+00 


13 


Rubber Insulation. 


FLEXIBLE SWITCH CORDS. 
For Electric Light and Street Railway Use. 


For descriptive matter see page 58. 


Made of very fine Wires. 


Diameter Price per 

in Mils. | yo). |Foot. Cents. 

SG. Over 0 oe 
Bub-| praigi > °°) Plain. Braided 

+1 ber 
18 | 110| 141] 500 1.50; 1.90 
18 | 184; 165} 1500 2.10 2.45 
18 | 182} 213 | 3000 3.30] 3.80 
16 | 1385] 166; 500 2.40 2.90 
16; 165; 196/1500) 3.70; 4.30 
16 | 212) 2438 | 000 5.65 6.30 
14 | 150/] 181] 6500 8.00 8.50 
14 | 185; 216] 1500} 4.00] 4.60 
14 | 238/] 269} 3000 6.00| 6.75 
12; 170; 288; 600; 4.10! 4.70 
12 | 204; 267} 1500 5.20; 585 
12 | 260| 323} 8000 7.45] 8.20 
10 | 210; 273] 500 5.90] 6.65 
10 | 240; 303] 1500 6.95 7.75 
10 | 300; 8683/8000) 9.60] 10.45 
9 | 240} 3803] 500 7.10 7.85 
9 | 280! 343] 1500 8.75 9.50 
9 | 3840; 403] 3000} 11.90} 12.70 
8 | 260!) 3823] 500} 9.10] 9.90 
8; 800; 863; 1500} 10.86] 11.70 
8 | 360| 423] 8000} 14.00] 14.90 
7 | 270| 333] 500} 10.00; 10.75 
7} 810} 3873) 1500} 12.10) 32.85 
7 | 370} 483) 8000} 15.25) 16.10 
6 | 820; 383) 600) 13.60; 14.86 
6 | 860) 423 | 1500} 16.00| 16.80 
6 | 420] 483] 8000} 19.85] 20.90 
5 | 340} 403; 600} 16.00) 16.75 
5 | 390) 453) 1500} 19.00] 19.95 
6 | 460; 613) 8000} 238.10) 24.15 
4} 360| 423] 500] 18.60} 19.40 
4] 410) 473] 1500] 21.75} 22.80 
4{ 480); 543] 3000} 26.80! 27.90 
3 | 425] 488] 500] 22.60} 23.60 
3 | 480) 5438/1500} 26.70; 27.80 
8 | 550} 614} 3000] 31.75} 82.90 
2| 520} 614] 500] 3280] 33.85 
2 | 600] 694] 1500} 40.30} 41.50 
2 | 670| 764] 38000} 47.80} 49.80 
1| 670; 664) 600; 40.50] 41.65 
1} 650| 744| 1500} 48 50]. 50.15 
1 | 720] 814] 8000] 56.50} 58.10 
0 | 630] 724] 500} 50.40] 51.80 
0 | 700) 794] 1500} 58.20} 59.75 
0| 780| 874) 8000} 6810; 69.80 
00 | 690] 784} 500] 61.50} 63.10 
00 | 750) 844/1500| 68.60] 70.20 
00 | 830] 924] 8000} 79.80) 81.30 
000 | 780} 874} 500} 76.80] 78.10 
000 | 850; 944| 1600) 85.80| 88.00 
000 | 940 | 1034 | 8000] 99.50! 101.90 
0000 | 880} 974] 500} 97.70} 99.90 
0000 | 950 | 1044 | 1500 | 109.00 | 111.60 
0000 | 1050 | 1144 | 3000 | 125.20 | 128.00 


Telegraph | Telegraph 
Code. Code. 
Plain. Braided. 

! castor. celery. 
castral. celestial. 
cat. celiac, 
catalpa. celine. 
catapult. cellar. 
catawba, celter. 
catch. celtis. 
catechise celtoid. 
catechu. cenatory. 
catemate. | cenobite. 
caters. cenoby. 
cateran. cenotaph. 
catering. cense. 
catesic. cension. 
catkin. censor. 
catling. censorial. 
catnip. censorious. 
catso. census. 
caufer. centage. 
cauk, centaur. 
cauling. _| centenary. 
causson. centennial. 
cautil. center. 
cauter. centiped. 
canvassac.| centner. 
cavate. centurion. 
caves. century. 
caviar. cephalic. 
caviler. cephaloid. 
cavin. cerago. 
cavy. ceramic. 
caw. cerberus. 
cawksert. cereal. 
cawky. cerebal. 
caxon. cerebric. 
cayenne. cerebrum. 
cayman. cerement. 
cazique. ceremony. 
cazzon. ceres. 
cease. cerete. 
cedar. cerine. 
cedarbird. | ceriph. 
cede. cernous. 
cedilla. certain. 
cedrant. certainty. 
cedrine, certify. 
cedry. certitude. 
cedule, cerum. 
ceil. cess. 
ceiling. cestacean. 
celandine. cestaceous. 
celebrant. cestoid. 
celebrate. cestus. 
celebrity. cestuyor, 


14 


nO rad is bel hice 


[TRADE MARK] 
WARING INSULATING COMPOUND. 
(For descriptive matter see page 76.) 


For Filling Cable Joints, Cable Terminals, Junction 
Boxes, Converters, Etc. 


In ordering, state purpose for which the Compoyind is to be 
used. ‘The right is reserved to decline filling any or all orders 
for this Compound, 


Price per | Telegraph 
ode. 


Gallon. 
Waring Compound in 1 gal. cans,.... $1.00 chack. 
<< a Sy |e abtmeaeh sh 95 chad. 
« ‘s ety ft Popes 90 chafe. 
“s - ‘‘ approximately 
BOPP AM NDATIELS cis hae: abies 2 se .80 chaffic, 


GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE. 
Telephone and Telegraph. 


(For descriptive matter see page 59.) 


. TelegraphjTelegraph|Telegraph 
B.W.G. ate pe Codes vs Code; Code. 
1 : B. B. E.B.B. | Steel, 

4 730 =U | chaffy. chamfer. | chaplet. 

6 540 2.2 |chainey. | chamois, | chapter. 

8 380 as% | chair. champ. charity. 

9 320 OY | chaise. champion.} charmer. 
10 260 Uma, | Chalaze. chancel. charnel. 
11 214 YG | chaldese. | chaos. charon. 
12 165 a2 | chalice. chapel. charted. 
14 96 m8 challis. chaperon, | charts. 


GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE STRAND, 
For Suspension, Guy, Span Wire, Etc. 
This strandis composed of seven wires twisted together. 


(For descriptive matter see page 59.) 


poate] coe | See. tenes | eae 
an 5 AB Cents. * |in Pounds, , 
QAO” seh bends id Ses, BT 
yy 8 240 52 8320 chase. 
33 9 205 42 6720 chasers. 
qs 10 180 36 5720 chaste. 
¥% il, 150 29 4640 chastely. 
5 12 115 21 3360 chastise. 
os 13 90 16 2560 chastity. 
3 14 70 12 1920 chateau. 
A 16 60 10 1600 chattel. 
32 16 55 | 8 1280 chaucer. 
te 17 42 6 960 cheater. 
44 | 18 38 4.3 688 cheating. 
ez | 19 35 3.3 528 checkmate. 
yy 20 30 2.4 384 cheeky. 
s | 21 28 2 320 cheeping. 


BARE WIRE FOR ELECTRICAL PURPOSES. 
(For Descriptive Matter, see page 59.) 


German 
Silver 
pe eR ESISES 

Pounds] Price ance 


Pure Copper. 


Telegraph Code. 
B. & S.G. ie er 


No pee per |Wire, per Pure Copper./German Silver, 
Feet, | Pound. Pound. |* Soft Drawn. | 
0000 | 639.83 | 19¢ Jucuceen cheer. J angedoakh etete ies 
000 | 507.01 LO ee eee cheese. seatocasecentereanetens 
00 | 402.09 19 sbbcanodesessss| SCTLCCLALI. ot] <ecacacasesecertoncees : 
0 | 819.04 LOA Hc tsse Gc oa tens CHEMISES ae | asees veces aeeseaancas 
| 1 | 252 88 AG Pial deteseseitecse chenilles,).. \\.cccececeterteccenoiee : 
2 | 200.54 1G OMG) Seuuccece ceases CHESS Oi icchest occtatesccaces a 
3 | 159.03 AO VeRO coe te CELT Hs ON besteescesarates eee 
4 | 126.12 LO teen tes seaces YEG CHETEMM TI sli cscrtcetcecccerscyeeee 
5 | 100.01 DO epilaedewsaonesyes Cher by aavialiescerenscteseterevecsss 
6 79.39 AS WA ee eee ChOSS! EM Wile hase ede seck 
ff 62.90 Tiida elie Ghessoniss!t9].0..75.seedeeandegoests 
| 8 49.88 Oe tence rasteccees CHESEEES ) 24.25... caaeecrcaetwensees 
al 9 39.56 AQTAN eavscnseaseses Chestruta Wail. <seseetteeenewecense A 
; 10 31.37 DO Gor lacs spore seysst cheéstoriy’l ‘efi ay edcewrepues 
11 : 1 = cheval? | eee 
| 12 oa ‘ rates CHEVEOM pu |secneucaanneteet=seeunes 
13 15.65 19%, f Wire. | Chevy, [eveessscccccnosescennes . 
| 14 12.41 193/ 78c | chew. chimpanzee. 
15 9.84 20 78 chibouk. china. 
| 16 7.81 20% 78 chicane. chinaman. 
17 6.19 20% 80 | chick. chinarose. 
18 4.91 21 80 chicken. chinaware. 
19 3.78 21% 83 chickpea. chincapin. 
20 3.09 2134 83 Chickorye {| chinchilla. 
21 2.45 22 95 | chider. chine. 
. 22 1.94 2234 98 | chiding. chinese. 


23 1.54 40 $1.03 chiefdom. chingly. 
24 1,22 43 1.08 chiefess, chinks. 
25 97 46 1.08 chieftain. chinky. 
26 77 54 1.14 | chievance. | chinned. 
27 61 62 1.25 chieve. chinning, 
28 48 67 1.40 | chigoe. chintz. 
29 38 73 1.55 chilblain. chip. 
80 80 82 1.75 child. chipax. 
b! 31 24 95 1.95 childbirth. | chiphat. 

} 82 19 | $1.30 2.385 | childed. chipmunk, 
33 15 | 1.50 2.60 childish. chippings. 
34 fe ALY, 2.95 children. chippy. 
385 10 | 2.00 8.65 chiliad. chirking. 
36 08 | 3.25 6.50 chilling. chirm. 

37 06 | 5.75 11.50 | chilly. chirograph. 
38 05 | 10.00 18.00 | chimb. chiroplast. 
39 OF TOON cree ss¥eaesss CHIMECL,, Panel eetettembascse ne whereas 


St Lee ee chimney. Seusthisatee a eesace 


* Hard drawn copper wire furnished at same price. ( 

{ In telegraphing for hard drawn copper wire, add the sylla- 
ble ‘‘hard’’? tothecode word above for pure copper. 

| If the German Silver Wire is desired insulated with one or 
two wraps of cotton or silk, see Telegraph Code, page 45,' 


16 


— 
— © 


SSSRNRSRERBBNRB 


ist) 
iss] 


33 


MAGNET WIRE. COTTON COVERED. 
(For descriptive matter see page 60.) 


Price per Lb. 
Single. | Double 
21%e 22¢ 
21% Ip 
21% 22 
21% 22 
21% 22 
1% 22 
21% 22 
21% 22 
21% | 22 
21% 22 
21% 23 
21% 23 
23 244 
23 24% 
24% 26% 
244 261% 
26% 28% 
26% 28% 
27% 29% 
27% 29% 
29% 31% 
29% 31% 
31% 33% 
68 74 
104, 4 88 
76 95 
83 $1.05 
90 1.14 
$1.00 1.27 
1.10 1.38 
1,25 1.57 
1.35 1.69 
1.50 1.89 
1.65 2.07 
1.80 9.93 
1.95 2.98 
2.40 | 2.85 
2.85 8.42 
3.25 3.88 
4.37 4.93 
6.75 7.25 
9 00 9.50 
11.00 12 00 
13.00 15.00 


Telegraph Coda. 


Single. 


chiropod. 
chirper. 
chirping. 
chirrup. 
chirurgic. 
chiton. 
chivalry. 
chloral. 
chlorine. 
chloritic. 


chloroform. 
| chlorous. 


chocolate. 
choir. 
chokepear. 
choky. 
cholate. 
cholera. 
chophouse. 
chopin. 
choppy. 
chops. 
chopstick. 


choragus. 
choral. 
chore. 

cho rister. 
choroid. 
chorus. 
chough 
chouse. 
chowchow. 
chowder. 
chrism. 
christian. 


christmas. 
chromatic. 
chrome. 
chromite. 
chromium. 
chronic. 
chronical. 
chronos. 
chrysalis. 


iy. 


Doupnie, 
Bs cabal bial a, 

chub. 
chubbed, 
chubfaced. 
chuck. 
chucking. 
chuckle. 
chuet. 
chuffing. 
chuffy. 
chump. 
church. 
churchdom. 
churchism. 
churchless, 
churchman. 


churlish. 
churned. 
churning. 
chusite, 


chute. 
chylific. 
chyme. 
cicada, 


cicatrix. 
cicerone. 
cider. 
cigar. 
cigarette. 
ciliate. 
cimeter. 
cinchona, 
cincture. 
cinerary, 
cingalese. 
Cinnabar. 


cinnamon. 
cinque. 
circassian. 
circean. 
circulet. 
circus. 
cirrose. 
cirsocele. 
ree we eels.) | Cisalpine, 


BRT pe SS ee ee eee ee eee 


MAGNET WIRE. SILK 


COVERED 


(For descriptive matter see page 60.) 


B.&5S.G. Price per Lb. 


Telegraph Code. 


No Single. | Double. Single. Double. 
F316 sie 112 $ 1.53 | cisco. clabber. 
17 1,12 1.53 cistercian. clachan. 
18 1.15 1,57 cisterns. clack. 
19 1.15 1.57 | cistic. clacker. 
90 1.18 1.61 cistus. clackbox. 
21 1,20 1.63 citadel. clackdish. 
22 1.30 1.76 citator. clamber. 
bi 23 1.42 1.93 cithera. clammy. 
; 24 1.56 2.13 | citicism. clamor. 
95 1.81 9.48 citigrade. clan. 
1 .26 2.10 2.88 citizen. clangor. 
7 2.25 3.07 citole. clangous. 
28 2.38 3.23 citrate. clanking. 
29 2.75 3.76 | citric. clannish. 
30 2.95 4.02 | citrine. clanship. 
31 3.25 4.40 | citron. clansman. 
32 3.45 4.53 citrus. clapboard. 
33 3.90 5.10 | cittern. clapnet. 
34 4.10 5.30 civet. clapper 
35 5.85 7.78 | civic. clarence. 
c 36 7.00 8.88 civilian. claret. 
37 11.00 13.63 civilist. clarichord. 
38 13.00 14.50 | civilize. clarifier, | 
39 15.00 18.00 | civilly. clarify. 
40 20.00 23.00 | civism. clarifying. | 
INCANDESCENT LAMP CORD. 
(For descriptive matter see page 61.) 
B.&S. Cents per Yard. Telegraph Code. 
Insulation. | G. Silk Cotton Silk Cotton 
No. | Braided, | Braided. | Braided. | Braided. 
12 22c 18c clarigate. | clausute. 
14 19 15 clarigating.| clavate. 
1] 16 12, 8 clarigation.| clavating. 
OZITE. : 18 10 6 clarinet. clavel. 
20 6.5 4.5 | clarion. claverer. 
22 6.5 4.5 clarionets. | clavering. 
12 40 32 claritude. | claviary. 
[ 14 29 21 clarying. clavichord. 
SHEET || 16 19 12 clashing. | clavicle. 
RUBBER.}| 18 | 16 9 | clasp. clavier. J 
20 12 7 clasper. claviform. | 
22 12 7 classible. claviger. 
12 | 39 34. | classic. _| clavis. 
[ l4 83 27 classical. pes 
16 24 21 classicist. | clawless. 
BALATA. { 18 18 15 classific. claws. 
20 il 10 classman. | clayish. 
l 22 9 8 classmate. | claymore. 
12 60°. 43 clatters. . | cleaning. 
HIGH 14 45 40 clatterings.| cleanly. 
GRADE 16 30 27 claudent. | cleanness. 
SEAMLESS 18 22 20 claudicant. | cleanser. 
RUBBER. 20 15 13 claustral, | clearances, 
l 22 12 10.5 _|clausular. ! clearing. 


(For Telegraph Code to design=te colors see page 11) 


18 


| 
| 
| 


; 
b 

| a 
s| 
# | 
y | 


| 


ANNUNCIATOR WIRE. 
(For descriptive matter see page 62.) 


Approximate Price 
B. < > G. Length per | per Pound. Telegraph Code. 
12 40 ft. 23 cleave. 
14 60 oe cleaving. 
is 150 27.5 clefts 
20 225 29.5 clematis. 
22 250 32.5 clement. 
OFFICE WIRE. 
(For descriptive matter see page 63.) 
Approximate : 
B. & S.G. Price 
No. cid oe per Pound. Telegraph Code. 
12 35 ft. te clench. 
1 
16 op 26.5 clerey! 
28 
18 135 cleric. 
20 155 30 clerkly. 
is 22 200 33 clever. 


Ozite or Waring Insulation inside, 2 cts. \ cleverly 


| per pound extra. : 


OFFICE CABLES. 
(For descriptive matter see page 63.) 


B.&S.G./Ordinary | Ozite Telegraph Code. 


No. | Finish. | Finish. |o-ainary Finish.| Ozite Finish. 


12 25.5 27.5 | clevis. clientage. 
14 27 29 clevy. cliental. 
16 28.5 30.5 clue. cliented. 
18 30 32 click. clientele. 
20 32 34 clicker. cliffy. 

22 35 37 cliency. clift. 


UNDERWRITERS’ WIRE. 
(For descriptive matter see page 63.) 


} 
— 


|B. &S.G.| Approx. ft. | Approx. Ibs.| Cents per Telegraph 


No. per Pound. | per 1000 ft. Pound. Code. 
' 0000 1.42 701 20 clifted. 
000 1.77 565 20 climatal. 
00 2.22 450 20 climate. 
| 0 2.75 365 20 climax. 
} 3.42 992 20 clincher. 
4.14 241 20 cling. 
3 5.40 185 20 clinic. 
4 6.76 148 20 clinker. 
5 8.32 121 20 clinoid. 
6 10.20 9 20 clio. 
7 12.50 80 20 clipper. 
8 14.70 68 20 clipping. 
9 18.50 54 21 ' cloaca. 
10 22.22 45 21 cloak. 
12 31.24 32 22 cloaking. 
14 45.45 22 23.5 clod. 
16 66.66 15 25 clodpate. 
18 83.33 12 26.5 clodpoll. 
19 100.00 10 28.5 cloggy. 
20 125.00 8 28.5 cloister. 


. 
‘oezuignyis | Q8i 9h | "purmqnja | eh él 89 | *souojo | aa 8 Gb S86. | 02 
‘OBSMOMIqN]S | cst 0G cor |} ‘sveTIqN]S | CHT cT 08 ‘yeuols | Zr or g¢ G92 8t 
‘oeuemqn[s | = 60é6T 8% OZT | “Wemqnys | Oct 61 oor ‘JNUIO[D | OST ST 08 c gt 
‘oeqnyTs | cz 0€ oor |} ‘qn[> | O9T FG Ost || “INjOTS | OFT 02 cor g°S% ai 
“IBUMOTS OZ If STs. “TMOTS cst t¢ O8T “Snyoo cor LG CPL CG ai 
‘oeancja | Gb | 8b sco ‘anoja | SOG =| Gb G6o Holo | OBL | 9¢ 061 CGM LE 
“QBI}BAOTO | Cz 9¢ a “SFBAOTS | 0S og 996 || “STGO[D | C6r cP Gs TZ or 
‘OBNO[D | C6Z 89 ('98 “OTD | eez 09 0ce | ‘HOYOS | CZs og C13 1Z 6 
“IVSSETPNOTS | OE és csp | “SSOTPNOTS | C9Z bL 06s | ‘SBUOTD | CFZ cg CFS 02 8 
‘oBATIpNO]S | OBE 86 Tg || ‘A[rpnojs | cee 88 cor | ‘quIoTS | 012 6L 02 0Z L 
‘oeaBbepnojo | Gb Sil Soo ‘ebepnojo | ge 601 cig || "40}s0H0]9 | ONE 86 0cS 0¢ 9 
‘9B19}}0[9 | GCP CPT COL || “ISHOID | OOF asl OoOL | “SOAOTD | Ee 1a 0F9 06 ¢ 
‘OeSUIYIOLS | CLF CLI Sc6 ‘SUIYIO[D | gh €9T 098 “BOT}STOTD | 098 TST 008 0Z if 
“OBIVIYAOTD | Cog FIZ OSTT || “FOTYYO[D | OCF 661 OSOoT “SSOT}SIOTD | gg 98 086 0G € 
‘OBSOY}OLD | OLG 916 OOFT || ‘SOTJOTS | GIG $°Z OFst || ‘ATTVI}SIOTS | OLF (6x6 aa 02 G 
‘oeadnsojo | O19 Lbe 008k reunsojo | 0&9 ale oss | ‘ueusaysiojo | GOS $86 00SI 0G L 
“OBJPSOLO g¢9 CIF 0616 “Jesoyo 06S G8E 0606 ‘SULIA}SIOTO crs GSE O98 02 0) 
“OBSSIMISO[D | UOL 61g OFLZ || ‘SS9UISOTD | Eg CSP 099% ‘Pete}sSlo[D | gg oGF 0683 02 00 
‘oeAdoop | ¢9L geg ogee | ‘Adoold | 00L 868 09Ts ‘oqiaystop9 | ecg Z9¢ 0162 0Z 000 
“oBVUIOO|D | = SEs §8L cely | ‘TUHOOTS | 08s TFL O16 ‘TBISISIOTS | CSL 669 0696 202 0000 
“SIHA | 350001 | “Olu | ‘SIN | YOO) ‘oa ‘SIT |“ 000T | ‘eTrUt 
‘apop ydeisaja yz ut tod Jed = ‘apod ydes8ajay ur tod tod =| ‘apod ydeisajaz Ur Jad Jad ‘spei3 w 
meq | ‘sq’ *sq’l | | ‘meiq | “sq’] *sq’T | ‘meq | ‘sq’T sq’ 1ayye & 
|| tnt aig a cael ie ‘quied| 
$}09D 
“HOTE[NSUT ape1yg Ys Aj[eroads) | (‘persaoyD s{drzy,) || (*‘petsaoD 2[qnoq) eG 
«oy dit, «, PHBPUeTS,, «, Buyseyg,, 
(69 0} #9 Sased 9as ‘19}3em a4t}dt19sap Jog) “3YIM JSNOH GNV ANIT 4O004dHaHLVaM 


This Slip Supersedes List on Page 2! for 


WEATHER-PROOF GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE, 


TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH. 


(For descriptive matter, see page 69.) 


S %, | Price per Mile. 


Telegraph Code. 


=} 
45 | Bs. | EBB|Steel BB. EBB. Steel. 
ss { 4/$60.00 $70.00 $60. 00| clubmoss. clubrushil. cluering. 
= | 6) 52.00| 60.00) 52.00; clubmossac. | clubrushon. | clueron. 
2] 8} 40.00] 45.00 40.00 clubmiosser clubrushut. cluerurs. 
© } .9| 37.00) 42.00] 87.00} clubmossil. Sa cence 
10) 34. 7:00) 34. clubmosson. clucker. clum : 
= it ar ar orp clubmossut. cluckerac. clumper. 
3 | 12) 27.50! 30.00] 27.50] clubroom. cluckeres. clumperac. 
& | 14! 25.00) 26.50 25.00 clubroomac. cluckeril. clum peril. 
wo { 4) 65.00) 75.00 65.00] clubroomer. cluckeron. clumperon, 
© | 6) 56-00) 64-00) 56.00) clubrooms. cluckerur. clumperur. 
< | 8) 43.00| 48.00] 43.00] clubroomil. clucking. clumping. 
5 | 9| 40.00| 45.00] 40.00] clubroomon. | clue. clumpurt. 
© } 10| 37.00} 40.00] 37.00} clubroomut. | cluerac. clumsier. 
2 | 11) 34.00) 37.00] 34.00] clubrush. cluerate. clumsil. 
S| 72) 30.00) 32.50) 30.00) clubrushac. cluers. clumsiness. 
rm (14) 27.50) 29.00} 27.50] clubrusher. clueril. clumsy. 
Size. Diameter Approx. | en 
B.28.6 Mils Weight, per; us Telegraph Code. 
ana me 1ooc feet. | aT 
iCire | A = 
‘Mils. Double. Triple. Double. | Triple. | Double. Triple. 
18 | 154 | 185 11 17 | 26 | cluniac. clutch. 
16 | 169/ 200 16 21 | 26 | cluniacer. clutchac. 
14; 184} 215| 22} 26] 24 | cluniacil. clutchate. 
2 199 S230 29 37 24 cluniacon. clutcher. 
10 919 +950 49 55 99%] cluniacurt. clutcheril, 
9] 2384 | 265 56 66 | 22%| clusia. clutching. 
8; 254 | 285 70 St | 21%] clusialic. clutchon, 
TOE OAR Eas 85 7 | 21%} clusiaser. clutchurs, 
6 339 370 106 121 21%| clusiatil. clutter. 
5 354-385 131 145 v2 | clusiaton. clutterac. 
4 374 | 405 | 163 | 179 21 clusiatur, clutterate. 
3 394 | 425 | 201] 219 21 clunch. clutterers, 
2 474 | 505 | 250] 279 21 cluncher. clutteril. 
1 559 | 590] 307] 343 21 cluncherac. cluttering. 
0; 659; 690; 380] 490! 921 clunchil. clutteron. 
00 719 | 750 | 488 | 533 21 clunchilic. clypeate. 
000 759 | 810} 608] 658 21 clunching. clypeatac. 
0000 779 | 890) 755 | 815 21 clunchon. clypeater, 
250000 | 859 | 906 | 854] 928 | 21 clunchurt. clypeatil. 
300000 | 890 937| 994) 1080 | 91 clung. clypeating. 
350000 921 | 968 | 1159 | 1260 21 clungate. clypeaton. 
400000 953 | 1000 | 1324 | 1439 21 clunger. clysmian. 
450000 | 1016 1063 | 1515 | 1647 21 clungerac. clysmianac. 
£00000 | 1078 ; 1125 | 1706 | 1854 21 clungeron. clysmianer. 
350000 | 1109 | 1156 | 1840 | 2000 | 91 | clungerts. clysmianil. 
600000 | 114L | 1188 | 2021 | 2197 24 clungerur. clysmic. 
650000 | 1203 | 1250 | 2173 | 2362 | 21 clunging. clysmical. 
700000 | 1234 | 1281 | 2343 | 2547 21 cluster. clysmicers. 
750000 | 1266 | 1313 | 2511 | 2729 21 clusterac. clysmicing. 
300000 | 1328 | 1375 | 2677 | 2910 | 21 | clusterer. clysmicon. 
850000 | 1359 | 1406 | 2845 | 83092 21 clusteril. clysta 
900000 | 1391 | 1438 | 3010 | 3272 | 21 clustering. clystaer. 
950000 | 1421 | 1468 | 3178 | 3454 21 clusteron. clystaerac. 
1000000 | 1484 | 1531 | 3310 | 3598 21 clustronic. clystaeril. 


‘Té pus FL Sodsed vas ‘paiisap st 10,9Npuod a[qrxey JI 


‘peytoads as|M1ay}O SsaTUN paysitiny aq [[IM 1o}ONpuod pros 


(‘02 28ed 308 19}}eU BAI} TIDsap 10,7) 


“HOINSLXS GVEC ‘SYIM JOOUd YALVYM P 3Yl4 «dOl-dil,, 


(OL 


"HOIMSLXA GVH “AYIM JYNLSIOW ANY 3AYI4 


a5ed 99s 13}}8Ul 9At}d119sap 10,7) 


z 
° 
< 3 

: *A[SUIXBOD ' G : g 
SE [Sut 0'% OST G 0% UL1B}EO rT C1 02 
>} SUIXBOD ZZ O61 0 SI "eo 9°T 0G od 
” *1aKBvOD Q'S COZ 8% OL ‘ISIMJSBOO LT CG QZ 
Zz "XBOO cle 02 88 FI ‘QUTT}SBOD LT OFZ 1g 
2 : 112}}209 Ze ObG 6S él ‘Buryseoo 0% G96 8f 
or o “QADI[S}BOOD | oF COZ L OL ‘I19JSBOO CZ, Cb FG 
= A __ 3e.1809 G 08% ZS 6 ‘ydyTeoo U's Of 19 
=x 32 AayEUyBOS a) C63 16 8 "YSgTeOo e"8 GCS LL 
xt B SUITT]}BOS g°9 GTS 91T L ‘plagieos 9'F 098 LOT 
be a $$9|}209 Cys cee 651 g "99S9]B09 eG $8 bol 
Sy "WOIT}BO9 8 098 891 G ‘Te0o ‘9 O&F CFT 

> 'BULBOO Ol ge C03 7 ‘aye[NSvos 9°L O9F LLT 
a S *"OOY}wOD e] OZF 0° g "yWa8B09 £6 CSF 81Z 
la | A "[NyBOS OT OCF 008 % ‘10jn [peoo ny OFS CLG 
ec ; __‘pseozeoo 02 S8b gle L "uBWYdeOd Stl 9S GbE 
> : ‘SBATIBD}BOO CZ GL CFF 0...) *xoqyoBoo ZLt CFO &0F 

2 10}}NGy}BOo 62 G9 OFS 00 \o "YoBOD °C G19 96S 

re ah pieiqye0o 9g 002 C99 000 { %. "9Z119}SA]9 83 Giles 1g 
= = “‘pueqye0o GP OGL 028 0000) 9 ‘daysApo oS oss | 62 
a= Se : hale-ae ee 
s : -J004 STHAL ¥ O00T ‘ON -j004 STHA “Y 0001 
9 ‘apod ydeasayayy, tad sju95 ‘ueviq jasd spunod 9's al ‘apop ydeissyay, tad syua5) “mei dod spunod 
fe ‘-xoiddy ‘-xoiddy | | “xoiddy ‘xoiddy 
a. ! | 
li 
= 
lL 


SOHN OD SHLD COT 00 S> 


E 


‘ON 
‘O'S Ba 


‘OY CM 


9) 


WARING ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER CABLES 
FOR LOW TENSION CURRENTS. 


STANDARD LEAD AND STANDARD FIBER 


~~ 


B. & 
S. G. 
No. 


10 


wee eeeee. 
eee eeeres 
Pe eeerers 
Per eeere 
wee eeeeee 
Par ereees 
Coe seere. 
Pee eweres 
Pee eeeens 
Pe ereres 


Tee seeees 


Personne 
Oar ereree 


weeeteeee 


Nearest 
Area | Approx. 
Circul’r she a 
Mils. | Gauge 
No. 
1021 | 21— 
1252 | 20+- 
1624 | 19+ 
2048 | 1814+ 
2586 | 18+ 
3257 | 17— 
4107 | 16— 
5178 | 15 
6530 | 14— 
8234 | 1344+ 
10381 | 1214+ 
13094 | 1143+ 
16509 | 1044+ 
20816 | 9— 
26250 | 8— 
33102 | 7— 
41742 | 6+ 
52634 | 4— 
66373 | 3— 
83694 | 2+ 
105592 0'4+ 
133079 | 004+ 
167805 | 000%4+ 
211600 |0000+ 
S50000 | ..iss-3--2r5- 
BOUUUUE vecacen scene. 
U1 11S Bea et 
BOO: Tc ccasasatoenss 
SOOQ00 Sich ohesecas- 
500000 |............... 
550000 |.. 
GOODU0 A. vececser ects: 
SION Ls coe a ceaee-man 
COORD bo rennddi.8e: 
TOO fosexsncseatems 
ep BOQ000 iss. aecsttene 
SH0000 |... ssevczenntac 
OULU L.. steaseraaseos 
SEAMIOO Iss asnevens cou? 
Sel LOUD fix> <ho=bn <caes 


. 5 w 
BEE Eisele: 
3 2G )RE elRee 
EGSi¢a sess 

16 145 69 
16 150 78 
31 180 98 
31 185 | 108 
38 | 235) 170 
38 240 | 180 
47 270 | 212 
47 275 | 222 
47 800 | 270 
47 | 310; 290 
63 865 | 345 
63 380 | 390 
7 425 | 540 
94 490 | 685 
94 | 565| 818 
94 595 | 891 
94 625 | 969 
94 655 | 1053 
94 690 | 1146 
94 | 720} 1251 
94 815 | 1772 
94 860 | 1911 
94 940 | 2194 
94 985 | 2410 
$4 | 1030 | 2611 
94 | 1065 | 2857 
94 | 1095 | 3083 
94 | 1125 | 3306 
94 | 1190 | 3563 
94 | 1220 | 3820 
94 | 1250 | 4075 
94 | 1815 | 4833 
94 | 1375 | 4575 
94 | 1410 | 4818 
94 | 1440 | 5065 
94 | 1470 | 5300 
94 | 1580 | 5539 
94 | 1565 | 5779 
94 | 1595 | 6017 
94 | 1625 | 6262 


Cents per 
foot of one- 
|Cond’r Cable 


10.2 
12.0 
15.0 
1 
19.5 
21.75 
24.3 

7.5 
31.5 
40.5 
46.5 
54.0 
63.0 
71.0 
80.0 
90.0 

100.0 

109.0 

118.5 

129.0 

138.0 

148.0 

158.0 

168.0 

177.0 

187.5 

158.0 

207.0 

216.0 


INSULATION. 


Telegraph Code, 


cob. 
eobalt, 


0} cobbing. 


cobbler. 
cobloaf. 
cobnut. 
cobra. 
cobweb, 
coca. 

| cockade. 
cockal. 
cockeye. 
cockle. 
cockpit. 
cocoon. 
coction. 
coddle. 
codetta. 
codex. 
codfish. 
codger. 
codicil, 
codify. 
codiila. 
codist. 
coehorn, 
coequal, 
coerce. 


coeval, 
coexist. 
coexistence, 
coexistent. 
coexister, 
coexisting, 
coexpand., 
coexpandence. 
coexpandent, 
coexpanding. 
coexpander. 


coexpansion. 


See page 24 and 25 for List Prices of Cables with 4-32, 5-32 and 
6-32 insulation; see pages 26, 27 and 83 for illustrations and 


important information. 


COPYRIGHT, 1896, By J. W. MARSH. 


92 
av 


“S}BIOT[OD ts ' G18 SPL 
: ‘HOTSTIIOD | 0°8Z PPS FRET 
*S2LTOTTIOD | 2°93 818 8621 
"ONjoo | Bhs L8Z 8LZL 
“SHETIOD | G7 | OGL FPIL 
‘TOD | FT CSL GLb 
‘aye1Saq[09 | 797 9¢9 608 
“WBIS2TI09 | {eT | GEO LLL 
‘anBeayjoo | [bt | ogg Bb! 
‘pneyjoo | FST JC9 CSL 
“PATIVTIOND | OT Z19 C69 
"SIQRJEIIN9 | OTT 009 SFG 
‘peszyloo | 66 06 0zg 
JOO "Sq 

‘epoy ydvisajazr| 10d at ee 
“ueiq | 0001 

syuap |: FUSTOM 


S3/9A 0087 °F 000Z 495 “Uo!ze;nsuy youl Z7¢-9 


*roinfoo 9°08 €T8 8¢ET 
"MOT}IOD SLB T8Z 89ZT 
‘SUIMIOD | CL*FZ 0cL OSTT 
‘apiouios | G2. | BLL £OLL 
“IOS L'06 889 TSO 
‘QINQIOD | CLT 699 LL8 
‘Buyioo | O'CT $6 ToL 
*payroo OFT 08¢ 069 
3109 | GCL | 89S £99 
‘Bupjsoyoo | zr | geo | 299 
*SATSATIOO VI OSS - O19 
“WOIssyOD | C0'OT Ges O8F 
"a[qIsoyoo 06 GCS 8cF 
1004 “Sq 

“SIHAL | "320 

apop ydeisajay,| ted cratered 

s}ua9 TYSIOM 


SHA 0081 ©F OOO! 40F “uo!Ejnsuy Yyouy ZE-¢ 


“Ayyaasoo | 06% | OcL 8EZT 
‘yuasoo | 1°C% 61L 9FTT 
‘[BIMaB0I | EZ'Ez 889 990T 
‘Boo | O1@ | 999 65 
‘punojod | Z'6T &Z9 ob 
‘surayoo | Ggr | 009 LLL 
‘peuyoo | g’st Teg 689 
*sIQgoo | 631 CTS O19 
“dOsayoo | CELL cos £8¢ 
‘tuepsiaygoo | COT c6P 8g¢ 

‘yodaayoo | $6 L8h SE 

‘[IIuraeyoo | 21°g CLh OIF 
‘poo | #8 COP C68 

s60c "sq] 

‘STH | ‘}e2 

epop ydeisajayr| asd ais 000T 

vf sys) WSIOM 


"SHOA 006 9} OOH 405 ‘Uo!zEinsuy Youy g-] 


‘BIS | S699 a 
‘T86 | PE9SS § 
‘09% | GPLIF $ 
‘GLE | COLES ] 
“88L_— | 0SZ9% 9, 
“S9T_ | 9T80% L 
“86I_ | 6OS9T 8 
‘FIT | EOE 6 
COL | L80t OL 
‘16 PEZ8 IL 
T8 0s¢d rai 
"SL SLI 4 
$9 LOIr ral 
“STH | “STHAL 

‘taddo>| yp] ey 
ae NdiD | S78 °a 
meviq | ‘eo1y 


‘soyonpuog seddog 


‘ASVLIOA OL TWNOILYOdOUd NOILWINSNI Y3aid YO YadVd ‘GV31 GYVGNVLS 
‘SH#TAVO AHAMOd AGNV LHOIT OIULOATE ONIGVM 


24. 


(ysiem “M ‘Lf Aq ‘96gt ‘yy81sAdop) ‘9148S PayBNSUT Jaqy ‘YW pally aq [ITM SsJaps10 pe ‘I0J are sTOT}E}ONb ‘pareys astmsatio ssaqay 
‘UOHBIAIOS UT JAE Od UL PUB SU01;B1;SU|I JOF Eg PUB Jz ‘9g SeBed Bag “WOIPE[NSUL ,,ZE-g O} ,,F9-1 YIAd S9{qQvd Jo saoiid ysI] 10} Ez 9Beq 29g 


——— 1) 


‘avassojoo | ¢'9Zo | SI8T | 9969 | ‘auoqieyjoo | O's | OSzt | 899 | ‘souarayoo | O'6TS | ssat | ost9 || ‘sett | oooogot! 
‘TBssojod | CFIZ | O8ZT | 2699 ‘QBRABTIOD | CTIZ | SIZE | 919 ‘azayoo | Ogos | 9c9r | 9619 | “9ETT | CQQOGB MoT” . 
‘uRUIIO[OD | G'COZ | OCLT | 6ZF9 ‘suisdeijoo | ¢'Z0Z | Sst | ogt9 ‘Pletsyoo | 0°00 | SZOI | sPég ‘GZIT | CO0OD08 tt" 
‘ssaqtojoo | O'e6T | STZT | S9T9 ‘1109 + O'Z6T | GOT | FOG | ‘ssadtoyoo | O'OG6I | O6ST | 769¢ || ‘OGOT | CDDDeR 
"ystyojoo =| O98 | OL9L | £065 "sH1oo | OE8L | OSL | 6P9S “arayoo | Q'O8L | SbSL | apts GhOL | 000008 = 
"‘purltqiojoo | E'94T | GZOT | GIG ‘tnastoo | ESZT | SST | ceEc "[PayYMS0D | OOLT | OOST | SETS “OOOT | OODDGL [ttt 
‘atqesojoo | C'99T | G6CT | I8s¢ . ‘AMOIOD | GEST | OSGI | SFIS "We2MB09 | ('09T | OLFI | OFGF "696 | 000002 ["""""** 
‘Auoydojoo | Q'9st | OSGI | OzTe ‘JAOMIIOD | OCT | SFI | 68S ‘ansoo | (OST | S3FT | 669F "C26 | 000089 Potter 
‘auaydojoo | O'9FT | OOST | O98F "BeysejOo | GPT | Sel | 299% ‘Waousod | OORT | Get | gcrR || “ex8 | OOQD09 PT 
‘soruojoo | O9SL | 2Sbl | LO9b ‘4ossajoo | Bel | O6EL | L8eb ‘uawouBoo | GOS | 8Zfl | G0cb | “828 | opDnSS |-- 
‘apeauojoo | O'9ZI | 9OFT | SSF ‘ystedafoo | Oger | FREI | SeIF "1Oz1us09 | OIZI | TS8cl | 9968 | “Tsz | OODDOG | 
‘aztmojoo | G’STT | O98I | 980F ‘etaj}dosjoo | O'STT | 00ST | o6se | ‘sezjusoo | OTIT | OFZ | $22 | “GGL | OOOOGR ft 
‘ystuojo> | O90T | SIS | 6288 ‘asnomejoo | C’gOl | OSZI | SEIS “SOUBZIUSOS | O'IOL | SSTt | Ists | “sso | QOQ0OR | 
"[BIUOTOD | 9°96 O8ZI | 2G "993883109 | 0'T6 OZZT | L688 “MOIJIMSOD | C16 9CIL | OFZES "9C9 | QODOGE [ttt 
‘hauosnyjoo | £98 | OSZL | sie! ‘ssoupjoo | Ob8 | S8ll | ecLe ‘oeuBoo | O38 | SZLL Looe | “S29 | oogoOe |----- 
‘aAISNTTOD | GOL | SIG | #808 ‘AIPIOD | SFL | OSTI | 8T6z “UBUISOD ‘SL | O60T | 892%. | “6S | Oo00cZ | -o 
‘Anboyjoo | 0°69 | GLIT | 098% "UIMSTYSTOD | g'99 | OLIT | 0022 ‘aaneysoo | eg | sor | ence | “zee | oo9ttz| 0000 
ysmmboroo | 909 CZIT | &29z ‘ainjzeZjoo | ge G90L | 9k "UOH}RISOD | EEG 000T | ozs | ‘oo¢ S08-91 | 000 
‘reinborjoo | Z'zG¢ | LOL | S9Ez ‘lopuezloo | go¢e | #86 80% ‘21qe71809 | O'SF | 326 | 0406 || ‘zzF | 6LZoget| 00 
‘Burdoyjoo | G9b | OOOL | S82 “Buryoo | Obb | 886 120% ‘2/5600 | D@b | G28 S88 “GLE =| CESSOL | 0 


‘uorporioo | aye | 906 gest ‘staqoo | ggg | FR 99FT ‘198309 | org | I82 OFLT ‘He | r6e9e8 ! 


25 


WARING ELECTRIC LIGHT. 
(See pages 23, 24 and 25.) 


Figure 2, 


Full size, 500,000 circular mils 


Cable for Incandescent Light- 
copper. 


ing, low tension. 


ty G4G 
YY A Lye 
“Us a, 
YY, 


End View of Figure 2. 


Figure 3. Figure 4. 
_ Cable for Arc Light 
ing, high tension. Duplex Cable, especially adapted for 


Full size, No. 3 BJ alternating current system. No.3 B. 
G. S. G. full size. 


(\ 
WY, \) 
es 


-_ 


“e 


”) OS IK DRS 
ANU o0-LNG, C0. 


Figure 5. 
Underground Cable with saturated fibrous cover, to prevent 
chemical actions or mechanical injury. 


26 


AND POWER CABLES. 
for Prices.) 


or rosie ts Figure 7. 
Figure 6, a ate 
eae G er Electric Light Cable 
8 Conductor Electric Light is ite 5 an a 
ly actual diameter, 10 con- 


le. No.4 B. & S. GG. % he yaad. 
Cab - ae ductor, No. 6B. & S.G. 


actual diameter. 


Figure 8. 


Conner Electric Light Cable, 10 
conductor, No. 6 B. & S.G.,% 
/ actual diameter. 


Double Conductor Cables (see figure 4), double list prices 
shown on pages 23, 24 and 25. 

Prices furnished on application for cables containing any de- 
sired weight of copper, or more than two conductors. 

All conductors larger than No,4in price lists, pages 23, 24 
and 25, are composed of small strands, for flexibility. 

The minus sign in 3rd column, page 23 indicates that a B. W. 
G. wire of the same size designated by the number to which it is 
affixed is a little too large, while the plus sign indicates that it is 
a little too small, to be the exact equivalent of the B. & S. G. 
number on the same line. 

For determining size of conductor to be used see page 165. 

When ordering Electric Light Cable, please state current in 
volts and amperes and name of machine producing same; also 
distance from source of energy to centre of distribution. 

The diameters of cables given on pages 23, 24 and 25 will be 
increased approximately sixty five mils, if a single braid be 
placed over the lead (see page 78 as to braid) as illustrated in 
figure 5. 


"MOTJBUIGUIOD 211M 6—"SI BIE 


‘VEIT PHM J—'ST ONT A ‘FLT PIANO ast J—"TT “31a ses T ad op iatpabie ia onsie 


(08 esed aes ‘torelnsur jo SSOUAIIY} SUIPNISU! ‘19}}eUL aATydLAseap 10,1) 


SHTAVO (OdIM o[suIs puv) NOILLONAGNI-LINW DYNIVVM 


aa eee ee 
‘azeulqgwod| ‘sauiquioo 


“Iaquio05 FE 
*oAT}EC ULOD G'S 
‘yueyequUI0D Z'GS 

*9S0}BUIOD 91 
‘ewioo 9:12 
"BZ[O9 O'8T 

‘1reuuINn [oo 0'8T 

‘sUIqUIN][Oo O'ST 
“perqurnyjoo FFI 
‘ysyjoo |p hL 
*I9}[OO SOL 
“F109 SOL 
*19}.10d [09 Gl, 
*snsso[oo 9g 
*S}U39 
GG 


‘apod ydeisaja 


‘a1qeo JO Joo; saad aie saodlig 


98 
86 
86 
FG 
bG 
06 
06 
03 


*s] 99 


03 


“ON JDONVS ScAdYVHS P NMOUYS YO NVOINAWY 


‘SNOILVULSOTTI WOH ADOVd ALISOddO AAS 


‘sBurquwoo 
G'OF 
Cs 
CTs 
0°13 
026 
CGS 
G'S 
OGG 
OST 
081 
CsI 
CST 
06 
GP 

*s]U99 


8T 


‘ueipawod |*ssauljawos 


o'6r 
C’8s 
G"8s 
0'Ss 
0's 
Q°1z 
G13 
CLS 
0G 
0°06 
Cor 
C91 
OTT 
g¢ 
*$]199 


91 


€9 
6F 
6F 


*s}U39 


FI 


“Aaeyawod | *49}103wW09 |" aGneb opeubisap 0} apog ydesbajoy 


18 
&9 


*s} T1390 


801 
¥8 
F8 
GL 
tl 
09 
09 
09 
SF 
8h 
9§ 
98 
v6 
al 
*s}m99 


OL 


*(91JW99 UI 311M om0) s1enbs 


gasamanesiee rsseeeeeeesereeseee Qty 
“teres seeeeeeereeeeeeeerapT aT JTQnNO(, 


seeeeeeresenee eng td 
““punoi ‘xoidde ‘payesni109 
eit eaeenseretseereeteceeees teeeneeeey en g 


teat ecw ew eee ne eweeeneee” 3784 sqnoqd 


seeeee See eee eee mee eee eeseeeereeeteens ELI 
Weoceeenesvvcr cocveseese<resvecere STU TIC 
Pee eee eee renee sen eeeess reseeeeee ana 2 Ie | 


Pewee ee eeeeseeeeeeseees 


““"IBa/T IDAO[D 
reesensenseenecseneseeeneneeseereneseaDTT 

sitataeeeeeenes caeeneeeereeeee aT gy 
sieseteeaeneneeneareneseeees sees DTNOY 


eee eeeeee 


‘21qBD jo WO 


rT Oooo ke KR oO 


aN & % 


sioypnpuoy 
JOON 


‘HOI}JB[NSU]T prepueys pue pea’ paepur}s 


C 


>) 


j 


me 


at - “ee 
97}8 [eNIOe H ‘3]qe) aduasaynoy *D *s 3¢ “g ET ‘ON sTed 0Or “WEIP Tenqow ¥% Jnoge ‘prepueIg MAN : 
"ZG SINS ‘2 SB “UZ ‘ON sired poystai} Og 
‘TZ ‘Sia 
\ SS BEERS 
= 


‘OI “SI 


otTM G— 


‘a1enbs 


*JE1A AIIM Z—'ST “ST 
‘VELA IM LL “SI 


‘JeI’T IDAOTD aI AA 
WY LL Y 


&—'6T “SIT 


mi pit 
UM, 


Y 
Qype. 


OJ) St1¥d UY pajs}y S10y~Npuod ay} “NOLLWINSNI HdAdVvd YO H3dgis | 
‘SoTqe) potting surrey 


id 4st] 0} }U99 19d ET ppe (s}INdA19 ST] TeJaTU I 
“UOHE[NSUL Prepueys 1OJ puL ‘ajqed jo yooy tad ov ased jxau UO sadlig 


“SQOL 


SuULAey sajqey 10,4 
(78 pue [g seded 3as UOlje[NsUT Jo ssauyoIy}) pue sa}eW aAt}diissap 304) 


‘Ysien “Mf Aq ‘96g ‘WysiAdog ~pazejys dsTAA.19}0 ssatun satqeo shai 4aqy 10} 918 SIapio pue suoT}ejONH "SHOFET}SH] IF 1Oy ased ayisoddo 39g 


Bersrvesessersees) SNdIOD |[B400109]*}aUOIOD| BUOLOD |"9OIUIOI | [9UAOT || werrse e+" XNUOO | IPYUOD | JaJUOo | GUfFUOd | JOpUOd |aTOpUgD |"a3nes 3}eUZIsap 
0} ePOD ydessolaL 
*y109 LET 1eT SOR e eee eee Lame eeeeee reser ee eeeeeeeeesreleseeeeeeseeees ‘JSUT puoS OST TLT FORO e ewe ee le wee eee e eases HOOT S OS EHE DET | HHL HEHE OHH HH EEE HEE EES : ‘00% 
*yenboo FEI FFI peescaccanccce|-cvccse eer ee eres eee eee ee ree “A[UStpuoo OCT LCT ececcccecccccelcoe eereccccccsleccccctcccccvelecvce sovevecs|seccssesecees % ‘GAT 
‘ystAdoo OIT O&T svecceccceccselevccese elerececccccccce|sccccvcccccces "uSIpuod TZI Ce ae eesccccclen sercescccess|sesceccececrses|sscccsesccsces|secceseeesees es ‘OST 
*ejndoo +6 dL Chl see ereeeecceeslsesecececerertlecesenesersres *ssnouoo SOL 9CL 9CT tee eeeeeaerersleceereesceeeerleesccseesecees|seeesseessees . ‘GOL 
‘oydoo| 16 SIT 89T 006 OC SUTqnoOmOS | 66 90 62 OST EGE 1 is ceeie ait » OOF 
‘g9sdoo 19 6L 96 OFT LOT seeeeeerereres ‘gSINnODUOD je a LOT OCT 6.1 see eeeerceness eeeeeeesee “3 ‘cL 
aoiddoo| — 6F g¢ LL ZOT 931 ZOT ‘ptoouo. | 7g 09 Z8 ZIT al PLT a Ae se eS 
‘yae[doo 8& SF 6S LL 96 Gol *9ABTIUOS If LY 69 PS SOL S&T ee oe tO hel SB 
‘Buidoo| = $¢ 8£ £¢ 89 | &8 801 *ployouoo| /¢ ob LS bl 16 SLL Epa. San 0k 
"yosdoo| 0g g¢ LF 6g tL £6 ‘dayiyouoo | gg Lg 2G PY GL SO lear: eased: 28" 4 
‘jedoo 9G 86 IP 6F 89 18 “Youoo 63 (Os GP &S L9 88 tee re eS 0G 
*19[009 GG FG. GS Lg TS 89 *“J49IU05 GS 1G 9§ If oe GL is ee < bare 
194009 LI st GG G 8§ 6F *Pe}tso 409 ole IG Gg 6G GP SG Sear yt det OL 
"yooo | =O Ll 06 £6 lG 8f ‘snyeuoo) = J} 6L &¢ 96 0g Lp or pee Oh eae 
ayOauo0s| CL LI 61 ZG & FE ‘OpBIMOD | — QT SI 1Z FG 8% go a UNO eee 
‘PHAdoo| = CT LT 61 GG G bE ‘zosoduios | gt SI 1% ix 8G 18 am ees Te ieee 
*X9AU09| FT 91 SI 1% ed Ze ‘yure;duros | cy LI 61 ZS 9% ge Sl Sg patos. ; 
*yUsATOD| FI oT ST 1% S16 GS ‘A[xo[duroo | GT LT 61 GG 9G £8 ae hie Tee 
‘anozuoo | $f bl 9 6 8 1G | “puedwoo| Gl iA 0 7 BG [vcr punoy ‘G 
‘y4osuoo| = §T FI 9T 61 &% 13 ‘yzedmi0d| FT cT LT 0Z ¥G 6% Ce eee TORTS 
*S]OSUOD sT I 9T 61 &% 1G ‘uoruedur0s | = FT CT IT 0% FG 62 *-arenbs ‘ ig 
‘tanbuoo| TT al ST cT 8T &% ‘souUnmIMIOS | = GT ST qr LT 1G G “""""punoy ‘Ff 
‘pfouos| TT ol £1 CT ST £% ‘TBUNWMWOS | GT aT CT LT 1% cS nee el Pp 
‘ayeuuoo| [I cL I GL 8h $4 || eos9wm09| St GL iL 4 Go [vvreaaenbg ‘b 
‘oinfuod| = ol II ai cT 61 ‘puemmios| =I I CSI FI LT 1% “rreeseeeee-pUNnOg |g 
‘9}1U09| 6 OL IT rai cT 61 ‘A}1UI09 | OT II GCL FI LT 13 WN 8 ed 8 
‘Iajyiuod| 6 Ol II ZI CT 61 *AIDTULOD | OT IL ard | PT Bol eelt 
‘SOIMOD | “OL ‘OL 2G"L 26 OTL ‘OCT "TROIS | “DL ‘OG | G8 O01 ‘ISI 
| Se tee SI OL FI al Peer oe De [pe BST: tL | OSE | ‘aqea yo wo 
“9poy “JquUINN ssneyg asdieys 32 umoig “9poy ‘IaquUInN ssney odieys WwW uMOIg pue 
ydeissjay, |— ydeisolay 


4aSN 43SNOH YO WWIydaV YO4 ‘ava LHONM ‘ASN GNNOYDYSGNN YO4 ‘GV31 GYVGNVLS | s10}NpuOD jo ‘ON 


SUBMARINE CABLES. 


Fig. 23.—7 Wire-Rubber Insulation, Armored. 


Fig. 24.—Electric Light Cable, with Armor Wires. 


We are prepared to armor any of the Cables made by us, if 
required, at the following prices for the Fibrous Bedding and 
eee ae in addition to the regular price for the Cable 
itself: 


Seana t on Reapaat res. as + Telegraph 
be Armored. B. & S. G. : Coue. 
Mils. No. for Armoring. 
300 12 13 ce ats. corpulent. 
400 12 4s corpuscle. 
500 12 1b? + corrupt. 
600 10 185%. corsage. 
700 10 DU ueleos corsair. 
800 9 pny a corset. 
900 9 2 So gale coruscate, 
1.000 § he ws corvette. 


Maximum continuous lengths up to 700 mils diameter, 4% 
mi.; 700 to 1,000 mils diameter, 1,000 to 1,500 feet. 


No guarantee given on Cables for submarine use, except that 
they shall be perfect as to continuity and insulation, when 
delivered. 

In many cases, especially for crossing rivers, lakes or ponds, 
the beds of which are mud or sand, free from pebbles or stones, 
our regular Cables, with extra heavy lead, will be, and are, found 
to prove eminently satisfactory, giving as good and permanent 
service as expensive armored Cables; especially so, if further 
provided with a strong fibrous caver treated with compound, for 
which we charge a slight advance over the price of the lead 
wovered cable itself. See page 87. 


32 


THE ACHESON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 
RAILWAY CABLE TERMINAL. 


FOR CONNECTING CABLE WITH POLE LINE, OR TROLLEY 
WIRE, OR AS ATESTING STATION BETWEEN 
SECTIONS OF CABLE. 


r 

; S, Spi- 
; X, Metal 
bber plate. 


Hard Rubbe 
to fit in pole and support ru 


HB, 


WALL, 
. 
Pp; 


Washer; J, Hard Rubber or Wood Plate; L, Screw 


Li f/ 2) 


Rubber Gasket 


~S 


M, Tap Connector; N, Brass Cone; P, 
OVEri Re 


Fig. 26.—A, Copper Conductor; B, Insulation; 
Tap Cable; W, Wiped Joint; 


C, Lead Sheath; D, Lead Cu 
Pole; QO, Metal C 
Thimble, 


Fastener; 
der; T, 


Hard rubber or saturated wood base, double metal cap, to 
prevent condensation of moisture. 

Where used on wall of building or side of pole,iron bracket 
may be used instead of spider. 


Without Bracket.) Telegraph 
Code, 


Terminal for 1 Cable Conductor...) $4.50 each. cosine. 
“ ime per Os a a 5.00 cosmic. 
ie Coe he * 560°“ cosmos. 
‘Ss Se - “a 6.00 “ cossack, 
ss a a 4 on 800s, costume. 
ve opm ON te a SOG, S cottage. 
ba oh ay os ls 9.00.“ cougar. 
ie SS Piers ms es 9.50 “ cough. 
bey 4 3 ert ea ae by coupe. 

Brackets for fastening to pole........ ee coupon. 

Metal Cap for Terminial................. 1.50 * courage. 


Rapper witli GAaSket, ces: -vcserceveurearee GAOL courier, 


For descriptive matter, see page 90, 


33 


t 


AARD RUBBER TERMINALS. 


(For descriptive matter see pages 88 and 89.) Ry 
DEGENHARDT. | TUBULAR. z 


For Office ends of Underground or Aerial Tele- 


raph and Telephone Cab.es and for placing in 
water-tight boxes on poles for connections be- 


tween Air Line Wires and Cable Wires. 


Fig. 27b. 


eo 
> 


Tubular Hiectric Light and | Code. = 
Power Termiuals. | Singlercfcc.petere <2 courser. - 
RO = Duplex. | court, : 
n=) Z 
| Sibsse 
3 .. Quigg = aS om 
For Cable 3-16 to 5% in.dia.’ ¢ .35 $ .60 econ S 
¥%to1li-16 “ 50 75 Bofodes 
# 1%yto 1% 60 .90 8 Sete e te 
* 13-16.10 doth «| 75 1.10 S Sooo 08 
ICE TVIS 16 tol 2 Oe 90a et 
| | Pree a 6 < 
RE SAREE ASS EELS ED A LS ES RE CI BS PN Ne LEI ST IE 
: Peace complete.; Telegraph Codes. i 
Telephone and Tele- me 
graph Terminals, : F 
ee iit | Degenhardt. | Tubular. 
Wire Ter minal. Baccodteteechaccenctetes: courted. courting. 
-) de | $3.00 $2.00 | courtiers. courtlier. 
Dine as s<| 4.00 2.75 | courtliness. | cousinhood, - 
Spts a ws! 5.60 3.50 | cousinly. peer 
10 os ! 600 4.00 | covert. Revert 
ie ee Bal widi le, 5.00 | coward. cowardly. 
7 Ayeey : 9.00 6.00 | cowhide, cowhiding, 
pine. cf eve] 2200 8.00 | crab. crabbing. — 
DHE 2) 5-00 10.0054 cradle: cradling. 
100s" “ naa| ado .UK 12.00 | crape. craping. 
125‘ uf 5: 22.00 15.00 | crater. craterous. 
150 ‘* we «| 20,00 17.00 | cravat. cravatish. 
200“ Md ...| 80.00 20.00 |! crayon. crayoning. 


PARTS OF TERMINALS. 


j 
Brass Bind ine: POStS....2.csscsccsscsssesccvose | $1.00 per doz. | creeper. 
Cable Grip or Nipple for Bottom o 


PL@hIMiM ale GEASS! sceessers oi Meceoe erent enasssen 1.00 each. cremona, — 
Cable Grip’ for Bottom of Terminal, 

IMaIIeAbDIE LON .....sccccecasvestserscccvedesecese 50.‘ creole. 
Clamp for Cable Grip, Brass o,.secssccaee 20 ree cricket. 
Clamp for Cable Grip, Malleable Iron... 10S crimp. 


34 


an 
~ 


CABLE HANGERS. 


(For @escriptive matter, see pages 94 and %5,) 


“ONE-PIECE.” 


PATENTED MALLEABLE IRON 
CABLE HANGER 


Fig. 28. 


“ECONOMIC.” | 


MALLEABLE IRON ONE-PIECE HANGER.: 


Price per 


Hundred. 


Telegraph 
Code. 


Diameter of | 
Stock Width of Cable to 
No. Opening. which 

Applied. 
i 78 in yin 
2 4% 4é % ae 
2] y} “ec “ce 
4 1° oe is “ee 
5 1% se 1 ee 
i) 12331605 ge oe 
7 1Y ae 1% “se 
8 1% “ec 1% “<é 
9 1% ae 1% ina 
10 1% ‘‘ 1A 
ll 1% 15% “ 
12 1% pr 1% a 
138 2 ce 1% ae 
14 2% 46 9 a9 


Larger sizes made to order. 


Special Tongs to close and open any pou the 


above Hangers, $2.50 each . 


NOD oR 
one no ono 
oocoeacooco 


ECONOMIC HANGER. 


criter. 
criterion. 
critic, 
critical. 
crocus. 
crony. 
crosier. 
crossbow. 
crotchet. 
crucial. 
crucially. 
crucifier. 
crucifix. 


crucifixion. 


SesspedaeresCLUCMOFin 


For any Cable up to 1” in diameter. 
from 1% to1¥% 
&° ‘“* 15¢ or more in 


“é 


_——— 


£35 


Price per Telegraph 
Hundred. Code. 
- $5.00 crucifort. 
' 6.00 crucify. , 
7°00 crude. 


CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL 


SUBWAYS. 


(For descriptive matter, see page 99.) 


Cross Section of Conduit, containing 
12 ducts. 


Joint on Single Line of Cement-Lined 


Fig. 31. 


Length of Hollow Brick Conduit—18 in. long, 2in., 2% in. 
and 3 in. diameter bore. 


Fig. 32. 
Woolen Pump Log Conduit, 8 ft. long. 1% in., 2in., 


2% and 3 in. int. diameter. 


PRICE LIST. 


Brick Tile. 


Kind of es te 
Conduit. hore 
Cement ep 
Lined. 3 2 

2 

Wooden 91 
Pump Log. 3 2 

2 
Hollow 2Y, 


2 loutside! Approx 
|\Dimen- Weight 
sions. | per ft. 
3Y 334 
3% 4% 
4Y 5 
| 3% | 2x 
4 3% 
| 4% | 4 
| 
| 3% | 55 | 
RUE Ai hard Da 
| 4% | 8% | 
36 


one Telegraph 
foot. Code. 
11 crude. 
12.5 crudity. 
14 cruel. 
6.5 cruise. 
8.75 cruller. 
10.5 crumb. 
5.5 crunch. 
6 crunkle. 
7 | crupper. 


or Brick Conduit. 


he 


= anh 
Se ee ae ied 


) 


JUNCTION BOXES. 


(For descriptive matter, see pages 5 to 97.) 


CONNER JUNCTION 
BOX. 


(PATENT APPLIED FOR.) 


For use on street rail- 
way, electric light and 
power circuits for taps to 
any desired point or asa 
testing station between 
sections of cable. 


FOWLER JUNCTION BOX. 
(PATENTED). 


For use in same manner as 
Conner Box, and in location 
where more space is avail- 
able. 


PRICE LIST. Fig. 34. 
Prices include all necessary connectors, screws, gaskets, etc. 
Fowler. Conner. Telegraph Code. 
Size Box | | —— ots is 
| Cables. 4/0 &smaller Fowler. Conner. 
2 way | 20.10 14.50 crusade. crut, ey. 
ea ge 21.75 16.50 cruse. crutch. 
Aya 23.50 17.00 | crusher. _|_cruth. E 
CABLES 500,000-250,000 C. M. 
2 way. 21.00 15.50 crustacean, crux. 
Os 22.75 | 17.50 crustalic. cry. 
Ei wed 24.50 18.00 crustated. cryal 
CABLES LARGER THAN 500,000 C. M. 
"2 way. 22.00 | 16.50 crustific. eryolite. 
Ses | 23.75 | 18.50 crustily. crypt. 
A 25.50 19.00 crusty. cryptic. 


If boxes are for duplex cables (not above 4/0), the list prices of boxes 
larger than 500,000 c. m. will apply. Always state diameters over lead 
auc if Duplex give both diameters. 


PARTS OF JUNCTION BOXES. 
Telegraph Code. 


Parts. Fowler. Conner. 
Fowler. Conner. 

Base Plate. OED 0 eee | ees CLV Pica lar mre tates. eres Rave 
Mase or Box, | sss LO UUM law ccscsteqrche ss cubature. 
Cover. 6.50 3.50 cryptogram, | cubby. 
Gasket. 85 .30 cryptology. cubebs, 
Cover Bolts. -10 -10 crystal. cubic. 
Binding Posts. 1.35 1.00 crystalize. cubical, 
Connecs., Main 60 .40 ctenoid. cubicular. 

Bratch .60 40 cub, cubit, 

“Nuts. 10m oe) ese cuban, vane neeshieeeek 

SN OCFEWS || Mesreae Ah A leccene cere cuboid. 
Wrench. 1.20 1.20 cubation. cuckoo. 
Rubber Cups. Mile A ere cubatory. aopeatinn x, 


In ordering parts, state dimensions explicitly, and for binding posts 
connectors, nuts or screws for same state size of conductor and whether 
for single or duplex cables. 

37 


MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS AND 
DEVICES. 


For use in placing and connecting underground or overhead 
cables and wires. 
For description of each article see pages referred to below. - 


: Telegraph 
Article. bag Price: sn P 
Tubular braid for covering 
telephone and telegrapl. iy 
WATE SPliCeSiyrsactotetece sess 102 $1.50 per lb. |cudgeling. 


Cable grip for drawing in 
Cables tare wert sctesccemeeeted| Tere eeecen 15.00 each. cudweed. 
insulating tube or_ sleeve, 
paper. (State diameter 
and kind of cable)....:.:..- 
insulation-cutting tool for 
removing insulation of] 
CONGUCTOLS tisssesstoseetteveseee 4 
Complete joint mould for 
making joiuts between 
CablevSeChiOnS:... .scaiecasessee 
Sleeve joint mould for mak- 
ing cast solder wipe at 
each end of lead sleeve..... 
Lead sleeve or tube for 
sleeve joint on cables. 
(State diameter and kind 
OL:CADLE)secriteed renee tee cais 
Lead tees for branch joints 
or connections. (State 
sizes and kinds of cable).. 
Lead-cuiting tool for re- 
moving lead cover o 
CADDIES 85 soinees cacdsescasce's siceesess 
Scoring tool for marking 
and limiting length o 
lead to be removed........... 105 {| 3.00 * culm. 


125 ay cufic. 
108 6:00 3 cuirassier. 
103 10.00 ‘‘ cuisine. 


104 L500 Ss culex. 


104 121% per Ib. | cullender. 
104 .20 ss culinary. 


108 5.00 each. cullion. 


Rotary wire-splicing tool.....[ 104 | $ 1.50 cuneatic. 
Wire-splicing tongs for 

making wire joints.......... 105 20.00 cunning. 
Copper blanks for wire 

splice made by last named 

wire splicing tongs. (State 

size of conductor)............ 106 1.15-per Ib. cunningly. 
Cable supportsformanholes| 106 .10 each. cupboard. 
Black rubber tape, }4 inch] . 

WIE (OZILG)ieracesss fererseatere 106 115 per Ib. cupid. 
Black rubber tape, 34 inch 

Wide (OZiIte).2:.2. eecceh conn ont 106 Del 5 swiss cupidity. 
White rubber tape, % inch 

DAW G@.unrsessaseencersee Meet seoceres 106 15 ees cupreous. 
White rubber tape, 34 inch 

VAC CR dscesestrscuscareieostanteeers: 106 tallied eo cuprite. 
Cast iron terminal cups for 

TOUTIC CADIES. ccasececconcasconee 91 .25 each. curacy. 
18 in. paper tubes for wire 

SPLICES ......40..---2reeeersenneeens 102 1.00 per 100. curatrix. 
Lightning arresters.......0000. 92 .30 each, cur. 

“ high lee ee 92 | On application curdle. 
~ electric light ...... 93 | “ “ | curfew. 


38 


GENER AL 


TELEQKAPH CODE 


FOR USE WITH 


THE STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE CO. 


Copyright, 1896, by J. W. MARSH. 


The Telegraph Code, Contained in No. 6 Handbook, published 
in 1888, has been so freely used and so highly commended, that it is 
considered certain the reproduction of this feature on a much 
enlarged and improved plan will meet with general favor. A 
code of this kind reduces the expense of telegraphing orders and 
inquiries, and lessens liability of mistakes. The following 
specimen will illustrate the economy of the Code, namely: 


‘Poacher falmegzy cloudage plunder dingdon danube’”’ 
“phantasm daladaltalzad coining dentition,’’ 


Which means: 
‘Ship as soon as possible five thousand pounds’’ 
‘No. 6 Brown & Sharpe’s Gauge Standard Weather—’ 
“proof Line Wire; how soon can you ship ? What’’ 
“is the freight rate per hundred pounds”’ 
“to destination? Answer by letter. Telegraph’’ 
‘lowest price and earliest delivery of three’’ 
‘fand three-fourths miles No. 4 Brown & Sharpe’s’’ 
“‘Gauge, single Conductor, Waring Electric Light’’ 
‘*Cable with five thirty-seconds inch insula-’’ 
**tion, delivered f. o. b. cars here.’’ 


Two blank pages are provided for private Code, as the Hand- 
book telegraph code will doubtless be used between individual 
members, officers and employees of Companies other than our 
own, and they will, naturally, have special articles and expres- 
sions relating only to their business, for which it will be conven- 
ient to have a telegraph code; this will be especially the case with 
Construction Companies and Electrical Supply Companies having 
salesmen or construction corps at points away from the home office 
and telephone companies having sub-exchanges outside of the 
city in which the general office is located. 

All Code Words beginning with the letter ‘‘c’’ will be found on 
pages ten to thirty-six in the several price lists, to designate 
specific articles, size of conductor, character of insulation, ete. 
The General Code following does not include any words begin- 
ning with the letter ‘‘c.”’ 


For the convenience of foreign correspondents in 
sending cablegrams, we have registered the following 
cable addresses, viz: 


General Offices, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Address: ‘‘ Cables, Pittsburgh.’’ 


Branch Office, New York City, N. Y. 
Address: ‘‘ Cablemaker, New York.’’ 


39 


- ABL—CAB. 


Have not been able to.............ss00 seaeessesateitboecesenee ; 
Have vouipeen able it? ..scasccerasencrercsvsaceccesrs epeeeeens - 
WV TEE DC OE OO Reo corset oc onsen hac Gapstoa ays) mere dbucenwenes Eee 
AADSONMEALONDOMICE: B.....ccvssecccsteccdtvrene sate aptenss esas : 
Will accede to terms named........-s.++0+- susdesvacaensere 
Cannot accede to terms dg es Dee racsese ee ste Sa ooseti tsetse 
Will you accept ?....... stocene 
Will accept....... es soseensnessdceseceesaas eaeatee secccccsesseccors . 
Will not accept.....seoscssrssesereeseesees hespolpde.condact Weutee 
Wire at once if accepted DE NOE recat 5 cae uraeeenete apes 
Subject to telegraphic acceptance to-day.............. 
Subject to acceptance within 
Will greatly accommodate us if you will.a........... 
Will do it to accommodate (YOU)............sseresereeeees 2 
In accordance with ———— 

Not in accordance with 
According to contract.........s0ccsceee Sdeeasrendecees eat erstes 
Not accoraing to CONETACE...cccssecessesnnseesene seen eon 
On (for) account of- 
Statement ofiaccownt-cecw.ceocacecteccevece.tessoseasesceee cnees 
Account averages due.......... gan cttcebunssabeneescokaua ins oe 
‘To which add the cost Of... ..... sss eeceeeeeeeeeees 
‘To which should be added...........ssss0008 cesnceseanetcers A 
In addition to........ ce Uaet deceit cae cottuncstanastedatoncaesee ete 
How did you add ress———? .. . .. sss ceeeseseceenceeneoees 
Was addressed tO——-...........cscessecsssecvessesssenscees 
Please note an advance Of ———..........sssessseceeeeeees 
Expect furthersadvance (OfmOn)iscac.sstsevesscecevaveossste 
WiOWldiyouradViSCiserecec.asdecsscsscccctoanssnce nee esatecececene 
WIOUIGIAGVISO)VOUCOl-csccasss.sctesccctascsescccars Sesecealseosien 
Would not advise you to............066+ sattecesteccescesccess 
Advise tilly 2about siccccmetenec ct ccteccncesmrnceotesssecteeteees 
Unless otherwise advise das ccsccerecccascsns-sece-cccestresesess 
Unless otherwise advised will assume that.......... : 
Will you agree to-————....... eonvcccesevescccers coeeeesecesee 
Will agree to....... sonecens Seaeunppossguce as¢sabpeseeanentne™ seanenss 
Cannot agree to......... evcreseecccenscescnesceessssseccsssencaseess 
PEN LOCAINAMOUN tesecescoscsocesstessetieans cence corcostecsseeiceeses 
Answer by telegraph (day me€ssage).....sssecereeeeerers 
Answer by night message.........cccsscceeeeees covartsesteeees 
Answer by letter... Naddatessesstestcegscussteats coctert tenets 
Please pa answer to our communication 

oO —_——_— 


Ae Ree eee ee ERO ORO ee eee wenee 


OO Oe re meen er eeeeeeeeeeeeses 


Poe PerePeererr rere rere rere re scree eee eee eer) 


Answer (ing) your communication of this date... 
Answer (ing) your communication of. 
Will give you answer by———— 
Must have answer by 
INGE VEE ATTIVE Ch. y clic ddssetecscoeecsb cones secececcoteelscopbapeeers 
Pay particular attention to 
Pay no attention to 

Call your attention to———_ 
Matter shall have best attention............ccsseseecssseeees 
Have no authority to———— 
Are they (is he) eyed ca to — 


tee eeeeee 


PAPO e meee e meas eeeeeeesnee 


see e eee nee eeeeeonee 


Balance on hand is 
Balance due on order (is) 
Balance will go———— 
On the basis Of—————, 5... .nes0.sscacesavsccceeacevecsssscnenses 
On what basis are yOu GOING........cecceeeceeeees senewenttce 
Will be in————..... .. ve Beaeee Bisco anti ecttneacseacctees 
Will be here———_.. 
When will you begin————..........sesssessscooreeeesccoees 
Expect to begin about———— 
An behalf Of ———— a enusaeen ava sevens vaaeveecesvaus aeenesee 
Bid must be put in on——_——............ Sesebsaceceoseaaes % 
Bill of lading and invoice.............46 Meesaechcneseeeconteree 
FIAVE VOU DOUGH Ef opa es eseeecascesescadescude.cavdewdensh ever 
Have bought.......... AS dbagaccsdscosedt cokesnevee tits Rete 
Have not 
Provide the cable with a coating of anti-cotrosive 
COMPOIMH Ais, vu sseunesc gees esas veces te se cwsene eae aon 
Provide the cable with ‘saturated fibrous cov ering 
over lead cover...... Minlacese tc hecteres cttrrticccecteterttte 
Provide the cable with two saturated coverings 
OVEL 1GAC COVED. cccestadsarsesscvcnccteasacestnetasse centre 
Wearing anti-induction Cablle...ccccccccccsssssesesceveesocess 


40 


dab—day. 


dab. 
dabblers. 
dabbling. 
dabsters. 
dacapos. 
dacers. 
dacians. 
dacoits. 
dactylic. 
dactyls. 
dados. 
daffodil. 
daftish. 
daggers. 
daglocks. 
dagons. 
dahlia. 
dainty. 
dainties. 
dairyman. 
daisies. 
damasks. 
dallops. 
damian. 
dampish. 
damsel. 
damson. 
dancing. 
dander. 
dandify. 
dandling. 
dandruff. 
dandy. 
danesman. 
daneworts. 
danishness. 
danker. 
dankist. 
dannocks. 
danskers. 
danube. 


daphnes. 
daphnite. 
dapperly. 
daric. 
darkish. 
darksome. 
darlings. 
darns. 
daroos. 
darter. 
darting. 
dasherts. 
dashpots. 
dastards. 
datelessly. 
datives. 
datums. 
dauber. 
daubing. 
daughter. 
dauntless. 
dauphin. 
davit. 
dawdle. 
dawdling. 
dawish. 
dawk. 


dawker. 
dawning. 


daydream. 
daystars. 


CAB—CON. daz—def. 
— — ee 
Waring bunched eabloen erchresbaceueretracutcestece rs daze. 
Waring Electric Light Ga blenciiiict.dssebil ecevects dazzler. 
Waring Electric Light and Power Cableatiince dazzling. 
Two Conductor Electric Light Cable................... deaconess. 
Conner bunched Electric Light Cable................... de. eyes. 
Heavy leaded cable for submarine USE.................. deadlock. 
Heavy leaded cable with exterior saturated fib- 

rous covering for submarine use.................. fleadliness. 
{fron armored cable for submarine use.................. deafener. 
Pmerial cable.c...csvcccccoscese Staseteentersssestecrss soe we. deafening. 
Underground Cable.......sssssecsssrereesecers dean. 

The cable to be placed.. pdaaneedaancslugcvvcsoreccesososscesecsee deaneries. 
Cable hanger (See “Hanger, my. SEER sisi ee deanery. 
Office cable... Meeebavatosaucsucbabseccvaccccscesecssecs seeees teccee debases. 
Office cable with--—conductors Seer tery eta . debasings. 
Acheson cable ProtectOL.....serreeeeercesreerttesteeeeeces debaters. 
Electro-static capacity....-.e.0---see gate onseesseseneoesss debaucher. 
Electro -static cepecnty of— Microfarads per 

RYILCcrasctaecetseeensses Peawaeneesessceneaeses ces: eoecdetossseess debonairly. 
eCAaPIOAG LOUS.essceccccescccseccsestenes eer Beseuscsveseeeee debutant. 
Less than carload lots... piibds a iiasstsetteeceatteeeee Gecadent, 
Did not exercise care (at, in) Pare cetees ee tee correetes decadist. 
Utmost care must be used........ssccececeseeeeseeeeeeees: decagons. 
Were very careful to (about)... Seach Pear Leo Pere decamps. 
Berth 1s GHCTCASOss-..ceetss-sucesee eta retaetscctacssrn coors tes decants. 
BE eris OTOL CIIG CASO raccecndeccecccctacdesccn-ctscoesrecesncess-re= decanter. 
In that case........... Seseeeeee nonocdab SasOIONE sabeterscessessteeettte decapod. 
137) ll CASES... <c2-cssssceee Saet@necresvsesccenccscce's ARSC SOL Erno decapodal. 
Cash on delivery................... NESE Ai tiste esteem © decastich. 
Cash in thirty Cays..............ccssccssscsssrssess RP tare - decaying. 
Half cash, barance in— days... Sreraadd ponadbaruc deceased. 
Centre of distribution... ee aeseenees decedent. 
Cents (see ‘Numeral Code, on pages 47 & ‘5d cor we decimate. 
Change order for (of) erste Sesgeeer ss terere decking. 
BEOO Late CO Change. ..........ccccerescaccegecsacasessrecsesecasere - declaiming. 
Charges will amount to Se meee Ter itetn decoct. 
Charges will be very Heavy..........:essserssereeessesces decore. 
Circular mils (see ‘‘Mils.’’)............... NITIES ALF. 

Under the circumstances................---..00« Stee tes ecorously 
Telegraph Code (see ‘‘Telegraph.”’)......... Geetonesteaves 
MEPIITINCOMSccascesessysccscactossctsncesecsscrecess Re acetersansaees tt decorum. 
What color or colors do Your want Pai.cscuteweeses stores  LECOVEL 
mne Only color on hand...............0.c00 aeaeeteseecs teres decoyings. 
BEE SET COLO PS TATIICT ©. sce sceceystisshcnsnosisccesecesscosocrs decrees. 
Immaterial what colors are sent............006 sotetaetees decrescent 
REGAN CW ILC ance aasecteeenoosere st certs dedicates. 
Bitreland=Wihitewe eee eerste dedimus. 
GreemtandGoldcnie siecereeeecothenten ss dedolent. 
IRECIANC'GOlde cesses enccsenseecseteete . deeds. 
Canary eVellOwWeveccerssnee.csccestecevacesss deemster. 
Any other color will do if color named not on 

LAST Clete, cecererceccccccncctiien cciesecccterssenevenene STi deerskins. 
When do you expect to COMMENCE Pussesssssesvessereeses defaces. 
Expect to commence —essascsoesnese peat eceser ene seemes defacing. 
Will not allow any commission.. Measssasecheceaeer-.8 = CeTaIners: 

commission will be allowed... eres defaming. 
In competition With——........ ...sseeesseseseseevereees defeature. 
When will you complete Sonesacene duecvanticeecrss defecator. 
Order will be completed Sire nea defender. 
Order was completed————......... Ssioctarl abst defiant. 
Upon completion of: siisnadigesdtsaScseivirss tute sascre PUCIIOES 
Send C. O. D. by express...... Dateanrertateccecsescoseatceteres Gefiies. 
Your financial standing being unknown we will 

send goods C. O. D. unless otherwise in- 

BEL CLG eicecennce deems i etreentasicerstre ecteeater resets sete defiiing. 
mo: B. Hlectrical Compound ree. .i0i oc scscacecoccosedencses deflect. 
Insulating Compound (see “Insulation. ee defluous. 
On what condition will you———......... .e.e eee eee sees deflux. 
Upon condition that———...................85 Reseretctecct: deforming. 
The conditions are————........ Ceanentesceecstsercnees sncess defrauder. 
Mall not agree to the CONditions.:.....c.6..0s0.cccseoceeees defrayal. 
Conductivity to be guaranteed.............sscssssceseeeees deftly. 
Ditto, 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure cop- 

per Bscuacotlossessavesccavssscessbanteesetercerdcetsatesesse cases deftness. 
-—— Strands to equal in cross-section, a solid 

conductor of (No. Vencotencoreo-creo So eBOore rer vorseee a defunctly. 


41 


CON—DIA. def—der. 

The conductor to be composed of small strands so 

AS 10. be flexi bleyccieressanacacceseccenacosersecemeraeeete defyers. 
Flexible: conductor.......-c-erestvecbeaves sebalsbodieans aa sooner, Gegrades, 
The conductors to be twisted in pairs.......... cece . degust. 
The conductors to be twisted in fours..............eccee dehiscent. 
Cementilined! con diuit....cccssesecoenpetenretes teeescus ee tes . dehort. 
Iron pipe conduit ........... sasehicetuvepcuedcwacsnteaers cutee dehusking. 
Creosoted wood conduit............ Fase stnscedeevius cop eeasar’ deicide. 
MOTSEE CONGUIL A wceaeres stare genau as ppUceFabaganoredacen caters Sete GELLLCS, 
PSO Bs GCONGUI tstcsecceerns aus a sSpabeteatanessceasatesteeesseee deifical. 
DISEIDUTIN Ss COND Uit-s-seereseereecesen os sdGvcecdvousseotcss sates deifier. 
Conduit consists Of ———. ... .... sees eee ein ea wena Ps deign. 
What kind of conduit....... Sbanas pon sccaedsesweencdseet a Sseeacst deist. 
Are using’ CONGUIUbsccssccebesescas ccs 7s seeaacieupieee deistic. 
THSIVE Cia mMeLeniOr COMAUI tres, osscsetepaebnomnscecenseence see deitate. 
In consequence of which........ we acoso dtaan stances seseunebeute dejection. 
In consequence of———.......... Stecctesssonesens daeeeeenoaee dejectly. 
In consideration Of ———...........cccsceececcscorseeeseeeee Celegate. 
Contract clase i in7 vessseont espncdenavons Bras cceecccscottcaneetrre delete. 
Contract award Cds. .cencc-sccccerseccrsseccere Sasesscsssuneesnnse deletion. 
Contractiwill bea ward edicecr.cen.-s sees. ssesssss eencenioeee delft. 
Unless advised to the contrary in meantime ......... deliacal. 
Approximate estimate of cost of————............... delicate. 
Send detailed approximate estimate of cost of—— _ delict. 
Will VOmextend ered itic.sc-c.sc ucnccccasteudtuccessertccceette delight. 
Cannot extend Credit; reports unsatisfactory...... delirium. 
Credit will be granted if reports satisfactory; give 

POTERETIOCES ese seaccvacnctcbnelndsnitesies sation ses nteteccnstees delphian. 
State Current used, in Volis and Amperes............ deltaic. 
Ditto, and whether direct or alternating, also dis- 

tance from dynamoto centre of distribution deltoidal. 
Current of ———— Volts at ————Ampere.......... deluges. 
Alternatine; Current. :ctcccrsesseeneess ne egvenstvasPansesctneecste delvers. 
PiTecteGurrenite wees seccssssteashess soase cade caeansidan bape peretes delvings. 
Ma ximum Current will be——— ..... .........eeeeeeees demeanotr. 
What is the nature of the Damage ............. eras werent demented. 
LHe Damage iS —————- sn aan oven soasssososoaweedesspdosaseeigs demerit. 

—has been Damaged by ———— .............00008 demijohn. 
On what date will you ———-............ccesesscsesseeeees demises. 
—————Is the earliest date at which itcanbe(done) demising. 
How much can you send per day ? ........scessseeeeeeee deimitint. 
——Can be sent per day............. ee he ie Cemocrat. 
Mi arday, Ot-CwOr.ccseccceereo ses Seeaecenecanecess eenew ssc Berce: demolish. 

Sia VSO SLCE LALO ls: sons dues cael sncdessscsessennd fa paorkcees demons. 
In three to five days.......... aiatnaeeas eteeesnieds Pape tS cdemoness, 
In eight to ten days.......... Baca sceee Ssona taste casteesupcsenets demoniacs. 
BYE TUTE WINE YS cee ccs oon nae eeeaecab oxalewe’ Pe ae demonism., 
In sixty days ...... wipe dbactvegbetescasiox eau Pitale feececuare weomesss CLETHONIZES 
In Ninety cays. .. cvyweresene Meas bcatetccnes Sasheliacs xe cnccee tote demonship. 
Haveyyou decid ed (£0)..c..cc:s00cessepsecocapeeber eee. Sdes sey demotic. 
Have not yet decided, will do so———....... dives demurely. 
Have decided (t0)——-——...... see e cee eecceeceeeee abs paeeeree denarius. 
Pim I AMSLIA GOL Gains 4156 once cans ctecccasascaressenap-nanetemereen dendritic. 
Do not delay...........s00s000 Sp cecenesnarest carshcenaewenttaatceniee denim. 
RE CHETO 29: 11O 161 AY ect svaccuscesccsssinucassecueesaee BTS EN denizens. 
WL DENG We lb iiss, snsoncncessceasttonan argh atone mendes heel ennai dental. 
Have (has) been unavoidably delayed...... sacacasceteces ap CelEAivE 
Have been delayed by the ————........................ dentated. 
Delivered f. o. b. cars in ——-——........ Prep aii Sheen tas dentists. 
Delivered £..0. b. Cars HETE 5.5....00<avsbasccnncsersecnac senda» CETMLILIOMS 
Delivered f. o. b. cars in Pittsburgh............... ekester CLO 
Delivered f. o. b. cars at destination............ secoseses se CePIClets 
Delivered as fast as needed within————...... ashes depilous. 
To be delivered as required between and depletion. 
To be delivered at————................ Dicossennecorahe eeveees deplorer. 
Delivery to be completed by —_—........... ecauesstah eer deplume. 
Delivery to begin —-—}.............. snedbssbinnasseets eee depone. 
Will you guarantee delivery by— sspaseshesssnsesest Oe OSGI 
Will guarantee delivery by the cs sercasetveccesse .CODLAVIENE 
Cannot guarantee delivery before....... eresarseniseraseres, gil ete Comme 
Depending upon a esewnes uvessvanauenbudnusdenesesieccge deputies. 
What is the diameter of ———— ...............46 saeameens derailer. 

———(it) is————mils in diameter............ derailing. 
The cable is————miils in diameter...........esss0ee0+ deranged. 
Conductor is mils in diameter............00000 deride. 
For diameter, see aces bncssceasesancarvcccedassstessettcomlLCiuis limes 


42 


DIA—FAIL. 


- 


The diameter is————.......... Peuvadatgensors saves csusucnaee. 
What is your best discount from list prices for (here 
States cuantity CHEN ATLICIC).....c0ccssisgeoasevenses 
Discount trom list prices..................cccee anpiniasaeee ies 
Ditto, on article and quantity named................00 
Ditto, on article and quantity named is——-—— 
ASSET canner eteaectyra cdi faces daverccscvesensacseiascaeseh gio 
Ditto, on article and quantity named is cents 
a in Pe a atark asia vnanoe tae toaniove sent? epeteee 
Ditto, on article and quantity named is—~ 
cents per pound 
Ere PMC OME. CTICET.””) incase cavssnaccdocisecesnsncueaeey 
Will do the best we possibly Can.........ccssesceseceneseeees 
Do the best you possible can........... i cvacecbartocdenanees. 
Bett ARV CUI OISO Eos oon a iccnceccccscscosgesseees ba diacesceeseieseetn 
BPISO (IE) ephedecce dacs .rcrcosecesecece seeaiendncasnnatnanseeiaaness 
Can do nothing until 
Hope can do better...........000 shaattoihas yhiswasiruwsdg Uaiaees d 
Send the documents.................+. snieieadubmoadesmeacecheeers 
Cash against documents (see ““Terms.”’).............2++ 
Bee OU ACSECACIL, ccc ccc qccacnensnescdsdeaseeeessdeseto<dtedetees 
Dollars per———..........ccesseccscscessseecscneeee 
—— - Dollars per Hund red........cccccsccseceeserseseveees 
———- Dollars per VYard........... Roath aes sapdineexmosones tne 
—-——Dollars per gallon........ penhaaasosnshapedbenkas s)aeays 
The best that could (can) be done.......... qevassas ieee 
What have you done about——_—— 
MRP CUCL OWG etanch cis sa se ecccc dunce ssidasidecestee venoeese ee Mensaed 
MeO ALT CACY, CONC ....22ss02.ccesesce0cceere- reece atoeaencebaied 
Will deposit sight draft on you to day, unless ad- 
vised to the contrary, for dollars....... 
Please protect our draft for———................c0seeeee 
Beatt nas tot DEG Protected... si... ccvacceccssessnusveet od 
Will draw on you at sight to-morrow unless ad- 
vised to contrary for— Dollarsc.accone 
May we draw for amount of- 
You may draw for 
SeHROG TAW! OLL US... ccsssaiesSoc0vscsess s0seens sb acess veces werd 
Defer drawing until 
Account long past due ...... seseReseactes ua ceseeavaneseresemsre 
Account will be due 
Balance due is ————......... saidedncassesishs as aadasies sen toate 
Duplicate our order of (number)-———............... 
Send immediately duplicate ofp —-——..............006+ 
Send duplicate copy of invoice, dated————........ 
mune price does not include duty..........ccesseees eee 
BG OULY (Paid ....cecceicccaccsvcnsvcs eieat duemaiascchvatent 
One of each of the following............. eb eaaheckbodityvaes 
—-Of each of the following... ........ccccccesoeseseees 
Early as possible ........ Gakpitewna Wey sake eatcededtt Sonmaneet Sdaasaees 
TM MRRCLFO SELES. 5c asccsccerasacnancaranensonceesasenssibsoabaeee 


eee em eee ee H OOOH e rere ERE HEED HEH Eee 


weeeseecoce oeeerereseoe Pereerrrrr 


setae eeeeene Pee eeerroene 


seeeesece SOPCEMO TOE Hee eRe eee eee eee 


The effect will be SeAuetatsccsteavncresseyoertine re 
Metab Will De-the effect? .......ccccccscsssccscesevssevscovasees 
Make every possible effort to — cabesmeneee ppaneases 
Personal endorsement..........cecc00 paedeines siaveacndbented 
MERE ee CS) ee obs cnnnucaandeccnsncaacadhuauespeuves 
Make thorough examination of ————................ 


Have examined very carefully and find——-——..... 
Not to exceed— puomeCacteesiesssdas3 ioc cvesdeccatessadeusess 
With the exception of. 
Will make exception in this case............4. seh atieaaanst 
Expenses to be paid b re edpecsl: xisatepnessheadesstes 
ARRIETA CLECT 03 sc cascnscosnnntrivivpaseoincstsecsosei3} 
See explanation in- Sean iaeatwubstnanat ik peaetedelveases 
EMPL VOR EPOSE 55s s1ssccscdonsassoessncssnssunassisss Tdeletadedars A 
BET EMD TOSS CLO D..csrerccacessescesssneees see rene didies 
Express rate per one hundred pounds to— 3: 
Express rate per one hundred pounds to destina- 


Ae POOR OO DEES OHH OOD TOES OSe HEH eee 


1 a a ace enh as« cases de psdde anced tidbis ahltabees 
‘Express charges to be paid by you........ Heattatd parks Fok 
Will not pay express charges........ pasdcseus canstces erties 
Wee Will pay express ChATZES..........ccsescesscovecdescoses 
ETEK ACt TACtS AN LHEICASE,.. .cepcccseqands cstichevsensdepess 

Do not fail to— ——....... spniadbaduaiekenekegt eeu 

Will not fail to— mm... see eee ceeeeeneeceeeeneeeenees ‘ 

Have failed (to) Wes cnacsssavncnanre sours Siaseunss aus bcsiee 
43 


deri—dick. 


eceaionang, 


derisory. 


derivate. 
dermal. 
dermatic. 


dermis. 
dernier. 
derogate. 


derricks. 
dervishes. 
descended. 
descry 
desecrate. 
deserter. 
desertriz. 
desks. 
desmine. 
despair. 
despisal. 
despoil. 
despot. 
despotism. 
despume. 
destitute. 
desultory. 


detective. 
deterges. 
detest. 


detonizer. 
detortion 
detractor. 
detrital. 
deuce. 
devastate. 
devex. 
devious, 
devonian. 
devotees. 
devout. 
devouttul. 
dewdrop. 
dewfall. 
dewiness. 
dextral. 
dextrous. 
diabetes. 
diabolism. 
diaconal. 
diacope. 


diacritic. 
diagnose. 
dialectal. 
dialing. 
dialogue. 
dialysis. 
diandrous. 
diapase. 
diaper. 
diarist. 
diastase. 


diastole. 
diatom. 
diatomic. 
diatribes. 
dibstone. 
dicast. 
dice. 
dickens. 


FAIL—IF. 


Have they ever failed, and if so, Sg pagbridels 
‘They have never failediiseictau) sdeasiiestperedes 
They failed in fore eae athadvarered 
In SOO faiths. as-cscesce cece oseeetécedbanacessseoveredecedecsdatws 
As far as possible......... as davcsecerdoreeans sae ra 
As far as we know........... aseecetecravtecbceme pees iebdctereets 
As fast as possible................ do ricdidacddees sstesweenceave 
In favor of ———..... Sesecceravssteckedsstee BR So 
As a special favor....... sdeabucecdeeecusaberiee’ wicdestenvetseeetts 
INCed NOt fearinccesscccsotectounecessnse Saveccieas teense sducceeretee 
—F eet in length.......... deosscsccseseaceosteteese! a A 
Feet wide....... ir ccewtasesbovaceavvecetcestetessseenecvee 
—_—Feet deep...............c00ee sess SIE cdustaveteecss 
Feet in\diameter:..2.s.0:<:22..s0se8eee detttcaranseectes 
Fleet in Circumference ncssrcesscevetrsseunceneotete 
—Feet per pound s)..oniss.cstseetscec sees avaravesecectis 
See figure— of Handbook Nosx.Vitiscssesterees 
As illustrated j in figure———ofHandbook No. XV 
See figure —of: —isilsdravtniveasenns sueceecist ooeses 
A very ClOSE figure.....scccseeecccsecees We es 
Have figured aS Close aS pOSSible.........sssseceeseseseeees 
Figure(d) approximately (iffcannot give exact fig- 
UTES wissseccsscensesosenssceseesacssnsassecsesssouvsenece Art rey 
There is no such firm (party) known heres. 
Flexible. (See conductor).............cccseceeseeees eoacaeet 
The freight must be prepaid...... .........ccceeceeees doscecs 


Freight rate per one hundred pounds to— 
Freight rate per one hundred pounds to destina- 


ti 
What is the freight ‘rate per one hundred pounds 

TONGESLIN ATION tecasraeenotceedcces carte deeseee aowee neem 
Send by freigh tise. Saiier. Cs aisacic as. dogenons weer re nameaste 
Freight allowed to sedivucdeevesendseeeecteee 
Freight allowed to estination....s.ccccssossesloossorsies 
Can you furnish 
Can furnish— 
Cannot furnish ———...........cecsecoeseees 
Brown & Sharpe, or American, Wire Gauge......... 
Birmingham Wire Gaugescscccsccccoseccrcccosssossesscsoads 
Edison Wire Gauge tx ctiie. ce yu awe peck tebeeecovotee 
New British or Standard Wire Gauge. soseavvsdeosocssoene 
Whats Wire Gauge ?aec0eit8 secs covevsiecsosseneeys ipsticcere 
Name of Wire Gauge not stated in order... 
Number (size) of Wire Gauge not stated i in order.. 


RRR Ree Oe SOOO Oe H eee SOTO Ee HEHE Es eeeene 


Ae ee eet eee eee eee etree tees SOOO HEF O EE Seeee) 


What size (number) Wire Gauge shall we send?.. 

—are undoubtedly good.........::21.ccessseocecesecees 
Perfectly good for amount Named.........csesceereeree 
meagre them good for a credit of. —dollars 
or mses seedoenslboanecedes sadaget dette des cvyacsesceseee 

are not financially good... ccc. c.ictcoscecscssat 
Guarantee the accountitics,. cc. cctecccecece cusoeeence weet 
A. substantial quarantees..c.scsscssccacshscceeuseccsseeenenene te 
Give NO guarantee.............cscsessecccssscensone Secascsevesatccs 
PATIFOM NANG cones ctcscen est osuneesestueres BEER oael Deere a eee 
ELAVEMONES ON NANG cccccssctwacoecsvsscavsene sbtsceee boceneoceeeets 
Entire AMOUNT OT NANA secececcsucesvesueessesesess sadstseeeetes 
PLanid DOOR INO: KL wea i scccssensetseeess saaene tonto tececsat: 
Refer you to Handbook No. XV page———........... 
Do not use telegraph code of Handbook No. XTit is 
superseded by this Handbook No. XV........... 
Malleable Iron Cable Hangers.........seseersererereees 
Must have ttythem).. cciicscvecessoeecassvounveteces Soettaceeceuts 
May probably goa little higher... Sbecevsbesdiccvectereety 
Will undoubtedly go higher .. decacacesesenreeteenie 
Hold subject to your order.........ss00 heviewesusvec teeeeteoe 
Holdisubjectito Outorderic. ccic.rececnsacsasuetseedecnoeseee : 


Hold until further orders... 
Cannut hold longer than—- siaetaees 
Is absent just now ; will be home-— ss 


—Will be at home by— its Siederssvoecaiet 
Are in a great hurry for (this)............... EY EN 
Hurry order number --———....... wa scedesacceccessccrsontet 
Will hurry it all we can...... pereveveeasee saceseevenuctes Redes 
identifying mark (counter) on cable.......... sesneaeaeend : 
Idie, waiting for arrival of————.............seeeeeee rc 
AF SO ca i. « Seeete re dae en. Sec ere 


44 


dic—nois. 


dicrotic. 
dictate. 
dictions. 
dictum. 
didal. 
diestock. 
dieter. 
diffident. 
diffracted. 
diffuser. 
digested. 
digestive. 
digital 
dignity. 
digressed. 
dihedral. 
diking. 
dilated. 
dilating. 
diloge. 
diluter. 


diluvial. 
dimes. 


dimly. 
dimness. 


dimpless. 


dingdong, 
dinginess. 
diocesan. 
diopter. 
diorama. 
dioritic. 
dioxide. 
diplomas. 
dippers. 
dipteral. 
direfully. 
direness. 
dirigent. 
dirks. 
disally, 
disarm. 
disaster. 


disavow. 
disband. 
discal. 
disciple. 
discord. 
discourse. 
disdain. 
disease. 
niter. 
nitrate. 


nitric. 
nitrify. 
nitrogen. 
nivose. 
nobbler. 
nobility. 
nobless. 
nobly. 
nocent. 
noctule. 
nocturnal. 
nodated. 
nodding. 
node. 
nodical, 
noise. 
noiseful. 


IMME—JOIN. 


nois—ogre. 


nd us immediately 

AIS iS VETY IMpPOrtant.........ceceeee ceerereecesseeeeeeessesees 
.cis very important that— 
Is it important? 
Find it impossible to 
Consider it impracticabie to — 
Will see a marked improvement..............cceeseeseeees 
=i MCH INCHES) LON CS c.tccccesacercnss hascetsectetentars 
Inch (inches) wide........ woneseqsooss sesssusasanneeaesg 
TPELD (OGLE KS oe enc eed 
Beech (URGES) CHICK cessed te ancyceerrstsvunseencgt 
—Inch pinchea} fn diameberse. sac eke 
—Inch (inches) in circumference.......ccccecseees 
MRR GRETOLTIN ClU UC Oxccndeacconescccasacoccecs scot cecedeccncsse=sencess 
PESTA CU NCIUG CO s..c05.50. 0550-00 caceveessssceceseoascascsnecescess 
SE IUSIVELOLLCVELY CHING. -yocteseccccneccdes-acedeadiecaseesc--s 
RMTUNINGSMNITY YOU....0..2.200.--.s000--00 senctccongsemrens trees 
Will indemnify — 
retin COL INTOTMANE +... .ccesenscsetser<sees Ma cedictenczecgenscesrss 
Send definite information ........ pe aiebees ol oxsevarctrunea aaeas 
Information reliable.................08 Berne caaceiee Corte 
Information unteliable ...............ccessees acaaenenaens tteker 
Information full and satisfactory............ Focctenstapere 
Wish to be informed as to (whether)............ ae tecnsey 
BTAVE DECTL INTOMIN OG...0s20 coccccccecessoccssessceteccsaone Gece 
Will keep you fully informed (as to)............ senanccta 
BHSISEALDOT 55 oceccscensaes Date eaet lve ticc acces ose tegiie- te cusasueeanas 
PABULIBTOLINSIS Gall DOM... .2ce-. cece. ccens ccnutcatsensecqaves xo oe encrs 
—Has been insolvent for some time .............. 
——_——Has never been insolvent...............::s000 sean 
SEALTETASTCUCLIONS (AS LO) <cceeeercesee cc cscsceeescateerecerss 
Have given instructions (to) 
Have given no instructions.........-.- 
Followed the instructions given (by) 
Insulated wire (see ‘‘Wire.”’) ......... Den dserccacteesceescees 
Insulated by DEaids tee ett iene ene 
Insulated by ———— Wrap ............eccceeeee Voie 
Insulated by OneG wrap Of COttON......2..ccccecescsacecstoess 
Insulated by two wraps of cotton...... Seceecineeatocseesest 
Spemiated Oy ONG WIab Of SIlle oo. oc ccjaccccean can tovessnxa 
Insulated by two wraps of silk......... 
Diameter of insulated wire including the wire and 

insulating COVETING. .............0--eseccesserseesen ses eve 
Waring insulating compound... 
insulating compound for filling cable joints (or 
splice boxes)... 
Insulating compound for filling ‘cable terminals. 
Thickness of insulation all around the conductor.. 
What is the insulation resistance per mile of -—— 
Insulation per mile is megohms... 
Insulation resistance per mile is 
Poe AITCLALCLOBNIS IE La LL OM esas ste canes coc Meneee tee caeae sch teesensseeer tye 
Extra heavy insulation.................. SAMA ; 
Pepeet al SLO Mt NSUlathONs.c.scccsesne-ccsciceajsccecccce cece ce 
PSM ATIONS-O2 ANC tIIICK ves ccanseccsesoetcccsateeereetecetnc ees 
BS ATION Acs th iC kiss ssacscets tek cnetasens? asedlesactenes 
Sa AtIOME DOS eIIICI) bitiClkormtecescecechsahtenreoetsn es cee cen se 
Pnstation.G-oe INCH thiClo roi .cce sasccs sen ccsucsenscocseceechee 
MEMMIB SON se WICH thHiCk 65, l Seen ces menesesae see 
Insulation 8-82 inch thick............... 
What thickness of insulation.. 
Insulation resistance.. —_ 
Interest at the rate of six ‘per “cent. “per ‘annum... 
Interest at the rate of — per cent. per annum.. 
HAVE NO invOice Of—— —..............ciesearee atudcteea ste 
Send invoice Of-——--—......... cc. ccc eee eee ceeeees 
Invoice was mailed.. 
—— affairs are very ‘much h involved... 

Are not involved in.. ‘ ace 
First item (paragraph) in— Eaveva dese cdeaeasnes 
Last item (paragraph) in————... 
————item (paragraph) in our communication 


ot})—_-—_-_—_——_- 


RRR RR meee meee ene ee eeeee se earasee 


OOOO PORE eee H HOE e HOHE eee Ee Eee OE SOOTHE H ese seeees 


bowser eees eeeeseree 


Peer rT  Ce eee eee ee eT ire rei ees) 


Beene eee ene ee wee eeeraeesereseseees 


Fee eee essere seaseese 


Pee w eee errr ersnerece 


———— item (paragraph) in your “communication 


of)———_— Dy ieeesutny canyss (ante 
—~— —will make joints CIDIe Meets 


45 


noiseless, 
nomadic. 
nominate. 
nominor. 
nonjuror. 
nonpareil. 
noontide. 
nopal. 
norsemen. 
norwegian. 
nosing. 
nostruin. 
notches. 
notional. 
noun. 
novel. 
novelist. 
novice. 
noxious. 
nozzle. 
nubia. 
nudging. 
nudity. 
nugatory. 
numbness. 
nnmbskull. 
nunciate. 
nunnish. 
nuptials. 
nurse. 
nursing. 
nursemaid. 
nutbone. 
nutgall. 
nuthook. 
nutting. 
nymphal. 
oafish. 
oak. 
oakum. 
oared. 


oarweed. 
oat. 


oatcake. 
oatmalt. 
obeisance. 
obesity. 
obituary. 
oblate. 
oblivion. 
oboe. 
obolize. 
obscenity. 
obsequy. 
obtuse. 
obtusion. 
obverse. 
occiput. 
occulted. 
oceanic. 
ocellus. 
octagon. 
octander. 
octaroon. 
octavos. 
oculate. 
oddity. 
odeon. 
odin. 


offspring. 


ogle. 
OgTess : 


— 


JOIN—MID. 


Not including making joints... Pen 
Cable joints. (See also “Splice Box” ») Paar Se an ct: 
Cable joints to be made ich aprosaporen Sear FTF 7 
Send expert hand to make sous 

Joints will be finished ae cteeeccte eae ramen 
DOrVOu know Pies. eeusso eee see oeeeeeeee ee here nce eaten 
Do not know.. See rate dacce teed 
Have no knowledge Of a nage essences nes 
Cable has been laid.. ab Sakti echtetiory 
Cable to be laid (placed) in on arcu 7 nine 
Cable to be laid and jointed by Seer ite 
Has been laid over unti]——......eeececcee ee eeeees 
Cable will be Breen tiie tein Pate en Rees 
Cableyvee to De Para eeeccec ce cceasias sex ceseonees sep eeeecetaete 
Too large... : A 
Not large enough.. Ear lyeicadeceiio ecm ee tee estate 
The largest you possibly Perera feet al Catan, 
Too I Dipti: Seaton gs ay ghee spenwacg it econ seco cece rere ttaten: 


tg thie latest possible time (for)————...... 
Will lay the cable and make the joints ................. 
Ditto, but not including boxing, trenching and 
‘refill bb FZ eerie «Henan ore terre torr iserery 
Will begin laying ee table Gre ee ee 
Will finish laying CHE aes cir..ccierctess pees aeeermn nas 
BHO A VIN G OF LG CASE nt citys arcs dency ase pleoeaeees ee aeeremtepe 
Shelead Cover tobe (weigh ~———— ee ceatenees 
The lead cover is———— 
What is the thickness of lead cover ?.................+++ 
StAMGALC DGad hie coscececcccseere tcc cccscstterssterete cere aectias 
Extra neavy. lead cis cree atessse trotters cosertcs sence licens 
ISU lead rs.-seeck cece haebatdted acento ott oee eee Aer pSeBtc anal 
Leave it entirely to-————............... saieeatagnennsedeset A 
Expect-s to leave——— 
What is the length of————........ Noss Star oe 
Ait ONE COMLINMOUS FONG tHirc..-esha.coessceseorinasescacencen7am 
LO De itt lengths As LOMOws srs. cceiatecadesgteassee-te eadawe 
Give lengths in detail as-‘requited ¢.). Ase. cescsees onaces 
Wait exact detail lengths before proceeding with 
OLGET. oe asters daccese seeeseet eeesas sceeeeeeepee eee eee 
Send regular commercial lengths.............sseeeeeeees 
Nees thas or eig oon ier Ae ee ne 
Not less than—— o.oo. cee eeeeeceeceeeees peacerecectreetere 
Cannot take less (than) —............ccccccseseosccceee 
SEO etter Of Fiera voce nt nntvo da icanpceotececlineccees 
Received your letter (Of) ——.......cceceee cescecveeeee 
Have not received your letter (of) 
Please answer our letter of ———...........cceesrssveeou 
As per your letter of 
As per our letter of- 
Liabilities and “assests: cee tect cceae cetera e é 
Offer is very liberal 
File lien on 
Would like to have 


BO men ten wee meee en meee eeee er eeeee 


BARR meee ee HOO OES Eee e eee. ee eeeense 


AARC R Rem eee ee BHR been e re eeeesee 


eee ee ee CTS eC Cee eee eee eee rere 


ORR Cee wwe teen ers OH eee eeeee:! RHR EH eee eeeeree 


AS lord aS POSSI bie lA ied cae, Sra eaeey eee er nactrene 
How long before you can— é 
Will osemnotii nes by ater eae eee ee oes 
ATi 1OSS een semee i ace cecseeena renee ices catnentoetasa tetas 
At a loss of— PEE CONE Saas tissu seeeenspesenstocanses 
At what per cent. of loss do you expect to run.. 

Expect to run at a loss of—-—— per cent.............. 
—are lower than— —.......0... cc ceecececceeeceeeee 
(vt) CANNOE DE made. f.ci5..c0ccoe- Soeprercse 
(ILS MAG Oxetrsersts st seocdioresheecesscstece ee Sacce sss rs 
Send by mab. oc ..e sree ciceeeei.s eccesvosnses wesees Seaecctaerece 
Send by special delivery mail...........c..ccsccosese eeeeesens 
Maihiitviearivitotlayve ie eee ee eee nsoden 
not make it (them) before————......... 
In such a manner as tO —— —............cceeee eee Sosaty : 
What is the matter with ———.......... eee ce eee eeeee : 
Nothing the matter with 
Something the matter with———....0...... cece cece 
In the matter Of-—————..................seccsccseceseess Sereecs 
Wetithesm atte rm nest srercsccvcrsetcsste-catr ties eae Seen : 
In the middle of— Soe a eaee eines 


—_- 


sees 


oint—palm. 


ointment. 
oleander, 
oleate. 
olefiant. 
olympia. 
omega. 
omen. 
ominous, 
omnific. 
onset. 
onyx. 
opacity. 
opacular. 
opaline. 
operatic. 
operose. 
opine. 
opining. 
optate. 
optical. 
optician. 


orally. 
oration. 
oratory. 
orbital. 
orchanet. 
orchid. 
ordain. 
ordeal. 


oriental. 
orifice. 
orisons, 


orpheus. 
orthodox, 
osculate. 
osier. 


ostracism. 
ostragoth. 


otalgy. 
outcast. 


outgrown. 


outran. 
ovate. 
ovid. 
owlish.- 
oxalic. 
oxygen. 
oyster. 
pabulum. 
padding. 
paddler. 
paddy. 
padlock. 
pagan 
pageant. 
pagoda. 
painless. 
palace. 
paladin. 
palatial. 
paleness. 
palestta. 
paletot. 
palfry. 
palisade. 
pallid. 
palm. 


4 x ad a 


iene CR 


: 
; 
~ 
5 
2 
* 


MIL—NUM. palm—par. 
maronlar mils 111 CrOSS SECLION.........<..0se0e sossgvevecens cap PALIN ALE. 
SoM PIS: ATI CLUE CS leceenetena< ox ceees ssedsaianaaseeaaneaes - palmer. 
Have been misinformed........ eck dwhae Pista mie eae teee palmetto. 
Have not been misinformed.........cccccce ceeeeeeeceees A inbivay 
‘There is a mistake in——....... eee ee cece eee eeeee me DaLSe i. 
There is no mistake (im)———.....eccccc. ccceeeeceeeees pampas. 
PPULINS EHIS MONT a... ..c..s. 02 0.sccnecsevevveveorerisecsentn, crene panacea. 
During fa next month.. oe - pancake. 
During (in) the month A pgp clade ects + pancreas. 
MCI OME S oo soos dyno x60 sea na'sc sans 08h--n 5 4425s tomas epneninassic pandect. 
MTT MUNN CHINEI TS ese. ca ore sess on cette cciics arse scc nicest sonedtersatigees a pandora. 
NE A Nag aan ons va hn cn sonan ce sac cnsnenigesnt ontaanes paneling. 
PSE. POLE AT ———$————. 1. nv cvscscscesassesedeccsesasessensscvnese pannier. 
How. much (many )————...... .....4......0000005 Cvestevaesios panoply. 
How much (many) do you wWant...........-.cccsssesesseeees panther. 
eT oo, 0 050s nn 5p bcansininsaleeiqannsvbeds vy duayan deer oes panting. 
TTPO TASES SED Co ian vo sisc cb nists vacose dn se detoabeonnesdabeone pants. 
What is the nature of the ERA ARTE A SORE papacy. 
Of a nature to ERA PT IP ea S SER - papal. 
PREIS RYVOU: WGC) CAN... ccc noscceccesnsocctsecdsccuereetens papyrus. 
PRAMAS DOSS LOG, csp cesssaissss, ciao sinepeesveadeeeaceaisestes parable. 
RINT AERC TIO CLS lao sone Necans iu sntavecess en cerdachessasetesrueaeoece parabola. 
Is it necessary to EIR OTE Pn ene parade. 
ET OCOSG AL YC On oo ons sap nas n grins ptancon ore tpiemntan paradise. 
It is not necessary to die inicnavee nn wnnneangRia vida tek paradox 
MeCUISONUEC VN CO SSATY so ccr-snede caccacc-ssccs0s ossenevacesset paramount. 
Be MOL ADSOLULELY NECESSALY <n..c000.-0ncveesesgrecacsoesnasyase parapet. 
ROUEN C Cita 2-228 cine sieeion cehcy’t co ascminseasisacacsslecedzevaee ue cots + parasite. 
NNN et ELOY TY ge carry Se eteaicae acing sSeaencnsshecuritee ceSess ‘parasol. 
OLS AVS Es NOC Lt | RN ae en Ra - parboil. 
Negotiating for ea cere coining lab np aineaeats Savane bats - parental. 
Negotiating for purchase of — es Saneinsese ne asen PIAL IAT 
Negotiations have been———. ...........-.sssessnsenesee way Parietal, 
NR tae coe cto 5k oz arentes scare aah eibaee « parish. 
BAMISHS CHE NEL DLICO sc... cas sasicaes cosastadeseacsapiosachest dona parlance. 
SPAKE, notice. Of—_—@—®@§_........ ...0ssessesoreseasascctscosacstsiovses parlor. 
What are the numbers Of... eo svecseeseseeceeeees parody. 
The numbers of (on) SS Re Ree parotid. 


NUMERAL TELEGRAPH CODE. 
Copyright 1890, by J. W. Marsh. 
PATI 720 canoes a. LELog rca 5 0 Oy € Lele) Re i a ee aie A ND 0 | 
Ureecsntt Pe TOV GIVES (Otitis) sc see taites speek sac eae <scbCee 
pacer: DESa OURtCEN thio LOUIG) 1... sttvetecersser errs V elle 
cscs dal. | Thirty-seconds (32nds). ercacusteeaes ss wal. 
Cccp deo. | Sixty-foutths’ (G1thS)..-2..2.2...0s..e-+ weg. 
eee ateer sl Deen 1S Oc Crete eae teetecaetes ricttoses cosets wim. 
Greece es fom || CON LSeteer ates eet te ne Praiosecccresroreres yal. 
Geert ee CAT CULATITIN IS. .e. tates tin eneadeteecs ene: s« yeg. 
Serre Hale [DOU ATS tee pereoe a eechteas meter coes cee yid. 
Dorecears HOO [PE CO Ls vete Gn se ctactse ciuainmes tanacreecec esse yon. 
Wee teens Ro nyt ULI CS sc rces scsPvnchaveracoemesestaemmensesurcs zad. 
OOS Tiletle pee CT Cen Stenlini sense eeeceenaee secs es zee. 
O00 ecec: meg.| Per centum... Meta teoteeseaee eZ Allis 
0000.........seg. | Pounds (Sterling)... Sr aren ees nctecsncee en zot. 
Mecwitals(.). oo... Si, POUNASM WEIL assccstte-cscseocesetceZ 7 
Shillings (Sterling) . Petpet oto Ze 
Combine these syllables to form any desired number, or 
quantity and designation. Thus 
falfegsegyeg means 560,000 Cir. Mils. 
fegsegyon 2 60, ‘000 feet. 
galsifal ¥ 7.5. | 
Examples ; degfalgaiseg ‘ 4 570 ,000. 
balahegwal “ and 9-32nds. aed 
balhegwal © 19-32nds. 
| halzfegzeg 8Shillings,6Pence. | 
NAMES. 
Cable Company........ccccecsseecesccssscescesseeceaees parquet. 
—-Construction Company....s.ccc.cscccccsecosesesces + parrot. 
Electric COMPANDY........cceccescensscerseessrersceeane parsee 
——_——Hlectric Light Company.........cessssssssceeese +. parson 
— —HElectric Light and Power Company......... parterre 
Electric Railway Company.......... Ree x Meret partisan 
— Electrical Supply Company........ Raesescdnscsous partridge 
PE CLEICA IAW OF Me Sivaransccecs<annsssvossnsssccsnaderneosa parvenu. 


NAMES. OBJ—PAT. pas—pen. 
~———=—-— EEXPTeESS COMPANY......csecceccorssoecessecssceeeensee Paschal. 
HITE Departimmentecssrsrserscsetcessccacceatess Sesesereenn io llel: 
National "Bank oir) tecotecsssecestecscscccsdeneene ses pashalic. 
———— Police DepartmMent.........ccccccscesscccsrsecsreseree PASQUE. 
Railroad Company............. Racenehaaeterstan atte passado. 
~——--Telegraph Company............. AStectaucnoaadentce passkey. 
—Telephone Compatty.”v..-.cccsvsecsasersse oe seeee PASSOVET. 
Brush Hlectric Light Company ..... wevesehedesep AOS Oe. 
North American Construction Company... eeoeeee eoeetes pastel. 
Standard Underground Cable Compan pasting. 
Ditto, ‘“The Rockery,’”’ Chicago, es dostouesentgerces pastiness. 
Ditto, Times Building, New York City, N. Y.. pastorai. 
Ditto, Westinghouse Building, eaeeeet Pt Pa pastorship, 
Thomson-Houston Electric Light Company.... pasture. 
United States Blectriciigcht Company e.ccesentenece pasty. 
United States Illuminating Companyircecsnes ween LL: 
Westinghouse Hlectric and Manufacturing COL. patacoon, 
Westinghouse Hlectric Railway Department....... . patapsco. 
Will not object sacs ee cn ceeateccccess nen seetousccces csecueeevecesscece paternal, 
Willyou(they)object....-cc.scesscoce« teh gi ee Ce pathetic. 
Will object hace ccevaseaseriomanaeel seesccadcse asses ADELDCEISL na2005 pathic. 
Do not object Paneatosiceaaelt civsia wantela Weadevencdseavserabebesitels oaccccee pathless. 
Is there any Objection......cssesccsrerrererssscesrrrrrsssees Pathos. 
Objection Gani De mad estin .wecietasocweeseetes seviveitaties fees patriarch. 
Try to obtain.. sassecrcsceescsesascccrsssceeesscceesssess Patriot. 
Have occasion for (to)... Pe eae een Aerie aise paucity. 
HavelnOlocCasion tO (fOr) Avc.ss.saccesescccteacavecdetebaeestes pauline. 
Send Ab One .re cree ech se adacvcdeds cesencee sueudecnnsoeectes paunch. 
IDO VSOlAE ON CER ieaihoe nes aaenee ti a ccc ccectebeceee rer rote wstoa + pauper. 
The only thing to be done G2 elec eee eee ee pavilion. 
Open to an offersniccaie Sooo ee ccowrerneees Pe ee pawnee, 
Open to negotiation........,.....:ss.eeersees aescaaes Sasceuvibes peaches. 
Will be in Operation liar isdatacnc aN eeeaeee ceeue Te eee peacock. 
Has been in operation since————......... Sedeccaatraens peafowl. 
A good opportunity Saale scaeascesetescest RuGavcaveacceneese we. peanut, 
Lose no opportunity (te)————.... 20. easinedasecsetess pearl. 
Very tuck opposed (tO) —i. 5 seaceanseucee verte enececs pearling. 
TIMOR 6 Po Cn re cro io iv cvclvcnc nad tasetendtecewaceaseriees peasant. 
In whatord en ?. scceccsectochcsskatresee seis Weaedsetes astastecedss - pectinal. 
In the following order..............ss-+ paedubscdecdenteacensse + pectoral. 
in theiorder iamed by V0: -ciseccescsaeteceesctactee +s -crse pedal. 
Intthevorderitanived DY UWS..:.c.ssesassseasetescereescosessse pedantry. 
Order number (dated) ........... kc eseecececeeeeceeess pedestal. 
Same as order numbered (dated) —— ——.............46 pedigree. 
Enter order for—— ............ccccecececerecsee eieibie's ook pixies pedler. 
Would like to have order (for)————.........0...2se0ee peerage. 
Order calls for——. ........ cc secee see ecuccececececcece ceeees peevish. 
Order does not call for—@£@_—............ccccsssecseeeees . pegasus.’ 
We have no unfilled order from you (for) pelagian. 
Danoteare to accept ord OF. ssccsicsnqeatteons eaesepnsrtemres pelican. 
Will not take order at any lower price................. pelicoid. 
Order will’ be: completed ss. ciay cescceneeseotiewsnaccesesne pelisse. 
Will proceed on order (of, for) ———......... sees pellucid. 
Cannot fi.1 the order a10.6 0010 6506 casino end dnc adoebadsiceusinocedeecaante penance. 
If you cannot fill the ordor (by)————.... pencil. 
If you cannot fill the order within the time 
TAME WILE al ONCCx.te.-ce-scceer ante SAPS cree - pendant. 
Cannot fill order within time named......cscseeeevese pendicle. 
Ordered elsewhere on account of ———.............. pendulum, 
Tf ord CFE d'tO-dAY casssiesescccsccscacescrcckenseecsascre dros seaaeais ¢ penelope. 
If ordered in lots of not less than———— werveceaeee » penguin. 
Ounces pertootr a naseeesccrereces Rocue tenet rssetasee es - penitent. 
Ounces PCT ——— 7. no ven ccne ce cccccccccececce Sousevecee evcceccece ** penman. 
What page of the book is iton Piedad wee separ eaten pennate. 
Refer oO page <i a age ea eb aces siseeleleiseee eeeervcccccesecce pennon. 
See page——_of Handbook No. UAC + pension. 
Will) be paid Waods codte ane be sweses chveweaeewsessen as Sir eevectecueaceat : pensive. 
Has been paid Mae as cag ce enateloRlchsieaah udedsiMamesesan test etemectaare pentacle. 
Twisted pairs (see ‘‘Conductors’’).......... wsbab antlnah cakes 
On the part Of... .. ss cer ec ee eeeece ci ween - pentagon. 
Telegraph full particulars............ soe cdtaedcneedanan ous pentateuch. 
Wr ite full particulars...........066 Re pentecost. 
Par ty of the first part iduwsivad wae taciwlece ced oethasleleaeinee custome create penult. 
Party of the second part .. Jalssreazebeoaseesene’ | DEN TMIDEES 
Letters patentins. sccstscssdsstoscccceneascsentesuaete sractucaaeee “ws penury. 
48 


wy 


ae eG 


PAT—PROH. 


Beebe t BROCE LOT ci wrecedess ones snescewccosstseieesetuvuaeceuss 


Infringement of patent........ Spor pasbacvnescareucrs coveae eure 
MMBTACLEEIOL DAVOIMMIOME: .2prcrsss002c0np0nec+s0-2ce oseop9essemier 
MER ICADAVEINGNE. <cckssceuserss cs ceacesven sce sos boaseasgs sssysebete? 
Cobblestone pavement... ........--eceereerseeeees Secerecoctmeeees 
Branite block pavement............00ccsccesscssescccesevecctnds 
Asphaltum pavement 
Pavement consists of ———.............00006 
Paving to be done by ————. ...... se ceeeeesssseeensceeees 
MPNEUETT OLN DAY..<....ccnncssecessecreter ete ssecneas soaceseaseetucedsets 
Per cent. (see also Numeral Code, syllable ‘‘zim”’ 
mtate plainly what is required.................002sseeecsovses 
MERCICEIOUT DOl@ DOX...ccossacedesecy dues eencsees<pusvsoubanss 
Water-tight pole box of suitable size to contain 
wire cable terminal 
eee matter Of policy ..<.--.s.ceeeaasese qacesoseee geste sea56 
Quite positive about (the matter) 
EL CLL DOSSIDIC.....<.00-csincvasnysteten penn seateeusscSenrenenes 
Meets SOL POSSI D|e.......2-sccaucandeesesaes cass Racsesosesdcsaeeqces 
mriot possibly do SO.05:2.ssss--apssavesbacnonsenes: eoticnee 
“Matter postponed until————........ Davetinn cn costeadarseee 
Pounds per————_ 
Been S$ DCT. TOOL. ....c scassccencasteerenssrertees csescevecss siiacee 
mounds per thousand feCky..2....-:.ovtessisesscasesseneaderssce 
OUNGS Pte tit ll Oxcsececaete anette mee ras ween ce ac seen s saeaoatia Seues 
Power of attorney..........0.eses.000 Ee ers 
Do not consider it practicable (to)——-——.............. 
monsides it. practicable (to) ————. ........-sesesa0. ss-aee 
Take every possible precaution..............:...ssssecesees 
MIRE HE MERCY) DPOTOL. pishe-dseces, << s0ccsceccecesucasencacses 
BIRLA TUUICIE DPE TORY 6.50 accsrs duecd.- 0050005 <-dnoessassseasenesse 


POeee eee EOC CS OSES eee eee errr er) 


Senet mew ere nese eearessccceeres 


Lene e meee eee weeeseeeesee 


PeeU ee UCC EP eerererreeeeeerr Tiere e eee 


Abe ee eee eww eee ee eee eeee nae esereene-~ane 


Peewee eee e en ae senses 


Pewee ee oe eros rseeoesesssereesee 


Cannot name price on————4do not make it........ 
Mattnot name price (DEFOLE),.:.ceceasiress-ccs-encaneass tracey 
Be OIA BICOL BFL CO sip cro dernascekcassesestcadssncdeeatva sumer ° 
Price named is only for immediate acceptance..... 
Price named is open for————days only............. 


Price at which will furnish (it, or is)——-——......... 
BPrice named iS Very LOW... ...sscsscccsccsescccscsseccececsnces 


At the same price (as) 
The price should be higher (than).............ssseseesseees 
Price list No——— 
Price list in Handbook No. XV 
Price list in Handbook No.XI(superseded, how- 

ever, by Handbook No. XV).......... sede gcdsscodeees 
BPMN COS 0s cress ssectuneares vers pasetesseanycute<onsentcepe <r ; 
List prices in Handbook No. XV less discount of 

SCT CON Ee recncr ercccceneccntecrsqssircsSecea ; 
List prices in Handbook No. XV less a discount 

ro) cents per pound 
All prices and discounts are hereby withdrawn.... 


Pe PR RO eer een me eeen ne see ee COE sesesteensee 


MRT e eK eee ee tem ee eee eee eee CeE RO ee Beeeeeese 


Pee e eee eters ass ees seesseres 


eee ew erer ree csessesereseses 


We hereby make an advance of- in price 

Cf sna ce ca cnet Bee 
Prices named include————............. Ce ee CTE 
Prices named are based on————....... see pseseeeees 
Prices named do not include nesedt seuacadoieaaus 
Prices likely to be higher...............0. sag seuce canes ier ot : 
Prices likely to be lower............, ide dosbensescnsatommaeece 
The privilege of- Sete rt perestisesceseseeesse tate etepeh aa 


Any probability o SEG le era 
Progress is being made (with)————-....... 
Are prohibited from 


Se eeerereeeeeesee 


seesewecesese 


Bene e mee wee een cer eeneeneee secereses 


peo—pick. 


peon. 
peonage. 
peonism. 
pepper. 
pepsin. 
peptics. 
percher. 
perdition. 
perfidy. 
perfume. 
peri. 
perigree. 
perigone, 


periwig. 
perkins. 
pernis. 
perseus. 
persian. 
persic. 
perspire. 
pertness. 
perturb. 
peruke. 
peruvian. 


. pesthouse. 


pestilent. 
pestle. 
pestling. 
petaline. 
petaloid. 
petard. 
petrel. 
petrify. 
petronel. 
pettish. 
petulant. 
pewter. 
pfennic. 
phalanx. 
phallic. 


phantasni. 
phantom. 
pharaoh. 
pharisee. 
pharmacy. 
pharos. 
pharynx. 
phasis. 
phengite. 
phenix. 
phial. 
philomot. 
philter. 
phiz. 
phiegm. 


phlox. 
phoebus. 


phonetic. 


phonics. 
phosphor’ 


phrygian. 
physic. 
pianist. 
piano. 
piazza. 
pibroch. 
picador. 
piccolo, 
pickerel. 
picket. 


PROM—SEND. 

Act prompllye=uatiedeweae Sb sUxu Seep so TAA oarade ereouse 
What proportion? Pov covsstcasecutsPorretcteresuentsrdareteeaencseess 
A large proportion....... edatetepesesscae dees ceaseseotee yee 
A small proportion........ sebetessccas sasasosdetinc camsnsaiareee 
In proportion Com siiiainl sh, etcsaereeyeeunse ceo reeaee 
The prospects are dickisy Bbuides isaac aster 
What is the prospect for ( (oh 

For the purpose of SOO Snaeeede Wa Gag ane tacuoa sie edbotveeh 
Best quality............--.-+09 oe Serene ing acho oa a ACRLPSE ES So 


Same quality as beforesss. 250. isc csas secasesstaeses sibs ieee 
(for) Large-r quantity... 
(for) Small-er quantity... 
(for) Quantity named.. Fi scien Ualen Ube cabegn deena 
What quantity Tiss, Sh ee ead eat ees est 
Have quoted... dove deaecd stints 
Unless otherwise advised will quote— wth 
Would rather not APS RM: 
Would rather———.. 
Should reach destination by freight on Gn) 
Should reach destination by express on fies 
Read the following as Fe i giae a 
Read the following as an affirmative... ceccecceecseene 
Read the following as a negative. ctpievs lender gees 
Read the following asa QUESHION ces sesetnerc eee 
Have you received 
We have received (it, them)—— 
We have not Set eel (it, them)————.................. 
Find no record of———. se MO 
Find any record of- 
Empty reels... 
Ship as‘ ‘empty ‘reels, returned, ‘havi ing s passed 
over the road filled e : iy A 

Reels of cable... 
Reels of wire.. 
Ship it on reels... aii ii ee 
To whom can you pe fer 1:kiunetnnee RS 
Refer you to———... 
Refe rences not satisfactory... 

lease remit at once.. 
Will remit... 
Remittance was sent on- 
Have you remitted ?.... 
If you have not remitted... “ee ve 
Repeat —word of your message... 
eee the message Baling Siddag roby 
Waiting for reply. be 
No reply from (to). 
The report (is) Correct icc: isis dav sctersdessees Saeasncta seein 
The report (iS) inCOrrect..............sseeeeeee wubscessaveseieed 
Mail us report as to 
Send us telegraphic reportas to 
(It) is reported 
Commercial reports (rating) unsatisfactory........... 
Commercial reports (rating) unsatisfactory; send 

MEW! NANICS Hisacs casos seis secs Lass ccw ceccamtaeo seoaeee 

Commercial reports (rating) satisfactory .............. 
Parties financially responsible Wows csvesseceve cacesetettce ste 
Parties are not financially ged SL} Es sont <evveeswensede 
Consider them (it, him) safe.. eee toctavceet etek 
Same as 
Same'as before 2. eeelece avec eee epee pret ts 
Send sample of (it) 
Have not received sample; send another quickly.. 
Quite satisfactory.........-...:...++ sbicnbesteeleechhe aaensteebeaays 
Will it (that) be satisfactory...............+.. Sovtouacbahawtens 
Will not be satisfactory.................cseseseeneesseeeneeeees 
Are-ftully satisfied :.i2oi side. cscs atarscesconn ose oedveee ees seneee 
Feel perfectly secure (about) 
Security Cat be givens ii.ss.nsccscsceuastsnessecee sbavethayrese 
Must have 200d security..........sss0 ssosssscsseesceeneeees 
Must have better security............ Pr ite te 
Send ‘Ws imiimediatel y sack cite he cesceewengew ces bobascvew<teces 
Sond by:exptess tO-Cay ss cssssescvvsrsiursersacesvucdteaeantes 
Send by Freight tO-da y ve. <ssessssas coocecensbvitiateten base 
Send by express ClO. Dicer netics 
Send by first mail discciintncicccncstiee eee 


secre wee eee ereres eases Ptr eeereree 


PPEereTIOererr ri itis eer) 


Reece ween es Coens eee sees eee eae eee eeeeee® 


Pee eee eee e ee ee eee eee OOO Oe OT eee esere® 


eee ee Tee eee ee crrrry 


pick—plen. 
pickie. 


pickwick. 


picnic. 
picrolite. 
picture. 
piebald. 
pieman. 
pierian. 
pietist. 
pigeon. 
pigment. 
pigmy. 
pigweed. 
pilaster. 
pilchard. 
piletus. 
pilgrim. 
pillage. 
pillion. 
pillory. 
pillow. 
pillwort. 
pilose. 
pilosity. 
pilot. 
pilotage. 
pilser. 
pimento. 
pimple. 
pinafore. 


pincase 
pindar. 
pineal. 
pinery. 
pining. 
pinnace. 
pinnated. 
pintado, 
pintail. 
pioneer. 
pious. 
pippin. 
pistol. — 
piquant. 
piracy. 
pirates. 
pirogue. 
piteous. 
pitfall. 
pitman. 
pittance. 
pivot: 


placard. 
placid. 
plagiary. 
plague. 
plaid. 
plaiding. 
plaited F 
planary. 
planchet. 
planet. 
planish. 
plantain. 
planter. 
plateau. 
platen. 
platinic. 
platonist. 


plebeian. 
plenitude 


SEND—SUB. pleu—pork. 
Send by mail, special delivery..............cccsccsessserss pleura. 
Send balance by ————...... se seesesssescevssonenvnonccceeeeece pleurisy. 
Why do you not send -———..........sssseersseeenereeeenee Plinth. 
Will send balance by (011) ——1..........s0ce scenes eennes pliocene. 
Carnot send (it, him) Ew ieouchvanseth soueeueeeeriNecehi: lod. 
Bend AS SOON AS POSSIDIE. 0.00... svsersevecsesavevuperweevorenn lodder 
Have you sent aoetberere wees ce tere vosbewuedesieebecsescre plodding 
ET IO TI OE SOM redo vince tac’ ccdse scvsecsuncvcccsevescessives plover. 
BREE TE NGI YOU Ship. Paesdenvaccrcoresdevecevavsvevsvaevenavsssebse luma 
Pe LI ey Ol SHEP teatiscceccesisvsnetaanchesecescdeeteees oes . plumbago 
How soon could (can) you Ship ?..........--...esseeevecees plunder 

DittOwl f Ord Cred stG-day, Pn uslodapcave.8-eossesea senses plunket. 
If you can ship to-day, enter order for————...... plush. 

If you can ship on or before —, enter 

GLUE MOT: Ut ec ehbvotre cords ssvacescuscetesseb Weacetentes ts St DEMEOS 
Ship to-day, if possible. Ce PIR SL ae pluvial. 
Ship as soon as possible -.2-2....ki ioc seseeeseateetowesvanss poacher, 
Ship not later than orn. ss Suwa sovnave sostacecetec aero podesta. 
Ship Dy CXPTESS.....-ecsscseesersseresssceresesresesneesenseresees: podgy. 
ship by fast freight ....-c.2...0.. Jills essce estes scenesesseees poem, — 

Ditto, via EAN TOA acct ssaersscsedknsetenenseis poematic, 
Ship by A Re NS ee lel bs ees poesy. 
Ship to our own order (at———_). .... sass .tsssceensssres poetess. 
Ship to the order Of ———... .........seseeesercvseneneceeess poetic. 
Ship as much as ee immediately, and the 

balance quickly... sesttieeeteyeiica ~POCLLy. 
Ship all you possibly eat, before iis ole poison. 
Ship all you possibly can before—-—up fostad poker. 
Shall we ship by express or freight ?..................... polacca. 
ByeVNAtcCOULe Shall Wership ?.s.2cc7ss<c0 snecsezdesvsowdnosed polander. 
Beownat route did youship ?iicsc. 0. hin bbe polar, 
MERITIS IRN [) Aono tet on open dsc sSaaec sd sos eneatd oe Som utcOs tase nenteaet ene polecat. 
Can chip at once....... eee pOlemIes 
Can ship———days after. receipt ‘of order... ws... polenta. 
Can ship——— feet. ...........02..-seeceerecesrssseceereneneneees polish. 
Can ship feet per day (there)after——_——_..._ polka. 
Can ship as fast as required, if ordered.................. pollard. 
Can (will) ship as fast as it can be laid (or strung) 

PPC OMNLC A: eccssesp es occ sess ta apsaesontec ce tank oavees pollock. 
If ordered to-day can ship——...........ssesecseereeeee pollen. 
Sannot possibly ship before——.....1......0sss00..... polltax. 
Will ship (it)—§——..........eeeeeeseee seeveeeeeneesersnreeeeeeees pollute. 
BPE RHA AS ILC CUE dec cere djnesssd soon agasdactstevesetvee taetins poltroon. 
MRMIMSED FYE ECO NPG STG Sorted regs neces ces oat dat cestle ns cess polyglot. 
Begin shipment——_——days after receipt oforder.. pomade. 
Shipment will be completed on or before pomatum. 
Suspend shipment Of ———..........c.essererseseeserenoees pomfret. 
All shipments to go Via————...... »ssssreseesstisceveneeres pommel 
All shipments will be made by fast freight, unless 

PGLBELW ASE SPECliLE sess. ctueeressuraeteaes coe. Siren toes pomona. 
maxe you shipped (it)———-—=.. 4... snowed ince. pomonic. 
Have not shipped (it)... s,s. sees eeseeeeee eens pomp. 
(It) was shipped ON —— 00... ese seceneeeee eee eeeeeees pompon. 
Must be shipped by ———...... .......0....ceceecceecseeeees poncho. 

was shipped on and should arrive pongee. 
When could you begin Shipping, and how fast 

COUIG! YOuUrSHIDE Vees.cnces =e poniard. 
Await shipping directionsaixi. Mona nas pontiff. 
SMICSSTOrLOSE CAINE, L. 05.5 ceecesebevectesescePeteee ete eee pontoon. 
At sight... Rov dWe et sopeacee crc ct este eeu DONYs 
At————day s ‘sight... fA Sh im cede ht eb ecitie oc: uke poodle. 
Sight draft ete bill of lading attached................. popcort. 
Sight draft with bill oe and invoice attached popgun. 
So asto——... re popinjay. 
How soon can (will) PGi ere Me: poplar, 
aSOON AS POSSIDIE.. ssicsagecsccoser ieee ae eee teetee eee tote: poppy. 
A copy of the specifiations... populate. 
The specifications call for——.........,.ecsssceeseseees porch. 
BeCOrding tO specifications: ...2..ccsecsccccoseoessccsessceeess porcine 
Change in specifications...................s000 SIE vee cscs porism. 
RANT LAP ep colar: Weaditvi skank soviseadeecenos vsti gk Atiatesaia8 poristic 
Bett itemized statements iiscccsrsessesies dotevcvccvescscseess porite 
Store at expense Of ——m.......eeceseceecssee cesses susueenes pork 
MASE CCIUE SEOPD corde sisevbeascwwalicedcvecseveeeledeavoes porker 
Strand, (See “Conductor”). aadaca vesveapUe es vsavainto yeas cSoes 

(this) to be substituted in place of ———........ porkling 


51 


SUED—TROU. por—prin. 
Have been Sued....... se seesceesseeee ceeteseeeeeeeeceesseserens porpoise. 
A VETY SUPEPION ATLICIC......ccceceeeeeeesecenenetentertresteess porridge 
Far superior to ila cgnnva yaaa enn cO¥udvensdkvne delves portal 
Can yortsip pl ya ican asc thvareomemvstiiay es eeeho geben porthole 
CBN SU DDI Y bo vaccisx-nvapests pprahenertartenpeer tee edocteeteasere + portico 
PATO WOUlSUES CerenecGrnare tater. SOR ORRCEE DERE Prete Teor rou - portly 
TEV OA aT C\SU 1 ss <neoe coosndvance<emas-orpuieeeceten ss esccsssssnesunsonp (POLtL AIL 
Tt VOW ALE NOU SUNE vncnscsacds toosoneqcecssstscesanecccsvessouees . posing. 

BAN TTR ETEOMS CE. .- getecree cnease sidateathsacmesaraces samen asseapeseeee « postern. 
Are (am) (is) quite su re. Rusedalvanosass¢ecaveceeana<aeeees tee ceed postulate. 
BE VERY; SUOS.01.<ccsscnscadessoeos ceecaede tenance dsaden aaa Wane eaedee portable. 
See table of: mans Nod dnanse doe aanasesiuaech catacdianesertaveangs potash. 
See table on page —of Handbook No. XV..... potation. 
Have telegram from ip Wakedathhesuen shal <aveos «road potato. 
Your telegram just received............0..ceccsasesseee ideres poteen. 
Your telegram came too late for attention Bhan oe 4 potency. 
Have not received poco D eae —. potpie. 
See telegram of. = Ai pottage. 

—word of telegram. is — pottery. 

—word of telegrams is not understood; please 

repeat or explain... sCeccedegetsaetictent ave pouch. 
Telegraph code.. pouched. 
Telegraph code of Handbook NoXlis superseded 

by this code... pouching. 
Telegraph code of Handbook No. XV has been 

superseded by ree ecaipasatcneneciee poulter. 
Will telegraph you.. poultice. 
Piease telegraph at once (to)... poultry. 
Terminal boxes for connecting cable and air line 

wires.. pounce. 
Acheson Electric Light Cable terminal... pouncing, 
‘Telephone or telegraph cable te rminal... poundage. 
‘Telephone or telegraph cable terminal, Degenhardt pouter. 
Telephone or telegraph cable terminal, cast iron 

with binding ree set in rubber r bushings... poutiness. 
What are the bést terms.. : . pouting. 
For terms see —_— poutingly. 
‘Yerms are C. O. D. less one per ‘cent. where buyers 

are not known to us.. poverty. 
Terms are cash against bill oflading with hreceipted 

invoice attached....... Wiivencddneaee noes -¢- POW Ere 
The terms are not satisfactory . prairie. 
The terms are satisfactory........... ~perterts EPRAMCES 
Terms —cash, balance in———days. .. pranker. 

—test shows- — -isene me Tans he 
Test-ed carefully before shipment... wa prates 
Test-ed the cable... 2 .. prattle. 
Test-ed for static capacity... ... prayer. 
Test-ed for conductivity .. itvelicinias ies arayerial. 
West-ediOr- insulation o.carcs een sees sen teeter eed praying. 
Test-ed for continuity... se .. preach. 
Test-ed satisfactory in ev ery respect... . preacher. 

—(it) is——_——mils thick.. as vos'seveoenes tote UE OCACI ATS 
—(it) is— inches thick... 1 \ssucc02 Gea & prebend. 

What is the pb ickneess of cae precept. 
Do you think... eee prefect. 
Do not think... sere stds as qshakscndesdtdcnihohaeeenDy Tee tag wee 
How much time can you give | Ro oe otha achat prelacy. 
How much time do you Wart Pi cots chee Reccemnme prelate. 
ANG SmBissfOO-SUOLL A i svansanabyscesens bveastvqeesenreenisy Ae ee 
Can extend time to eer ee ee iy tt 
Longest possible times...-s.:sn-seteet gates a oeaet tse Fen Ee SLeTe 
Shortest possi ble: thm Oy ici. .ascccacanavdeepsesscxcesincehs . presto. 
At the same time.. meace inoneadvaplapyaapasents sees LORIE 
Put tracer on shipment. (of\— sereeeeee prideful. 
Put telegraphic tracer on shipment Ofsted priest. 
Tracer hasbeen Started... 2) asc: <--seeccodeeeeseeaneas rere priggery. 
No use putting tracer on eS ads as it is only 

ile th.artive—————- o case cee bediibReteetet sy mae DeLee 
How long will it be in transit ?... primal. 
Trench to be open-ed b by. primate. 
Trench to be refilled and paved by— Sere roe primer. 
Trench open and waiting for (it) Sons nasicede eget primeval. 
Thereswltsof the trighsy..t.s54-ccseeracaseenaaeieessenetiaee priming. 
The trouble is manda gensenansdpasecceseqneehsseuadenas seeds - primrose 
The trauble is due to aa dai dg Fu gaoe ech duntey vecenssnu te prince 


TROU—WIRI. prin—pur. 


What is the cause of the trouble ?.........c:ceeeeeeeeees princely. 
Quite timable tO——_——_-... «cn cnc ccssscseccvecccnccvesccoscsccocss princess. 
EIS UN COPCAIN .ose veces ccccasesvewdcenssscieeses woenerseccewecvceresces prioress. 
erarea Ct? Gn tC OP'S EAC ioee 9-0 oo oe Renee sowcccetpctauesecestvctecses prism. 
Understand qirite clearly ............cscssesseeseee ee EE er prison. 
Do you understand ?........0.......-ssesssersoecsseeesessneceeses pristine. 
Are we to understand that (you) ————............ 2. privateer. 
It would be very unsafe to——.............eeeeeeeeeees privet. 
Do nothing until———...-eessssserernnrseseeerrrrereree probate. 
Can you use (it) ———@__.......... .ecescecersconconscess SPS ait probity. 
Can use (it) ———— ........ neccrcescroscsscescsscsscscccrnescoenes proctor. 
Cannot use (it) ——@—.. -.evececicecccesecocesonesescsceevensers prodigal. 
BESTS SOU BS Cm arcs ctbaveb nn Cveccedabinsctocsenocses prodigy. 
PIOPIGOUVATY 2c: rcccecnes cotecocwusssdressceses oebaderoadswslorenertes profane. 
Cannot wait Any 1ONGES.........--rcreresrsrssersccsecesseeees profile. 
Are waiting Garena ch abcn de deceedewesnsctocusectetses: prolix. 
DO YOU Want————..... ees serncececererrevcversnccosernccsees pronoun. 
Do they want———....sessesssessseersersssseceecererseeeeesnes prophecy. 
Very much in want of ———....... Sicneeecesee venenatis e prophet. 
te you (they) want——_—... ur. s-opbecssttusescovsconesscenes prosaic. 
If you (they) do not want ere SEI Sw oceans bevtTdoeas prosal. 
Do not want (to) —— ener cicic Sew aulsse'eg sels vatees os eeee ce seae ees prose. 

In what way? Mea seadecwaeeas testes asccese BReacOdeavoca cecwestGuasencs prosody. 
PEEPOCHET, WAYs. acon. v.02. cnsetnscconctec ses vossenceosceoretstessuseste protean. 
In such @ way aS LO—————....... ss sseeessecsneeeeneeetes seen protocol. 
whe best way is ((0)——_——. ..w.........6 S Ptete aspeppsiocotn0 proudish. 
UATIY CNIS WCK.....<.2.<.<sscccceees- apoE OnE opmorsabootonnay: proverb. 
Early next week... sseeseereeceererriessereresesasevssessseress DTOVOSE. 
Latter part of this week ecccceccocccees oe ceccccccccccoess ACO AGE prowess. 
Latter part of next week............. cdeeve sdusnessendestaucs c= PYOWILEE, 
A week from———........ dobocesess esecccccscrscesensesccereses prudery. 
In a week or ten days... ssessecerecsesessccecceesssersereeree PLUCISH. 
PEIEL WOM WT OC KS eco acscbecs obs cccae none dsc screen seteiacaeseecye CSceless prunella. 
BIEN TEE WEEKS Soc ccccscosccsesescucscsee Dea casas eaearerata sets prussic. 
Pie TOUT WEEKES A. 2S. suck Gras noterno as socscecttheeR toando anh Adis tees prying. 
PETS EAT SE WO CN UN iica ned cccscccceccocecsoncecedéucecees psalm. 
The second week in——_—............cseccescccocccescecseeee psalmist. 
Be Valid WOON 111. cenltciees-seiveuietche. Psalter. 
The fourth week in ee spt en Se Sh ON, Le ee publican. 


What is the approximate weight of- —?, publicist. 
What is the approximate weight per foot (of)——? puck. 


The approximate weight is me cs ESE. pucker. 
Where can we PP i ha dodchccscclescedtesesnecotesepercds pudding. 
Winch for drawing in cable 1... 1... eeeeeeeee ceeeeeeee puff ball. 
Annunciator wire (see “Colors.”’).....eeeneeeeceereeees puffin. 
Bare copper wire mars APA WE Psetecsrneas -davneccsoien steca pugilist. 
Bare copper wire (SOft)...........sss08 hp theses esencbtacserses puissant. 
Hard drawn copper wire ..... wcerssesensaeie Saassesetsteeas te - puling. 
Duplex wire (Twisted pair)..........0...-ssssssecreeeeeess pullet. 
Duplex wire, laid parallel and braided flat......... pulmonic. 
Flexible insulated copper electric light wire......... pulpit. 
Bectiratt Silver resistance Wire... ...1.)-2)5:-.cccorsssssserns pulsate. 


Incandescent lampcord,silk braided (see ‘‘Colors.”’) pulse. 
Incandescent lamp cord, cotton braided (ee 


PACOIOLS..) s- <2 oss -decveterestssscces —pulsific, 
Incandescent lamp cord (see “Colors. »)., Lwadceteedeswowtel pumice. 
BREA LO WEI PO ice coctig a= ontssnn se aberonaceteoreassunsstee See ance pumper. 
Cotton covered magnet wire, single wound.. ......... puncheon. 
Cotton covered magnet wire, double wound ........ pundit, 
Silk covered magnet wire, single WOT Cssesterr nee pungent. 
Silk covered magnet wire double wound............. >unic. 

» Office wire (see ‘‘Colors.’’)..........csccc..s00e Br erhorete punish. 
Rubber-covered wire.. pyentaosnatentean ies punitive. 

- Telegraph and telephone Find'Wird 20. fi.he.ccecs oss punster. 
BPEL WT ILET SWE tet, feared osecen cc necteenaasds fixe ecaoe pupil. 
W. A. C, Fire and moisture-proof house wire........ puppet 
“Tip-Top” Fire and water-proof house wire......... purgation. 
“Tip-Top” weatherproof line wire . purge. 


““Sterling’’ (double covered) weatherproofline: wire purging. 
Galvanized iron weatherproof telegraph and tele- 


PHOMCH WIC cccaucecctctreeee cronees ce cutesatate ston inc teaees purifier 
“Standard” weatherproof line Wire..........000000 purify. 
Wire, with drab exterior finish................0..00005 purim, 
Wire, with white exterior finish...... ........c..:.ccce puritan 
EESTI WIP Sect oe eRe | Ny ceeds cope purloin, 

Ditto, embedded in plaster a RAPE Oe Cane tare purple, 


WIRI—WRIT. ; pur—put. 


Ditto, placed in molding.......cc.cccccccceccccceeeceeeee purplish. 
FO? OVETHEA Wiring nosinc ci ae So purvey. 
With etawithout 2 sci ncctespnd eee ae pussy. 
Write tuly 2). .cn enc ee Se oh ae putanism. 
Write fully to woe dint Unlge had sates ce penedaacode tee putative. 
Will write fully to-day 726i. oe tnccenin-. cee putrefy. 


THE AMERICAN MORSE CODE. 


It consists of dots and dashes recorded on paper strips, or 
read by the deflections of a magnetic needle to the right and left, 
or by sounds of varying lengths. 

The most common transmitting apparatus consists of a tele- 
graphic key by means of which the main line circuit is readily 
closed or opened in accordance with the dots and dashes of the 
alphabet, each station being provided with a ‘key, relay, sounder 
or register, and a local battery. The code is as follows : 


| 
| 


| 


ZORRO TON b OW D> 
| ; | :. : 4 

. | . e 
NHK Sd GHUeTrOVOZ 


| 


| 
| 


| 
| 


| 


NUMERALS. 


PUNCTUATION MARKS. 


PSA 6 eh Interrogation —..__. 
Comma .—.., 2 Exclamation — — — _. 


54 


LIBRARY 


OF THE 


UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS. 


SUPPLEMENTARY TELEGRAPH CODE. 


Wurtz Double-Pole Non-arcing metal Lightning 
arrester, Type A, for Station use, Alterna- 

Git Curren Gir. cecie cscs cossespersseeesaupeeasinasienass> 
Wurtz Double-pole non-arcing metal Lightning 
arrester, Type A, for line use, Alternating 
COlbag we et RR rer een a PAL tere tet Pee eee 
Wurtz Non-arcing Railway Lightning arrester, 
Type BK for Station, Useiyn cin gacctcc.cescosersegareoes 
Wurtz Non-arcing Lightning arrester, Type K, 
for car and line USC..........csecsseeessreeeeeeeeseeaes 
Wurtz Non-arcing Lightning arrester, Type L, 
for direct current station use, (Arc-Light- 

ing) 
Lightning arresters (fig. 49b) loose...............005 

Lightning arresters (fig. 49b) mounted on base.. 

lightning arresters (fig. 49b) mounted with 
SLOUIMIG PLATEK see lekes eae ott aeese sete danas ssccesd den devsers 
Lightning arresters, High Class (fig. 49c) 
Glass tubes with fuses (fig. 49c) for Lightning 
APRESS ETS. cha cave sedasiecedevadeees dette swssives tee bens cone 
Carbon cylinders for Lightning arresters.............. 
Conference Standard Aerial cable 
Conference Standard Underground cable 
Dry Core cable 
New Standard Underground cable........................ 
New Standard Aerial cable, plain lead.................. 
New Standard Aerial cable, saturated braid over 


Per eererreeecerr rere rr eee eee eee etree eee ee 


Pee e rere aseceses ce ccscee 


TORR eee eee me meee meee eae HEE HHH EEE een ets nerene 


Special New Standard Aerial cable, saturated 

praidiover leadjats So. Soles eS 
Special New Standard Aerial cable, plain lead ..... 
Special Standard Underground cable 
Sa turatedi@ore. cable:.....ccccscsssere pace ntaes oe Seuke cit 


en eee ey 


If omit Saturated covering over lead cover of 


eee ee eee eee ee eee eee re eee eee ee 


cable, reduce the price 
Hard Rubber cap for single Electric Light Termi- 
naii(tio: 48) inside diameter .f..0.2.5250. i. 
Hard Rubber cap for tubular telephone terminals 
(Ai sveria)INSIde diameters. i5..s ..0e- -neeeenteees 
Carriers for erecting aerial cables (fig. 64 a)........... 
Genis-pertootiot cables....:....mapecteiercss- 
Cents per foot of conductor............0.. ce. 
Cents pet pound ersscncs: teases eestor eeee ones nates 
Cents pertoot ot ducts PF) O.. Be a.-s., cere 
Cents per foot of duct, including laying...... 
What grade of rubber compound ?...............02-0c008 
Sterling rubber compound 
Tip Top rubber compound 
Rubber compound having 
yepb ys ble) ova eA php Ap eRe corer aso ok 
Conduit to be installed 
Conduit has been laid 
Conduit laying to begin .. 
Conduit laying to be completed .. 
Conical Connectors (M, N, fig. 26) f for conductor 
of number 
————Mils diameter over rubber . : 
— — Mils diameter over braid (or tape)... 
——— Mils ciamerens over lead cover. 
Can you do better ?.. see eae, 
Cannot do better 
Hope you can do better . re sesaeocasesscacteasec eee 
dollars is the total amount sscscsce eee 
Brick handhole boxes and covers.. 


eee eee eee ee ee eee eee ee eee ees 


eee eee eee eee ee re ee rrr, 


eee ee eee eee ee ee ee rr ee err 


Oe ee heme ene e meee mentee nner er eeee nts baeeseensasmeesete reenter eee 


Cast Iron handhole boxes and covers.. Pope cones cee ies 
Mast lton. Covers Oc hand MGlessstr.c sen. s cose eccss serene 
Insulation to consist of ........ Dect Ae cecncs CRO CRA eee 
Insulation to consist of paper .......... Oeics 
Insulation to consist of one wrap of paper . Pe Ae 
insulation to consist of two wraps of papet.......... : 


Telephone and Telegraph junction box (fig. 49k)... 
Telephone and Telegraph junction box (fig. 49 1)... 
Fowler-Johnston Telephone junction box (fig. 49m) 


54a 


rabbeter. 


rabbinic. 


raccoon. 
race. 
racecut. 


rachitic. 
raciness. 


racker. 
racketing. 
rackrent. 
radial. 
radiance. 
radiate. 
radishes. 


rafter. 
raftsman. 


raglan. 


ragweed. 
raiment. 
rainbow. 
raisin. 
takish. 
rally. 
ramify. 
rampage. 
ramparts, 
ramrod. 


rancorous. 
rankle. 
rankness. 


ransack 
ransom, 


-. ranter. 


rapacious, 


¥ rapacity. 


rapids. 
rapport. 
rapture. 


- rarefy. 


rascal. 
rasher, 
rasp. 
raspberry. 
ratifier. 
ration. 
ratline. 
rattan. 
ratting. 


Manhole covers.. TAs RE et eo EP ABBE ES, 
Manholes to be built... ae 


’NAMES. 


General Electric Company 
Postal Telegraph Cable Company.. ........ 
Street Railway Company 
Traction Company 
Western Union Telegraph Company.................00 


ORO R eee ene Reem wee e ween anne 


eee eee. sree ns ceteeens encase 


Peete OO mee ens eee e ee tenes ee eens seeeee 


—(See also pages 47 and 48 ) 


ravage. 
taven. 


rawness. 
razor. 
reactive. 
reamer. 
rearward. 


NUMERAL CODE.—(See also page 47). 


O0000....cceeereeees HeeAiNl he NLS ew see rote eeee shateseeewersaceee tis. 
AMDPETES..........sccceeersesseeeeeeekem. Straightaway conductors...top. 
Ati CHES siocesstaciestarsce eee teacee sal. twisted pairs..... .... WOLL, 
meghoms per mile............. SOUS VON tS ieee ans eaten teas icc otenass wup. 
microfarads per mile......... sun. 
If the whole order is placed with us.............. .... rebel. 
Combination Lamp post, alarm box and testing 

compartment\(fi e946) Rascum <c0t-e, as. our reDeLlIons 
Testing post, (fig. 47) pate olasleedds sek datos os atinesexqsahaate eave recant. 
Base price, smaller sizes at the regular advance... recanting. 
Idler pulleys (fig.64a) for supporting cables at 

CYOSS-ALINSts2cc) ise 2. do nceeshecd leet csotiove pe osececeee -vataide recipient. 
GalvanizediSteel strand) ¢-.-22:..seesnssssoresse.us-cansesy esas recluse. 
Switch for passing aerial cables with carriers Si 

the messenger fastenings .. nfo. deh Saee ILECOTHE 
At temperature of: deg: Fahrenheit ........-..0.. recondite. 
At temperature of 60 deg. Fahrenheit.................. recruit. 
For terms see page 8 of Handbook No. XV. ......... rector. 
Conference Iron terminal, single row of posts on 

Gach! Side wpe... Sn eeee nas tacnes see ee met tbe Sees redan. 
Conference Iron terminal, double row of posts on 

Careful Wt} elo herein ete os eae redbird. 
Hard rubber bushings for Conference te ree redolent. 
Binding posts for Conference terminals. ..... .......... redowa. 
Underground Trolley terminal (fig. 49)..............-... redress. 
Underground Trolley terminal (fig. 49 a)............... redundant. 
Tin in the lead cover (3 per cent if not REL refection. 
A coating of tin on the lead cover.. Jah 3a) eireflector, 
If omit tin coating can reduce price.. shade ae CETUS 
If omit tin alloy from lead can reduce pr ice .....-... reform. 
Galvanized Iron wire, B. B. pre ne meee refrac: 
Galvanized Iron wire, E. B. B. gr ade... makeiresh: 
Galvanized Steel wireci. ccsiisccr save eherteenents saesee dese refulgent. 
Sterling rubber covered wire..........:.c0ec. seeeeeeeeee Lefurbish. 
Tip Top rubber covered wire....0 sti. ivacsccvus... regal 


. 


54 b 


PRIVATE TELEGRAPH CODE. 


Pet eee ee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee 


regent. 
regicide. 
regiment. 
regulus. 
reign. 
relapse. 
religion. 
renegade. 
rennet. 
renovate. 
repent. 
replica. 
reprisal 
reprobate. 
reptile. 
republic. 
repulse. 


requiem. 


requital. 
rescue. f 
resointe. 
resonant. 
respire. 
restful, 
reticule. 
retina. 
retinoid. 
retort. 


revenge. 


reviler. 


CAE ae Bg OES OE a EOI Ayo dee. rd Be Sei eo pete DN Seer oh Regs 


Merete ce et SEM it ihe onde Se icdirieace ets ETEVOLVET IE 


Seen Ree eee ee oe LEN he See rk ae abe eae Sos Se ew rifiepit. 
pA NS oe a Oe te Rs Sah eee eR ois ain deems rigging. 
ae STEN ae eee eR ee: rigorous. 
eae a Se ee ee de Re ee ae ee ringlet. 
Re Se ICR ete Oe Ra exe rae ee rioter. 
ROPER aces Sey Sey aM oh ond Sine IEE oer apna nerte ct riparian. 
eee rar gt ARORA rte Sa RL aa: Seat he eee eo ritual. 


ae EEN hot OE AL SON ERG SELON Te MSNA Fah 8 rivulet. 


A, Sea ee Rs De” He) ae AR 2 rodent. 


Ps aR i asrel hci sa > Me a Se vg wee ce ee a roebuck: 


Bs Fed es bee a ne ee A ce ee OTE) CT 


Boe ka pie, Roe ed eerie eR ne eee See ee Onl Cl Ore 


+ 


piss ea diaper ode gr eansoreatacnonipit eg i 2a Ne des ac eka oe 


o4d 


oy 


bescriplions ane lusfretions 


# T¥)a nu {actures « 


— OF THE— 


STANDARD 


Underground Cable Company. 


EK 
Se Qe 
IO ee 


ARTICLES 


MANUFACTURED AND SUPPLIED BY 


The Standard Underground Cable Compand. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


In order that our customers may understand clearly what 
articles are covered by the several price lists on pages 11 to 38 of 
this book, we give here a brief description thereof, showing their 
General Construction, Important Characteristics” and advantages, 
the tises for which they are intended, and other details that may 
be found both interesting and useful. 

Some of these descriptions may appear to be (and for a large 
proportion of the electrical fraternity are) quite unnecessary, on 
account of their being elementary and forming an indispensable 
part of the knowledge of people engaged in any branch of elec- 
trical enterprise, but our apology is, that this book will reach 
many pecple who are not versed in electrical matters, conductors 
or appliances and who will, therefore, welcome the explanations 
given of very simple matters. 

No matter in what form electrical energy is utilized by man, 
from the transmission of tones by an infinitesimal current, to the 
production of light by a current of great quantity or pressure, 
three factors are absolutely requisite: 

(a) The Generator or source of electrical energy at one point 
in the circuit; 

(b) The Translator or consumer ofelectrical energy at another 
point; and 

(c) The Conductor or means of conveying the electrical 
energy from the Generator to the Translator. 

The generator may be one or more battery cells, an ordinary 
electro-magnet, or a dynamo; the translator may be a telephone 
receiver, a telegraph sounder or printer, an annunciator or call- 
bell, an electric motor replacing boiler and engine ina factory 
and replacing horses in street car propulsion, or the incandescent 
and arc lamps everywhere replacing oil and gas. 

Whatever the generator and whatever the translator, both 
would be useless without the intermediary factor—the conductor, 
eae is with the conductor that this book principally concerns 
itself. 


RUBBER-COVERED WIRE. 
(See Price Lists on pages 11, 12, 15, 14.) 
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 


The rubber covered wire offered by us consists, first, of the 
conducting wire, which, unless otherwise specified in the order, 
will be either a single, solid conductor, or, in the case of wites 
and cables larger than No. 0, B. & S. G., a number of small 
strands—equal in conductivity to the gauge desired—so as to 
secure sufficient flexibility for safe and ready handling The 
wire or strand is tinned, as a protection against the action of the 
vulcanizing material necessarily mixed with the rubber com- 
pound. In the case of white or other unvulcanized core, the 
tinning is unnecessary, because no vu.canizing materials are 
used. A fine grade of rubber cement is applied to the wire or 
strand, which causes the rubber compound to adhere firmly to 
the conductor. Over this is placed, umder great pressure, a — 


56 


Se EEE ee 


specially prepared high quality of rubber compound, the thick- 
ness of which is usually as stated in the price list, but can be 
made any desired thickness. In comparing prices, it is of course 
necessary to consider the thicknesses of the compound offered, 
as this materially affects the price. This compound may be uni- 
form in color, or a white compound of the same quality is placed 
next to the wire, and the dark compound outside. The covering 
is then protected from mechanical injury by one or more braids 
or tapes saturated with protective compound, or it can be left 
plain. When no instructions accompany an order, the braided 
wire will be furnished. Rubber insulated lead covered cables, or 
cables made up of rubber insulated wires taped or braided into 
compact form, will be furnished upon demand, but the different 
requirements as to thickness of insulation on the wires. Number 
of wires, thickness of lead sheath, etc., are so varying that more 
satisfactory results will be obtained by applying to our nearest 
office, for price upon desired combination of wires made up in 
form to suit the service required. No price list of these cables 
has been issued, but a cable for any service, insulated with rubber, 
will be quoted or furnished promptly to specification. 


DUPLEX WIRE. 


(See Price List, page 11.) 


This consists of two separately insulated wires, twisted to- 
gether, thus facilitating the handling of the wires as compared 
with two separate single wires. The ordinary duplex wire has 
both members of the pair insulated with rubber and braided. 

The Marsh Duplex, or Anti-Induction Wire, constructed 
under letters patent of the United States, No. 529,559, has only 
one member of the pair insulated with rubber, (see 1, fig. 0), and 
the other with saturated fiber of low specific inductive capacity, 
(2, fig. 0). It isthus apparent that a waterproof insulation is se- 
cured, avoiding short circuiting between the two conductors by 
moisture, and that the electrostatic capacity of the circuit is 
greatly reduced, the capacity of the circuit being the mean be- 
tween that of the high capacity rubber insulation and the low 
capacity fiber insulation. This reduction in capacity is import- 
ant and valuable in telephone circuits, and the reduced cost, with 
increased efficiency, is important in telegraph or electric light 
circuits. 


USES. 


Duplex wires are used for interior and out of door service for 
telephone, telegraph and electric light circuits. Where under- 
ground or aerial cables are used, the latter are generally ex- 
tended to a center of distribution, and from this point the duplex 
wires are run into the buildings or offices to be reached. Where 
no cables are used, two wires must be provided (if metallic tele- 
phone circuits are desired) from the exchange to the subscriber. 
If bare wires are used, they must be crossed over each other at 
frequent intervals, to neutralize induction, and they are subject 
to interference from crosses or grounds due to the wires swinging 
against each other, or to broken wires falling upon others during, 
or asa result of, wind and sleet storms. Duplex wire of either 
form described herein obviates this difficulty, but rubber has a 
higher specific inductive capacity than fiber insulation, and is 
more expensive, hence for telephone service, the Marsh Duplex 
Wire is superior to the ordinary form. This wire, in single 
pairs, or in cables containing any number of pairs, can also be 
advantageously used in telephone exchanges between the dis- 
tributing frame and the switch board, and to the lightning ar- 
resters, thereby greatly improving the general average of the 
circuits as to electrostatic capacity. 


ELECTROLIER WIRE. 


(See Price List, page 11.) 


This consists of two rubber covered wires, (fig. 00), laid side 
by side and taped flat with a high grade rubber frictioned tape, 
which can be easily unwound to any desired distance when con- 
necting the wires to the lamp terminals, etc. 

Though available for other ordinary purposes, it is most 
commonly used for the concealed wiring in electric light fixtures, 


57 


“STERLING” RUBBER COVERED WIRE, 


(See Price List, pages 12 and 13). 


This is a high class rubber compound, containing a large 
percentage of pure Para rubber, and is suitable for use under 
any conditions for which rubber covered wires are used, and 
will compare favorably with the best grades now on the market, 
whether in tenacity or high insulating properties. By cutting 
off a shaving of the rubber of various wires and of ours, and 
comparing the elasticity aud manner of breaking under tension, 
it will be seen at once that our compound possesses in a superior 
degree the qualities that a rubber covering should have, while 
many, if not most, others will break easily, and with a dull, 
lifeless, fracture. 


Sterling rubber covered wire has been approved by the Nat- 
ional Board of Fire Underwriters, and may, therefore, be used 
anywhere in the United States. The covering is extremely tough 
and elastic, and will stand where most other rubber insulations 
would fail. No precaution or expense is avoided to produce a 
thoroughly reliable and uniform product. 


“TIP TOP” RUBBER COVERED WIRE. 
(See Price List, pages 12 and 13.) 


This is an extremely high grade rubber compound, contain- 
ing a larger percentage of pure Para rubber than any other wire 
on the market. It possesses the qualities of high insulation, 
toughness, and elasticity, to an extraordinary degree, and is 
made for cases where an extremely high class of wiring is de- 
sired, and where the question of slightly increased cost is not 
material. While it is not much more costly than inferior wires 
sold regularly on the market, it should not be confused with such 
wires, as it would be unfair to compare these prices and lose 
sight ot the question of quality. The test suggested in the 

revious paragraph will show its superiority, and it has also 
xeen approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 


USES. 


Rubber covered wire is used for wiring buildings, for tele- 
phone, telegraph and electric light lines on poles, and under- 
ground (for underground use it should be lead covered), but it is 
more expensive than wire having saturated fibrous covering, and 
for telephone and some classes of telegraph service, it has the 
disadvantage of much greater electrostatic capacity. 


Where different thicknesses of insulation are mentioned in 
our price list, the lighter insulations are intended for low tension 
current in dry or damp places, while the medium or heavier 
insulations are for use with high pressure currents or in wet 
places, and under exposure to chemical action. 

It is particularly well adapted for use in plaster walls, pulp 
mills, breweries, abattoirs, etc., when provided with our special 
final covering of preservative compound. 


FLEXIBLE SWITCHBOARD CABLES. 


(See Price List, page 14). 


Our flexible switchboard cables consist of the requisite num- 
ber of very fine wires to equal the carrying capacity desired. 
They will be found very soft and flexible. The strands are thor- 
oughly tinned, and then covered with rubber compound of the 
highest grade, and braided outside. The thickness of rubber 
varies according to voltage, as will be seen by reference to the 
price list. Special flexible cables larger than 4-0 B. & S. G. will 
be quoted on application, or made to order. 


As the name indicates, these cables are for use in cross con- 
necting circuits on switchboards, or elsewhere, where the wites 
or circuits require more or less frequent changing. 


58 


GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE, 
(See Prife List page 15.) 


Our galvanized iron H. B. B. (Extra Best Best) wire, is made 
from the finest iron, and has very high conductivity. The B. B. 
(Best Best) has slightly higher tensile strength, with slightly. 
lower conductivity. Both grades are thoroughly galvanized, as 
a protection against the corrosive action of the atmosphere, 
The Galvanized Steel wire has still higher tensile strength than 
B. B. Iron, but slightly lower conductivity, and is recommended 
for particularly long spans or exposed positions. 

The iron wire market fluctuates so rapidly that a list price 
would be misleading at the best, so it is preferred to quote on 
these wires upon application. 

The weights per mile are subject to slight variation from 
list, but are very closely approximate. 


USES. 


These wites are used for long lines on telegraph or telephone 
circuits where much exposed, and where high conductivity is 
second in importance to tensile strength and first cost. 


GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE STRAND. 


(See Price List page 15.) 


The galvanized steel wire strand is composed of seven galvan- 
ized steel wires twisted together to make the requisite size, and 
is very flexible. The tensile strength and galvanization will be 
found to meet the best requirements. 


USES. 


This strand is used to span wire for suspending trolley lines 
and as messenger or suspension ; for lead covered aerial cables 
for telephone or telegraph use ; also as guy wires for telegraph 
or other poles subject to heavy strains, etc. 


BARE COPPER WIRE. 


(See Price List on page 16.) 


The copper wire furnished by us, whether bare or insulated, 
is drawn from the best Lake Superior bars, having a guaranteed 
conductivity of 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure copper, ac- 
cording to Dr. Matthiessen’s standard; isdrawn exactly to gauge, 
and is annealed in the best manner known totheart. Its conduc- 
tivity is carefully observed, and our customers can depend upon 
receiving the best that is to be had. 

We are also prepared to supply the best grades of Lake Supe- 
rior Hard Drawn Copper Wire, either bare or insulated, but any 
orders received will be entered as for ‘“‘soft drawn” copper wire, 
unless otherwise stated. 


USES. 


pare copper wire is used extensively by Hlectric Light 
Companies operating under very low pressures, and is usually 
attached to glass insulators on the cross-arms or brackets of a 
pole line; for this purpose soft drawn copper wire is used almost 
exclusively, except in sizes smaller than No. 10 Brown & 
Sharpe’s gauge. 

Bare copper wireis also used extensively by Electric railroads 
whose currents vary from three hundred to five hundred volts, 
and may be considered comparatively ‘‘low pressure currents.”’ 
As the trolley which completes the connection between the motor 
_ in the car and the charged wire overhead, must have a continu- 
ous rubbing or rolling contact, bare wire is an absolute necessity 
for the trolley wire; it is hard drawn copper, and is usually sus- 

ended over the centre of the track from supports extending out 
tom the street curb in the form of an inverted L, or from sup- 
porting wires or cables stretched between poles on opposite sides 
of the street. 

In the early days of street railways, it was the practice to 
string bare copper wires on the pole lines, or supports, along the 
sides of the streets, to feed the trolley wires, but the present 
practice is to use insubated wire, or, what is better still, and 
more in accord with modern progress and public demand, to lay 
underground cables as feeders. 

Hither bare or insulated (but principally bare) hard drawn 
copper wire is now extensively used by telegraph and telephone 
companies instead of iron wire for pole lines ; its conductivity is 


59 


about five times that of the best grade of iron wire generally 
used ; its breaking strength is about three aud one-half times its 
weight per mile. 

It will, therefore, be seen that the same conductivity can be 
secured by a smaller and lighter wire, so that either a, larger 
number of wires can be strung on a given pole line, or a given 
number of wires can be strung on lighter (and, therefore, 
cheaper) poles or fixtures. A positive electrical advantage is 
also secured in the use of copper wire for telephone and tele- 
graph purposes on account of decrease in electro-static capacity, 
due to reduction in section, as has been abundantly demonstra- 
ted by the lines of the American (Long Distance) Telephone 
Company ; there is, of course, no advantage in using hard drawn 
copper in electric cables, as soft drawn copper gives slightly bet- 
ter conductivity and makes a more flexible cable. 

In handling hard drawn copper wire of small cross-section, 
avoid sharp bends, kinks or cuts. 


GERMAN SILVER RESISTANCE WIRE. 
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
(See Price List on page 16.) 


Our German Silver Resistance Wire is drawn very accurately 
to gauge and has aresistance of 192 B. A. ohms per mil-foot at 
70 degrees F., or 21.1 degrees C. Its resistance is about twelve 
times that of a soft Lake Superior copper wire of equal cross- 


section. 
USES. 


Owing to its high resistance, it is used in electrical labora- 
tories for standard resistances, and is usually attached to glass 
or porcelain knobs. 

By winding the wire spirally on a mandril and then stretch- 
ing it (after removing the mandril) so that the separate convolu- 
tions will not touch each other, a helix is produced, having a 
very high resistance in proportion to theamount of space occu- — 
pied. Such an arrangement is used most effectively in the 
Cornell University Electrical and Physical Laboratories. ‘Three 
sets of helices having resistances of .5, 3 and 30 ohms respectively 
are employed. ‘These occupy a space about ten feet wide, one 
and a half feet deep and fifteen feet high. At the top they pass 
around porcelain knobs and at the bottom they enter a long box, 
where they are connected to mercury cupsin such a manner that 
almost any resistance,ranging from a small fraction of an ohm to 
about 1000 ohms, can be obtained ; moreover the wire is large so 
that several amperes can be passed through a single wire without 
materially heating it; hence, when a lot of the helices are con- 
nected up in multiple, quite a large current can be _ used. 
Such a system of resistances affords a ready means for the cali- 
brating of ammeters and voltmeters, and for obtaining the 
characteristic curves of dynamos, etc. Where alternating cur- 
rents are used, the above plan is not feasible, on account of the 
self-induction in the system. But self-induction is pratically 
eliminated by bending the wire back on itself in the shape of a 
letter U, and such an arrangement should alway be used for 
alternating currents when an unvarying resistance is required. 

German Silver Resistance Wire, provided with a single or 
double covering of cotton or silk, is sometimes used for the same 
purpose as the bare wire, but its principal use when insulated, 
is for resistance coils in rheostats, etc., where extremely high 
resistances are required in a compact and portable form; in 
such cases, the insulated wire isneatly wrapped on small bobbins 
or spools, each end of the wire being connected to a binding post 
or contact point, so as to be readily switched or thrown into the 


circuit. 
MAGNET WIRE. 
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
(See Price List pages 17 and 18.) 


Our Magnet Wire consists ofthe best soft Lake Superior Cop- 
per Wire covered with one or two very even wraps of fine cotton or 
silk; itis free from lumps and knots and adheres firmly to the 
wire; only the purest copper is used and is not sent to the cover- 
ing department until the conductivity has been carefully tested, 
to insure its being 98 per cent. or more, and the diameter care- 
fully gauged to insure accuracy within one mil of the standard 
size on all sizes larger than No. 10; on all sizes from No. 10 to 
No. 14, a variation of not exceeding %4 of a mil, and on sizes smaller 


60 


than No. 14 one-half of a mil, will be allowed 4 Special 
machinery has been designed by us, to secure the greatest pos- 
sible uniformity in the thickness of the fibrous covering of our 
Magnet Wire, and our customers can be assured that the diameter 
of the covered wire will not vary more than one-halfto one mil 
from the desired diameter at any point throughout its length. 

We have every facility in the laboratory at our works to make 
accurate tests of conductivity of Magnet Wire or German Silver 
Wire, and will furnish a certificate of conductivity with 
each reel or spool at a small extra charge; this is especially 
desirable if the wire is to be used as a standard resistance. Any 
desired thickness of insulation will be furnished, but the follow- 
ing thicknesses are most commonly required, in cotton covered 
wire, namely : 


B. & S.G. | Single. Double. 
No | Mils. | Mils. 
0000 to 00 20 e220 
Otol ee LOR eee Ot) 
2tod | son Hes 
to 7 | 8 16 
8to9 Gy eel? 
10 to 12 | 5 10 
13 and finer. | 4.5 9 


In absence of specific instructions, orders will be entered for 
thickness of insulation above indicated; customers should not 
fail to state whether the wire is to be single or double wound. 

The quantity of Magnet Wire usually placed on a reel, unless 
a specific amount is named, is: Nos. 0to 9inclusive, 140 to 150 
pounds; Nos. 10 to 14 inclusive, 100 to 110 pounds; Nos. 15 and 16, 
65 to 70 pounds; Nos. 17 and 18, about 80 pounds; Nos. 19, 20 and 
21, about 15 pounds; Nos. 22, 23 and 24, 7 to § pounds; smaller 
sizes, about + pounds. 


USES. 


fagnet Wire is used for a multitude of purposes, but its prin- 
cipal useis in induction coils, for telephone receivers and trans- 
mitters, telegraph receivers, transmitters and relays, and electrical 
instruments of various kinds; and (more particularly the large 
sizes) for winding armatures of motors,and of dynamos for the 
production of electric light currents. 


INCANDESCENT LAMP CORD. 


(See Price List on page 18.) 


Fig. 34. 


GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 


fhe conductor consists of a number of small strands (gener- 
ally No. 30 B. & S. G.) to equal the conductivity of a solid copper 
wire of the size desired, about as follows: 


— 


For No. 12 B. & S. G., 66 No. 30 B. & S. G. Copper Wires, 


For No. ld ts 41 No. 30 ‘ 

For No. 16 £ 26 No. 30 i ss ss 
For No. 18 xs 16 No. 30 ss ay a 
For No. 20 ss 10 No. 30 a . s 


For No. 22 Dee tee etel ae NOnNoo * us ¥e 


The insulation, as will be seen by reference to the Price List, 
is divided into four classes : 

The first consists of one or two dense fibrous covers thoroughly 
saturated with our well-known insulating compound ‘‘ Ozite,”’ 
and wili be found for all practical purposes equal to Sheet 
Rubber or Balata Insulation, as itis not effected by short bends 
or by even higher degrees of heat than would destroy either of 
these ; it is not absolutely waterproof, but neither is Sheet Rubber 
at any time, nor Balata after it has been subjected to moderately 
high temperatures or has become hardened by sze, when it will 


61 


crack if slightly bent; we can recommend “Ozite’ insulation as 
an excellent and low-priced substitute for either Sheet Rubber or: 
Balata. 
The second consists of 

(a) A winding of fiber on the copper strand; 

(b) A layer of sheet rubber wound spirally around or 
laid longitudinally upon it and overlapped ; and 

(c) A winding of dry cotton over the rubber tape; this 
class of lamp cord has heretofore been most commonly used, as it 
was the lowest-priced cord put upon the market. 

The third grade of insulation is known as ‘‘Balata’”’ (a 
low grade gum obtained from the JAZmusops Batata, a 
tree found in British and French Guiana, Jamaica, etc.; 
it is used as a substitute for Gutta Percha). Lamp cord with this 
class of insulation has been in use for some years and has given 
very general satisfaction; it is superior te the Sheet Rubber 
Insulation ; is, for practical purposes, about equal to our lamp 
cord with “Ozite”’ insulation, but is not equal to the next grade 
herein mentioned ; it is a reasonably good insulator; it is, how- 
ever, affected by changes of temperature and softens at 140 
degrees F. 

The fourth grade is our Solid Rubber Insulation. Where 
the question of expense is not important and the chief object is to 
secure a very high grade cord, we cover the conductor with a 
high quality of solid rubber; this grade of cord will be found 
most satisfactory where there is any danger of continued immer- 
sion in water, or where an extra high class of work is to be done. 

A braid of fibrous material, either silk or glazed cotton in 
imitation of silk, is placed over the insulated cord, whatever the 
character of the insulation. 

Our stock colors are: 

Plain Green, plain Gold, Green and Gold combined, and Red 
and Gold combined. Any other colors will be supplied to order, 
as also will worsted braid in lieu of cotton braid (and at the same 
price) if is preferred, but where prompt delivery is required, the 
customer should make his selection from among stock colors 
and fibers. 

In telegraphing an order, be careful to mention the color or 
colors desired, if there is any preference, and state whether it is 
to be silk braided or cotton braided. In the General Code, page 
4L, will be found code words for designating colors, while 
separate code words are provided in the price lists for silk braided 
and cotton braided cord. 

After being braided, two wires are twisted upon each other 
and the lamp cord is then completed and contains both legs of 
the circuit. 

USES. 


Incandescent Iramp Cord is used, asthe name indicates, prin- 
cipally for exposed wiring in offices and residences for eiectric 
lighting, to drop from the concealed wires in the ceiling or chan- 
delier to the point at which the incandescent lamp is to hang, or 
to a portable on desk or library table, and for annunciator and 
bell work, where an elegant appearance is desired. 


ANNUNCIATOR WIRE. 
(See Price List on page 19.) 


This consists of copper conductor of 
any desired size, either single, doubie 
or triple wound with fiber and satu- 
rated with paraffine ; on special orders 
the inside wind will be saturated with 
our celebrated insulating compound 
“Ozite” to give specially high insula- 
tion. Only the double wound annuncia- 
tor wireis carried in stock;the last wind 
is in bright and fast colors; the winds 
are put on tight and even, and the 
finished wire presents a very neat, 
smooth appearance; the price list only 
gives the weight and price of even 
sizes from No. 12 to No. 22, but the 
weights and prices of the intermediate 
sizes are approximately mid-way be- 
; ) tween the sizes next preceding and 
Spool of Annunciator following the same. This wire is 

Wire, furnished on spools containing about 


62 


- gigitt pounds each and in’any desired colors, but unless the order 
specifically states the color desired it will be filled from our 
stock colors, which are: : 
Plain red, or white or blue, or combinations of red and white ° 
ot blue and white stripes. (For designating colors by telegraph, 
see General Code, page 41.) 
USES. 


Annunciator Wire is used for wiring houses, or offices, hotels 
etc., to connect any given location with a call-bell or annunciator 
suitably located, as in Hotel Office, Messenger Room, Kitchen, or 


Servants’ Room. 
OFFICE WIRE. 
(See Price List on page 19.) 

This consists of copper conductor 
of any suitable size and covered with 
two braids of fiber or with one wrap 
and one braid and saturated with 
paraffine ; on special orders the in- 
side braid or wind will be saturated 
with our ‘‘Ozite”’ Insulating com- 
pound to give specially high insula- 
tion. This wire is nicely polished 
and is furnished in any color or com- 
bination of colors (for designating 
colors by telegraph, see General 
Code, page 4i), but stock colors are: 

Red and white or blue and white 

Coil of Office Wire. combined, and, unless specifically 

: stated, one or the other ofthese com- 
binations will be furnished on orders; it is shipped in coils of 
approximately twenty pounds each. 


USES. 


Office wire is used most extensively by Telegraph and Tele- 
phone companies for all circuits from telegraph or telephone 
instruments to the point where the line wire or cables enter the 
building, or to “earth;’’ it is also used, but not extensively for 
wiring houses for electric bells, annunciators and electric light- 


ing. 
OFFICE CABLES. 
(See Price List on page 19.) 


Office Cables consist of any desired number of annunciator 
or office wires combined into a core or bunch for the sake of com- 
actness aud facility of laying where a large numpe1 of wires 
is required. When the desired number of wires has been thus 
laid up into a core they fare covered with a single (and in 
special cases a double) braid of fibrous material, in any coior or 
combination of colors if finished in paraffine, but black if fin- 
ished with Ozite or Waring compound. These cables are fur- 
nished in any desired length. 


USES. 


Office Cables are used in wiring buildings (especially hotels) 
for electric bells, annunciators, time detectors, te1esemes, etc., 
and are also used by Telephone and Telegraph companies to 
extend their circuits from the point at which they enter the 
building, whether underground or overhead, to the switch-board 
in the operating room. If desired, Office Cables can be furnished 
consisting of separate wires having any grade of insulation, such 
as Weather-proof, Underwriters, W. A. C. Fire and Moisture- 
proof, or Rubber, but the more modern and safe practice is to 
buy a regular lead covered cable with the desired number of con- 
ductors and protected by a light lead cover, for which see pages 
28, 30 and 81. 


UNDERWRITERDS’ WIRE. 


(See Price List on Page 19.) 


This consists of a copper conductor of any desired size cov- 
ered with two pestiaes of fibrous material, and saturated and 
coated with fireproof metallic paint. Owing to its fireproof 
qualities it was adopted by the New York Board of Fire Unaer- 
writers in 1882; itis a fireproof wire, but does not possess good 
insuating qualities and rapidly deteriorates when exposed to 
moisture ; it has facetiously been called ‘‘ Undertakers’” wire, 
from the fact that its use has all too frequently resulted in giving 


5 


employment to gentlemen of the profession named ; it is a fairly 
good wire, but has been so universally condemned and other 
higher grade wires can be bought at so nearly the same price, 
that it is rapidly falling into disuse and will eventually become a 
thing of the past. 

USES. 


Underwriters’ Wire is used for electric light circuits on poles 
and for exposed inside wiring, for the last named purpose it is 
held by cleats or placed in moulding ; it is almost exclusively 
used in white, although some times it is desired in black or brown 
for special locations ; in absence of specific instructions, orders 
will invariably be filled with white wire and solid conductor. 


WEATHERPROOF CABLES. 


(For Price List see page 21.) 

As to quality of copper, insulation and uses, see remarks 
under ‘‘Weatherproof Line Wire,’ the double covered corres- 
ponding to “Sterling,”’ and the ‘‘triple’”’ to ‘‘Standard’’ weather- 
proof insulation. Weatherproof cable only differs from corres- 
ponding weatherproof wires, in having the conductors made up 
of a suitable number of smaller wires to give greater flexibility, 
but not quite as flexible as switchcords. The cable form is indis- 
pensable when greater conducting capacity than 4-0 B. & S.G. is 
desired, and may, for various reasons, but especially convenience 
of handling, be required even in sizes of 4-0 or smaller, for con- 
necting dynamos to switchboard, wiring buildings, interior con- 
duits, etc. The larger sizes, (500,000 C. M. triple covered, being 
the most popular), are used principally as street railway or low 
pressure electric light feeders, and are furnished either with the 
strand ‘‘cable laid’’ (7.x 7), or ‘‘concentric,’’ the latter being illus- 
trated by the conductor in Fig. 2, page 26. The concentric form , 
is almost invariably used ; itis quite as flexible as the other, has a 
large margin of tensile strength,and makes a smaller and there- 
forelighter cable, with equal thickness of insulation. For mechan- 
ical reasons, the triple covered is recommended on all sizes, but 
especially on No. 0.and larger. Weatherproof cables can be 
furnished in any desired length, but 44 mile is the usual length 
of 500,000 C. M., and other sizes in lengths relative thereto. 


WHATHERPROOF LINE WIRE. 


(See Price List on page 20.) 


Only the purest Lake Superior copper is used by us, either 
soft or hard drawn according to the wishes of our customers, 
but, unless otherwise specified, soft drawn wire will be furnished. 
This copper conductor is covered with two or more fibrous cov- 
ers, as will be more particuiarly indicated farther on. 

We are sometimes met with the remark that the weather- 
proof wire of some other manufacturers weighs less pet length 
than either of the grades established by us, but to all such 
our reply is: ‘“We can make weather-proof wire to weigh just 
as light per length as desired—within a reasonable excess over 
the weight of the bare copper wire, which cannot vary—and all 
you need do, if light weight is the prime consideration, is to tell 
us how heavy you want it ; but remember that the lighter you 
make it the more you weaken its insulating qualities and ability 
to resist rough handling or chafing, and increase the danger 
of crosses and accidental shocks, whether in dry or wet weather ; 
but it is false economy, and will result eventually to the dis- 
advantage of both consumer and manufacturer.” It is wise to 
buy insulation as well as copper, and to buy the best that careful 
and intelligent methods can produce. Do not be deceived into 
the belief that any one can give you a lighter weight weather- 
proof wire without either reducing the thickness of the mechan- 
ical covering or the degree of saturation thereof with insulating 
compound—and both these qualities are vital; nor are there any ~ 
insulating materials in use to-day that are lighter, bulk for bulk, 
than those used by us. 

The idea of testing either Line Wire er House Wire by sub- 
mersion in water with the expectation of getting high readings 
on the galvanometer, is somewhat ridiculous as applied to any 
fibrous ccvered wire, no matter how high a grade or how expen- 
sive a style of manufacture it may be; it has not been made for 
use under conditions even remotely approximating these ; we are 
perfectly willing to make our record by the actual, practical and 
extensive use of our wire, both Line and House Wire, throughout 
every State in the Union and in almost every prominent city inany 
State, and pon the comparative test printed on pages 68 and 69, 
which has been confirmed by separate tests made since that date by 


64 


prominent electricians, who are in nowise connected with this 
company. tule) 

Referring to this comparative test, it will be seen that of the 
three fibrous covered weather-proof wires, ours stands far above 
the others, and that as compared with the rubber-covered wire, 
whether single or double braided, it was far more regular and 
maintained a much better average, showing great uniformity of 
manufacture ; one sample of the rubber covered wire, it is true, 
showed very long life, but another sample cut from the same 
piece showed an extremely short life, indicating an absence of 
uniformity and reliability in the rubber cover. 

Any reasonably well made rubber-covered wire should test 
admirably when immersed in water soon after it has been made, 
even though made of the poorest rubber compounds that could be 
mechanically applied to a wire, for any one having had experi- 
ence in electrical matters will admit that for use under water 
and to remain under water the rubber covered wire (if the 
compound has not been cheapened too much) is the best, 
and that it will give far the highest measurements soon after its 
manufacture ; this, however, proves absolutely nothing as to its 
safety and lasting qualities as a line or house wire; in order 
to arrive at practical results the two classes of wire (Fibrous and 
Compound covered) should be strung on poles side by side, and 
after being in practical use for, say one year, tested for insula- 
tion and mechanical properties, and, if you please, even sub- 
merged in water at that time and_ tested with one thousand to 
two thousand volt current; we are satisfied that such a test 
would show the fibrous covered wire to be far superior ; and if 
such atest were made two years after the wires are erected, the 
results would show still greater superiority on the part of the 
fibrous covered wire. We do not pretend to sell at the price of 
Weather-proof Wire an article that will stand the same water 
tests as new rubber-covered wire costing a great deal 
more money ; what we do maintain and prove every day in 
actual practice is that our Weather-proof and W. A. C. wires are 
weather-proof and water-proof enough to meet the most extraor- 
dinary emergencies to which the wires used for line and house 
purposes are ever subjected, and that they possess a very safe 
margin beyond that. These wires are not expected to be used 
under water for weeks at a time. 


CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 


All our Weather-proof Wire is thoroughly saturated with our 
well known insulation, “Ozite’”’ or ‘‘Waring Compound,” which 
has for many years shown itself to be a first-class material. 

In comparing our Weather-proof Wire with those of other 
makes, note the following : 

FIRST—The fibrous coverings of our wires are thoroughly 
saturated and not merely coated. Wire in which the insulation 
is merely coated or laid on will show light gray or white threads, 
which readily absorb moisture from the surronnding air; if 
thoroughly saturated,the fiber is filled or sealed with a compound 
which precludes the entrance or absorption of moisture, 

SECOND—The fibrous coverings of our wire are thor~ 
oughly saturated and not partially so, as will be seen by their 
perfectly black condition. ‘The fiber that looks gray when com- 
pared with ours has not been thoroughly saturated, and, there- 
fore, has more or less unsaturated fiber to absorb moisture. 

_ THIRD—Every fibrous cover on our Weather-proof Wire 
is dense and firm and packed hard upon the conductor by 
special devices; examine all other wires carefully in this 
regard and you may find more or less open or “skeleton” 
braids, inside of the one outer covering, through which you can 
see the copper conductor; such a covering affords very little pro- 
tection after the outer braid has become chafed or frayed. 
_ FOURTH—Our Weather-proof Wire is mechanically perfect 
in all the foregoing respects, and the insulation presents a firm, 
tough mass that will stand exposure to high degrees of heat 
without losing its insulating qualities, and will not crack under 
the opposite extreme ; it becomes almost as hard as iron, yet not 
brittle; and will, therefore, resist the maximum amount of chaf- 
ing. It is easy to find so-called ‘“‘Weather-proof Wire” that pre- 
sents a handsome exterior finish and is “pretty” wire to look at, 
but give ita few bends and see the numberless little cracks or 
scales” that will appear—forming passages through which 
moisture or rain will find its way tothe fiber and to the con- 
ductor. 
It is needless to name the many Electric Light and other 


65 


companies who have used our Weather-proof Wire, or to state 
that they are all perfectly satisfied with the service given; there 
is not a State or Territory, and scarcely a prominent city, in the 
Union in which it is not in use, and we have no reason to fear 
investigation or inquiry as to its lasting qualities. In the West 
and Northwest particularly, large quantities have been intro- 
duced, and many central station plants have been equipped with 
our wire exclusively; many thousands of pounds of it are also in 
use for inside wiring, and without any failures or trouble. 


GRADES OF WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 


Our Weatherproof Wire is supplied in three grades: 
“Sterling,” ‘‘Standard”’ and “‘Tip-Top,”’ each of which will now be 
separately described, the difference being substantially in the 
thickness of insulating covering only. Hither of these wires is 
vastly superior to Underwriters’ Wire, and our “Sterling” 
Weatherproof Wire is very little, if any, more expensive. It 
is not claimed that this wire is fireproof, but it does not easily 
ignite and will not transmit fire. Wehave always on hand a 
large stock of ali sizes of “ Standard”? weatherproof line wire, 
and can furnish ‘‘ Tip Top” and ‘‘Sterling’’ to order promptly. 

The approximate difference in the insulation on these three 
grades of wire for the same size conductor (No. 6 B. & S. G.) is 
graphically illustrated in Figs. 37, 38 and 39. 


Fig. 38.—Actual Size ‘‘Standard’’ Weatherproof Line Wire. 


Fig. 39.—Actual Size ‘“‘Tip-Top”’ Weatherproof Line Wire. 
The approximate diameters and weights per thousand feet, 
and per mile, of either grade, will be found in price list, on page 
20, and diameter and weight per thousand feet of weatherproof 
cable, on page 21, and we now add pounds per span, namely : 


Solid Weatherproof Wire. ( Weatherproof Cables. 


| | Double | Tri 
Sterling. Standard Tip Top.|| pans, | estes 
| __|/Circular ‘| ; 
oj | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 |} Muls. | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 
i\Fee |Feet' Feet Feet/Feet|Feet|| Feet Feet Feet Feet 


\ } 


0000 | 86 98 | 98 104 98 110 || 1000000 414 | 464 450 504 
000 | 70 | 79 | 75 | 84 | 82 | 92 |} 950000 | 400 | 445 432 | 484 
00 | 57 | 68 | 61 | 68 | 65 | 73 || 900000 | 378 | 422 | 410 | 458 

0 | 44 | 49 | 48 | 538 52 58 || 850000 356 , 398 | 874 | 433 
1 | 36 | 40 | 40 | 44 | 43 | 48 800000 335 875 | 364 | 407 
2 | 30 | 32.5) 82 | 36 | 86 | 39 750000 314 352 | 341 | 382 
Bo, 24 | 26 | 25 | 28 | 27 | 30 || 700000 293 328 | 318 | 357 
4 \19 | 21 | 20 | 28 | 22 | 24.5] 650000 | 272 304 | 295 | 381 
5 (15 |17 | 16.5, 18.5 18 | 20.8} 600000 | 258 | 288 | 275 | 308 
6 | 12 | 14 | 13.5) 15.5 14.3 16.5 | 550000 230 258 250 280 
7 110 |-11. | 11 | 12.5) 12.8) 18.7 | 500000. | 218 | 239 ' 232 | 260 
8 | 8 | 9 | 9.2) 10.5 10.3) 11.5 | 450000 | 190 {212 , 206 | 28 
9 | 6.5) 7.3) 7.5 8.5 8.5) 9.5| 400000 166 186 | 180 201 
10 | 5.6 6.3) 6.2) 7.| 7. | 7.8| 850000 | 145/162 | 158 | 176 
1] 4.5) 5. 5.2 5.9 6.) 6.7) 300000 | 124 139 | 185 151 
12 | 3.5) 3.8 4.2) 4.8 5. | 5.7} 250000 | 107 | 120 | 116 | 130 
14 | 25) 28 8.| 8.4 8.7) 4.21} x 0000) 94 | 106 | 102 | 114 
16 9.1 2.9 DA 27° 824. 8.8 1 es - 000 1.76 1.80 i Soa 
18 | 13). 1.4) 1.9) 2.1). 2.5) 28/43 007) 61) 68) 67 | 7% 
DO 4. At 2 teh Te ic BS en oO" 48 | 53 | 53 59 
| | | 


——rrrrrr 


For 100 feet span, point off right-hand figure of weight per 
thousand feet in price list on page 20, and for 10 feet, point off 
two figures: by adding the 10 feet weight to, or subtracting the 
same from, the weight per 140 feet span, or per 100 feet span, the 
ent per 150 feet, per 130 feet, per 110 feet, or per 90 feet will be 

ound. 


WEIGHT PER COIL OR REEL. 


As arule our Weatherproof Wire and W. A. C. Wire is packed 
on reels for shipment, and if the customer has any preference as 
to reels or coils, he should so state in his order. Some delay can be 
avoided at times, by permitting us to ship the wire either in coils 
oron reels as we happen to have it; all shipments to points 
west of the Rocky Mountains will be in coils, on account of the 
heavy freight charges which the customer would have to pay on 
the empty reels returning. 

Following are the approximate weights per coil or per reel, 
that would be shipped on an order designating the wire by the 
coil or reel, instead of by the pound or foot, namely: 


| B. Sx G. Weight per Coil. | Weight per Reel. 

No. | 
0000-0 275 Tbs. 325 Ibs. 
1-2-3 240 “ 300. “ 

4-5 20Or aS 215 

6-8 175 * 225 ‘ 
10-12 AB wets 200) © 
14-16 30 a 150“ 
18-20 206 100“ 


“STERLING” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 


Where economy of 
construction is an im- 
portant item, the pur- 
chaser some times de- 
sires to buy acompara- 
tively cheap wire, yet 
with good insulation, 
and in order to meet 
this demand, we make 

’ our ‘Sterling’ Weather- 
proof Line Wire in all 
sizes Nos. 0000 to 18, 
B. & S. G.; it is only 
double covered, and 
weighs five to ten per 
cent. less per length 
(see price list) than the 
corresponding sizes of 
our ‘“‘Standard’”’ Triple 
Covered Weatherproof 
Wire. This wire is the 
same price per pound 
as the Standard Weath- 
erproof Wire, the re- 
duction in the cost per 


Fig. 40. 
length being due to the smaller weight of the former. 


CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 


The general characteristics of this wire are as described on 
pages 65 and 66, but the insulation is, of course, thinner than 
that of our ‘‘Standard” grade, and it is, therefore, less able to 
resist rough handling, or chafing, or moisture. 


67 


“STANDARD” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 


Our “Standard” 
Weatherproof Line 
Wire has three fibrous 
covers on all sizes 
this is avery high grade 
wire, and 90 per cent. of 
the Weatherproot Wire 
sold by us is of this 
grade. It has given 
absolute satisfaction 
wherever used, and 
“cannot be excelled, 
either for electrical or 
mechanical properties, 
by any other wire at 
the same price, and is 
indeed equalled by few, 
if any. See pages 65 
and 66. 


COMPARATIVE 
TESTS. 

Careful attention is 
requested to the follow- 
ing results of compara- 
tive tests made by dis- 
interested parties with- 
out the knowledge of 
either of the manufac- 
turers, on samples of 
wire purchased from 
regular stock at some 
Fig. 41. electrical supply store. 


The wires made by manufacturer No. 1 and manufacturer 
No. 8 have hitherto stood high in the estimation of the public, 
and areas good as the averagerun of Weatherproof Line Wire; 
what we claim is, that our Weatherproof Wire is considerably 
above the average, and the claim is justified by the tests referred to. 


‘The tests were made as follows: A tall glass jar was filled with 
water, the piece of the wire under test was bent in the shape of a 
letter “U,” with the two bared ends projecting above the jar, one 
of these ends being connected to one terminal of a converter 
giving off a thousand volts current, while the water in the jar 
was electrically connected to the other; at certain intervals the 
current was switched onto the test circuit and the effect noted ; 
the time at which the current broke through the insulation is 
shown in the column headed “‘ average life.” 


One of the tests included in the summary given below, 
consisted of bending the wire to be immersed,in a circle two and 
one-half inches in diameter, and another consisted in forming 
two such circles, each about one-half inch in diameter. 


SAMPLES OF WIRES TO BE TESTED. 


Manufacturer No. 1. 


Sample A—No. 6 Weatherproof Line Wire. 
ae B—No. 8 o “ ad 
se C—No. Io es oe se 


Manufacturer No. 2. 
STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE Co. 


Sample A—No. 8 Weatherproof Line Wire. 
oe B—No. 1o ee oo oe 


Manufacturer No. 3. 
Sample A—B No, 8 and 12 Rubber, single Braid. 


C—D No. 8and 12 2 double ‘ 
“ E— No.6 iF Sinpie ae. 
‘* F— .No.6 Weatherproof triple ‘** ‘ 


68 


———___ me er 


Original 


ph aay Size. Average Life. 
No.1 A No. 6B. &S.G. 45 hours. 
pal ps gin} alg” 53 ok 29% hours. 
ae Gls eee 1) Ad ~ 39 hours. 
sh ae 8 261% hours. 
eee 10 be 123 hours. 
aS each. sag Le i 824 hours. 
neta, $3) bik lt) = 3% hours. 
Se 3'G SS) ta Mf . r7t hours. 
PRETO. has -y 38 hours. 
Ef 3) ES 6 ae 395 hours. 
ohare | 6 oe 15% hours. 


See last paragraph page 64, and first paragraph page 65. 


“TIP-TOP” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 


Tip Top™ In cases where 
specially high grade 
wire is desired, we 
furnish our “Tip-Top”’ 
Weatherproof Line and 
House Wire, which will 
weigh approximately 
10 per cent. more per 
length than our Stand- 
ard Weatherproof Wire 
(see price list), the price 
per pound being also 
higher than that of 
other grades ; it is sub- 
stantially our Standard 
Weatherproof Line 
Wire with a strong, 
closely woven tape 
placed upon it before 
the final braid is put 
on, its ability to with- 
stand chafing and 
moisture being thereby 
TRADE MARK greatly increased; it is 
: : in every respect a spec- 
Fig. 42. ially high class wire for 
either pole or house use, and is winning general favor wherever 
used. See pages 69 and 66. 
USES. 


Weatherproof Line Wire is used principally for Electric Light 
circuits on poles; it is also used for the same purpose in build- 
ings, and is sometimes used in place of Annunciator and Office 
Wire. In hard drawn copper instead of soft, it is used by 
Telephone and Telegraph companies for their pole lines where 
they pass through branches of trees, or wherever they desire to 
maintain particularly high insulation. 


GALVANIZED IRON WEATHERPROOF 
WIRE. 


(See Price List page 21.) 


What has been said under the general head of Weatherproof 
Wire, applies with equal force to this class of wire, which is fur- 
nished in both grades, B. B.,and EK. B. B., asdesired. It is used 
by Telephone, Burglar Alarm and District Telegraph Compa- 
nies, and by Fire and Police Departments, for overhead circuits. 
For Description of Bare Galvanized Iron Wire see page 59. 


GALVANIZED STEEL WEATHERPROOF 
WIRE. 


(See Price List page 21.) 


sueewenr! BRAID 


Where greater tensile strength is desired than is obtained in 
iron wire we place weatherproof covering on the best grade of 
galvanized steel wire, for overhead use. 


69 


W. A.C. FIRE AND MOISTURE-PROOF 


HOUSE WIRE: 


(See Price List on page 22.) 


All that has been said as to the mechanical properties of our 
Weather-proof Wire is also true of our W. A. C. Wire, but it has 
a special feature in its construction that makes it far more desira- 
ble for inside wiring. 

It consists substantially of our Standard Weather-proof 
Line Wire with the addition of a final braid of fibrous material 
thoroughly fire-proofed. Like our Weather-proof Wires, it is not 
affected, by moisture, heat, frost, alkalies or acids, but is well 
adapted for use where these conditions exist to an unusual 
degree. 

Our regular stock color is a light drab, but other colors will 
be furnished on special orders ; the conductor is composed of the 
softest Lake Superior copper, solid, unless otherwise ordered. 


USES. 


) 

Our W. A. C. Wire is not an underground or submarine wire, 
nor is it intended for overhead use, being too expensive for the 
latter purpose; it is used for high grade inside wiring, in or 
under moulding or floors, in cellars, vaults, boiler rooms, etc., 
in short, wherever a fire-proof wire with high insulation is 
required. Itisin use in many dwellings, churches, office build- 
ings and municipal buildings throughout the country, and has — 
so thoroughly approved itself to the judgment of first-class, ex- © 
perienced electrical engineers as a strictly safe wire for inside 
work, that many of them have substituted it for other far more 
expensive and no more efficient wires ; architects and builders 
will do well to examine this wire and include it in any specifica- 
tions they prepare. 


“TIP-TOP” FIRE AND WATER-PROOF 


HOUSE WIRE. 


(For Price List see page 22.) 


Where the question of expense does not enter strongly into 
consideration, and where the wire is liable to become submerged 
in water more or less frequently Or will be subjected to con- 
stantly moist conditions, our Tip-Top Fire and Water-proof 
House Wire is a most desirable article. The copper conductor is © 
covered with ‘‘Tip Top” rubber insulation, perfectly applied 
and vulcanized, a heavy protective covering over this, and a 
final fire-proof coating on the outside. 


CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 


Most rubber covered house wires on the market to-day have 
the serious defect of not being fire-proof, but, on the contrary, 
burning like tinder when a slight flame is brought in contact — 
with the outer covering ; this defect has been wholly avoided in 
our Tip-Top Fire and Water-proof Wire, which, as its name 
indicates, is an absolutely water-proof wire, at the same time 
that itis thoroughly fire-proof, thus combining the two impor- — 
tant requisites of an ideal house wire. 

Our regular stock color is drab, but other colors will be fur- 
nished on special orders. Soft drawn copper conductor, solid, 
will be furnished unless otherwise ordered. 


USES. 


What has been said asto W. A.C. Fire and Moisture-proof 
House Wire is true of this wire, while the latter is also for 
use in or behind plaster walls, or in any location where espec- 
ially difficult conditions are to be met, such as continual damp- 
mess or occasional submersion in water. 


The Standard Underground Cable Com- 
pany’s Electric Cables, 


FOR ALL ELECTRICAL USES, UNDERGROUND, AERIAL AND 
SUBMARINE, 


SOLE PROPRIETORS OF THE ‘“‘WARING”’ CABLES. 


General Remarks. 


One of the most 
interesting as well 
as troublesome prob- 
lems that the Electri- 
cal companies have 
had before them in 
recent years,has been 
that of placing con- 
ductors underground 
.. for conveying elec- 
trical currents of all 
kinds. The history 
ofinvention presents 
along line of unfor- 
tunate projectors 
who have grappled 
with the question in 
vain; many of their 
devices were so im- 
practicable that they 
were not to be con- 
sidered for a mo- 
ment by any one hav- 
ing a practical 
knowledge of the 
subject ; but others, 
of more skillful de- 
sign, met with better 
success, although but 
comparatively few 
can, at this day, be 
cited as an evidence 
of the practicability 
of placing electric 
wires under ground. 

The arguments in 
favor of the change 
from overhead to 
underground conductors are too well known to require more 
than the briefest mention ; perhaps the strongest, from the point 
of view of the electrical companies, is the great unreliability of 
the overhead conductors, subject, as they are, to all changes of 
the weather, and at times entirely ‘disabled by wind, snow or 
isleet, causing the entire suspension of business for hours at a 
lime. and costing hundreds of thousands of dollars annually for 
repairs. Viewed from a public point of view overhead wires are 
also objectionable—disfiguring the streets, obstructing firemen 
in their duties, and constantly menacing life and limb. The 
contrast between the appearance of the same street with over- 
head wires and with underground cables is graphically shown in 
Figures 44 and 45, the former being from an actual photograph. 
(See pages 72 and 73.) 

Mr. Alfred Shaw, the well-known writer on Municipal Gov- 
ernment, in the article, ‘‘Notes on City Government in St. Louis”’ 
(Century. Magazine, June, 1896), speaks of the maze of overhead 
wires as “the one remaining disgrace of the streets of St. Louis” 
and adds, “no other great city in the whole world now permits 
electric wires to bestrung overhead in the central business streets. 
Everyone acknowledges that these poles should be 
Mbctished. and that the wires should be placed under the side- 
walks or roadways.”’ 

Ht can be mathematicaily demonstrated that in the long run, 
allowing for the serious interruption to, and expensive renewal 
of, regular overhead lines, it is cheaper to lay underground or 
string aerial cables, even where only a moderate number of wires 
is involved; and where ae wires are very numerous, the actual 
first cost alone is less. (See tables on page 180.) 


rp 


thy 
Asa mlet Steg 
Oh Bee oe 

i nv 


. . \ RN 
. RNY 
\ SS WH | 4 


= 
4 


| 
Ra If) 
Litton, S YC 
DA) 


nee 
“i 


i 
iy) ok ean 


4G 


ihe eu 
BFR 
eer Nant Tees 
oa A NTA 


ee 
ae ean 


ty 


ql 
S 
a 
a 


i 


bets 


Rages 
ia Uh 
es 


The question of placing the wires underground has, as 
might have been expected, resulted in extreme views and action 
on the part of the interested parties—-the electrical companies, on 
the one hand, affirming that utter ruin would overtake them 
electrically and financially if they were obliged to put their wires 
underground ; while, on the other hand, Municipal and State 
Legislators have said by Ordinance and Act that ali the wires 
must, nevertheless, go underground. ‘Thereis, however, a mean 
between these two extremes, and the general tendency at the 
present time is to strike this mean ; it would be an unwarranted 
and unnecessary hardship to compel the electrical companies to 
place their wires underground in sparsely settled, outlying dis-~- 
tricts where but few customers are to be served, and it has become 
recognized as the fair policy to require the wires to be put under 
ground only in the thickly settled and important business parts 
of a city; on the other hand, it is a fact that very few elec- 
tricians, or any one else who has kept up with the progress of the 
past few years, would have the temerity to assert, at this day, 
that electrical service of any kind cannot be successfully ren- 
dered through Underground Cables. 

Mr. William Maver., Jr., Electrician of the Consolidated 
Telegraph and Electrical Subway Company, of New York City,* 
says: 


: *Paper entitled, ‘* The Practical Working of the Electrical Subways of New 
York City,’’ read before the 43d meeting of the American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers, New York, February 18th, 1890. 


Lone 
Migs 


ill 


= a 
“a 
NSN 


pag teg Ts 
AS ms ef Give 


Ly ai fee 
LiL 


eS 
SS 
a 


aS 


a a : 


SIN ei 


—— 


Fig. 45. Broadway, New York, with Underground Cables. 
“In conclusion, I think it may be said that the experience derivcd from the 
practical operation of the electrical subways of New York City has either made 


apparent or confirmed, among other things, the following: ; I 
‘‘That it is possible to successfully operate all classes of electric conductors 


underground in cities,’’ etc., etc., etc. 

Mr. David R. Walker, Chief of the Electrical Bureau of the 
city of Philadelphia, has had the Waring cables in use for 
periods ranging from nine to twelve years; his long experience 
in charge of the Electrical Bureau of that city renders any sug- 
gestion or recommendation made, or results attained by him, 
worthy of careful study and consideration. The Director of the 
Department of Public Safety, of Philadelphia, says in one of his 
annual reports: 

“‘The Bureau has tested and has in operation an underground system for the 
are light wires and for telegraph and telephone service, which has been found to 
work ina satisfactory manner. D. R. Walker, Chief of this Bureau, does not 
hestitate to endorse this system tome. His experience is that itcan be made to 
work in a manner that will greatly improve the service, and as weil as reduce the 
cost of maintainance materially, and at the same time remove from our Streets the 
unsightly wires and poles.”’ 

In Europe much attention has been given to the subject of 
placing Telegraph, Telephone and Electric Light Wires under- 
ground, and there are now very few large cities in which any over- 
head lines (excepting, possibly, a limited amount of house-top 
wiring) can be found. Professor George Forbes, F. R. S., of 
England, says: 

“In most continental towns the Electric Light Wires are placed underground. 
It is not only demonstrated by theory, but by practice as well, that currents can be 
operated successfully and safely underground."’-New York World, Fan. 13, 1890. 


TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH SERVICE. 


The Telephone and Telegraph companies, are managed, as’a 
tule, by the ablest business men in the world; they are able to see 
that generally the reasonable wishes of the public are in harmony 


73 


with the best interests of the electrical companies. A complete 
system of underground cables is the best guarantee of the 
practical control of the telephone business, even after controlling 
patents shall have expired; in other words, given an existing 
telephone company doing business with overhead lines and a new 
company enter the same field with all its lines underground, the 
public will not be slow to choose the latter; first, because as a 
body the public is opposed to overhead wires, for well known 
reasons, and second, because the companies whose wires are all 
underground, will be certain to give constant and uninterrupted 
service, whereas with overhead lines every storm of any 
magnitude results in open, crossed and grounded wires, to the 
great annoyance of the subscriber. Both Telephone and Tele- 
graph companies—especially in the larger cities of the United 
States—keeping up with the progress of the times, are busily 
engaged in putting their wires underground, partly in deference 
to publicdemand, but principally because it is a positive advantage 
to them; it results in a great saving in the cost of maintainance, 
absence of interruptions to service, and puts them in a command- 
ing position to control the business of the future. 


ELECTRIC LIGHT SERVICE. 

Hlectric Light companies throughout the United States are 
spending much time and money in underground cable work, and 
few cities of any prominence are now without electric light sys- 
tems operated through underground cables. The feasibility of 
this method from an electrical and commercial standpoint, at 
least for large cities, has been fully demonstrated by the promi- 
nent companies of New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Washing- 
ton, Pittsburgh, Chicago, Minneapolis, and elsewhere, during 
the last five to ten years; that the interests and safety of the 
public would be subserved by placing all electric light wires 
underground in the more important parts of large cities, where 
wites are numerous, no one will doubt, and electric light com- 
panies themselves now realize that even from a financial stand- 


point it is an advantage to them in such localities because of the 


great saving in repairs and renewals, freedom from interruption 
of service, and from damage suits for injury to persons and 
property. 


Mis CAH: Wilmerding, General Manager of the Chicago Arc’ 


Light and Power Company, referring to the larger cities, says: 


“‘The forests of poles and net work of wires are unsightly. ©The number of 
wires becomes So great, that there is confusion and danger at all times; and during 
storms serious accidents are almostcertain to occur. Here the public good requires 
that they should be underground, where, notwithstanding Mr. Edison, they are 
much safer; but here also there is the demand, and even the absolute necessity 
for the electric light, which insures a fair profit upon the investment, so that with 
good management there is no reason why underground high tension wires 
cannnt be operated in large cities with success and profit.”’—Ale@rical Industries, 


Fanuary, 1596. 
ELECTRIC RAILWAY SERVICE. 

Electric traction has made wonderful strides in the past 
seven years and to-day very few cities in the United States use 
‘horse flesh” in the propulsion of street cars. Branch lines of 
some steam railroads have been ‘‘trollied’’ and the possibility of 
the Electric Locomotive for main lines will soon receive practi- 
cal demonstration. 

The trolley wire of electric railroads (see page 59) is of neces- 
sity a bare wire, and on this account, coupled with the fact that 
the voltage is not so high as to be seriously dangerous, their 
wires have been tolerated overhead, but the projectors of electric 
railroads should read the ‘‘signs of the times’’ and profit by the 
experience of the electrical companies in New York City. Over- 
head wires will not much longer be tolerated in any large city. 

But, if the electric railroads place their feeders underground 
in the first instance, they may delay a final clamor for under- 
ground trollies which is imminent in view of the practical dem- 
onstration, during the last twelve months in New York and 
Washington City, of the practicability of the underground trolley. 

The electro-motive-force of the current used in operating 


electrical railways is so low that the undergrounding of the | 


main or feeder wires presents no difficulty whatever, whereas 
their presence overhead presents many objections ; in the case of 
roads now or hereafter to be equipped, true economy requires 
that the feeders be placed underground. 


STEAM RAILROAD SERVICE. 
Of allthe great industries of the country which suffer from 
an interruption of telegraph facilities, none, probably are so de- 


14 


pendent on continuous and certain means of communication, as 
‘the railroads; with every storm of any degree of severity or 
extent of area, the lines are interrupted and the block signal 
systems disabled, with consequent obstruction and danger to 
passenger and freight traffic. The importance of uninterrupted 
communication between the trainmaster’s office and the various 
telegraph or signal stations along the road cannot be over- 
estimated. The attention of railroad managers is particularly 
asked to the Standard Underground Cable Company’s Cables in 
this connection, and to the ease and certainty with which their 
wires may be placed beyond the reach of such dangers, and the 
operation of their roads beyond the caprice or power of storms, 
etc. Railroad managers are beginning to appreciate the value of 
underground cables, especially where they have many telegraph 
lines converging, as in the larger cities, and through tunnels, 
where exposed wires are quickly destroyed by the action of 
Sulphuric Acid contained in the coal smoke. Asa rule, the 
overhead wires, instead of passing through the tunnel,are led over 
the hill-top or mountain by circuitous routes, where they are 
especially liable to interruption and destruction by rain, snow and 
wind storms, and are far more difficult to repair than at any 
other part of the line, if indeed not wholly inaccessible at 
times. The simple expedient of laying a cable in the tunnel or 
snow-shed, obviates all these difficulties and dangers; and the 
Standard Underground Cable Company has been successful in 

this line, as is shown by the many cables now in use in tunnels 
and by the electfic light installation in the Hoosac Tunnel, where 
the most difficult conditions are successfully met. (See Scribner’s 
Magazine for August, 1889.) 


MINE SERVICE. 


In mining operations it is extremely important that signals 
shall be transmitted with certainty and rapidity from the various 
parts of the mine to the engineer at the mouth of the shaft, and 
that light and power shall be supplied at the minimum cost and 
maximum safety, to any desired part of the mine; for this purpose 
electricity is far better adapted than purely mechanical devices ; 
asa rule, the steam plant of mines exceeds the actual require- 
ments, so that it is a matter of economy to supply light and 

_ power by electricity, the engineer in charge being generally able 
to take care of the electric light plant without further 
assistance. The old method of lighting mines constantly leads 
to great loss of life and property; incandescent lamps cannot 
cause explosions, first, because the filament is hermetically 
sealed in the glass bulb; and second, because the moment the 
glass is broken, the filament is destroyed. Steam or compressed 
air for operating pumping, hoisting and drilling apparatus in 

“mines will vitiate the air and rot the timbers, while candles or 
lamps consume the oxygen in the air, thus rapidly undermining 
the health of the workmen. The vast improvement and economy 
from a financial and hygienic point of view, made possible by 
the introduction of the Electric Light and Motor in mines, merit 
the closest study of mine owners and operators. The importance 
of uninterrupted transmission of signals, light and power is so 
great, that the question of the excess in the cost of lead covered 
electric cables over that of bare or insulated wire is not worthy of 
consideration. Lead covered cables are absolutely safe for con- 
veying the electric current for either of the purposes here 

“named; they are flexible and can be laid to any portion of the 
mine. 


The Standard Underground Cable Company has spared no 
effort or money to produce acable that will meet every condition 
that obtains in practical work, and tothisend it hasfor many 
years past had in its employ the best mechanical and electrical 
experts that could be procured, It is largely due to this policy 
that the Company to-day stands in the forefront of progress in the 
manufacture of Underground Cables 

The ‘‘WARING” LEAD COVERED CABLES are in daily use 
.all over the United States, and for every conceivable electrical 
service, many of them have been in successful operation for a 
period of thirteen years; no other company has had the varied, 
extensive, and withal successful experience that we can point 
to. When you buy our cable you buy an article that has proven 
itself worthy of public confidence, and from a company that 
has a reputation at stake, whichit would not impair by careless 
or imperfect workmanship, and that is financially responsible 
and able tocarry out any obligations that it takes upon itself. 


75 


We have successfully met all conditions and difficulties, and 
have devised and perfected many desirable devices and accesso- 
Ties comprising a complete system, of all of which our custom- 
ers get the benefit. 


The most important features of an underground cable are: 


FIRST—Its Insulation. 


SECOND—The Protective Covering to guard that insulation 
against deterioration, from either chemical, mechanical or 
atmospheric actions. 


INSULATION. 


By far the most important feature in an underground cable 
is the insulation, and it was to this that attention was first turned, 
with the result of securing a compound known as ‘‘ Ozite”’ or 
“Waring Insulation,” having a specific inductive capacity more 
closely approximating that of air than any other insulating mate- 
tial known, together with the highest possible insulating quali- 
ties. This compound is an inorganic substance, and there is 
therefore no need to fear deterioration from time and use. This 
is abundantly proven by the Waring Cables that have been longest 
in usé—some about thirteen years. Another prime quality is that 
it can be safely subjected to high temperatures, thus making its 
use possible adjacent to steam-heating pipes, whether under the 
streets of a city or inside of buildings, a feature that is not pos- 
sessed by either paraffine, rubber, gutta percha or rubber com- 
pounds. “Ozite’’ or ‘‘Waring Compound”’ is covered by patents 
owned exclusively, and can be used only, by the Standard Under- 
ground Cable Company; it is a hydro-carbon compound. By the 
use of ‘‘Ozite’’ the insulation of our cables is made uniform in 
quality throughout their entire length, the measured resistance 
ranging from 2,000 to 5,000 megohms at 60 degrees F. depending 
inversely upon the size of the conductor and directly upon the 
thickness of the insulating covering. The low specific inductive 
capacity of ‘“‘Ozite” isan extremely important and advantageous 
feature; the lower the capacity of a telephone cable, for instance, 
the more distinctly will the tones of the voice be transmitted, or 
the greater the distance over which it is possible to carry on 
conversation; the lower the capacity in a telegraph cable, the 
more rapidly and certainly can signals be transmitted, or the 
greater the distance such signals can be transmitted without 
relaying or repeating; the lower the capacity in an Electric Light 
Cable (without air spaces) the less the danger of a disruptive dis- 
charge from conductor to earth through the insulating covering. 
The relative specific inductive capacity of various substances is 
shown on page 168. 


The heat resisting point of ‘‘Ozite’’ is extremely high, very 
much above the point at which gutta percha, rubber compounds, 
paraffine, and most other insulating materials, except glass, 
would be rendered absolutely valueless; this is an important 
point, and one that should not be overlooked by any one purchas- 
ing cables to be laid in the streets of a city adjacent to steam- 
heating pipes, or where, at any time in the future, such pipes 
may be laid in close proximity to the underground cables. 

Assistant General Manager A. S. Brown, of the Western Union 
Telegraph Company, Says: 

“We required a cable that, while filling our requirements as to insulation and 
conductivity for our high tension currents, would also withstand the heat from the 


steam heating pipes. AFTER MANY TESTS WE DECIDED TO USE THE 
WARING CABLES.” 


_snd since then, and recently, he has said: 


‘*At last we have been able to get a cable (namely, the Waring Cable) to work 
in these ducts.” 


Our regular ‘‘Ozite”’ will not run at 200 degrees or about the 
boiling point of water, Where cables are to be laid in close 
proximity to stear1 heating pipes, we vary the constituent parts 
of ‘‘Ozite’’ so that it will not soften short of 175 degrees and will 
not become liquified short of 250 degrees. This cannot be done 
with any other known insulating compound at the present day. . 
Even when heated to the maximum, the conductor cannot decen- 
tralize, as the compound is only used to saturate and hermetically 
seal the dense fibrous coverings placed upon the conductor. 

Insulated wires and cables are divided into two broad classes 
with respect to the materials used for covering the wires: 
namely:—Fiber insulation, in which yarn or paper tapes are 
S ebeey: and Solid, in which rubber or gutta percha compounds are 
us 


i 


6 


FIBER INSULATION. 


In the process of making the Waring cables of this class, 
the wires are thoroughly covered to the desired thickness, with 
yarn or a special paper, the desired number of conductors is as- 
sembled into a single compact core (see page 81), all moisture is 
expelled from the fibrous covering, and, except in the case of 
dry core cables for telephone use, the fiber is thoroughly filled 
with ‘‘Ozite.”’ Cables so made are not of themselves water- 
proof, but the addition of the lead cover makesthemso, The 
ends, of course, must be protected against moisture, but that is 
accomplished in so easy and rational a manner, as explained 
under ‘‘Terminals’’ on page 89, and the terminals are so desir- 
able, convenient and inexpensive an addition to any class of 
cables, that this constitutes no drawback whatever. For many 
purposes, the insulations, which are in themselves waterproof, 
namely, rubber compounds, or gutta percha, are entirely una- 
vailable or objectionable on account of their high electrostatic 
capacity, as, for instance, for general telephone use, or for du- 
plex or quadruplex telegraphy, and for A. C. lighting. _More- 
over, lead covered underground cables whose insulation is rela- 
tively an absorptive one, have a practical advantage over those 
otherwise insulated, in that, when a serious injury occurs to the 
lead cover, the insulation decreases only gvadually, and the 
-eable does not become entzrely disabled and unavailable for ser- 

vice for three to six weeks after the injury occurs, thus giving 
notice that an injury has occurred, and ample time to repair it 
before the cable is wholly unfit for service. In one case a street 
railway cable remained in service over a year after the injury 
occurred, and inanother casea telegraph cable used under water 
had a hole gouged through the lead cover by an ice gorge, and 
yet two or three weeks after the accident only a few of the wires 
had failed or showed low insulation, and the damage was re- 
paired by cutting out only six inches of cable and resplicing it. 
In the case of rubber or gutta percha insulation, the destruction 
of the lead cover is followed by the rapid deterioration of the in- 
sulating covers by earth gases, etc., but the insulation tests will 
not indicate this until the rubber is destroyed through to the 
wire, whereupon it will burn out or become grounded suddenly, 
and without any warning or opportunity to repair the injury. 
Practical men will appreciate that this means loss of service just 
when it is most needed, with consequent complaints and claims 
for rebates on bills. The fibrous insulation resists compression 
far better than rubber. In bending rubber insulated cables 
around manholes, the rubber is both stretched and compressed 
and so made thinner than normal; hence experienced engineers 
require such cables to stand a test pressure 25 to 50 per cent. in 
excess of that required for fiber insulated cables. Our fiber 
insulated cables have given continuous satisfactory service since 
1882, and can be relied upon in every respect. 


RUBBER INSULATION. 


The superiority of our rubber compound has been fully 
pointed out on pages 56—658, and special care is used in the manu- 
facture of our rubber covered cables. Any desired number of 
rubber covered wires, prepared as there explained, is assembled 
into a single compact core or bunch (see page 57) and if intended 
for overhead or house use, the bunch is thoroughly taped over 
with one or more layers of strong, closely woven compounded 
tape. For use underground, such cables should be protected 
against atmospheric action or acids, by a lead cover, and the 
ends by terminals as explained on pages 88 to 91. 

Before lead covered cables were made in this country and 
elsewhere, rubber or gutta percha insulated and thoroughly taped 
and compounded cables, without lead covers, were used for 
underground service, but after many years of futile and costly 
experiment, there is scarcely a single cable of this kind in suc- 
cessful operation at,the present day, except submarine armored 
cables; but lead covered cables rapidly replaced the non-leaded 
type, and it is now the practically unanimous judgment of ex- 
perienced practical men that no cables should be laid under- 
ground without a lead cover. If kept constantly immersed in 
water, and not exposed to acids, gases, street drippings, etc., 
and not subject to extreme changes in temperature, or to high 
temperatures, and alternating wet and dry conditions, no better 
insulator can be found thanrubber or gutta percha, but it is im- 
possible to attain these conditions of safety in underground 
work; hence, it is a waste of money and temper to attempt such 
an antiquated method of construction as laying non-leaded 


77 


wables. ‘True, the lead covers of cables, (like all metais laid 
underground), are subject to electrolysis where the proper con- 
alitions exist for such action, but in many cases dangerous condi- 
ttions do not exist, and wherever they do, it isa sim»le matter to 
wrotect the cables against electrolysis, as is pointed out more 
fully on page 107,and has been demonstrated during the last 
three years on nearly a million dollars worth of lead covered 
feeder laid by us for one company in the City of Philadelphia 
and elsewhere. Ourrubber insulated cables present all the good 
ae that can be desired or secured in rubber covered wires 
or cables. 


LEAD COVER AND SPECIAL PROTEC- 
TIVE COATING. 


We do not claim that ‘‘ Ozite”’ is in itself absolutely water- 
proof, but the lead cover—now to be described—serves as protec- 
tion against moisture as well as against some otherwise insupera- — 
ble enemies of underground cables. A practical man* thus 
expresses it: 

‘‘Whether the dielectric itself, in an underground cable,is impervious to water 
wor not, is of less importance than it would appear to be at first sight. Even if it 
were, it could not be relied upon to permanently exclude moisture. The most 
minute hole in its texture, and a great many other causes, if it were not protected 
from other objects, would soon make a way for the insidious enemy, and infallibly 
lead to burn outs. In every case it-should be encased in lead pipe, which in 
itself would be water-tight, and at the same time would afford the necessary pros 
tection from abrasion and other mechanical injeries.”’ 


Electrician Maver (see foot note page 72,) says: 


‘The cables used in the electric light service in the New York subways are, as 
I have elsewhere stated, without exception lead covered. * * * * 

‘‘In addition to being a protection against the attack of acids and gases, the 
lead covering is considered a safeguard against accidents to men working in the 
manholes among live wires. For in the first place, if a defect should occur in the 
insulation in the manhole, the presence of a ground furnished by the lead cover- 
ing would make the defect known at the regular test, which, if the defect were of 
2 serious nature, would insure its being located and eliminated. Whereas, if the 
conductor were not lead covered there is a probability thata defect in the insulation 
might occur that would not be indicated by the test, but which might expose the 
conductor and render it possible for workmen in the manholes to make contact 
therewith. It would be quite possible for a workman to handle the lead coverin 
of even a defective conductor without injury, since the lead covering is grounde 
throughout the length of the subway. 

_ _ “It will hardly be credited by some people, but it is a fact that live electric 
light wires conveying alternating and continuous currents for arc and incandescent 
lights are handled and moved about in the manholes by means of the lead cover- _ 
ing, without the slightest indication that such wires are live. Indeed, it is quite a 
common occurence to start up such circuits immediately after a rubber joint has 
been made in order to save time and then to have the plumber adjust and wipe the 
sleeve on the lead cover while the circuit is in full operation. 

“‘Another fact is this, that in the subways no shocks whatever due to induced 
currents in the lead covering, are felt by the workmen in handling the lead covered 
cables conveying the alternating current. It is quite conceivable that such 
shocks might be noticed, as I believe they are where the cables are suspended from 
point to point andinsulated. In that case any one handling the lead covering of 
the conductors would doubtless receive the accumulated induced charge.”’ 


The cores or wires, either fiber, dry or saturated with insula- 
ting compound, or rubber covered with additional tape or braid, 
are then covered by a continuous lead sheath in a compact homo- 
geneous mass, applied under great hydraulic pressure. 

Every part of the cable is filled with insulating compound; 
there are no open spaces between the core and the lead cover for 
condensation of moisture, as in cables cf some other makes. In 
the case of dry core cables, the cores are thoroughly freed from 
moisture by a special process, and the lead cover is applied as 
just explained, but no insulating compound is used, except for 
filling the two ends of each length of cable for a distance of two 
or three feet. 

The lead cover serves to protect the fiber insulated wire 
against moisture and to protect the rubber covered wires against 
the chemical action of gases, acids, street drippings, oily sub- 
stances, etc. 

As tar back as the year 1846, f lead cables where provided with 
an exterior fibrous jacket or covering, saturated with coal tar 
or pitch, to protect them agaiust mechanical injury and 
chemical actions. David R. Walker, chief of the Electrical 
Bureau of Philadelphia, was the first to adopt this protective 
covering in a practical way in the United States. Whenever 
cables are to be laid where there is danger of chemical 
actions on the lead cover, they should receive at least a 
coating of our anti-corrosive compound, and if there is con- 
siderable danger, they should be protected by a fibrous braid 


* (C. H. Wilmerding, General Manager Chicago Arc Light and Power Co. 
—Electrical Industries, January, 1890.) : Fe 4 

t Report of the Hon. Chas. W. Raymond, Engineer Commissioner of the Dis 
trict of Columbia, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 15, soth Congress, Secorid Session, 


78 


ot tape saturated with the same compound. This fibrous cover also 
affords excellent protection against mechanical injury where the 
cables are drawn into conduits, or are otherwise subject to rough 
handling, although not absolutely essential. 

For the simple coating of compound an extra charge of one 
to four cents per foot of cable is made, while for the saturated 
fibrous covering, the extra charge is two to six cents per foot, 
according to the size of the cable. ; d 

Any orders that are received for Waring Cables will be 
entered as plain lead covered cables, without either paint or 
saturated fibrous covering, unless specifically stated. 

In telegraphing orders for cable that is to have the protective 
coating, use the proper code word on pages 40 and 54b. _ 

Most of the cables sold by this company to Electric Light and 
Telephone companies in New York City, and to the Electrical 
Bureau of Philadelphia, have this saturated fiber over the lead, 
and it serves its purpose completely; cables that were merely 
coated or painted and placed in crecsoted conduits in Philadelphia 
nearly four years ago, show no trace of chemical actions or de- 
terioration of any kind, while alead encased cable whose sheath- 
ing was alloyed with a percentage of tin was laid in the same 
way, and was found to be covered with a white coating to a con- 
siderable depth after being in the duct but three months. 

A careful examination of the braids cr tapes on our cables will 
show thorough saturation and adhesion to the lead cover, and in- 
stead ofthe compound being dry, granulated and powdery, soasto 
rub offand smut the fingers (as is the case in many cables), our com- 
pound will be found to be almost as hard as iron, tough, and homo- 
geneous throughout. Itisthe difference between perfect materials 
and careful and intelligent workmanship, with the prime object of 
producing a strictly first-class article irrespective of cost, and the 
opposite. 


TIN IN THE LEAD COVER. 


Sometimes we are asked to furnish cables having a per- 
centage of tin in the lead cover, and while ready to do so if in- 
sisted upon, yetitisa futileattempt to prevent chemical actions, 
and needlessly increases the cost of the cable. 

F Lead pipe containing any percentage of tin from 1 to 10, was 
made as early as 1867. Numerouscareful chemical analyses con- 
firm the statement of experienced manufacturers of lead pipe, 
that it is not commercially possible (as it might be in a labora- 
tory retort) to produce an absolutely uniform alloy of lead and 
tin, and this is now recognized by prominent telephone compa- 
nies, whose specifications allow a variation of 1% in 3, fixing the 
minimum at 2% and the maximum at 3%¢. The mixture of 
8% of tin, does not afford the protection sought, and it is a de- 
cided disadvantage in that it makes the lead covering brittle, 
and, therefore, liable to develop cracks. 

As the result of careful study of this subject we commend 
our patented (Jan. 1, ’89) coating of 


TIN ON THE LEAD COVER. 


After the lead cover is applied to the wires, a suitable flux is 
first applied to its surface, in order that the molten tin, through 
which it is then drawn, may adhere firmly to the lead cover of 
the cable. Special machinery was designed and built by us to 
carry out this process with the greatest certainty and perfection. 
It needs no argument to convince the intelligent reader that this 
way of using the tin is sensible and practical, and ‘‘puts the 
right thing in the right place.”’ Many of our customers have 
adopted this coating instead of the lead and tin alloy, and with 
uniforinly satisfactory results. In some cases, the saturated 
braid, above mentioned, is applied in addition to the tin coating 
or tin in the lead, but in New York City the tin coating has 
superseded the saturated braid entirely. 

Tin is much less oxidizable than lead or iron, hence such a 
coating appiied to the lead cover, presents a uniform surface 
better adapted to resist oxidizing agents. It is also harder than 
lead, hence will better resist abrasion. It is both harder and 
smoother than lead, and is, therefore, more easily dtawn into 
and out of conduits, which is especially important when the 
conduits contain more than one cable. An extra charge is made 
for the tin alloy or the tin coating, and neither will be furnished 
unless specified in the order. 


CLASSIFICATION. 


The Cables manufactured by the Standard Underground 
Cable Company may be classed under the following heads, indi- 
cating their form or general construction, and the purpose for 
which they are used, viz: 

Anti-Induction Cables, for Telegraph, Telephone and General 
Electrical Uses. 

Bunched Cables, for Telegraph, Telephone and General 
Electrical Uses. 

Electric Light and Power Cables, for Arc and Incandescent 
Lighting, and for Power. 

Submarine Cables, for any of the purposes above enumerated. 

A classification based on the locations in which the cables 
may be used would comprise, House Cables, Aerial Cabies, 
Underground Cables, and Submarine Cables. 

These cables will now be described in detail. 


The WARING ANTI-INDUCTION CABLES. 


(See Price List on page 29.) 


These are made up in various forms (see page 28 for some of 
them), and may contain any required number of conductors 
within the limits indicated in the Price List. Whatever the form 
of cable or number of conductors, the principle of construction is 
the same. The conductors are covered with fiber to the desired 
thickness, all moisture is expelled and the fiber is thoroughly 
filled with “ Ozite;” the conductors are then enclosed in a con- 
tinuous sheath of lead pressed closely around and between them, 
so that each conductor is separated from every other conductor 
by a metallic sheath, as shown in the illustrations. 

This form of construction serves to shield each conductor 
against induced currents from adjacent parallel conductors, thus 
obviating the annoying effects of induction or “cross-talk,’’ on 
telephone circuits, which will be appreciated by all users of the 
telephone. It will be observed that one of the corrugations of 
each cable shown in figures 9 to 12, page 28, differs in cross-section 
from the others, being provided with a sharp edge or corner. 
This serves to designate the position of one particular conductor 
throughout the entire length of the cable, so that it is a simple 
matter to select any conductor in the cable, and extend it into a 
branch office, or signal or alarm box, or to a subscriber, or for 
making a splice, without disturbing the others. 

‘This class of cables, with itsspecial marking feature, (covered 
by patents owned by this Company,) is especially valuable to Fire 
and Police Telegraph Departments, who are required to have a 
number of signal or alarm boxes, or Patrol Stations, on each cir- 
cuit, and the facility of selecting the desired conductor to ‘‘loop 
out” at any point without in the least opening or interfering 
with any of the other operating circuits in the cable, is not the 
least important feature in these cables. The price list is for 
“Standard’’ insulation, by which is meant insulation of such 
thickness as to give the following diameters, including conduc- 
tor and insulating covering, viz: No. 10—220 mils; No.12—185 mils; - 
No. 14—156 mils; No. 16—180 mils; No. 18—120 mils; No. 20—105- 
mils; No. 22—100 mils. Prices will be quoted on application, for 
any desired thickness of insulation. 

Among the prominent users of the Waring Anti-Induction 
Cables for Telegraph, Telephone, Fire Alarm and Police Tele- 
graph purposes are the National and District Governments, of 
Washington, D. C.; the National Government at its Torpedo 
Station, at Newport, R. I.; the Fire and Police Telegraph Depart: 
ments of New York, Philadelphia, Buffalo, Pittsburgh, and 
elsewhere, and Telegraph Companies in New York, Washington 
City, Pittsburgh, etc.; the Union Switch and Signal Company in 
block signal systems, and many Iron and Coal mines through- 
out the country. 

An important and now commonly used form of anti-induc- 
tion cable is the ‘‘ Twisted Pairs Cable’’ described on the next 
page. It, too, prevents ‘‘ Cross-Talk’’ and is less expensive and 
bulky for the same number of conductors and is therefore pre- 
ferred when duct space is limited orcostly. It does not, however, 
afford the same facility of selecting and looping out wire without 
interfering with others in the same cable, that is afforded by our 
special forms of page 28 


80 


THE WARING BUNCHED CABLES. 


FOR UNDERGROUND, AERIAL, OR HOUSE USE, 


are illustrated and listed on pages 30 and 81. They are composed 
of any desired number of conductors up to a maximum of say 
200, each of which has been separately covered with yarn, or 
specially prepared paper tape to the desired thickness, and then 
assembled into a core or bunch held in shape by a close covering 
of yarn or paper, and the whole enclosed in a continuous lead 
cover, as explained on page 78. In all but dry core cables the 
cores are thoroughly saturated, and the lead sheath filled with 
our celebrated “‘ Ozite’? compound. When paper of the proper 
quality is used, a stated thickness gives a lower electrostatic 
capacity than yarn, and of either class the unsaturated dry core 
gives a lower capacity than the saturated, hence the tendency in 
telephone cables has been to employ paper as the insulating 
medium, and to leave it unsaturated when for underground use 
where the cable is but little liable to interference or injury, while 
for more exposed service, such as aerial cables, and even some- 
times for the distributing cables from underground main cables 
to the terminal, they are more generally saturated ; where long 
distance service is the controlling factor, or where the same 
cables are to be subsequently used underground, the overhead 
cables are also made dry core. ‘lhe advantages in favor of sat- 
urated core are that if the lead is injured, only a small portion 
of the cable (sometimes only a few inches) will be lost, and the 
injury may be discovered and repaired while only a few of the 
circuits are disabled, whereas a dry core cable, under the same 
circumstances, would absorb moisture, and consequently need 
teplacing, throughout a whole section between joints, and the 
circuit would be lost more suddenly, and most likely every circuit 
in the cable would be lost before the repairs could be effected. 
These are serious drawbacks, and hence for overhead use, where 
cables are much more liable to injury than underground, satur- 
ated cables are generally preferred at the sacrifice of the lower 
capacity. Forcapacity of overhead wires, see page 174. 

The locating of faults, (See pages 140 and 142) on yarn or 
paper insulated cables, is greatly facilitated by our Fisher pat- 
ented method of including in the center of the bunched cables, 
or in the outer layer of Strands of Electric Light Cables, for the 
“TLoop’’ method of locating faults, one or more smal! rubber 
insulated test wires. These will not be furnished unless specifi- 
cally ordered. 

In Bunched Cables of the ordinary form—sometimes spoken 
of as ‘‘straight wires,” or ‘‘straightaway” cable, to distinguish 
them from twisted pairs cable—the insulated conductors are laid 
up compactly and with the greatest regularity, in series or layers, 
the number of conductors in each layer increasing, of course, 
from the centre outward. The advantage of this is, that if a 
given connection is desired, whether for loop, branch, terminal, 
or splice to the next section, it can be made with a minimum 
number of test-calls, and much time and labor thereby saved; this 
advantage is still further enhanced by varying the outer fibrous 
covering of one of the conductors of each layer (for instance, a 
braid instead of a wrapping) to serve as a marker or starting 
point, from which to count to the right or left to the particular 
conductor which it is desired to reach. 

A form of construction which has come into general use 
for telephone circuits, is that known as “twisted pairs,’’ the con- 
ductors of a bunched cable being first twisted upon each other in 
twos, all these pairs bunched together as in “‘straightaway’’ 
cables, and the resulting bunch or core provided with a lead 
cover. Kach twisted pair constitutes a ‘‘metallic circuit’? from 
the exchange switch-board to the subscriber’s telephone, and as 
each leg of the circuit is subject to the same influences from the 
adjacent conductors—occupying exactly the same position rela- 
tive thereto—a complete neutralization or balancing of inductive 
interferences is secured. If the twist isshort, say one in three or 
four inches, there is absolutely no cross-talk whatever. 

As metallic circuits for each subscriber will doubtless be re- 
quired in the near future, we recommend the purchase of twisted 
pairs telephone cables, even though they are to be used on the earth 
return or common return plan. For if driven to metallic circuit 
service, these cables are available for it, and in the meantime 
are equally available for the other plans; whereas, straightaway 
cables could not be used satisfactorily for metallic circuit ser- 


81 


vice. Furthermore, if the cable is for a common return tele- 
phone system, we recommend the system patented by us, namely: 
to have twisted pairs cables and use some of the pairs (whether 
of a size uniform with or larger than the regular circuit pairs) 
as common returns, and then when metallic circuits are adopted 
the returns are equally as available as the other pairs in the 
cable, to supply a subscriber, and if the return pairs have been 
made larger than the regular pairs, they can be assigned to the 
subscribers farthest from the exchange. 

Telephone cable specifications vary to some extent, but the 
most usual are as follows: 

Conference underground cable, No. 19 B. & §S. G.; copper 
conductor 98% pure. Insulated with two paper tapes; conductors 
twisted in pairs, the length of twist not to exceed three inches, 
and formed into a core arranged in reversed layers. Average 
electrostatic capacity (dry core) .08 microfarads per mile, highest 
-085. Insulation 100 meghoms per mile. Lead cover, 25 to 100 
pairs, 4%” thick, pure lead or with 3% of tin. The core (except 
two feet at each end) is generally left dry in underground cables 
but saturated for overhead and branch cables. Some call for 
only one wrap of paper and for No. 18 conductor, and for over- 
head cables No. 20 and No. 22 are often used, as alsoa saturated 
braid over the lead, and the lead sometimes only ¥; inch thick. 
The capacity requirements vary up to .10 microfarads for dry 
core, aud to .18 for saturated cores. For underground use in 
very large cittes, we advise the regular conference cable, but 
elsewhere we recommend our 


NEW STANDARD TELEPHONE CABLE. 


No. 19 dry for underground, and No. 20 saturated or dry for 
overhead, copper 98% pure, two wraps of paper, conductors 
twisted in pairs and laid up like conference cable, a paper cover 
over core; pure lead cover ~; inch thick on 10 pairs to #5 inch on 
100 pairs and a closely woven saturated braid over the lead for 
aerial cables, but slightly thicker lead without the braid for 
undergroundcables. Capacity average .095 dry and .15 saturated. 
Insulation 100 meghoms per mile. All tests at 60° Fahrenheit. 

When underground cables are to be laid under circumstances 
where there is danger of chemical actions, they should havea 
saturated braid over the lead, or at least a thorough coating of 
anti-corrosive compound. 

Our price list of Bunched Cables applies to ‘‘Straightaway’! 
Cables, that is, wires laid up in the ordinary way, not twisted in 
pairs, and has reference to ‘‘ Standard’’ insulation, by which is 
meant such a thickness as will give the following diameters for 
each conductor of the sizes named, including the conductor 
itself and the insulation around it, namely: 

No. 10—180 mils; No. 12—160 mils; No. 14—136 mils; No. 
16—120 mils ; No. 18—105 mils; No. 20—90 mils ; No. 22-—85 mils. 

If thicker insulations are required, it must beso stated in the 
order, and in case of telegraphing, use code word “ oarweed,”’ 
followed by the proper syllables selected from ‘‘ Numeral Tele- 
graph Code,” page 47. 

Bunched Cables, whether twisted pairs or straight wires, will 
be provided with comparatively light lead sheath if for ‘‘ aerial” 
or “‘house”’ use, but with heavier sheath if for underground use, 
and with an extra heavy sheath if for submarine use, the cost 
varying with the thickness of the lead cover. 

As in every other branch of our business, we have aimed to 
attain the highest possible perfection in the manufacture of our 
Bunched Cables; it is generally conceded that their mechanical 
construction is unequaled —certainly unexcelled— by anything 
in the market to-day, and those who have given them careful 
triai in comparison with similar cables of other manufacture, 
know that the same is true of their electrical properties. 

Our Bunched Cables have been in successful use by all the 
Teiegraph and most of the Telephone Companies throughout 
the country, underground and overhead, for various periods up 
to fourteen years, and we invite the most stringent investigation 


of their merits. 
HOUSE CABLES. 


Our Anti-Induction, Single Wire and Bunched Cables, with 
Light Lead Cover are also used for all classes of house work, 
where permanent and reliable wiring is desired ; they frequently 


replace the ordinary braided ‘‘ Office Wire Cables”? in locations 
where a large number of circuits are to be laid, as for instance, 
to hotel annunciator, etc.; ene tae and preferably, the con- 
ductors of these cables are insulated with “Ozite” as in under- 
ground cables, but where specially desired we will furnish 
Bunched Cables with paraffine insulation and in the usual 
Annunciator Wire colors. e 

The Flat Cables (see Figures 4, 11, 13, 14, 17 and 18) are espec- 
ially adapted for house use, as they have rather an ornamental 
appearance when placed on the wainscoting and stained and var- 
nished, this being a very desirable feature in wiring a house 
which was not provided with wire-ways or conduits when built. 

All dealers in electrical supplies should carry a full line of 
these small cables, say 1, 2, 3 and 5 conductors, for they represent 
but a small investment of capital and are sure to find ready sale 
if on hand for immediate delivery. Innumerable houses have 
been fitted up with them, and a case of deterioration or failure 
has never been heard of. In connection with the wiring of 
houses, it is easy for an energetic dealer or contractor to sell a 
lead covered underground cable for connecting residence with 
stable, as no man in moderately good circumstances would allow 
his house and grounds to be disfigured by the presence of over- 
head wires, when at a comparatively insignificant expense they 
can be buried out of sight and out of danger of interruption or 
destruction by the elements. In many cases the mere suggestion 
will lead to an immediate sale. See Working Directions. 


ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER CABLES. 
(See Price Lists agd Illustrations pages 28 to 27.) 


In no branch of electrical conduction, by means of under- 
ground cables, have the conditions been more drastic than in that 
of electric lighting with high tension currents, fot the reason 
that the electric current to be conveyed has far greater pressure 
(and, therefore, much greater tendency to disrupt the insulation 
and escape from its conductor) than any other current in practical 
use at this time; great difficulties were encountered, some fail- 
ures were experienced (due principally to inexperience or utter 
disregard of ordinary care on the part of those ‘n charge of the 
laying jointing or operating of the cables), but in each case these 
only led to a better understanding of the conditions to be pro- 
vided for and to the invention o1 adoption of the means of over- 
coming them. 

Mr C. H. Wilmerding (see foot note, page 78) aptly expresses 
the situation when he says: 

“Experiments anda certain number of failures must necessarily go beiore 
success inanything. Experiments are expensive and failures (except where they 
are anxiously prayed for) are discouraging, but without them electricity would not 
be the agent itis to day, and where this subject has been taken up seriously and 
with intent to overcome every obstacle and to succeed, results justify the statement 
wooibes field of electrical progress, as well as in the rest, ‘there is no such word 
a 1 

Mr. Maver (see last paragraph page 72) saysin Electric Power 
for April, 1895: 

‘* There were cable manufacturers in this country who stood ready at the time 
mentioned (1858) to guarantee their cables for use on high potential circuits in the 
underground subways, For instance the STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE 
COMPANY * * I might further add thatthe cables then furnished together with 
hundreds of miles of similar cables since furnished, are still in successful uperation 
in the New York and other electrical subways.”’ 


_ <The Standard Underground Cable Company will furnish, 
install and guarantee its underground cables to carry current of 
any voltage desired, but the customer should consider (and state) 
the conditions under which the cable is to be used; if for under- 
ground use, into what kind and size of conduits is it to be drawn 

or if not to be drawn into conduits, what kind of protection will 
the cable receive, and in either case, is there any danger of 
chemical actions, either from the character of the adjacent soil 

from illuminating, or sewer gas, or from acid works, etc., along 
the line of trench or conduit,; also how many volts and amperes 


are to be transmitted through th i 
Ld peacmeley gh the cable and what kind of dynamo 


_ _The progress made in the introduction and use of electric 
light and power cables has been most rapid since 1889. At that 
time it was conceded that low tension electric lighting or other 


oO 
Ww 


service could be conducted safely by means of underground 
cables, but it was stoutly claimed that high tension lighting was 
not practicable except by overhead wires. Two thousand (2000) 
volts was then considered ‘* high tension’? in this sense, but the 
numerous and successful installations made by us for very much 
higher pressures siuce that time, have changed all this, and now 
it is not an uncommon thing to receive orders for cables to be 
operated at 5,000 to 7,000 volts, and to stand a test pressure of 
12,000 voits in 1,000 foot lengths on reels. It can no longer be 
truthfully said that a good and sufficient insulation has not yet 
bcen found for high tension electric light currents underground. 

Our electric light cables are insulated to the requisite thick- 
ness by many wrappings of yarn, or of paper tapes, applied in 
reverse layers, and saturated with our well-known petented in- 
sulating compound, ‘‘ Ozite,’’? which has proven its high insulat- 
ing and heat resisting qualities for fourteen years past, or they 
are insulated with a rubber compound of a high grade. See 
puges 56 to 58, and 76 to 78. 

While we are ready to furnish either of these insulations for 
any voltage, high or low, we recommiend the saturated fiber 
(yarn) for all moderate pressures up to say 2,000 to 2,800 volts, and 
especially for low tension cables, or such as require compara- 
tively thin insulation, because in all such service it represents an 
ample margin of safety in a practical size,it is cheaper than 
rubber, and less liable to crack than the thin covering of paper. 
liundreds of miles of our fiber insulated (yarn) cables are in suc- 
cessiul use in New York City, Minneapolis, Philadelphia, and 
many other places, for electric lighting of all kinds, and street 
tailway service. ‘The largest contractever taken in the United 
States has been filled by us for a Street Railway Company in 
Thiladelphia, whose underground cable purchases aggregated 
aéimost one million dollars 

Paper or rubber insulation is recommended for 2,000 volts 
service and upwards, and especially when a working pressure of 
over 3,000 volts is to be sustained, and it is desired to make the 
cables as small as possible, these materials having a somewhat 
higher breaking down point than the yarn, by reason of which 
a tilinuer covering, and hence a somewhat smaller cable, suffices 
for the same high tension service. The rubber insulation is not 
especially recommended for the lower pressures, because of its 
relatively higher cost, nor is the paper so recommended because 
when ap lied toa less thickness than is required for high tension 
service, it is liable to crack when an ordinary bend is made in 
the cable; thisis a defect in paper cables which we believe no 
manufacturers but ourselves have yet been able to overcome, 
even in the high tension cables with the thicker covering, but by 
the special materials used, and machinery and methods designed 
and built by us for this purpose, we have successfully met the 
problem in such cables, as is testified by the Electrician and 
cable superintendent of one of the largest electric light com- 
panies in the United States, who says that our paper cable is su- 
perior to all othe:s in flexibility, and high breaking down 
point. Our paper cables with $ inch insulation, have withstood 
breaking down strain of 18.000 volts, which was the limit of our 
converter capacity. . 

For alternating current service, where high electrostatic ca- 
pacities are objectionable, because they mean waste at the coal 
pile, due to increased loss by self induction, paper or yarn 
should always be used as the insulating medium for under- 
ground cable, since their specific inductive capacity is far below 
(about one-half) that of rubber or gutta percha. ¥ 

Pressure wires are used in low pressure direct current light- 
ing, to indicate and regulate at the station, the pressure existing 
at outlying points. A No. l4or 16 insulated pressure wire can 
be easily laid into the outer layer of the Stranded cable con- 
ductor. s ; 

Our Duplex (two wire) Flat Cable (Fig. 4, page 26) is particu- 
larly adapted for alternating current circuits, as will be seen 
from the following letter of the well-known electrician, Mr. E. 
G. Acheson, and we submit it without further comment : 

“PITTSBURGH, PA., May 13th, 1889 
“‘To The United States Illuminating Company, 
*“*No. 59 Liberty Street, 
“New York City, N. Y. 
**Gentlemen : 
“Your favor of the rth inst., requesting an expression of opinion on the 


84 


” 


merits of the double conductor or ‘‘duplex”’ cable, for use with alternating currents 
has been duly received. y 

“The advantages of this design or arrangement of conductors are so numerous 
and pronounced, that mat opinion cannot be other than decidedly in favor of its 
use, and more particularly so for all lines of any considerable length. 

“Its use entails no increase in the cost of construction of an electric light 
lant, excepting, perhaps, in the interior of houses, where, owing to the short 
engths, the single conductor could be used with greater ease and probably equal 

efficiency and safety. 

“Some of the advantages of the ‘‘duplex”’ cable that are worthy of special note 
and which in themselves are sufficient in importance to reguwzre the use of this 
design are: 

“1st. Non-interference with neighboring and parallel circuits. _This, 
you will see, is a feature of paramount importance when considering the effect of 
electric fight currents upon telephone circuits. 

‘tod. The absence of danger and annoyance to workmen and others, when 
handling the cable while the current ts on- 

“I can make this more plain by explaining that when the two sides or legs of 
an alternating circuit are in separate cables ee is a constant play or flow of 
electricity between the cables. This electricity is not current that has ‘‘leaked’’ 
through the insulation, but is static or induced electricity that oscillates with each 
alternation of the main current. This oscillating charge is not only annoying to 
any one touching the cable, but it may be the cause of eating away the lead and 
destroying the cables. By putting both of tne conductors under one lead cover 
this trouble and possible cause of tailure is absolutely avoided. 

“3d. Decreased liability to disruptive discharges. 

“This point can be made more clear by explaining that as the result of a long 
and careful series of experiments, I found that the major portion of the burn-outs 
that occurred on the earlier underground cables used for arc lighting, were due to 
disruptive discharges through the insulation. These would occur through the 
insulations that were perfect, in so far as their resistance to leakage was concerned. 
It was also found that the capacity of the cable played a very important part in 
determining the distance through which the discharge would occur. 

“This led to the designing and manufacturing of a special device which I 
have called a ‘‘Protector’’ which acted, as its name indicates, as a protector to the 
cable. In use itis mounted on the terminals of the lead covering and affords a 

ath for the static discharge. It is, of course, obvious that the same security and 
immunity from these disruptive discharges may be obtained by decreasing the 
‘static capacity’ of the cable and this may be accomplished either by increasing 
the thickness of the insulating material in the cable, or by the more scientific, easy 
and cheaper method of placing both of the conductors under one lead covering. 


“Yours respectfully, 
P ‘s “E, G. ACHESON, Electrician.” 


SELF-INDUCTION. 


The following is the result of some tests to find the amount 
of self-induction in cables laid in a three inch iron duct, made by 
Mr. Fred. Darlington, Electrician of the U. S. Illuminating 
Company in New York City. 

wo circuits were chosen, viz: 

No.1. The Outgoing and returning cables in the same 3” 
Iron Duct. 

No.2. The Outgoing and returning cables in separate ducts. 

Total length of cable in each circuit, 8,800 feet. 

An alternating current of 16,000 alternations per minute was 


used. 
Tests on Circuit No. f. 


RESISCANCE...ccssssccscsccscsccccerscceenscseasssccseeseeaesees sesecsees 2.4 ohms. 


35.0 Amperes. 


Alternating Current........ Bel receee te anescesesscvecccsesacasce 
FE. M. F. on Cable............... lara fs pe oe tn Salta 102.0: VOLES: 
Volts lost in ohm resistance (calculated) .........+++ 84.0 re 
Volts lost from self-induction .......... Fe re ae hee tet, 


Loss due to self-induction per ampere per 1000 ft. 
Of cable (Calculated).....cceseerssrreereserereeeeaseeees .06 “§ 


Tests on Circuit No. 2. 


RESIStANCE..ccccsssssccccscscccsccsssssrssssseseccsssscscoserenessaaares 2.31:ohms. 
Alternating Current....cccssecereerreerees ee aint eee a) OA I DCTS: 
E. M. FE. 01 Cable......scssscsssssecerseeeeeees Wishes ede VOUS: 
Volts lost on ohm resistance (calculated)..... yoehisks! OO.Slepait 
Volts lost from self-induction .............:-s0+ Milt . 56.1 a 
Loss due to self-induction per ampere per 000 ft. 

Of cable (Calculated).....eseccereeenrerreetterer rene rie 21 Dice 


From these results it is at once apparent that when alterna- 
ting currents are used, the outgoing and returning cables should 
be in the same duct, and this is exactly what theory would 


suggest. 
Moreover, following up this confirmation of theory by prac- 


tical experiments, we at once come to the best form of cable for 
alternating currents, viz: 


_ Duplex Cables, for in them we have the outgoing and return- 
ing conductors placed at a minimum distance apart, and hence 
the best conditions for economy. 


85 


Duplex Cables (as well as other flat cables shown in our 
Waring Anti-Induction and Bunched Cable price lists) are 
thoroughly covered by Letters Patent owned exclusively by 
the Standard Underground Cable Company, one of the claims 
reading as follows: “An Electric Cable composed of a series 
of insulated wires in the same plane and inclosed by a 
close-fitting flat flexible lead pipe;’’ and the special marking 
feature to distinguish between conductors in the same cable, or 
between several cables drawn into the same duct, is also covered by 
Letters Patent owned by this company; but we do not take 
advantage of these facts or of the superior electrical properties of 
this form of cable to add a fictitious or arbitrary amount to its 
price; the price is exactly the same as we would charge fer two 
single wire cables having the same conductor and insulation. 

What has just been said of the superiority of Duplex Cables 
over Single Conductor Cables is also true of the Conner Multiple 
Electric Light Cable (see Fig. 8), which possesses the additional 
advantage of combining the maximum number of conductors 
under one cover for a duct of any given size, and this, in some 
localities, is an important consideration. Another important 
feature is that the conductors are flat in form (whether composed 
of a number of small strands laid side by side, or of a flat rib- 
bon, or series of such ribbons superposed upon each other), and 
they therefore conform to the requirements of the perfect con- 
ductor for alternating currents, as determined experimentally 
and mathematically,’ by Prof. Hughes and Sir W. Thomson 
whose labors in this field of research were presented by Prof. 
Hughes in his Presidential Address to the Society of Tel. Eng., 
Jan. 28th, 1886, and by Sir W. Thomson in his Presidential 
Address to the Institution of Elec. Eng., Jan 10th, 1889. 

Prof. Hughes shows that a ribbon conductor is much superior 
to a cylindrical one for carrying currents of rapidly changing 
value, while Sir W. Thomson shows that the greater portion of 
such currents is carried on or near the surface of the conduc- 
tors, and that a form having a large superficial area is best suited 
for these changing or alternating currents. 

We ate prepared to furnish concentric cables if desired 
though they are not much used in this country because the du- 
plex cable offers practically the same electrical advantages and 
is easier to splice, branch off, etc. 

In our cables, all conductors smaller than No. 8B. and S. G, 
consist of a single solid wire, except in Multiple Cables, in which 
even so small a conductor as No. 8 B. and S.'G. may be made up 
of fine strands for the sake of greater flexibility. When desired 
a number of electric light conductors can be bunched together 
and placed in one common sheath or lead cover (Fig. 6, page 27), 
and in this connection we commend particularly the Connor 
Cable (Fig. 7, page 27) to companies whose duct space is limited, 
or who are required to pay a high rental per duct, as by using 
this cable—say the four conductor—a great economy of space is 
secured and with vastly diminished danger of injury in placing 
the same, as compared with the same number of conductors in 
single wire cables. 

Our Electric Light and Power Cables are extensively used by 
Street Railway Companies of Philadelphia, Boston, Rochester, 
Buffalo, Cleveland, Toledo, Chicago, and elsewhere, and by Elec- 
tric Light Companies of the cities named, and of Washington, 
Baltimore, New York, Pittsburgh, Indianapolis, Milwaukee, 
Detroit, Minneapolis, and many other cities. In some of these 
the entire systems are of cables made and laid by us, and the ag- 
gregate of our cables of this class in successful use for various 
periods up to twelve years is several thousand miles, and at 
working pressures ranging from 50 to 7000 volts. The largest 
equipment of underground feeder cables for Electric Railway 
service ever installed was by us for a Company in Philadelphia, 
the work covering a period of three years and amounting to ap- 
proximately one million dollars. The largest installation of 
underground cables for electric lighting is probably that of a 
Company in New York City, and the larger part of this was fur- 
nished by us beginning in 1888 and continuing yearly down to 
the present time. 

In an article on ‘‘ Wires and Cables’ in the Elec/rical World 
of Nov. 28, 1896, the author, Mr. J. Draper Bishop, says: 

‘“ These considerations would seem to point to a combination 
cable, composed of a dry paper core with rubber compound 
sheathing, enclosed in the usuallead pipe. At first sight such a 
cable would seem to be one of perfect design, and nothing in 
past experience has appeared to justify the slightest doubt of its 
success.”’ 

86 


This method of making cables (whether the core be ‘‘dry”’ or 
saturated) was patented by us on March 17, 1891, and prices will 
be quoted on application. 


SUBMARINE CABLES. 
(See Price List on. page 32). 


Where long lines of cable are to be laid under water, it is 
perhaps best to use conductors insulated with rubber, so that in 
case the protective covering should be broken or cut, the insula- 
tion of the wires will still exclude moisture for a considerable 
period of time. Weare prepared to furnish Submarine Cables, 
containing conductors insulated with our high grade rubber 
compound, and well protected by heavy jute serving, (see fig. 23) 
and by a suitable size of galvanized iron wire ; these will be fur- 
nished in any lengths desired. It is impossible to formulate 
definite price lists or discounts for such cables, but we will at any 
time, be pleased to furnish an estimate on receipt of specifica- 
tions. 

For all ordinary short lines see last paragraph page 82. For 
working directions see page 117. 


LENGTH OF CABLES. 


For convenience in transportation and laying, the length of 
cable should be as far as possible within the following approxi- 
mate commercial lengths per reel, viz: 1 to 3 wires, No. 10 to 22 
B. & S. G., 2,000 to 3,000 feet ; No. 4 to 9, 1,500 feet ; No. 4-0 to 8, 
1.200 feet ; larger sizes 600 to 1,000 feet; Anti-duction cables 
(page 28) 1,200 to 1,500 feet ; Bunched cables 20 wires or less, 1,500 
to ae feet ; 100 to 21 wires, 800 to 1,500 feet ; over 100 wires, 500 
to Cet. 


It is, of course, possible to furnish these cables in any lengths 
desired, but it will be found more economical to make splices 
when the cables are being laid, and to increase the number of 
manholes in an underground conduit system, rather than in- 
crease the length of the cables; especially long lengths require 
the construction of specially large and strong reels at extra 
expense to the purchaser, and far more than proportionately 
increase the difficulty and expense. 


DIAMETER OF CABLE. 


Viewed from a mechanical standpoint a cable 2 to 24% inches 
in diameter including the lead cover, is the largest that should 
be used, as the larger the cable the greater the danger of the lead 
cover buckling and breaking when bent. Anything larger would 
be so heavy as to greatly increase the difficulties of handling and 
drawing into the conduits. The diameter of the duct should 
exceed that of the cable by a full, clear half-inch and a margin 
of three-fourths to one inch is strongly advised. 


FLEXIBILTY. 


Our cables are all flexible, as we use only the purest soft cop- 
per and lead; they can, therefore, be easily and quickly handled, 
will pack in small compass and are not liable to injury from the 
settling of the earth due to frost or other causes. 


The cables of the Standard Underground Cable Company are 
ne longer in the experimental stage; they have been thoroughly 
tested under every possible condition, for upwards of 12 years 
and have, during that time, thoroughly demonstrated their 
efficiency. 

To summarize: 


WE CLAIM FOR OUR CABLES. 


First~High Insulation with low specific inductive and elee 
éro-static capacity. 

Second—Greatest possible freedom from induction. 

Third—Greatest facility of branching and looping. 

Fourth—Ease and rapidity of laying underground. 

Fifth—Compactness and flexibility. 

Sixth—Durability and freedom from interruption. 

Seventh—The mechanical protection afforded by the lead 
cover. 

Eighth—Perfect mechanical construction. 

Ninth—They have stood the test of time. 


87 


TERMINALS IN LAMP POSTS AND 
TESTING STATIONS. 


Fire and Police Telegraph Service. 


In certain classes of underground work, notably 
for Fire and Police Departments, it is necessary to 
branch off from the main subways to alarm and patrol 
boxes, usually located in the sidewalk at street inter- 
sections. In such cases, subsidiary ducts are provided 
from the main subways to the lamp post, patrol box 
or testing station into which the subsidiary cables are 
drawn, the latter being provided with tubular termi- 
nals on the end adjacent to the instrument in the 
manner hereinafter described. 

Figure 46 shows a combination post known as 
No. 3, in the New York City work; 1 is the post to 
which the subsidiary conduit extends, and through 
which the cables reach the test box 2 from where the 
necessary conductors are passed up into the alarm 
box 3, to the instruments located therein. If it is de- 
sired to bring to such post or box only the number of 
wires necessary to serve the instrument located there- 
in, a branch cable containing the necessary conductors 
is placed into the subsidiary duct and is provided with 
a terminal on the end next the instrument while the 
other end is spliced into the main cable in the main 
subway, but if it is desired to establish a testing 
station in such box or boxes (and this is preferred by 
the principal fire departments in the 
United States) the main cable isbrought Fig. 46. 
from subway through the subsidiary conduit 
into the post or box, as illustrated in Figure 
47, showing a special post known as No. 6, in the 


box in which the cables terminate, 4 the subsidi- 
ary duct, 5 and 6 the incoming and outgoing 
main cable, 7 the terminals on cables, 8 the con- 
necting wires between terminals, 9 the main 
=!) line manhole, and 10 the lid or door of the test 
: box. This involves the use of a little more 
cable but it saves a joint in the main line man- 
hole and affords an easy means of dividing a 
given cable into approximately small sections 
and testing each section separately, either for 
insulation, to locate faults, or to change circuits, 
etc , without opening or entering the manholes 
or subways. Such conductors as do not serve 
instruments in the testing station or box are 
bridged directly a- 
cross from the termi- 
nal on the incoming 
cable to that on the 
outgoing cable, by a 
short piece of mois- 
ture-proof or rubber 
covered wire. Care 
must be taken that 
the two heads are so 
placed and_ secured 
Fig. 47. that they cannot ac- 
cidentally come in contact with each other, and produce crosses, 
etc. 


pen ae 


peta 


fitters 


TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC CABLES. 


(For Price Lists see pages 33 and 34.) 


A cable terminal is a case or shell into which the end of an 
electric cable is brought either for connection to another cable, 
to overhead lines, or to house lines, extending thence to the de- 
vices (such as telephones, are or incandescent lamps, etc.,) to be 
actuated by the electric current. f . 

To facilitate these connections, and especially if the cables 
contain many and comparatively smail conductors, as in tele- 
phone and telegraph service, the terminal is usually provided 


88 


New ‘York City work, 1 being the post, 2 the test — 


with binding screws or posts, extending through its walls, to 
which the conductors of the cable are firmly secured in such a 
manner as to remain undisturbed when connections are made 
thence to other conductors. A convenient point of access is thus 
established for changing circuits or testing the separate parts 
thereof if faults appear, etc. : 

No matter how perfect an electric cable may be in construc- 
tion or insulation, if its ends are not properly protected against 
moisture, its efficiency will soon be seriously impaired; therefore 
it is a common practice to place terminals on the ends of the 
cables. Where cable terminals are exposed to weather, as on 
poles or on houses or in damp basements, cellars or tunnels, they 
should be placed in a weather tight box asa still further protec- 
tion against moisture and mechanical interruption. For inside 
work where there is little or no moisture present—as in dry cel- 
lars or basements—the box can be dispensed with and the term1- 
nals alone used. 

Terminals have heretofore been in such form as to occupy 
large and sometimes valuable space, and have for the same 
reason, been quite expensive; they have consisted of an enlarged 
head, from five to ten times the cross-sectional area of the cable 
itself, with a contracted portion adapted to fit more or less 
closely around the cable, and generally connected to the cable 
by a wiped joint. d 

A much simpler, smaller and cheaper terminal has been de- 
vised by our engineers in the 


TUBULAR TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC CABLES, 
(Patented December 29th, 1896.) 


illustrated in these pages, and the fact that more than 2,000 of 
them have gone into use in the last four years for fire alarm, 
telegraph and telephone service, and from four to five hundred 
for electric light service, proves their value in the eyes of practi- 
cal men 

The object sought and attained is to provide a terminal 
whose internal cross-sectional dimensions and shape are the 
same as the corresponding external dimensions and shape of the 
cable to which it is to be applied, so that the terminal may 
closely hug the cable, thus making a tight joint between the two 
and occupying but little more space than the cable itself. 

Referring to figures 27a and 27b, the shell or case 1 is made 
of sufficient length to provide a proper bearing upon the cable 
and sufficient space for the proper distribution of the conductors 
2 to their binding posts 4. 

For convenience in applying the terminal to telephone and 
telegraph cables and connecting the wires to the binding posts, 
pe shell or case is divided longitudinally into two parts as 
shown. 

If desired, the number of each wire may be stamped in the 
rubber under each binding post (for which an extra charge will 
be made), but the number of any wire or post may always be 
known by calling the first post of the left hand row ‘‘No. 1’ and 
counting down each row in succession. 

For a special application to Fire and Police telegraph system 
see opposite page. 


CAUTION. 


Any material may be broken if not handled with due care. 

Do not screw up the binding posts so tight as to strip the 
threads or break the head. The screws are so proportioned as 
to give a tight and solid contact on the sizes of wire for which 
they are intended ,and an over-exertion of strength is unneces- 
sary and does not make better contact. In filling terminals be 
careful to have Ozite hot enough so as not to congeal before 
reaching the bottom, and not so hot as to melt the hard rubber. 

Screw the sides together tight to prevent Ozite from oozing 
out, and if necessary insert one or more layers of tape to act as 
agasket. This latter precaution is unnecessary if terminals are 
ordered to fit the cables. If these precautions are observed, 
these terminals will be found absolutely satisfactory in every 
respect and present the special advantage of being smaller than 
any other terminal made. 

Our Degenhardt Hard Rubber Terminals, (see page 34) con- 
sist of a hard wood top A, back B and front, the two sides D 
being usually constructed of hard rubber in which are mounted 
the binding posts C, by means of which a moisture-proof con- 


89 


nectiort is established between the underground cable conductors 
J and the outside wires K; the bottom of this terminal consists 
of a metal casting or nipple E, so constructed that when the 
clamp F is closed upon the nipple it grips the cable firmly; after 
replacing the front of the terminal the entire mass of wires can 
be completely covered with insulating compound to give still 
further immunity against moisture. This is an efficient and 
convenient form of telephone and telegraph terminal but occu- 
pies more room and is more expensive than the tubular form. 

A special form of terminal or cable head employed by some 
telephone companies, consists of two iron castings, one a rectan- 
gular box; the other the cover, which is secured to the sides of 
the box by machine screws, and bearing upon-a rubber or lead 
gasket ; a suitable number of holes is tapped through the sides 
of this box and hard rubber bushings are seated therein, while 
in the bushings themselves are mounted brass binding posts 
through which the wire connections are made; the posts being 
numbered. This form of terminal is very substantial, but is also 
far more expensive than the ordinary hard rubber terminal. We 
are prepared to quote prices on these when required. 

In telegraphing an order for iron terminals use the code 
word under the head of hard rubber terminals (page 84) corres- 
ponding with the number of wires the terminal is to contain, 
but follow it by the code word “ Poutiness.”’ 


TUBULAR TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC 


LIGHT AND POWER CABLES. 


FoF Figure 48 illustrates a tubular hard rubber 

rc terminal for single wire electric light or feeder 
cables, either in a junction box or in a water 
tight pole box. A is the lead cover of the cable, 
B the insulation, C the cable conductor, D the 
binding post having at its lower end an opening 
to receive the conductor C, and at its upper end 
areduced screw threaded portion passing through 
an opening in a connector EK, good contact being 


the hard rubber tube, and Jisitscap. ‘The con- 
nector K may be either a flat bar, like Ain fig. 
84, or like K. Kz, or K2. in fig. 49, or the conical 
connectors M,N, of fig. 26, according to circum- 
stances. 

The tube may be of lead, in which case it can 
be secured to the lead sheath A by a solder wipe. 

For duplex cables, the tube is flat (see fig. 
d 276) conforming closely to the size and shape of 

Fig. 48. the cable, and preferably closed at the top, (al- 
though we may furnish open tubes with double caps, in which 
case the cap is treated exactly like that of a single wire termi- 
nal). This closed tube will be provided with a hole G, through 
which to pour the melted compound after the terminal is in posi- 
tion on the cable and two holes H H which can be enlarged if 
necessary, to fit snugly the insulated wires F F. 


ACHESON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND RAIL- 
WAY TERMINAL. 


The terminal shown on page 83 is well adapted for the pur-- 


poses there indicated and the several parts are there described. 
It does not require enclosing ina weather-tight box. It can be 
mounted on the side of a house or pole by means of an iron 
bracket which we supply if desired, but in case the cables come 
to the surface through a hollow pole, the terminal is mounted 
directly on top of the pole, as shown; the legs of the spider S are 
so arranged as to leavea good ventilating space for the escape of 
gases from the conduit system. The tap connector M and cone 
N are designed to give large bearing or contact surface and so 
reduce the resistance to the minimum and yet have a readily 
separable connection to cut out the overhead lines when desired. 
Instead of a hard rubber terminal, a lead cup W is wiped onto 
the lead cover, because the cup must to some extent support the 
cable in the pole. The hard rubber cap E insulates the conduc- 
tor from the lead. The metal cover is doubie, the space between 


90 


secured by thumb nut F, and lock nut G. H is- 


being filled with a powdered non-heat-conducting material, 
whereby condensation is practically obviated, an important con- 
sideration in a device like this. 

For working directions as to any of these Terminals see 
pages 182 to 135. 


UNDERGROUND TROLLEY TERMINALS 
AND CONNECTORS. 


These were patented April 28, 1896. 
They are especially designed for, and val- 
uable in connection with, underground 
trolley lines. They afford a simple and 
efficient means for connecting and discon- 
necting feeder cables or branches to and 
from a trolley line, and of protecting the 
cable at such point against moisture, if 
fiber insulated, or against acids, gases and 
atmospheric disintegration if rubber or 
gutta percha insulated. The terminals 
heretofore described. besides lacking in 
strength for underground use, would be 
ruined in a trolley conduit in case of sub- 
mersion, while the ordinary junction box 
would be too large to be admissable in 
such a structure, even if it were adapted 
to the purpose as it isnot. Figure 49 il- 
lustrates the simplest form of this termi- Fig. 49. 
nal or connector. The parts A BC DE 
Fand Gcorrespond with similarly lettered parts of fig. 48. Ez 
is a form of connector used when the branch or trolley tap K, 
provided with the insulation M, runs in the same direction as 
the cable, and it is not convenient or possible to use form E and 
bend the wire itself at a right angle. Ez isa gpecial form of 
connector which is separable from the trolley line N, and from 
the binding post D. In this construction E2 is of a forked form 
" suitable to engagea ‘‘T’’ or “I,” rail forming the trolley conduc- 
tor. The forks are preferably inclined, and a wedged shaped 
conductor web, Nz, is used, or the web is filed to that shape at 
the connecting points, the two being drawn together by screws, 
P, in the connector, entering the thin edge of the wedge. A 
large and good contact surface is thus assured. Connector Ez 
can also be made integral with the post D, as 
shown at Dand Dz in fig. 49A. H isa mass of 
molded mica compound or other moldable insu- 
lating material possessing the qualities of mica 
“p compound, namely, insoluble in water, unaffected 

H by high or low temperatures, and strong enough 
to endure any strain likely to occur in under- 
ground work. The well-known mica strain or 
span insulators, are a good illustration of these 
g qualities of mica compound, and of the reliability 

of our underground terminals. The compound 
F is molded directly about the cable sheath, insu- 

lated conductor, and binding post D (fig. 49) or 

the shank Dz of conductor Din fig. 49A. The 
—£ cable conductor and the trolley taps are secured 
to the post and connector by screws P, or they are 
soldered, or both expedients may be used, 

If preferred, the branch cables can be cut to 
: the proper length, and the terminal ends pre- 

Fig.49A. pared complete at the factory before shipment, or 
. : a plan similar to that of fig. 49 A may be adopted, 
in which A B and C are the lead sheath, insulation, and the 
cable conductor, D is the clamp or connector having a shank Dv. 
(This may also be simply the post D of fig. 49). The end of the 
cable sheath has securely soldered to it a metal tube EK, on 
which is molded a mica compound sleeve F, which is screw 
threaded on the outside to receive a metal gland G screwed 
thereon. The shank Dz is also provided with a sleeve # of 
molded mica compound, on to which the metal gland also 
sctews, this sleeve H being provided with a shoulder J, against 
which is seated a rubber gasket K, which receives the end of the 
metal gland G when the connection is completed. 


91 


1V/ 


ee 


Z 
Sood 


SPY LEEs 


Mazz 
SSS 


Ress 


LIGHTNING ARRESTERS FOR TELE- 
PHONE AND TELEGRAPH CIRCUITS. 


The style shown in fig. 49 Bisa 
simple and inexpensive form of 
strong current lightning arrester. 
A, is wood, hard rubber, or slate 
base, on which are fastened strips 
of brass or copper B, on which 
are mounted binding posts C. 
The wire from the cable or over- 
head line is fastened by nut D to 
post C, and current passes by plate 
B, post F, fuse E, post F, and 
ane plate to post G, to which is fast- 

Fig. 49 B. ened the wire leading to switch- 
board or underground cable. ‘the 
brass plate H is separated from the other plates by asmall air 
gap, shown in cut, and by the post J itisconnected to earth. A 
heavy current on the line melts fuse EK, and this saves the cable 
or switchboard, and lightning will jump the air gap and thus 
pass to earth, in preference to following the path of cable or 
other high inductive circuit. 

See page 136 for working directions and page 182 for position 
in pole box. 

Our special High Class Arresters shown in fig. 49C have been 
designed for cases where the utmost certainty of action is desired 
without Special regard tocost. They are much more expensive 
than the other style, and prices will be quoted on application on 
any combination of box, terminal and arresters required. 

A is the pole box which varies in size according to the 
number of devices to be accommodated. B isa cast iron termi- 
nal having a single row of binding posts C, mounted in hard 
tubber bushings D,in each side of the terminal. Brass strips 
are placed on the sides of the terminal, and have stamped on 
them opposite each binding post, the number of the post or cir- 
cuit. Spring clips E, are attached to the binding posts, and 
serve to connect the posts to the fuse wires, which are enclosed 
in a thick gauge-glass tube F, shown on an enlarged scale. 
Caps G—Gy, having short threads tapped on each end, are firmly 
cemented to the tube. Atthe lower end of the tube is fastened 
a long hollow nut H, which holds firmly the lower clip J, and 
projects far enough to receive a brass screw plug K, intoit. The 
fuse wire is soldered to a small washer, L, which is placed in the 
nut H, and pressed against the metal cap Gz by the screw plug 
Kk, the other end of the fuse is soldered to the metal cap G. The 


lightning arrester, also 
shown on an enlarged scale, 
Hi] is also mounted on a base, 

= M, and consists of two car- 
oe ty bon cylinders, N—Nz which 
Fig. 49C. are separated by a perforated 

strip of thin mica. One of these cylinders is connected to the 
ground plate, O, by brass post D, and the other to the wire Q. 
The cylinders are so mounted in the ‘‘U” shaped support, R, as 


92 


to permit of their being rotated, thus exposing new surfaces in 
case the carbon becomes badly burnt at any point. They can 
also be easily slipped out and replaced by new cylinders, but this 
would rarely be necessary. The post Q, holds the wire leading 
to house or pole lines, or to the cross connecting board $, which 

‘latter is frequently dispensed with and is generally only used at 
the house end of acable. It is so constructed that each line can 
be tested rapidly, connected to ground, or to any other line on 
the board, by means of a flexible cord T, with plug ‘‘U”’. 


LIGHTNING ARRESTERS FOR BLECTRIC 


LIGHT AND POWER CIRCUITS. 


The Wurt’s Arrester, made by the 
Westinghouse Electric and Manufac- 
turing Company, is the simplest, 
cheapest, and most efficient lightning 
arrester on the market for such circuits. 

Figures 49 D, and 49H, represent the 
Wurt’s ‘““Non-Arcing’’ metal lightning 

_atresters for station and line use respec- 
tively. They consist simply of seven cyl- 
42 - inders 


lin diameter, and three inches 
J long, mounted side by side 
fand separated from one an- 
other by ¢& of an inch. Each 
cylinder may be individually 
rotated on its axis. 

The. cen- 
tral cylin- 

Fio. 49 B. der is con- 

cafes nected to 

ground and the two outside ones to the two 

legs of the circuits. These arresters are for 

use only on alternating circuits, and the 

character of the metal used is such that a fm 

lightning or other static discharge is instan- 

taneous and is not followed by any arc what- | 
ever. 

Figure 49 F showsa “non-arcing”’ railway 
arrester for station use, and fig. 49G, the same 
arrester adapted for caror line use. Fig.49H 
is an arrester for direct current arc circuits, 
Station Type; 
These latter ar- j 
resters consist es- 
sentially of a 
spark gap, joined 
by a non-induc- 
tive high resist- 

ance! sinade of 
t i 2 harned. wood 
SLUT A e conducting : 

TG i film of charred Fig. 9G. 
HR wood seems to act as a wedge through 
i orn the dielectric and over this the dis- 

charge passes disruptively to earth. 

A cover placed on 

the arrangement 

as shown, acts as 

a suppressor of 

Fig. 49 F. any conducting 

vapor which 

might tend to prolong the arc. These ar- 

resters suffer but slight damage from re- 
peated discharges. 

The line arresters should be placed at 
frequent intervals along the overhead lines, 
as experiment and practice show that dis- 
charges may occur at various points which 
cannot be predetermined ; hence the more : 
arresters on the line the more certain is the Fig. 49 H. 
protection. 

93 


{TRUH 4) Hn } 
ae 


AERIAL CABLE AND CABLE HANGERS. 


(For Price List see page 35.) 


Aerial cables are destined for a long time to bean important 
feature in the construction of telegraph and telephone lines in 
cities or parts of cities where overhead construction of some 
kind is still permitted. 

Aerial cables represent a long advance over the ordinary 
overhead construction, for instead of, say, 50 to 100 single iron 
or copper wires attached to as many insulators on a large 
number of cross arms at each pole, all the wires are grouped to- 
gether ina single cable one to two inches in diameter, neatly 
suspended at intervals of 24 to 36 inches to a slender but strong 
wire or steel cable which is firmly secured to the poles. 


In streetrailway and electric light service, in many cases, in- | 


stead of a large number of medium size feeders, say No. 0 to 
6000 B. & S. G. attached to insulators at each pole, a few feeders 
of extra large size (we have furnished them as large as 850000 
circular mils) can be substituted, thus obviating multiplicity of 
overhead wires and avoiding, to some extent, public criticism 
and objection. These large feeders, owing to their great weight, 
are usually supported in the same way as are telephone and tele- 
graph cables. 

The little device by which cables are attached to suspending 
Wires as in the cases above mentioned, is known as 


A CABLE HANGER 


and the cable hanger which can be most readily attached to and 
detached from the cables and the suspending wire az wii], and 
which is not easily detached from either dy accident, must com- 
mend itself to the favor of thoughtful, practical men, if at the 
same time it offers no injury to the cable, can be removed with- 
out injury to itself, and is no more expensive than other 
hangers. 

A cable hanger which meets all the essential requirements, 
and which has been in general and extended use in vast quanti- 
ties since we first put it on the market in 1890, is the invention 
of Wm. A. Conner, General Superintendent of our Manufac- 
turing Department, and is known as our 


ONE PIECE MALLEABLE IRON CABLE 
HANGER. 


Patented February 4, 1890. 


This is the simplest 
hanger on the market 
today, being complete 
in one piece. It is 
made of the best mal- 
leable iron so as to 
give the greatest duc- 
tility consistent with 
sufficient strength to 

Fig. 491. support the cables 

without opening by 

their weights. They are easily and quickly applied or removed 
by the special tongs furnished by us. The inner edges of the 
broad band 3 (see fig. 49 I) are beveled so as toavoidall danger of 
cutting the cable, which is gripped so firmly that it cannot turn 


ot chafe in the hanger, all movement taking place between the © 


tound hook 1 and the suspension wire 2. In ordering give di- 
ameter of the cable to which the hanger is to be applied. 


These cable hangers are also well adapted for supporting 


cables around the sides of manholes, in which case staples, 
driven into the wall at suitable intervals, are substituted in lieu 
of line wire. 


Where an extra good piece of construction is desired and ! 
the slight additional expense is no object, we advise placing a — 


piece of sheet lead, say js inch thick, or a piece of leather or 
rubber hose, around the cable at the point where the hanger is 
to be applied ; but if this is to be done, the additional thickness 
must be allowed for in ordering the hangers, In ordering refer 
to stock numbers in price list to designate size desired; each 
hanger bears its stock number. 

For working directions see page 135. 


94 


; 
iy 
; 


y 
aS 


Another form of patented cable hanger offered by us, and 
which presents the desirable characteristics of a good hanger, is 


THE ECONOMIC CABLE HANGER. 


Figure 49 J is a prospective front 
view of the hook and the base, show- 
ing the four passages through which 
the hanger-wire was threaded. 

The hook a is adapted to rest 
upon the suspending wire and is 
mdde of malleable iron. The link 
k is secured in the hole through 
the end of the hook a and prevents 
accidental disengagement; this, 
however, is of such rare occurrence 
even with small and light cables 
(and mever occurs with heavy or 
moderately heavy cables,) that, un- 
less specially desired, the hangers 
will be made without the link. 

The hook aand base 6 are made 
in one piece and the lower surface 
of the base is concave in form. 
Four passages dd and ee are 

Fig. 49 J provided through the base of the 

4 ; hanger to receive the hanger-wireg 

and the base is beveled on both sides from its centre toward its 

outer and lower parts, so that the hanger-wire may readily take 

the same curvature as the cable and thus prevent any abrupt 

change of direction or sharp bends. It will be seen from this 

that the hanger is adapted for cable of any size, so that the 

necessity of carrying in stock a large assortment of sizes is 
entirely avoided. 

The face c has a longitudinal boss or projection 7 to prevent 
the hanger-wire from slipping or buckling up out of its proper 
position when the ends are threaded through the holes ee. 

For working directions see page 186. 


JUNCTION BOXES. 


(For Price List see page 37.) 


A junction or joint box is a device affording easy and quick 
access to the conductors of one or more cables for connecting, 
disconnecting, cross-connecting, and testing the same; in other 
words, it is an accessible and separable joint. Great multiplicity 
of junction boxes is not advised, but a reasonable number judi- 
ciously distributed will be found advantageots in the operation 
of electric light and street railway systems, where so many per- 
sons are dependent upon the same circuit for light, power or 
transportation, and where consequently the quick locating and 
cutting out of a defective portion of the system is of vital 
importance. 

The Station ends of the cables, if extended directly to the 
switchboard, can be provided with suitable terminals having 
separable connections, as shown in Figure 48 page 90, or the 
separable connections of the switchboard can be relied upon; 
but otherwise, or in addition thereto, junction boxes can be 
placed in the vault or cellar through which the underground 
cables enter the building. See Fig 49 O, page 98. If the feeders 
are much over three quarters of a mile long from the station to 
the first branch or distributing point,a junction box might be 
advantageously placed midway, and another at the first branch, 
and if desired one at each branch or service line, so that these 
can be cut off the main or feeder cable when desired. but where 
the branches are comparatively short (and especially if the same 
size conductor as the main cable) it is much better to run the 
main cable to the point to be reached, whether that be a pole 
line, lamp post or building, as illustrated on page 88. 

We make two styles of junction boxes for electric light and 
power systems, namely, the Fowler and the Conner boxes. 

The Fowler Junction Box, Patented October 17th, 1893—is 
shown in fig. 34. It consists of an iron base plate G, provided 
with a rim of iron of such height that when filled with com- 
pound outside of the iron cover H, the cover bolts, N, and the 
flange of the cover, H, through which the bolts pass, will be 
entirely covered over, thus aiding the rubber gasket, which ex- 


95 


> 


a 
4 


tends entirely around between the flange of the cover and the 
base plate, in making a thoroughly w ater- -tight structure. The 
cover is provided with handies, and the base plate rests upon 
two brackets secured to the sides of the manhole. To guard — 
against accident to the employees in lifting off the cover of a — 
‘live’’ box, the cover is lined with %-inch wood L, which is 
thoroughly ‘dried out and saturated. with our Ozite insulating 
compound. The iron parts are painted to prevent rusting. The 
illustration shows a square box (either two, three or four way) 
but it can be extended in rectangular form to take in any 
reasonable number of cables. .The base plate is provided with 
downwardly projecting nipples to receive the cables EH, anda 
water-tight connection is made by first tinning both the cables 
and the inside of the nipple, and then pouring in solder at the 
enlarged inner end, O, of the nipple. A, is the straight maing 
connector, B the curved branch connector, C the cable conductor, ~ | 
D the insulation, Rathumb nut, Sa set nut, T a binding post, — 
P the hard rubber terminal with cap, and I the filling of com-_ 
pound. These details are shown more clearly in fig. 48. Five® | 
hundred to six hundred of these junction boxes are in successful 
use by one street railway company alone. . 

The advantages of this box are that it is roomy, that whelll 
the cover H is lifted off, all the connections extend above the flat 
base plate, and are, therefore readily accessible, and that it can | 

“be made any desired length permitted by the size of the man- 
hole, to take in a large number of cables. Prices of these boxes 
to take in more than four cables will be quoted on application. 
In ordering state the numberof cables, and the diameter of both 
the conductor and the cable, and whether main or branch con- 
nectors are desired, so that the proper fittings may be included 
in the shipment. 

The Conner Junction Box. (Patent applied for.) Illustrated 
in fig. 83, is the most simple and compact device yet produced. 
It is, in fact, a combined joint and junction box, being but little 
larger than a regular sleeve joint, yet affording easy access to 
the separable connectors inside of the lead sleeves. It is sup- | 
ported by pipe hangers against the side of the manhole in the 
position shown in fig. 49 J’, and encroaches 
but little more than the cables themselves, 
upon the manhole space. The two-way 
box (whether for single or duplex cable) 
would have only the right and left arms, a 
three-way box, these and the lower arm, 
and a four-way box all the arms or ways 
shown in the illustrations. If the box has 
more ways than are at first needed, the 
extra ways can be securely soldered up, and 
then opened to receive additional cables 
when necessary. In fig. 33, Ais the main 
connector, B the branch connector, C the a" 
conductor, D the insulation, and E the lead Fig. 49 J’. 
cable sheath; F is a regular wiped joint, 
such as would be used in making the regular solid Sleeve cable 
joint. 

A brass top is soldered to the lead case, and upon this is 
placed a rubber gasket having holes, to correspond with the 
hcles in the brass top, to receive the bolts N which pass through 
the brass cover H. The cover being comparatively small, it is 
pressed uniformly upon the gasket with great force, and with- 
out any danger of springing. W isa wrench used to release or _ 
set the connector screws allof which are madealike. ‘The figure — 
also shows the details of the conductor connections within the 
box—for single wire branch box at the upper left hand corner, and 
for a duplex branch box in the right hand upper corner Also, 
in each case, the post or head J soldered to the cable conductor. 

The connections are car efully taped, or a pure gum sheet is 
tucked in between them to prevent all danger of short circuits. 
The box and cover are ca’efully lined with heavy rubber facel 
tape to prevent accidental “ grounding.” 


JUNCTION BOXES FOR THLEPHONE AND 
TELEGRAPH CABLES. 


While strongly advising against the use of many junction — 
boxes for such cables, because of their great bulk where many — 
wires are to be made properly accessible (as in fig. 49M) and also 
because of the much more safe, convenient and adequate plan ~ 


96 


aimed 


stipes hie ge 


ae 


described on page 88, we illustrate a few styles used by various 


ompanies. 
a Our Telephone and Telegraph 
Junction Box, (U. S. Patent 284,189) 
for small cables, shown in fig. 49 K 
is substantially the box of which 
we have furnished many hundreds 
to one company alone. a@ is the 
box or case, az is the cover which 
is secured to the box upona gasket 
by bolts e, which take into the 
tapped poles e7. The box may 
also be provided with a rim like 
F1iG.4.9, K. that shown in fig. 84, and for the 
purpose described under that 
figure. 5 isa hard rubber plate in which are mounted binding 
posts c, to which the cable conductors are connected; these 
posts are interconnected in any desired manner by short jumper 
wires. dare the nipples to which the lead cover of the cables is 
solidly attached by a plumbers wiped joint. /7 isa plug closing 
a hole through which the compound is poured to fill the box up 
to the rubber plate when the box is set on a bracket; but if 
fastened to the manhole wall inthe position 
shown by the figure, the compound is 
poured in by removing the screw-plug /. 
Figure 49 L, shows a simple rectangular 
Ma box used to a considerable extent by the 
4 (0) Hlectrical Bureau of Philadelphia, but the 
conductors are simply spliced straight 
through as in an ordinary joint, without 
A briuging them to binding posts. 
FIG.AOL. Figure 49M is a 100 wire junction box 
used to some extent by the Chicago Tele- 
graph Company, and others. It is the joint production of S. B. 
Fowler, Cable Superintendent of the Chicago Telephone Com- 
pany, and W. H. Johnston, Cable Superintendent of the Bell 
Telephone Company of Missouri. These boxes are placed at the 
underground distributing points, which are usually more than 
one onacable. Thecable issecured by wiped joint a to nipple 
6, after the lead has been removed from the conductors c-cz; to 
the proper dis- ) K 
pan ce, The ! 
conductors ¢ to 
be distributed 
from the box, 
are passed be- 
hind the hard f 
tubber dia- 
phragm ad, and 
soldered to the 
pins or posts e, 
which extend 
through the 
itard= rubber. 
The pin for con- 
ductor No. 1 en- 
tering the box, 
and that for 
No.1 going out, 
are side by side 
thus shortening 
the jumpers of 
through going 
wires to about ANY 
Seed inch BE : 
andavoiding all 
crossing or con- Fig. 49 M 
fusion of wires on the face of the diaphragm, and affording 
easy access to any pin. 

It is seldom that all the wires are required at any one dis- 
tributing point, and, therefore, the conductors cz, (about half of 
BS cable) may be spliced straight through the bottom of the 

Ox. 

The local distributing cables are usually small lead covered 
cables, /, each containing a twisted pair of rubber covered 
wires. These cables are brought into the box through a brass 
cup, which has the desired number of holes just the size of the 
small cables. This cup is screwed into the box bythe regulation 


97 


lock nut fitting, the small cables are passed through the holes, 
and all are soldered or wiped to the cup, to make a water-tight 
connection. On the inside of the box, the lead covers, K, are 
stripped off to within an inch of the cup and the conductors 
themselves are spread neatly over the face of the diaphragm to 
their proper pins, EK, as shown in the illustration, the upright 
rack-pins, G, serving to separate the distributing wires of the 
several rows from each other. The small cables arerun through 
the numbered holes in the distributing board outside of the box, 
so that any desired cable can be readily picked out without 
opening the junction box whenever a given circuit is to be ex-_ 
tendedtoacustomer, The full quota of small distributing cables 
is introduced when the box is first connected up, even though 
they are not all to be used immediately. 

‘The box is provided with two covers, one at the front and 
one at the back, and they are made water-tight by screwing 
them firmly to the box over rubber or lead gasket, M. The covers 
being so large and heavy, should, of course, be removed as 
seldom as possible. 

Figure 49 N represents a box invented by 
Mr. Oscar Kleinsteuber, Superintendent of 
Telegraph, Milwaukee Fire Department. 
The main cable is brought into the box 
through the large nipple shown at back of 
the box, and the cable wires soldered to 
brass strips which project on both sides of 
a hard rubber diaphragm, the distributing 
wires are soldered to the strips in front of 
the diaphragm, and pass out of the box 
through the ‘‘goose necks’’ shown, which 
are filled with insulating compound to pre- 
vent entrance of moisture. 

The rubber diaphragm is hinged at the 
bottom and swings down and out, thus 
permitting access to the cable wires. 

Fis. 49N Figure 49 O shows the manner in which 

1S : our Fowler junction boxes are used at the ~ 
station ends of underground cables, and is from a photograph 
of a large system installed by us in Philadelphia. 

By their use the cables can readily be disconnected from the 
switchboard, without disturbing any permanent connections. 


————— = 


\y z 


Fig. 490. 

The base plate of the boxes (see page 96) is supported ona 
rack made of strong timber. The underground cables are 
brought up from the conduits, and each cable, distinguished by 
an individual number, is connected to one branch of a two-way 
box (see fig. 84). The switchboard cable, connected to the other ~ 


98 


branch, leads up to the switchboard on the floor above, being 
supported on standards fastened to the walls. In the middle of 
the rack are seen two of our telephone boxes (page 97) by means 
of which telephone connection can be readily secured with any 
desired point on the system for test purposes. 


UNDERGROUND CONDUITS. 


(See Price List page 36.) 

The disastrous storms of the past few years and the havoc 
among overhead wires caused thereby, has greatly increased the 
demand for underground cable construction, both as adding to 
the safety and convenience of the people, and to the sightliness 
of the streets. 

Until very recently it has been felt that only the largest cities 
could afford to place the wires underground, but careful consider- 
ation and investigation have proved that the advantage gained 
from the decidedly decreased cost of maintenance of under- 
ground lines as compared with overhead wires, not to mention 
the increased safety of the streets, justifies the expenditure of 
large amounts of money for underground systems, as a good 
financial investment, and indeed that where a very large number 
of wires is to be provided for, the first cost is less underground 
than overhead. (See page 180.) 

The smaller cities and towns are now consequently calling 
for underground construction at least within the more closely 
built up business portions of the municipality. 

A system of underground distribution in order to give com- 
plete satisfaction, should be so flexible as to meet all demands 
made upon it with the minimum of delay and expense. 

‘The early experiments in subway construction contemplated 
only the placing of the wires out of sight, and took no thought 
for renewals, changes or additions, which are required in any 
system. 

The wires were therefore placed in rough wooden boxes 18 
inches to two feet below the surface of the ground and usually 
entirely surrounded by some insulating material, such as pitch. 
This made a very cheap system, but one that was incapable of 
changes or additions, without great expense. It was soon 
proved that such a system could not give permanent satisfaction 
for purposes of general distribution, and it is only used to-day 
under special circumstances, and has been succeeded by conduits 
which permit of drawing wires or cables in and out at will. 

The conditions existing in any locality, must necessarily 
govern the selection of the conduit to be used there, and it is 
safe to say that no one system is most suitable for all conditions 
and locations. It is now well recognized that it is practically 
impossible to maintain any underground conduit dry or gas 
tight, hence it is not depended upon for insulation but only for 
mechanical protection. There are however, conduits, and con- 
duits, and good, bad, and indifferent ways of installing them. 
We shall try to indicate the best conduits and methods. 

Lap welded wrought iron pipe, laid in cement, would seem 
from a superficial view to meet all the requirements of a flexible 
and adaptable subway system, but the following objections to 
its use in addition to the objection of very high cost, are worthy 
of careful consideration. 

First.—One of the most serious, electrically, is the increased 
self induction of the circuit and the consequent loss of electrical 
energy when alternating currents are used. The great increase 
in the use of polyphase apparatus makes this a very serious 
defect. (See Self Induction, page 85.) 

Second.—One of the most serious, mechanically, 1s corrosion 
and formation of scale which in time blocks the duct and pre- 
vents the withdrawal of the cables, or placing of new cables ina 
duct without reaming it out where the duct has not been used 
for some time. 

Third.—The joints between sections of pipe almost invaria- 

-bly present sharp edges, which are liable to injure and even ruin 
the cable as it is being drawn in. 

Fourth.—Iron pipes are usually coated both inside and out, 
or else the joints are made more secure, with tar or pitch; in 
warm weather, or at any time when laid adjacent to steam heat- 
ing pipes, this tar or compound softens and gathers in the bottom 
of the pipe and around the cable, so that when it is attempted to 
withdraw the cables from these pipes, as may some time become 
necessary, it is impossible to do so without greatly injuring or 
totally destroying them. 

99 


Fifth.—Where a section of the iron pipe ends in a manhole 
or junction box, the sharp edge of the pipe gradually cuts 
through the outside cover, to the great injury of the cable. 

Conduits constructed wholly of compounds of tar or pitch 
and sand, etc., are open to the objection noted above against 
iron pipe, except that the dangers are greatly increased ; such 
conduits are also objectionable because of the difficulty of pre- 
serving the alignment between the various sections. 

The chief use now made of iron pipe, is for the branch con. 
duits to and up poles and buildings and this is the only purpose 
for which they are peculiarly well adapted. The conduits illus- 
trated on page 80, which we shall now describe in order, have 


been chosen out of the many conduits now in the market as | 


possessing the qualities of permanence and moderate cost, and 


avoiding all of the objections above mentioned. We are pre- © 


pared to furnish any of these in any quantity, and we are 


peculiarly well able, from long experience in underground ~ 


installation, to advise impartially and intelligently as‘’to the 
most advantageous conduit to use, under the conditions with 
which a purchaser may be confronted Three inches internal 
diameter is the size commonly used, but whatever size is chosen, 


it should represent a margin of at least % an inch over the ~ 


diameter of the cable, and 3 to 1 inch is preferable. 


CEMENT LINED IRON PIPH#H. 


This conduit (see figs. 29 and 80), consists ofa wrought iron or 
steel shell, No. 26 B. W. Gauge securely fastened by rivets 1% 
inches apart, and lined with 3% iuch best Rosendale Cement. 
By a special process the interior surface of the cement is highly 
polished, thus removing all roughness, which in the conduit of 
this character heretofore placed on the market, has been the 


source of considerable trouble by scratching the lead cover of — 


the wires and rendering it difficult to draw in heavy cables. 
It is made in lengths of eight feet and with interior diam- 
eters of 2 inches, 2% inches and 38 inches; the latter being the 


standard size. Each length is provided with cast-iron ball and ~ 


socket ends which give certainty of alignment and perfect joint. 
The joint as completed is clearly shown in fig. 30, surrounded 
by a mold of neat cement mortar, which sets very quickly, and 
secures the pipes in place until the matrix of concrete is put in 
place. Across section of a conduit, consisting of twelve of these 
ducts surrounded by concrete matrix, is clearly shown in fig. 29, 
For detailed method of laying these ducts see page 112. 


HOLLOW BRICK TILE CONDUIT. 


The hollow brick tile conduit, fig. 81, commonly called ‘‘Terra 
Cotta”’ or ‘‘ Vitrified Brick,’ is made from the best clay thoroughly 


mixed, molded into shape and carefully burned with a salt — 


glaze. This treatment renders the clay impervious to moisture 
and presents a very smooth surface which admits of drawing in 
the largest cables with great ease. The ducts are made in 
lengths of 18 inches and with an internal diameter of full 2 
inches, 2% inches and 8 inches, the latter size being most gener- 
ally used. The ends are cut square and fit closely together. 
They should be protected all around by a bed of concrete, to 
prevent breaking of the joints and of the ducts themselves. 
Large quantities of this duct, have been laid in Philadelphia, 
Washington, Norfolk, Buffalo and Cincinnati, and particularly 
by the telephone companies. For details of installation see 


page 112. 
MULTIPLE CONDUITS. 

ee The tile con- 
SSS == duit can also be 
supplied in mul- 
=] tiplestyle,2to 12 
See ; chambers, (see 
Fig. 49P. fig. 49P) and 6 to 
8 feet long, and possessing extraordinary strength. It effects a 
great economy in freight, handling, cement, width of trench, 


and paving. 
WOODEN CONDUITS. 


Wood conduit, otherwise known as “Pump Log,” has been 
used in large quantities and for many years in this country. 
The form of duct is shown in fig. 82. The tubes are eight feet 


100 


a 


long, provided with socket joints 3 inches ‘in length as shown. 
The diameter of bore is 1%, 2,2% and 38 inches and outside di- 
mensions as given in table on page 86. The ducts are usually 
creosoted by forcing into the pores of the wood under heavy 
pressure 15 lbs. of Dead Oil of Coal Tar per cubic foot, as a pre- 
servative, and so treated will last many years. 

Some trouble has been experienced from the destructive 
action on the lead covered cables of some of the creosote used 
some years ago, but the most careful experiments show that the 
Dead Oil of Coal Tar, with which ducts are now treated, has 
no harmful effect on the lead covers, especially if the lead is 
coated with anti-corrosive compound, or a braid saturated with 
such compound. Large quantities of this conduit are used in 
Philadelphia and other eastern cities. For methods and details 
of installation, see page 112. 


MANHOLES. 
(For Illustrations see figures 50 and 62.) 


In order to facilitate the laying of underground cablesin con- 
duits, and, indeed, to make them at all available, it is necessary 
to construct manholes at certain distances apart, depending upon 
local conditions and upon the size of the cable that is to be drawn 
in; the distance adopted in New York City is about four hundred 
feet, and as a general rule they should not be located farther 
apart; there are, of course, exceptions to every rule, and there 
may be special instances in which it is advisable to place the 
manholes seven or eight hundred feet apart, but this should be 
the maximum for a comparatively small and strong cable, as the 
difficulties of drawing-in and the dangers of breaking the cable, 
increase considerably more than proportionately to the length. 


The following may serve as a general guide: Nocontinuous 
length of cable weighing more than twenty-five hundred pounds 
nor any cable lighter than twenty-five hundred pounds and 
exceeding seven hundred feet in length should be drawn from 
one manhole to another. 

Manholes should be 
roomy, and should be 
placed at all street in- 
tersections and sharp 
turns in the conduit 


line. 
They are never made 
too large but very often 


a 

eS too small, and in the 
=e latter case the danger 
14° to the crowded cables 


which the cable laying 
and jointing are done, 
far exceed the trifling 
reduction in the cost of 
manholes. They vary ac- 
cording to the location 
and ‘service for which 
theyareintended,but in 
Fig. 50. general are constructed 
as follows: eight to 
twelve inch wall, of best hard burned sewer brick laid in full 
bed of mortar mixed one part Portland Cement to three parts 
clean sharp sand, all built on a foundation of eight inches con- 
crete, entirely covering the bottom of the hole. The walls are 
corbelled in, to receive a cast-iron frame and cover, or, especially 
if very large, may be built up straight as in fig. 50, and the cover 
placed on I-Beamis bricked into the walls. The frame is usually 
about four feet square with cover 30 inches in diameter Along 
the longitudinal sides of the hole, wooden strips may be fast- 
ened and the table supported thereon by the device shown in 
fig 60, or other suitable means. 

In some cases the cables are heavily taped in the manholes 
and thus more thoroughly protected from danger of mechanical 
injury by careless workmen, than when entirely exposed. 
Manholes are constructed in various sizes from three feet square 
up, and from five feet toseven feet deep. The cost is approxi- 
mately $60.00 to $150,00 according to size. Wherever possible the 
holes should be connected to the nearest sewer to remove all 
surface drainage which may enter, and a trap should be used to 
prevent gas entering from the main sewer. 


101 


3 

| and the difficulty under 
| 

| 

| 


Many companies psefer double covers (see fig. 50) the lower 
resting on a rubber gasket and provided with a device for se- 
curing it firmly on the gasket, to prevent the entrance of surface 
water. In some cases this is a decided disadvantage, for any 
arrangement which excludes water will usually retain gas 
which may leak in, especially in large cities where the gas 
mains are in bad condition; and this sometimes results in dis- 
astrous explosions. The best practice is to have a perforated 
single cover to supply ventilation, and allow the sewer con- 
nection to take care of surplus water. It isa good plan to lock 
the covers, so that no unauthorized person can get at the cables 
without breaking the lock. 


HAND HOLES OR FLUSH BOXES. 
(For Illustrations see Figs. 51 and 51 A.) 
In some branches of underground construction it is neces- 


the conduit which carry the distributing cables, the top layer of 
ducts being used for this purpose, (see plan, fig. 51A). These 
ducts are placed as near the surface as possible and the hand 
holes are built where necessary. They are provided with a cover 
as manholes are, and if cast-iron boxes are used, they have the 
necessary outlets cast on them to receive main and subsidiary 
pipes. No handhole is adapted for all purposes, but we are pre- 
pared to submit plans for any system which will best suit the 


FLUSH BOX 
MAIM DUCTS 


Fig. 51 A. 


demands of the case. A ‘‘Service Box!’ is a type used in New 
York for lighting distribution and is of cast-iron about 2 feet 
long, 1% feet wide, and 2 feet deep, provided with double covers 
the lower of which rests on a rubber gasket and all covered over 
by the paving. Spigots or outlets are provided at the sides 
through which cables are carried to adjoining basements, where 
service connections may be desired, the distributing cables 
being tapped for that purpose. 


MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS AND DEVICES. 


(For Price List see page 88). 
In laying, splicing and connecting cables certain tools and 
accessories are necessary or useful, and these we now describe. 
Tubular Braid. This as its name indicates, is a braid of 
fibrous material woven in shape of a tube, so that it can be 
drawn over the splice after two wires have been connected ; it 
serves to insulate the wire splices from each other or from the 
metal covering of the cable joint. In ordering state size of con- 

ductor on which it is to be caer aa page 127, 


Paper Tubes for Wire Splices. These are tubes of Manilla 
aper about % inch inside diameter. They aresent in 18 inch 
engths and can be cut to suit. They are used especially for 

covering the wire splices in telephone and telegraph cables, in 
place of cotton tape. State size of wire for which ordered, and 
the diameter over the insulation of the wire. 


Insulating Sleeve or Sheet. This consists of a mica sheet for 
compietely covering the wire splice (whether insulated by tape 
and filled with compound or not), in cases where the Complete- 
Joint Mould (Fig. 53, this page) is used. The Mica Sleeve must fit 
snugly upon the lead cover of the cable, so as to prevent the 
inflow of solder when the joint is moulded over the tube; there- 
fore, in ordering tubes be careful to state exactly the outside 
diameter of the cable on which it is to be used. State also the 
size and number of conductorsinthe cable. It is well to remem- 
ber, however, that in electric light cables, containing more than 
one conductor larger than No.8 B.andS.G., it is advisable to 
make the regular lead sleeve joint, for which the Sleeve-Joint 
Mould can be used and in which the insulating tube is not 
required. 

Insulation-Cutting Tool. A great deal 
of time is lost by the ordinary method of 
cutting off the insulation with a knife, 
from the ends of wires that are to be con- 
nected, and in order to obviate this a 
special tool has been designed which is 
simple and rapid in operation, and is ad- 
justable for use on any size wire. 

In Fig. 52, @ represents the cutting 
blades, each of which is adjustable with 
relation to the other by means of the set- 
screw e; 6 is a cylinder or anvil which 
is key-seated on the pinione¢; the cylin- 
der is provided with grooves of various 
diameters corresponding with the outside 
diameter of insulated wire of various 
sizes; the cylinder 4 can be revolved by 
the pinion c, and is held rigidly in the de- 
sired position by the set-screw d; the 

limiting screw / prevents the cutting 
Fig. 52 blades from touching the cylinder, re- 


Insulation Cutting peated contact with which would dull 
Tool. them. 


These tools as at present on hand are 
only for removing the insulation from conductors up to No. 10, 
but the Lead-Cutting Tool described on page 105 will be found to 
answer admirably for removing it from any larger conductors. 


Complete-Joint Mould. See Fig. 
53. This is a cast steel mould in which 
a complete joint is made between 
cable sections, the metal being poured 
into it in a molten state. a@ a’ are 
the two halves of the bowl in which 
the melted solder is moulded around 
the paper tube and united to the in- 
truding ends of the cable; they are 
removable so that corresponding parts 
may besubstituted to fit a cable of any 
size; they are held in place by the 
screws 4 8’; c¢ c! are the handles 
shown broken off; d isa latch and e 

Fig. 53. is its engaging bolt, to lock the mould 
Complete-Joint Mould. before the solder is poured. The two 
pour holes are indicated near the 

_ centre of removable part a. 

In orderiug one of these moulds state the external diameter 
of the cable, the diameter of the insulated wire or core, and the 
number and size of the conductors; only one set of removable 
parts will be furnished with each mould, unless specifically re- 
quired; an extra charge will be made for additional sets and the 
customer must give full information as to the cable for which they 
are desired. The interchange is easily and rapidly effected. 

It is often difficult to secure expert jointers, or a plumber of 
sufficient intelligence to make a satisfactory cable joint, and 
sometimes the work to be done isin a location where no plumber 
at allcan be found; under these circumstances the Joint Molds 
here mentioned will be found of great value, as with proper care, 


103 


any intelligent man can make perfect joints, and in the regular 
work of construction the use of these molds by expert jointers 
will greatly increase the number of joints made per day. ; 

Complete-Joint Molds or Sleeve-Joint Molds will be furnished 
if desired, for use on Duplex Cables, but in ordering these full 
information should accompany the order, and whenever possible 
a short sample of the cable for which the mo.d is wanted. 


Sleeve-Joint Mould. The geu- 
eral remarks under ‘*Complete- 
Joint Mould” apply also to this 
tool. This device is used—not for 
making acomplete joint—but for 
making a solder-wiped joint to 
connect the lead cover of the cable 
to the lead sleeve which has been 
drawn over the insulated wire 
splice. See page 126 and balance 
of this page. 

It is shown in Fig.54. ais the 
space in which the melted solder 
forms and unites with the sleeve 


to BA and cable; 6 is one of the remov- 
Fig. 54, able parts of the mould to enable 
Sleeve-Joint Mould. it to be used on a cable of any 


size within certain limits; it fits 

: closely upon the cable and lead 

sleeve; the removable parts are held in place by small hooks; ¢ 

is the cam lever which is raised when the mould is to be opened 

and which, when lowered, serves to clamp the mould tightly 

upon the lead cover of the cable and upon the sleeve to prevent 

any flow of solder outwardly from the mould or inwardly to the 

conductor; the pin d, limits the movement of the cam levers ie 

is the latch and / is the engaging bolt or pin to lock the two 
parts of the mould firmly together, 


Lead Sleeves or Tubes. In making joints on certain kinds 
of cable (see ‘‘ Jointing ’)and in connection with the Sleeve-Joint 
Mould above described, it is necessary to use Jead sleeves or tubes, 
and we are sometimes requested to furnish them. 


In sending an order for these, state the diameter éf the cable 
oti which they are to be used and the number and size of the con- 
ductors. Asa rule the inside diameter of the sleeve should 
exceed the outside diameter of the cable by 4%”, the ends being 
dressed down in a short curve to fit snugly upon the lead cover of 
the cable; it should be of such length that when centered over the 
taped wire-splice or splices, each end will overlap the lead 
cover of the cable at least 4’. If the sleeve is used fora joint 
which is to be drawn into a duct, its interior diameter should 
not exceed the exterior diameter of the cable; if it is used for a 
jaunt in which the wire splices, even when distributed over the . 

ongest practicable range, form a bunch thicker than the diame 
ter of the cable, the size of the sleeve must be increased in pro- 

Ortion. The lead should be of at least the same thickness as the 
ead cover of the cable itselt. 


In preparing the sleeve, care should be taken that it is large 
enough to admit the free flow of the melted insulation on all 
sides of the insulated wire splice, when the joint is filled. Before 
slipping the sleeve onto the cable, the hole or holes should be 
tapped in it for the hot insulation and overflow described on 
pase 127and the ends should be weil reamed out so as to facili- 

ate dressing them down snuglv to the cable. 


Lead Tees for Branch Joints. (See Fig. 80, page 129) These 
are used for making half connections or branch joints from a 
main cable to a way-station or aservice line, As to size, etc., sea 


‘Lead Sleeves’? above. 


In ordering these, state the diameter of the main and branch 
cables and the number and size of the conductors in each. 


Rotary Wire-Splicing Tool. The old method 
of making wire splices is slow, and when the 
conductors are small in size there is great danger 
of twisting them so hard that they will break or 
become so weakened that a subsequent move- 
ment of the cable-joint severs them, thus making 
: “open”? wires, and frequently causing heavy 
Fig. o£A. expense and loss of service. 


104 


In order to obviate these dangers and objections and yet pro- 
duce substantially the so-called ‘‘U. S. Telegraph Joint’ the 
simple tool shown in Fig. 54A has been designed ; see Working 
Directions on page 124. 

This tool is furnished in various sizes, according to the size 
of the conductor which is to be spliced, but the largest can easily 
be carried in the vest pocket, so that it is always at hand, is nct 
cumbersome, is easily and quickly used ; it is composed of ore 
piece only and has no springs, blades or adjustable parts to get 
out of order. It is made of metal and has a miiled surface to 
give purchase in revolving it. 

Lead-Cutting Tool. (Fig. 55.) Hitherto a pocket-knife has 
been used for trimming the lead off the end of the cable in pre- 
paring it for jointing or for connection 
to aterminal. The tool now provided 
will save a great deal of time ard 
avoid the serious danger of cuttirg 
into the insulation at the point where 
the greatest strength is needed. Aare 
the stops which limit the depth of the 
cut. made by the blades a2. They are 
adjustable by the set-screw c For 
Working Directions, see page 123. 

This tool can also pe advantage- 
ously used for removing fhe insulation 

Lead-Cutting Tool. from conductors (larger than No. 10 B. 

& S. G.) whether in underground 
cables or insulated Line or House Wire; see page 124. 


Lead-Scoring Tool. (Fig. 56.) This tool is de- 
signed to score’the lead cover of a cable at the 
point to which the lead is to be removed in 
making joints; it is light and small and can 
readily be carried in one’s pocket. 


a is the main handle; 4 is the lever; cis the 
movable arm to adjust the tool for cable of any 
size; dis the set-screw to secure the arm in the 
desired position; eis the handle of the lever 4; /is 
the cutting disk, the depth of whose cut can, if 
desired, be regulated by the position of c after / 
rests on thecable, and also by the pressure applied 
Fig. 56. to the handles a and e, but it is preferred to have 
Lead-Scoring the score only half the depth of the lead; gis the 

Tool. band or rest to receive the cable For Working 
Directions see page 123. 
Wire-Splicing Tongs. What has been said above as to the 
objections against the old method of making wire splices was 
a kept in mind in the 
: designing of the 
§ Wire-Splicing 
4 Tongs, Figure 57. 
>» Thehandlesare 
not shown in the 
figure, but are prac- 
tically like those in 
Figure 62, except 
that the limit-screw 
J is omitted; @ is 
the groove in which 
the copper splicing 
blank is placed; 4 ¢ 
are removable 
anvils proportioned 
to the size of the 
wire to be spliced 
and which, by the 
closing of the tongs, 
are caused to move 
towards each other 
and close the copper 
sleeve upon the 
wires within; d@ e are screws by which the removable anvils 6 ¢ 
are held in place; fis a milled (or may be a smooth) raised sur- 
face which closes upon the edges of the copper sleeve in the 
groove or opening @, when the handles are brought together, 
thus further insuring a tight closing of the sleeve upon the wires 
within; g are screws by which the part / is held in place, or 
released for the purpose of substituting a block of a different 


105 


size; is a movable portion of one jaw and has imparted to it 
an upward and downward movement by means of the eccentric 
or cam attached tothe pinion & by the key 7; when the handles 
of the tool are brought fowards each other, it moves downward 
and causes the anvil 6 to press upon the copper sleeve and its 
contained wires with immense pressure. 

For Working Directions and Illustrations of the Copper 
Sleeve and Joint, see pages 125 and 126, 

Copper Sleeves for Wire-Splicing Tongs. In connection with 
the tongs just described, it is necessary to have copper sleeves or 
blanks of such size and shape as to be suited to the size con- 
ductor that is to be spliced, and to the corresponding removable 
anvils of the tool. 

In ordering these blanks, please state the size of conductor 
on which they are to be used. 

The weights, etc., are given in detail as follows: 


Size of ees Width Before |Approximate 
: Thickness.| Length. : 
(Inches.) | (Inches.) Being Bent. | Number per 


B. & S.G (Inches.) Pound. 

10 1=32 34 .6217 213 
a { 1-32 yh 5133 258 

> 1-6 34 .46438 572 
14 1-64 sf 3779 708 
16 1-64 84 3102 857 
18 1-64 34 .2564 1038 
20 1-64 oy 2134 1245 

yy Cable Supports. In passing 


cables through a manhole from 

a duct on one side to the corres- 

+ ponding duct on the opposite 
soevew side, it is important, for obvious 

Le reasons, to lay them around the 
©) [HIM sides, instead of straight through, 
pe and in order that they may not 

d sag towards the bottom of the 
rs : _ manhole or be cut on the edges 
of the duct these supports are 


MY 
WY 


YY MY) 
HAVIN, 


PLAN VIEW 


UW 


Ue 
ds 


N iz provided. 
EE In fig. 60 are shown views of 
IN this device in detail and as ap- 


plied ; ais a post or standard se- 
cured to the sides of the manhole 
or tunnel in any suitable manner, 
and provided with vertical slots 4, cleats or blocks / being inter- 
posed between the standard and wall; so as to give a slight clear 
space for theattachment of the hanger or supports, c, d,c’,anda’; 
two forms of the hanger are shown in detail at c’’,c///and a”. 
It is made preferably of resilient material, and of such size as 
to take a firm grasp on the cable. For Working Directions see 
page 117. 


Our regular malleable iron cable hangers (see pages 35 and 
94) are however simpler and cheaper and are extensively used for 
this purpose. A staple (fig. 50) is driven into*the wooden post, 
the hanger is clamped to the cable and hooked into the staple. 
In either case the edges of the hangers are flared to prevent 
injury to cable. 


In ordering hangers of either kind be careful to state the 
diameter of cable for which they are intended. 


Insulating Tape. This is supplied in white or black, any de- 
sired width, but % inch and 3% inch are the common sizes, The 
cloth is finely woven and is frictioned with rubber compound on- 
one side only unless otherwise ordered. It is used for taping 
splices on house and line wire, etc. 


Pure Gum Tape will also be supplied (prices on application) 
for taping the wire splices on our rubber insulated cables. 


Fig. 60. 


ELECTROLYSIS. 


This is a danger against which no manufacturer can pro- 
tect or guarantee the buyer, so far as the manufacture of the 
cable is concerned, since it is a matter entirely apart from the 
quality of the cable or the current for which it is made, but is a 
matter which the buyer can avoid or remedy by well-known 
means. ‘To this end we give our customers in the following re- 
port the benefit of our investigations, and urge the adoption of 
the proper means for preventing the destruction of their property, 
if itis taking place. The report was written by Mr. Fisher just 
before Mr. Farnham’s interesting and valuable paper on the 
same subject was read before the American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers : 

PITTSBURG, PA., April roth, 1894. 


STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, MR. J. W. MARSH, V. P. AND 
G. M., PITTSBURG, PA. 


Dear Sir :—This report has been prepared with a view to enabling our 
patrons to take such precautionary measures as will prevent their cables being 
destroyed by electrolytic action from the ground return current of electric railroads. 

While the destructive effects of such currents upon water and gas pipes and 
lead-covered cables have for the most part been known for several years in a few 
of the larger cities of the United States, yet in very many places such electrolytic 
action has not been suspected until the cables were found to be very materially 
damaged by it. : 


The amount of electrolytic action depends primarily upon: 

(a) The proximity of the cables to the electric railroads. 

(6) The distance the cables parallel the electric railroads. 

(c) The quality of the electric railroad construction work providing a 
path for the ground return current. 

(dz) Numerous other things, comprising the polarity of the ground 
return current, the conductivity of the soil, and the position of low soil re- 
sistances along the route of the cables, the proximity to the cables of water 
and gas pipes, and the chemical constituents of the earth. 


For several months past I have been carrying on experiments in the labora- 
tories of the STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, relative to the 
effects of electrolysis upon lead cables, with a view to determining by what means 
it can be prevented or counteracted. 

Nothing very new is claimed from the results of these experiments, seeing 
that they are confirmed by theory and current literature upon the subject. How- 
ever it is hoped that the suggestions which arise as a natural corfsequence of these 
and other experiments may prove of benefit to at least some of our patrons in 
preserving their cables from electrolytic action. 

It is a well-known fact that when a current of electricity passes through 
water or a moist medium the water is in part decomposed, oxygen being liberated 
at the positive pole and hydrogen at the negative pole. Oxygen in its nascent or 
free condition attacks most metals readily, forming oxides of the metals. It is 
therefore at the positive pole, or where the electric current leaves the metal, that 
we must ordinarily look for its injurious electrolytic effects. 

I commenced my experiments upon four samples of lead-covered cables. 

The lead of Sample No. 1 was pure and was directly exposed to the electro- 
lytic action at a few places; part of the remainder of the cable was covered with a 
heavy tape, saturated with a preservative paint, and the rest was covered thickly 
with half-and-half solder. 

Sample No. 2 was like the above, with the exception that the lead cover con- 
sisted of an alloy of three per cent. tin and ninety-seven per cent. lead. 

Sample No. 3 was like No. 1, and Sample No. 4 like No. 2. 

Samples Nos. 1 and 2 were subjected to a direct current, and Samples Nos. 
3 and 4 to a direct current whose polarity was reversed daily. 

These samples were laid in the centre of a long box, and moist earth from 
the street was placed around and over the samples. At the side of each box was 
placed a strip or rod of iron one-quarter of an inch thick by one inch wide. One 
terminal of a one-hundred-and-ten-volt dynamo was connected to the iron strip, the 
other to the lead cable. 


107 


The tests on Samples Nos. 1 and 2 were commenced with the positive pole 
to the iron rods, and this connection was maintained for about twenty days, when 
a preliminary examination showed that the lead was not at all corroded, while the 
iron rod was oxidized to such an extent that it had to be replaced by a new one. 
At this juncture the polarity of the dynamo was reversed, the positive pole being 
connected to the lead, and the tests were continued for about fifty days longer. A 
little before the expiration of this time the insulation resistance of Sample No. x 
became low, indicating that some portion of the lead cover had been destroyed. 


During these tests water had to be added from time to time, in order to regu- 
late and equalize, as far as possible, the amount of current flowing to each sample. 

The maximum current to each sample was seldom over one-half an ampere, 
and was generally quite a little less. The samples were then removed from the 
boxes, and a careful examination of each showed as follows: 


The lead of Sample No. 1 was eaten completely through in several places. 
One of these was under the tape cover, another where the lead was exposed. The 
portion covered with solder had also been completely attacked. There were signs 
of electrolytic action practically all over this piece of cable, the portion least at- 
tacked being under the preservative tape. 


The action upon Sample No. 2 was quite as apparent as on Sample No. 1. 
Whether it was as intense as on Sample No.1 I could not say owing to the fact 
that No. 2 was a much larger cable, and hence the oxidization was more dis- 
tributed. 


Samples Nos. 3 and 4 were both oxidized, but owing to the daily reversal 
of the current the action was not nearly so great as on Nos. 1 and 2. 

Subsequent to these tests I have made others which fully confirmed the 
above. One of these was made to conform more closely to the condition of things 
in practice. I have simply mentioned these tests briefly in order to lead up to the 
more important part, viz.: the conclusions and recommendations that follow as a 
natural consequence. 


In the first place it is evident that a cable covered with an alloy of tin and 
lead is in no wise proof against electrolytic action. I have on several occasions 
heard people claim the reverse of this statement. It is also evident that while 
preservative tape may lessen the amount of electrolysis, yet it is by no means 
reliable as a sure preventive. That is, however, no indication that the tape 
would not be an efficient protection against chemical actions, unaccompanied by 
electrolysis. 


Reversing daily the polarity of the electric railroad generators will prolong 
the life of the cables, but will not prevent their ultimate destruction. 

Coming now to the final and most important consideration of this matter, 
the tests show that if the current can be made to pass from earth to the cable and 
not back to earth again FROM it, we are insured against electrolysis of the cable. 

It is therefore evident that the best conditions are reached when the nega- 
tive sides of the electric railroad dynamos are grounded, and the lead of the 
cables is connected solidly by means of a heavy copper conductor to the negative 
sides of the dynamos. The lead cover under these conditions conducts the cur- 
rents that reach it from the earth directly back to the dynamo. 


If there are more cables than one, it is advisable to connect them all to- 
gether at frequent intervals, so as to make the resiStance as low as possible, as well 
as to prevent currents passing from one cable to another by other than a metallic 
connection. The lead covers of all the cables should, of course, be connected to 
the negative buss bar. 


When the above plan is not feasible, the life of the cables might be pro- 
longed at the expense of a very large ground plate, which should be connected by 
heavy feeders in the cables and inserted in a point along the route of the cable 
where the soil is most moist, preferably near the power-house, or at all events 
nearest the probable path of lowest resistance to the power-house. 


To illustrate : The power-house might be situated by a river, in which case, 
if the cable at some point reached the river, it might be advisable to place the 
ground plate there, even though the cable was nearer to the power-house at some 
other points. However, no set rule can be given for this case. The electrician 
in charge should use his own judgment as to the application to his particular case 
of the suggestions here given. If this plan is adopted the ground plates should 
be of copper, and they should be examined frequently until the apparent rate of 
disintegration would enable one to determine the probable life of the plate. I 
‘simply suggest this as a plan that might be used under very favorable conditions 
of low soil resistance; however, as ground plates often prove inadequate for heavy 
currents, they are falling into disrepute, and hence the copper returns from the 


108 


- 


cables to the dynamo is the only really safe plan. Care must be taken to see that 
the negative side of the dynamo is grounded. 

In some of the large cities the electric railroad companies have been obliged 
to use underground feeders for carrying their currents to the points of distribution, 
and in order to protect these cables against electrolytic action, as well as to furnish 
a low resistance wire-return, they have supplemented the ordinary track feeder, or 
ground wire, with additional heavy return feeders, which are laid in ducts near 
the cable and are connected at every manhole to the track. To still further insure 
the life of the cables we have recommended connecting the lead covers to these 
return feeders at frequent intervals, also at the power-house, to the negative buss 
bar. In practice we make the connection from the lead cables to the return 
feeder and the negative buss bar by means of a suitable number of tinned No. ro 
wires. All the joints are carefully soldered. When there are only a few cables 
and the distance is short we commence with one wire and note its temperature. 
If the heating effect is considerable we connect enough wires to carry the current 
without damage by heating. I simply recommend No. ro on account of its flexi- 
_ bility and the consequent ease with which it can be wrapped around the cables 
and return feeder. When the above plan is adopted I do not recommend specially 
_ grounding the negative side of the dynamos at the power-house, because the more 
- thoroughly this is done the more opportunity will be given for the current to leave 
‘the cable along its route and return to the dynamo viathe ground. I think the better 
plan wquld be to increase the carrying capacity of the return feeders for a distance 
of several hundred feet from the power-house. The economy to the railroad com- 
pany of such a plan, in saving the expenditure of unnecessary energy in resistance- 
loss, is at once evident, and it is thought that in many cases the electric railroad 
companies will be willing to co-operate with the other companies by laying a 
heavy return feeder to which the other cables can be connected. The size of the 
return feeder should be calculated without reference to the conducting capacities 
of the lead covers of adjacent cables, so that the cables will not be relied upon to 
carry the return current, though, as a matter of fact, they will carry a portion. In 
other words, the return feeder should be large enough to carry all the ‘‘stray’’ re- 
turn current, if it were possible to collect it upon the feeder. 

Thé lead of these cables will very much lessen the resistance of the return cir- 
cuit, and thus materially benefit the railroad company ; while, on the other hand, the 
other companies who operate lead cables will be to a large extent, if not entirely, 
protected against electrolytic action. In this way matters might be adjusted 
much more satisfactorily, and at much less expense, than by the adoption of legal 
means. 

I know of a good many instances where cables that happen to pass near the 
power-house have been badly eaten away at that point. This confirms my tests ; 
for in these cases the cables have colelcted the current only to return it to earth 
again at or near the power-house, and hence at this point, where the current left 
the cable, the harm was done. If the copper return from the cables had been used 
in these cases there is no doubt but that the cables would be working still. 

For reasons similar to those already given there is no doubt in my mind that 
the life of water and gas pipes would be prolonged by adopting the same plan as 


is herein prescribed for cables. 
HENRY W. FISHER, 


Mechanical and Electrical Engineer, Director of Electrical and Chemical 
Laboratories of STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE CO. 


Under date of August Ist, 1896, Mr. Fisher confirms the 
conclusions and recommendations of his preceding report as 
having been verified by practical experience and further study 
of the subject. He adds that the points at which to bond the 
lead covers to the return feeders, and the extent of such bonding, 
can only be accurately determined by ascertaining the actual 
potential differences and character in each manhole of a system ; 
otherwise there is likely to be over-bonding in some places and 
under-bonding in others. In some cases it may be best not to 
bond the lead to the return feeders, except near the railway 
power-house, and in some cases such return feeder for the 
cables should have no connection with the track or the track 
return feeders. Our patrons will always find us ready to aid them 
in finding the correct solution of this important and interesting 
problem as applied to any particular place, and we invite them 
to consult with us freely. 


109 


OBVERSE AND REVERSE OF MEDAL 
..GRANTED TO THE... 


STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY 


eae! BY Saree 


The World’s Columbian Exposition 
110 


WORKING DIRECTIONS 


FOR 


PLAGING, SPLIGING AND GONNEGTING 
ELEGIRIG GABLES. 


COPYRIGHT, 1897 By J. W. MARSH. 


INTKODUCTION. 


No matter how excellent a cable the manufacturer may pro- 
duce, if it isnot properly installed, and properly cared for there- 
after, it will inevitably fail; it is, therefore, appropriate that the 
manufacturer should indicate just how a cable—especially his 
cable—is to be laid and cared for, and we will endeavor in the 
following pages to set forth as clearly and briefly as possible such 
directions as long and varied experience have shown to be 
worthy of careful study and implicit confidence on the part 
of those charged with the duty of laying, jointing or operating 
underground cables. 2 

Any departure from the methods here recommended, in the 
case of cables upon which any guarantee has been or is to be 
given by the Standard Underground Cable Company, will vitiate 
that guarantee, unless the said company has given its written 
consent to such departure. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 


Remove the slats from the reels without injuring the cable, 
and draw out all projecting nails. Avoid making sharp bends 
or kinks in the cable; let one or two men steady the reel after 
mounting it on supports or reel cart, to prevent its paying off 
cable faster than required; turn the reel just fast enough to avoid 
any strain on the cable; employ enough men to prevent the cable 
from dragging on the ground. While placing the cables, keep 
the ends sealed with solder (not tape or compound); handle care- 
fully to avoid puncturing or abrading the lead cover at any place. 

In nearly every instance where troubles have developed in 
cables, they have been traceable to rough usage during or after 
laying, or subsequently, and to careless jointing. 

_It should be strongly impressed on the minds of all who are 
required to handle the cable, that the very greatest care is neces- 
sary to prevent the introduction of moisture, and consequent loss 
of insulation. 

It has been found advisable to ‘‘ ground” the lead cover of 
both Aerial and Underground Cables, as a means of diminishing 
inductive action; in the case of electric light cables running par- 
allel and adjacent to each other, the lead covers of the positive 
and negative legs should be connected at frequent intervals by 
lead strips securely soldered to each lead cover; the “grounds” 
and ‘‘strips’’ should be placed every two hundred feet, or oftener 
where practicable. ™ 
. For extra precaution against corrosion and mechanical in- 
jury see page 78, and page 107 for Electrolysis. 


MAINTENANCE. 


A ladder should be used for entering and leaving manholes 
Im no case should the cables be used for this purpose. 


iayl 


The moving of cables in manholes should be done, with the 
greatest of care, one cable at a time. If there is a joint in the 
cable to be moved or bent, it should be done in such a manner 
that the joint will not be strained. 

Sharp bends in the cables should be avoided wherever pos- 
sible ; if they become necessary the cablé should first be heated. 

In cold weather, the cables should always be heated before 
they are moved or bent. 

Lead ‘‘ protectors’’ should always be kept under the cables, 
at the mouths of ducts in the manholes. 

A regular inspection as to the condition of the manholes, 
covers, cables, lead protectors, terminals, hangers, junction 
boxes, and all parts thereof, should be made three or four times 
a year and carefully recorded, and all necessary work done to 
keep the entire system at its maximum efficiency. 

Whenever a manhole is entered for any purpose, it is advis- 
able to make an inspection of the cables, cushions, hangers and 
junction boxes, in that manhole. 

It should be made the duty of every employe to observe as far 
as possible, and promptly report any damage or threatened dam- 
age to, or anything unusual about, any part of the underground 
or aerial cable system, for here it is indeed true that ‘‘an ounce 
of prevention is worth a pound of cure.” 


LAYING CONDUITS. 


OPEN-BOX CONDUIT. Thisconsists of a wooden box made 
of one to one and one-half inch rough lumber and large enough 
to contain all the cables needed; the trench should be opened as 
nearly straight as possible and the bottom leveled to grade, or at 
least approximately so; the conduitsare then laid on the bottom, 
the ends butting against each other and held in line by short 
strips nailed along one side and overlapping six to ten inches on 
each section; the nails should be of such length as not to pass 
through to the inside of the box; but a simpler method of hold- 
ing the boxes in line with each other is to tamp a little earth on 
both sides of the junction. The box is provided with a strong 
cover, as further described at top of page 114. — : . 

Wherever cables have been carefully laid in conduits of this 
kind and thoroughly covered with a preservative like roofers’ 
pitch they have invariably given perfect satisfaction. For all 
ordinary locations, such as underground lines through private 
grounds to residences, etc., or in cities where it is possible to 
anticipate future needs with reasonable certainty, no better or 
cheaper method can be devised, but this is not advisable for all 
locations, as explained on page 99. 


WOODEN PUMP LOG CONDUIT. This is the simplest 
form of conduit and is laid on the bottom of a prepared trench 
of requisite depth, by simply butting the ends tight together, the 
socket joint keeping the conduit well in line. 


CEMENT LINED AND HOLLOW BRICK TILE OR MUL- 
TIPLE CONDUIT. While these conduits may be laid directly in 
the ground, a more permanent and satisfactory result will be 
obtained by observing the following instructions: 

Open the trench in straight lines to the required depth so that 
when all ducts are laid the top layer shall not be nearer the sur- 
face of the street than two feet. Level the bottom of trench care- 
fully to grade, but slightly higher in the middle of each section so 
as todrain water into the manholes, and spread thereon a layer of 
good cement concrete three inches in depth; on this concrete 
place the bottom layer of ducts and carefully cover the joints 
with good cement mortar, which sets quickly and keeps the 
ductsinline. On this layer is placed a second layer and so on 
until the required number is laid. The layers of cement lined 
pipe should be separated by about one inch of concrete, but 
Hollow Brick Tiles are preferably separated by about one-half 
inch of cement mortar. Each succeeding layer of ducts should 
break joints with the preceding one. The top layer and the 
sides of the conduit are covered, as a mechanical protection. by 
a bed of concrete three inches in thickness. Fig. 29, page 36 
shows the appearance of a subway consisting of twelve three 
inch cement lined conduits. The Hollow Brick conduits are 
kept clean during laying by a ‘‘ Mandril,*’ provided with a 
cleaning washer, which is pulled through the pipes after the 
cement has been placed over the joints and allowed to set for a 
few minutes. If desired a small wire can be attached to the rear 


112 


end of each mandril, and drawn in with it and left in the duct, 
for use in pulling in the cable rope or the cleaning rope and 
mandril for removing all surplus cement. 

The ducts in all cases should be perfectly smooth inside and 
present no projections, particularly at joints. It isa good plan 
to draw a cleaning mandrilthrough all ducts before the cable is 
installed, to remove any obstruction which may have been intro- 
duced. Astraight line should be preserved between manholes 
as faras possible. Where only a single duct is to be laid, it will 
generally be found advisable and economical to use the wooden 
conduit, asthe joints are more positive, and the matrix of cement 
concrete is not necessary. All laterals from manholes to and up 
poles or other structures should be of Standard wrought iron 
pipe, because that is the only safe thing to run up a pole and it 
is not practicable to make a safe joint between that and either 
of the other styles of duct. 


MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, ETC. 


These are located at suitable distances apart; the general 
style, size and construction of two kinds of Manholes are illus- 
trated on pages 10land 115, The ducts should enter the manholes 
at such distance from the bottom as to be easily accessible to a 
man standing upright therein. 

Handholes are sufficiently described on page 102 

Wherever possible the manholes should be connected to the 
nearest sewer by means of a short pipe and trap, the latter to 
prevent sewer gas from eutering the manhole; if the subway 
system is subject to illuminating and sewer gases, it is advisa- 
ble to seal all the ducts, where they enter the manhole, with 
pure clay, plaster paris, or other suitable material that will not 
attack the cables, thus preventing the circulation of gas from 
manhole to manhole. Where the gases in a subway system are 
so plentiful as to make it unsafe for a workman to enter the man- 
hole, an ordinary hand-blower is used for driving out the gas, 
When work is being done in a manhole, especially on a much 
traveled street, it is advisable to place an iron frame work or 

Cage around it, so as to prevent accidents. 


LAYING CABLES. 


IN OPEN-BOX 
CONDUITS.— 
After the rough 
wooden conduit 
or box has been 
placed on the bot- 
tom ofthetrench, 
as described un- 
der directions for 
laying conduits, 
the reel contain- 
ing the cable is 
mounted on 
wheels and 
drawn along the 
trench as illustra- 
ted in Figure 6l, 
which is from an 
actual photo. 
s— graph of the lay- 
ing of its first 
cables by the 
Standard Under. 
ground Cable 
Company, in 
Pittsburgh. »As 
the reel-cart 
moves along the 
trench, the cable 
pays off and is 
carefully laid 


113 


into the box; when all the cables have been laid, the box is 
filled up with hot pitch which has been melted either in pitch 
kettles set up along the line of trench, or in an asphalt wagon 
which is drawn along the edge of the trench as fast as the box 
is filled from buckets or through a trough or tube extending to 
it from the asphalt wagon; the cover of the box is then nailed in 
position and the trench refilled. If the trench is not level the 
cover should be nailed to the box and the trench refilled—leaving 
the higher end of the box exposed—and the hot pitch poured in 
at this end until the box is full. In nailing the cover on the box, 
be very careful not to drive the nails so as to pass through the 
wood and injure the cables. At points where future digging 
may be expected, as at street intersections, a light cast iron 
cover or shield for the box, is a useful protection. 


DRAWING CABLES INTO CLOSED CON- 
DUITS. 


GENERAL REMARKS. Where cables are to be drawn into 
conduits, too much care cannot be exercised during the work of 
drawing in; this applies equally to all kinds of conduits, whether 
iron, wood or cement. See that both manholes and ducts are 
free from obstructions of any kind; the ducts must be perfectly 
smooth inside and laid in straight lines between manholes. (See 
““Manholes,” page101) 

RODDING. It is clear that in order to draw acableintoa 
duct a drawing medium must be placed in the duct; the first step, 
therefore, is to ‘“‘rod”’ the duct; various methods are used, but 
where the ducts are very smooth and free from obstructions, 
a steel wire rod 44 inch in diameter is the simplest; as the rod 
comes off the reel standing near the mouth of the manhole, it is 
pushed through the duct, comparatively little power being re- 
quired to pass it through a distance of four hundred to five hun- 
dred feet; when the end appears at the distant manhole, a rope 
is attached to the wire at the entering manhole, and the rod is 
drawn through, carrying the rope with it, the rope being then 
used to draw in the cable. The form of rod, however, which is 
most generally used, consists of four-feet sections of tough wood 
‘with brass or iron screw or spring’ couplings on each end, 
a sufficient bundle of these is placed in a manhole; the ‘-rodder,”’ 
stationing himself at the mouth of the duct, pushes one section 
into it, attaches the second section by screwing it into the 
first, and pushing it on; this is repeated until the first rod 
appears at the distant manhole, whereupon the draw rope is 
attached to the last rod; at the distant manhole the operation is 
now reversed until the last section of rod has been drawn out 
and the rope appears. Where a large amount of duct is to be 
rodded in advance of the actual placing of the cable, it is, of 
course, impracticable to draw a rope into each section of conduit, 
and an iron wire is drawn in instead and remains there until the 
cable is ready, when the first operation is to haul in the draw- 
rope by means of the iron wire, the wire being then coiled up 
and utilized again under similar circumstances. 

OBSTRUCTIONS. When obstructions are met in rodding 
ducts, they can generally be removed by mounting a mandril on 
the first rod, but if this does not suffice,a measurement of the 
rods that enter the duct until the impassable obstacle is reached, 
will indicate where the street should be opened over the line of 
subway to correct the difficulty, which is then done by taking up 
and relaying a section of the subway; it is, however, very seldom 
that so serious an obstruction is met. 

DRAWING IN THE CABLES. Before drawing in cables 
with identifying marks and containing more than two conduc- 
tors, be sure that they are drawn in from that end of asubway 
section as will result in a perfect correspondence of identifying 
marks. The cable reel should be placed on that side of the man- 
hole at which the cable enters the duct and the cable allowed to 
enter the manhole from the top—not the bottom—of the reel, so 
as to describe a simple curve as shown at Zin Figure62. Attach 
the rope to the cable and draw the latter through theduct. Some 
of the simplest methods and devices are shown in Figure 62, in 
which 4 represents a pine plank 6x2, and of such length as will 
permit of its extending from the bottom of the manhole to about 
three feet above the surface of the street; it forms part of the 
sheave shown at 4’, Band C; Band Cshowthe pulley blocks and 


114 


‘mn 
i 

if 
TT ee 
be tine! = 


IRONE PIPE SOLIDEYE & 
— = 


—_ 
yu Rts ‘pas 


Vd Silid SNBOHI SATE 


Fig. 62. 


method of putting in pin; D is the iron cross or brace which acts 
as one bearing for the upright shaft, its working position being 
indicated at the mouth of the lower manhole; Z represents a sec- 
tion of iron pipe made to fit the cablesnugly; this pipe is threaded 
a portion of the way on the inside of the projecting end. Into 
this projecting end the solid eye “is screwed. The entireclevis 
at this stage isshown at G. The chain /can be fastened to the 
eye permanently, or by means of a lengthwise split link. The 
plan of fastening rope shown at A. is the most advantageous (a 
swivel can be inserted in the rope near the cable to prevent it 
from twisting when drawn), but where the cable is not heavy, the 
ordinary methods of splicing in a rope will do as well. In some 
cases it is advisable to sweat the clevis on to the cable and alsoto 
observe the additional precaution of fastening it with wood 
screws, as shown at &. 

The protector 7 /prevents abrasion of the cable while passing 
into the duct. The half section is used were the cable is to con- 
tinue on through a manhole and where it would, therefore, be 
impossible to remove the round protector. The protector made 
in two sections can be more easily removed when the cables are 
in position. It should be made as thin as possible consistent 
with proper strength so as not materially to encroach upon the 
space needed by the entering cable or cables. 

SOLDERED ENDS. In order to prevent moisture or water 
in the duct from entering the cable as it passes through from 
manhole to manhole, the end must be carefully soldered up, so 
as to leave no portion of the insulation exposed. 

CABLE GRIP. Where no regular cable grip is available, the 
following method may be used for attaching the draw-rope to the 
cable; namely: 

By means of a spike, punch two holes through the centre of 
the cable from side to side, the first about three inches from the 
end and the second about three inches from that; then form a 
link to connect the cable and drawing-in rope by passing a No. 
10 to 14 steel wire several times through the eye of the rope and 
the holes in the cable; fasten the ends of the wire so that they 
will not slip. This method is simple and cheap, and the means 
for it are easily procured. Cut off the end when it has been 
drawn in, so as to remove all moisture. 

A very satisfactory attachment is made to cables with solid 
core as follows: Bring the “‘eye’’ of the rope up near the soldered 
end of cable, Seabee cog through the eye an iron wire or bunch of 
wires about four feet long, bending the wires on the eye so that 
equal lengths project on either side ; the rope and cable being 
held firmly in position, about six inches apart, the two wires are 
then wrapped spirally around the cable, in opposite directions, 


115 


outside of the lead, and the ends secured by twisting together. 
Enough wires being thus put on to stand any strain. The wires 
bind on €ach other and on the lead, and thus make a very firm 
‘grip. 
ef DRAWING APPARATUS. If the cable is light and short, 
two or three men will be able to pull it in by a straightaway 
draught, but usually some such apparatus as is illustrated in 
Figure 62 will be necessary. 
In no case 
WINCH should horses 
FOR G be used to pull 
RAWI the cable into 
D NCABLES. the “duic tse 


BY eee the cable 

is of large size 

WATEAESMITE, unusually 
heavy, a light 
capstan should 
be provided 
and the draw- 
ing rope wound 
around the 
drum five or six 
times to pre- 
vent slipping. 
(Anexcellent 
form of winch 
has been devis- 
ed by Walter F. 


&. Ce 5 
© Bare to which cranke 


be : > F : 
B. Brace and pulley frame, testing 19 SH S Smith, of Phila- 
@. Eads, Featiog In bottom of manbole of Ys adelphia, and 


is shown in 
Figure 63.) The 
capstan or 
winch should 
Fig. 63: be turned slow- 
Care ly and regu- 
larly, a competent man being stationed in the distant manhole 
where the cable is entering the duct, to ease it over the edge and 
prevent it from jamming or kinking, and asa further precaution 
protectors of leather or highly polished wood should be used 
(7 pp OE 62) to take the friction of the entering or emitting 
cable. 

As soon as the cable has been drawn into the duct, the ends 
should be carefully examined and any moisture noted and 
removed by cutting off a little of the cable; the ends should 
then be carefully soldered up. 

It is frequently necessary to draw more than one cable into 
the same duct; in New York City as many as six lead covered 
cables, each nearly seven-eighths of an inch in diameter, have 
been drawn at once into athree inch duct. It is not advisable 
to draw cables into or out of ducts over cables already laid, 
although there are cases in which it hasbeen done without injury 
to the cables; itis very risky and is, at any time, liable to result 
in the destruction of one or all of the cables. 

As tothe length, weight and diameter of cable that should 
be drawn continuously into a given duct, see page 87. 

SLACK. Enough slack must be leftin each manholeto enable 
the cables to pass along its sides instead of directly through, 
as in the latter case they would be continually in the way 
and liable to injury. _When extra slack is needed in man- 
holes, attach theropeto the cable, the end of rope being frayed out 
and wrapped spirally around and lashed onto the cable for some 
distance, to prevent kinking or cutting the lead cover anddrawin 
as much as possible at a time, then release the Grip, and pass it 
back to the edge of the duct, again attach it to the cable, 
and proceed as before. This operation can be repeated until 
enough slack is obtained. 

CUSHIONS. Before leaving the manhole a cushion or 
protector, consisting simply of a piece of sheet lead, or of a half 
section of lead pipe just large enough to take in the cable, or of 
a piece of heavy tarred felt (which offers less temptation to lead- 
thieves), should be placed under the cable at the mouth of the 
conduit, so as to prevent the edge from cutting the cable. 
This should never be omitted, however smooth the duct may be. 
: CABLE SUPPORTS. See page 106. To apply the hanger 
shown at d, d’ and @’’, one of the T-shaped ends is placed in the 


116 


slot 4, the other end being carried up around the cable ana also 
iserted in the slot, which is made to slope in downwards 
from the top, so that the hanger, in endeavoring to regain its 
normal shape, automatically locks itself. The second form 
consists ofa flat metal hanger, as shown at ¢, c’,c’’ and c’’’; to ap- 
ply it the T-shaped end is inserted sideways in one of the slots 4, 
and is so shaped, with respect to the slot, that on being turned into 
its natural position it becomes locked ; the cable is then pressed 
into the mouth of the hanger, which, being resilient, rebounds 
and locks the cable in. 

In lieu of this form, our regular Malleable Iron Cable 
Hanger, (see pages 35 and 94) can be used exactly in the manner 
described on page 118, except that it may be found more con- 
venient to substitute staples driven into the side of the manhole, 
or into a standard or board attached to the side, in lieu of a 
suspending wire. 


DISTRIBUTION. 


Having thus provided for the trunk lines, it is also necessary 
to provide means for placing branch lines for distributing the 
circuits ; some of these will now be described : 

CELLAR OR VAULT DISTRIBUTION. From a manhole 
or handhole located at the most central or easy point of access to 
a block, a cable having sufficient capacity to serve such block is 
extended into a vault cellar, and, preferably, to a terminal 
or distributing box, and thence in both directions under the 
sidewalks, and, whenever possible, along the walls of cellars or 
of the vaults under the sidewalks. 

HOUSE-TOP AND YARD DISTRIBUTION. The branch cable 
is extended to a pole centrally located in one of the back yards in 
the block, or to the roof of a building—in either case to a termi- 
nal—and from here air lines are run to each subscriber. For 
methods of branching and looping cables, see page 122. : 

STREET-LAMP DISTRIBUTION. To distribute electric 
light current to street lamps, a subsidiary conduit is laid from 
the nearest manhole or handhole to the lamp post, the base of 
which should be hollow and accessible by a door and should 
connect with the subsidiary duct at such an angle as to offer no 
obstruction to the entering cable; the twoconductors (our Duplex 
Cables lend themselves most readily to this class of work) are 
drawn or pushed in. 

HOUSE-TO-HOUSE DISTRIBUTION. Thissomewhat more 
expensive but strictly underground method of distribution is 
effected by placing service or flush boxes at every second party 
line, and there making the necessary branch or “T”’ joints or 
placing a junction box when ready to loop in the desired service 
wires for both houses, unless, as is strongly advised in the case 
of electric light circuits, or small telephone and telegraph cables 
(see pages 95 and 97), the maincables aretakenin. Theseservice 
wires or cables are drawn or pushed through the subsidiary 
ducts from the service or flush box into the basement or cellar of 
one of the houses, the wires or cables for the adjacent house 
being passed through the party or basement wal]; each cable is 
provided with a terminal, and extends thence to the lamps, in- 
struments, or other devices by cables or insulated wire. If a 
service box is used (see page 102) it is necessary to open the street 
over it whenever it has to be opened for tapping or looping the 
circuit into the building, or for repairs or changing the connec- 
tions, but this cannot be avoided (except by using a flush box)as 
itis impossible to predict in advance what service will be required 
in any given block when the subway is first laid; nor is such 
opening any more objectionable or difficult than the current 
practice of gas and water companies in providing service lines. 


LAYING SUBMARINE CABLES. 


We frequently furnish short cables for crossing rivers or nar- 
row lakes, bays or bayous, and while it is impossible to give in- 
structions that will apply to all cases, yet a simple method of 
laying such cables may be suggested, which can be modified to 
suit the circumstances of each case. 

The cable is always shipped on strong wooden reels of suit- 
able size; procure a boat or flat of proper capacity to carry the 
reel and attendants in safety; through the centre of the reel pass 
a crow-bar or piece of round iron and mount it on trusses near 
the bow of the boat, so that the reel will revolve as the cable pays 
out; station a man on each side of the reel to regulate the speed 


117 


with which it revolves, as otherwise it may pay off cable faster 
than the boat moves away, which would probably result ininjury 
to the cable; Iet the’cable pass off from the bottom of the reel. 
The cable should be carefully watched as it pays out and should 
be guarded from rubbing against any sharp edges or rough sur- 
faces; a few pieces of old carpet or coffee sacks spread over the 
end of the boat where the cable passes off may prevent the 
destruction of the cable. Before leaving shore, the end of the 
cable should be firmly secured at the point where it is to meet the 
pole line or underground cable; in doing this it will hardly be 
possible to avoid injuring three or four feet at the end, as it may 
be necessary to wind it around a post or tree to hold it fast when 
the boat moves out. Aninspection will usually show whether or 
not it has received any injury, but, as a rule, if you have any 
doubt, especially in the case of cable for conveying high tension 
currents, it is best to cut off enough of the cable to insure the re- 
moval of any injured or compressed portion. 

The boat should move at a slow speed and should land with 
prow towards the shore near the point where the cable isto land; 
then continue slowly and carefully unreeling the cable and drop- 
ping it into the water along-side of the boat, being careful to 
hold fast to the end and at all hazards prevent it from getting 
wet; then extend the shore end of the cable to the point at which 
it is to meet the pole line or underground cable, 

If the cable is light and only a few hundred feet Iong, and 
the bed of the stream is free from stones or other objects that 
might cut the cable, the above plan may be reversed, z. e., mount 
the reel on the shore, take the end of the cable into the boat and 
carry it across the river to the desired point. 

The shore ends, are, of course, to be laid in a trench extend- 
ing down to the water’s edge, and if, on account of alow stage 
of water, or the practicability of using a dredge, it is possible to 
bury the cable for some distance out in the bed of the stream it 
will be an additional assurance of the long life of the cable, as in 
that case the danger of vessels running upon and crushing it when 
landing, will be reducedto a minimum. It is generally advisable 
to put up a prominent sign, giving notice of the “Cable Landing.”’ 

In case the lead cover should be broken in process of laying, 
examine it carefully to see that there is no moisture present, and 
then make a careful solder-wipe over the break: if any moisture 
is present, follow the directions given on page 122, except that the 
cable must only be cut as a last resort, in which case cut off 
enough at each side of the break to insure entire freedom from 
moisture; then re-unite the two ends as directed under the 
head of jointing, on pages 126 and 127; the additional protection 
(if any) over the lead cover must be restored and extended over 
thesplice, so as to make it a continuously protected cable. 


STRINGING AERIAL CABLES, 


(See figure 64 and page 865.) 

Place the suspending wire, solid 
or stranded, in position, taut, avoiding 
wire splices between poles, and securing 
the ends against possibility of coming 
loose when the weight of the cable is 
added; if the cable is unusually large and 
heavy it is best to use a wire rope having 
the necessary tensile strength. 

Stretch a “leading-up” wire from 
ground tostarting pole, at a gentle incline, 
and connecting with the suspending wire. 
Station men with block and tackle at the 
point to which the section of cable is to 
reach, allowing the rope to rest on the 
cross-arms and pass down to the cable at 
the end of the “leading-up” wire; secure 
the rope to the cable end and let it be 
drawn along slowly and smoothly, or as 
fast as the cable hangers can be attached 
to the cable as it passes off the reel and up 
the “‘leading-up” wire; attach the hangers 
to the cable 4, at intervals of 24 to 30 inches, 

_ asat3, by means of the tongs described on 
page 185 but engaging only every fifth or sixth hanger to the 
“leading-up’”’ wire, or to the suspending wire, 2, until the last 
span is reached, when every hanger must be hooked, 1, on to the 
suspending or messenger wire, as it passes the lineman on each 
pole, so that when the cable is drawn over the last span into ex- 
change or to pole terminal, the whole will be hooked up. 


118 


The method just described has several disadvantages. The 
strain on the hangers in sliding up the inclined wire, and then 
along for eight or nine hundred feet on the horizontal messenger 
wire, tends to loosen them on the cable whereupon they slip 
from their places and two or three hangers become bunched at 
one point, while in between the cable hangs in loops, rendering 
it necessary for a man to go out on the wire to space the hangers. 
A system which overcomes these disadvantages has been devel- 
oped and patented by our General Superintendent of Construc- 
tion, Mr. F. S. Vielé. While our method secures more satis- 
factory results in the appearance of the finished work, it, at the 
same time, materially reduces the cost of installation as will be 
seen from the following description. 

The inclined wire is strung as previously described and 
hangers are applied to the cable in the usual way. 

The rope by which the cable is to be pulled up is securely 
fastened to the end of the cable and passed along the line, 
resting at every cross-arm on Idler pulleys, shown in fig. 64A. 

A carrier, A, B, C, of fig. 64A, consisting of grooved wheel, 
A, pivot B,and supporting stirrup C, isthen placed on the inclined 
wire, and the end of the cable with hangers on it, is placed in 
the angle of the stirrup. Thestirrup being shaped so that any 
size cable will be closely held without slipping, one carrier will 
serve for all sizes of cable. 

The cable supported by ‘‘carriers’’ is pulled up the inclined 
wire, carriers being placed every thirty or forty feet, depending 
on size and weight of cable. 

When the horizontal wire is reached the cable passes over an 
Idler pulley, and a man at the pole moves “‘carriers’’ from the 
inclined wire to the messenger wire, and the cable then runs 


Wezcazz 


coo 


o~ 
er 
eee i] 


ree ini 
<r 


vA 


a aoe 


along on the messenger with only the little friction due to the 
wheels of the few carriers, thus moving much more easily and 
rapidly, and with far less strain on the cable and less men to 
pull it, than when many hangers are slipping along on the 
wire. When the carrier comes to a cross-arm, a switch shown 
at A’, engages the wheel, and deflects it far enough to clear the 
messenger wire, and then guides the cable down far enough to 
pass under the cross-arm, reversing the direction when the arm is 
passed, and guiding the pulley up on the wire again. The 
switches proper, (patented) are composed of two parts bolting 
around the messenger, and eight inches in length. One half 
of the clamping device, A’, has on it the rib, B’, which raises 
the wheel of the messenger wire, and deflects it to one side. 
The rib is continued between clamps, by a wrought iron bar, 
(shown in fig. 64A), three feet long, which dips sufficiently to 
allow the pulley to pass underthe cross-arm, then rises and shunts 
the pulley back on totheswitchand thence tothe wire. A pivoted 
support D, at the middle of the iron bar, passes over the cross- 
arm and prevents the weight of the cable from dragging the bar 
down so that the pulley will run off. 

One man can keep ahead of the cable gang with the attaching 
of these switches. The bar may be made of different shapes, 
such that the pulley can be passed under or over the support on 
either side of a pole, or to one side of the pole, if fastened tg the 
pole itself. 

When the cable is all pulled up in position, except the last 
section, men stationed at each pole, placethe hangers themselves 
on the wire, remove the carriers as they reach the pole, and the 
last section is pulled into position, leaving the cable permanently 
in place. It is evident that the men usually necessary on 
poles ai] the time, are with this method available for other pur- 
poses, as applying hangers, etc., a large majority of the time, 
hence the force of men may be reduced considerably; and 


119 


furthermore, the strain on the hangers and cable is greatly re- 
duced, the hangers only sliding on the wire the distance of one 
span, instead of the whole length, as heretofore. 

Our experience with this method has proved its superiority 
over any yet brought to our attention, and we heartily recom- 
mend its adoption by those who have much aerial cable to in- 
stall, and prices will be quoted on application, for the devices, 
or the right to use them. 

Measurements of aerial cable should always be made so that 
joints shall come at poles, and not in the middle of sections. 

Platforms and steps should be permanently placed on all 
poles where terminals are located, so as to facilitate regular in- 
spection of the apparatus. 


PLACING CABLES OR WIRES IN MINES. 


To pass from the shaft house to the levels at which the elec- 
tric current is to be delivered, attach the cable to the timbers of 
the skips or elevator guides by such of the means described 
under ‘‘House Cabling or Wiring,’”’ page 121, as are best suited for 
the case; some of these are illustrated in Figure 65, next page. 

If the entry is horizontal, or but gently sloping, lay down a 
rough wooden box, place the cables therein (see pages 112 to 114) 
and, unless there is considerable danger ofchemiical actions, do not 
fill the box with pitch ; then replace the heavy plank cover and 
secure it firmly tothe box. Be careful not to injure the cable or 
insulation in handling it or in fastening down the cover. For 
mine work it is advisable to give the cables the extra protection 
of a saturated fibrous cover described on pages 78 and 79. 

The box suggested is inexpensive, ands can be made so small 
as to be but slightly, if at all, in the way, and affords a proper 
protection to the cable against the possibility of mechanical 
injury. 

An alternative in horizontal or gently sloping entries would 
be to suspend the cable overhead or on the sides of the entry, as 
described on page 118, the suspending wire being secured by 
spikes or rods driven into the walls or sustaining timbers at suita- 
ble intervals. 

Where the cables branch off into the various levels or rooms, 
the connection between the main and branch cables should be 
made in a weather-tight terminal box or cut-out box, as described 
on pages 89 90and 132, so that the connections can be readily 
changed when desired, or better still, usearegular junction box. 


The branch cables can be laid in a rough box or suspended as 
above described. Do not fail to provide each cable end with a 
terminal to protect the conductors against moisture. If these 
methods are carefully followed, satisfactory results will be 
certain. 4 

‘ Another plan, but more expensive than either of those sug- 
gested above, is to use iron armored cables such as are em- 
ployed in submarine service ; these could be laid on the floor of 
the entries or levels, and would not be easily injured. 

, If a cheaper class of wiring is desired than could be done 
with cables,and the mines are comparatively dry, use our 
Weathe.proof Line Wires—especially the Tip-Top grade, (page 
20)—but if the mine is in a constantlv moist or wet condition, use 
a suitable Rubber-covered Wire (pages 11 to 18); the wire 
should be tied, in the usual way, to giass or porcelain insulators 
mounted on brackets, the brackets being secured to the sustain- 
ing timbers or- walls. 

, ee instructions for making joints, loops, etc., see pages 122 

(@) ' 

For Flexible and Duplex Wire to connect from the perma- 
nent circuits to movable lights, drills, etc., see pages 11, 14, 21, 


HOUSE CABLING OR WIRING. 


_For determining the size of conductor to be used in wiring a 
building for electric lighting see rules and tables, pages 165 to 171 
inclusive ; for the general character of the work be governed by 
the rules of the Board of Fire Underwriters. 

In order to obtain the best and neatest results, architects and 
owners of buildings in process of erection should make ample 
provision for electric wiring for lighting, annunciators, call 
bells, etc., and this can be done at small cost; passages or chan, 
nels of suitable size, say from one to two inches square, should 
be left to all points at which it is likely that a lamp, annunciator, 
push button, etc.,might at any time in the future be located; 
proper openings should be left through the partitions at suitable 
places between ceiling and floor; the “risers” through which 
the wires or cables are passed from one floor to another should 
be ample in size. It is advisable to insert at a suitable point in 
the wainscoating of each floor a neat box provided with lock and 


120 


key, in which the cut-outs, switches, and, if necessary, the bat- 
tery cells, can be located; the entire system should be carefully 
laid out with a view to drawing in the wires or cables subse- 
quently without cutting floors or walls. A still better plan is to 
lay in the building, during or after its erection, a tube of fire and 
water-proof material, just as gas pipe is laid. These tubes may 
be of tin or iron, and preferably lined with an insulating sub- 
stance, or they may be paper tubes specially treated to make 
them Dre and water-proor. . 
The cables or wires can be drawn into the tubes with great 
facility, and connected to the lamps at any point desired. The 
wires being continuously enclosed in a fire-proof tube, no fire 
can result from a short circuit; the damaged wires are easily 
withdrawn and repaired or replaced by new wires, this being the 
only expense incurred. If preparations of this kind are made 
when the building is under construction, the difficulty of electric 
wiring will be greatly lessened and the cost of the work to the 
owner materially reduced ; this matter should in these days have 
the same care and study as the location of steam and gas pipes. 
Where no such provisions have been made, the methods of 
wiring houses are three in number: : f 
(2) CLEAT WORK. The cheapest method—in which the 
wires are visible, and are secured to the ceiling or walls at short 
intervals by hard wood cleats. ‘ 
This system is only advisable where appearance is to be sac- 
rificed to economy, and is, therefore, recommended only for mills 
and factories ; ithas the advantage of affording ready access to 
the conductors in case the location of lamps or instruments is to 
be changed. ; , 
(2) MOULDING WORK. In which the wires are covered by 
wooden mouldings; this system is more expensive than cleat 
work, but it is much neater in appearance ; soft wood should be 
used, as it does not warp as readily as hard wood; it can be 
stained to match the finish of the room. ; 
(c) CONCEALED WORK. Thisis the most difficult method 
of wiring, unless it is done in a new building before the lathing, 
plastering and flooring have been begun, in which case it is com- 
paratively simple. _ ie 
Whatever plan is adopted for wiring a house, the work 
should be done with the greatest of care, and should be placed 
in the hands of strictly reliable and responsible men; great care 
must be used in driving nails or staples, to avoid cutting the 
insulation of the wire. Wherea house is wired for electric light- 
ing, the switch controlling all or a portion of the lights for each 
floor should be located at the most convenient place, those for 
long passages, cellars, etc., being usually located at their 
entrances. 
LEAD-COVERED CABLES. Where lead-covered cables are 
used for wiring a house, the greatest care must be taken not to 
., cut or injure the lead cover by the cleats or 
staples used for fastening the cable to the 
studding, etc., before plastering, or along 
the wainscoating subsequently, and it is 
advisable to use a cushion of leather, felt, 
or thin sheet lead, at each fastening. In 
passing from lower to upper floors of 
buildings, well cushioned supports, cleats 
or staples should be used at intervals of 
_ two or three feet, besides placing a cushion 
under the cable at its first turn or bend at 
the top. Several methods are shown in 
Figure 65, where 4 is the wood cleat and 
staple most suitable for attaching two 
cables along brick walls; @ is wood cleat 
' with screw for attaching to wooden struc- 
| ture; c and d are forms for single cables, 

' and e is the cushion above mentioned. 
|| Where it is desirable to further protect 
the cables against injury, nail wooden 
strips, of proper thickness, to the walls 
along each side of the cable, and upon 
Fig. 66. these fasten a cover of quality suited for 

the location. 

The cables that lend themselves most advantageously to 
house wiring are our Flat Cables, illustrated on pages 28 and 30, 
and described under “House Cables” on page 82. Where q strictly 
first-class, permanent job is required, nothing but lead covered 
cables of this pattern should be permitted. 


121 


0 


MAKING JOINTS, LOOPS, ETC. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. ‘The greatest care is necessary 
in making joints or connections on cables; if properly made they 
are fully as good as the cable itself. 

This is the most important part of a cable installation; given 
a strictly first-class cable, its practical success or failure is 
dependent upon the method and care used in making the joints. 
This part of the work must not be entrusted to inexperienced or 
careless hands; every splice should be carefully inspected by the 
superintendent in charge before being passed. Let all buyers 
take notice that any important deviation from the instructions 
given in this book for making joints will vitiate any guarantee 
that may be given by us, unless our written consent tosuch devia- 
tion has first been procured, 

Do not undertake to make joints on our cables in any other 
way than hereinafter described, without first submitting the pro- 

osed method to us for approval; it is at least possible that your 
‘new’? method has been long ago tried and found unsafe, and we 
will cheerfully give our customers the benefit of the information 
accumulated in the past thirteen years 

Put the insulating tape or covering on the wire joints to at 
least the same thickness as the regular insulation of the cable 
conductor; be sure that there is no protruding sharp burr or 

oint on any of the wire splices, as it may subsequently be 
orced through the insulation to the lead sleeve, or to another 
conductor, causing a “ground” or “‘cross.” 

' The wire jointsmay be made and insulated by an expert line- 
aan, but, unless he has had special experience or understands 
the manipulation of the Joint Moulds, he should have a first-class 
plumber to prepare the sleeve and make the solider wipe, etc. 
The splicer’s hands must be kept perfectly dry and free from 
perspiration, as a little moisture communicated to the splice may 
result in lowering the insulation resistance. 

It is a matter of record that allthe burn-outs occurring in 
electric light cables in the New York subways in a period of 
twelve months (with the exception of those in a Vulcanite Insula- 
ted Cable) were traceable in every case to defective joints, or to 
mechanical injury; it pays to employ good jointers in under- 
ground work, and if you cannot secure absolutely reliable and 
experienced men, we are ready to furnish them. There have 
been several important instances in this country where the idea 
that any one could make joints and that any kind of joints would 
suffice was not only held, but acted upon, by those who should be 
supposed to know that the reverse is true, the result being the 
partial if not complete ruin of the cables. 

William Maver, Jr., says on this point (see foot note, page 72): 

‘If, for example, the method of making joints that it is related was employed 
some years ago in Philadelphia—namely, to strip the ends of the lead covering 
for two or three inches and then to place three or four turns of tape around the 
ends of the conductors—had been followed in the New York subways * * * * I] 
think, no doubt, I would have had to report to-night a continued series of failures 
in the electric light service similar to those so often quoted as having happened in 
Philadelphia.”’ 

Each section of cable should be carefully tested (see page 137) 
for continuity and insulation before making the wire splices, and 
again when the joint is finished. 


GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING 


JOINTS AND USING TOOLS, ETC. 


REMOVING MOISTURE. ‘The first step in making a cable 
joint is to cut off the soldered end and inspect carefully for indi- 
cations of moisture; if any moisture is present and is thought 
not to extend very far from the end, cut off a little cable ata 
time, inspecting carefully after each cut; ée careful not to con- 
zinue this so far that the cable will become too short to be Jointed. 
Whether or not these cuts have removed the moisture can be de- 
termined by removing the lead from the piece-last cut off and 
dipping it into very hot insulating compound; if any moisture is 
present it will be evinced by bubbles rising to the surface; if these 
bubbles appear when no more cable can be cut off, apply heat to 
the lead cover of the cable, beginning at the point nearest the 
duct and very slowly approaching the end of the cable, the object 
being to drive all moisture to the open end; wherever it is 
allowed, a furnace or torch can be used for this purpose, and if 
the cable is covered with saturated fiber, a metal screen or net 
should be interposed between the flame and the cable to prevent 


122 


its ignition; if the use of a furnace or torch in manholes is for- 
bidden, or is unsafe on account of the presence of gas, the heating 
should be effected by pouring very hot ins; 2ting compound over 
the cable, catching it in a vessel held underneath. Where there 
is any doubt as to the final freedom from moisture, it is best to 
make a careful insulation test before the joint is made. 

SCORING THE LEAD. ‘Thesecond step is to score the lead 
cover of the cable at the point to which it is to be removed, and 
for this purpose the tool shown in Figure 56, page 105, is particu- 
larly well adapted. 

Place the cable in the band or rest g, loosen the set-screw d, 
and slide the arm ¢ along the handle a, until the cutting disk f 
comes in contact with the cable, the lever 4 being in the posil‘on 
shown in the drawing; grasp the handles @ and ¢ and press them 
together until the lever 6 comes in contact with the armc; this 
will cause the cutting disk to sink into the lead cover to the 
required depth, preferably only about half way through; now, 
revolve the tool around the cable until the score is completed; 
generally one turn is sufficient. 

REMOVING THE LEAD. The third step consists in removing 
the section of lead which has been limited or marked off by the 
scoring tool; this is easily done by using the lead-cutting tool, 
illustrated in Figure 55, page 105; the method of using the tool on 
an anti-induction cable is as follows: Adjust the stops 4, by means 
of the set-screw c.so as to have the projecting portions of the cut- 
ting blades a, exactly equal to the thickness of the lead that is 
to be removed; apply the tool to one of the corrugations and so 
that one side of the tool will extend, say 1-16 or 1-32 of an inch be- 
yond the end of the cabie; hold the cable firmly with one hand, 
close the handle until the stops terminate the cut, then bend the 
tongs in the direction of the cable, which will remove the upper 
half of the lead from the wire for a distance corresponding with 
the width of the blades; repeat this operation until the lead has 
been removed to the point where the cable was scored; do this 
with each corrugation. 

The same method should be followed in removing the lead 
cover from a round cable, say 34 of an inch or less, in diameter. 

When the tool 
is to be used on a 
round cable more 
than 34 of an inch 
in diameter, pro- 
ceed as follows: Set 
one of the stops so 
that the blade 
slightly projects, 
say about 1-82 of an 
inch; set the other 
~ so that the project- 

S ing portion will be 
exactly equaltothe 
thickness of the 
/ lead cover of the 
cable; the tool in 
- this case is not to 

Fig. 66. straddle or span the 
cable, but is ap- 
plied to its side, the short blade being nearest the operator; now 
apply pressure to the handles until the blades sink into the lead 
up to thestops; the short blade will enter the lead but slightly, 
while the other will cut entirely through; now turn the tool to- 
wards the short blade, the latter acting as a fulcrum. Instead of 
revolving the tool around the cable at right angles to the latter, 
the handles should be inclined in the direction of the cable, (see 
Figure 66), so as to remove the lead spirally as at d@towards and 
as far as the score around the cable, at which point it will again 
come off straight. As the lead comes off the cable at the score it 
slightly pulls out, in bell-shape, the end of the remaining lead 
cover of the cable, which is extremely desirable, especially in the 
case of electric light cables, to avoid static discharge there. 

REMOVING THE INSULATION. ‘The fourth step is to re- 
move the insulation from the conductor; an easy means of doing 
this provided by thetool illustrated in Figure 52, page 103, Its 
operation is as follows: Adjust the cutting blades a by means of 
the set-screw ¢, so that the distance between them is slightly (say 
1-32 of an inch) greater than the diameter of the conductor that is 
to be bared; then bring into working position that groove of the 


123 


cylinder 4, which corresponds closely to the diameter of the 
insulated conductor and fix it firmly by the set-screw d, then ad- 
just the limiting screw “ so that the cutting blades @ will be 
prevented from making contact with the sides of the groove in 
the cylinder 4; insert the end of the insulated wire between the 
blades and the groove, allowing it to pass in as far as the tool will 
permit; then press the handles together to the limiting screw, and 
holding the wire firmly with one hand, draw the tool away from 
it with the other; this removes the insulation from both sides of 
the wire and cuts through the layers so that the remainder can 
be removed instantly by the fingers; the blades should be oiled 
freely so as to facilitate the cutting. 

The toolregularly furnished is designed to cut the insul tion 
from the wire for a distance of only one inch, which is ample for 
any conductor smaller than No.12 B. &§.G. If it is desired that 
the tool shall cut off more than this amount, a slightly modified 
form will be furnished. : 

If the conductor is larger than No. 10 B. & S. G. the lead- 
cutting tool shown in Fig. 55, page 105, is well adapted for the 
purpose and can be operated in the manner described for re- 
moving the lead from anti-induction cables, but in that case the 
cutting depth of the blades should be adjusted to slightly less 
than the thickness of the insulation, else the blades might strike 
the conductor and soon become dulled. ‘The better way is to ad- 
just the stops and place the tool as above described for cutting the 
lead off large round cables, and after closing the jaws on the 
insulation, revolve the tool directly around the wire. 

WIRE SPLICES. ‘The fifth step is to make the wire splices. 
Several tools have been designed by us for making splices on tele- 
graph and telephone cables. (Splices 
on electric light cables are described 
in a subsequent paragraph.) One of 


these: 

THE ROTARY WIRE SPLICER, 
is shown in Figs. 54Aand 67, and its 
operation is as follows: Bend the left 
‘ hand wire dat right angles to itself, 

Fig. 67. the bent portion to be approximately 
equal in length to one-half the diame- 
ter of the splicing tool, or about the width of the jaws of small 
cutting pliers; insert the bent portion through the slot a, into 
the hole at the bottom of the slot, the outer end of which isshown 
at 4, its course through the tool being indicated by dotted lines; 
then lay the right hand wire c, into the slot upon the wire d, to 
which it is to be spliced, and extending beyond the tool far 
enough to be conveniently grasped with the pliers e, say from 
one-half to one inch, according to the size of the wire, a longer 
splice being desirable for larger wire; grasp the two wires at the 
left hand side of the tool 
(Fig. 67 shows this stage), 
and then revolve the tool 
upon the wire as its axis 
Fig. 68. and gradually draw it away 
from the pliers until the 
wire inserted in the hole 4, has been entirely withdrawn. Fig. 
68 shows the finished splice as produced by this tool. From four 
to six revolutions of the tool will be sufficient to make a perfect 
joint with the wire ends proportioned as here described; fewer 
revolutions mean the more rapid movement of the tool away 
from the pliers, while more mean a slower movement, but the 
jointer can easily regulate the movements, so that from four to 
six turns willcomplete the joint; this will be found to be the best 
practice, as fewer turns might result in a loose joint, and more 
turns might twist the wireso hard as to break it off. Withalittle 
practice however, it will be found that the tool practically regu- 
lates itself and needs no special attention. The splice can be 
made longer or shorter by lengthening or shortening the ends of 
the wire from the proportions above given. It is important to 
keep in mind that the tool must be revolved to the right, that is, 
as the hands of a clock move, otherwise there is danger of break- 
ing off the wire. When the joint is finished, see that both ends 
are pressed down by the tool or pliers, so as to leave no sharp 
points to pierce through the insulation. Another tool, the 


WIRE SPLICING TONGS, is shown on page 105, Fig. 57, and 
its operation is as follows: Slip the copper sleeve into the groove 
a, between the anvils 4 and c,so that the inter-locking portions 
will be on the outside; now insert into the sleeve, from opposite 


124 


sides, the two wires that are to be spliced, allowing them to overlap 
each other and extend 
about 1-16 inch beyond 
the ends of the sleeve; 
press together the han- 
dles of the tool with suf- 
: ficient force to cause the 
Fig. 69- milled surface / co press 
the tongue of the sleeve hard into its corrresponding groove; this 
completes the joint, the tool is easily removed by spreading the 
handles apart; the position of the wires and sleeve in the jaw of 
the tool, just before the 
milled surface /has closed 
upon them, is shown in 
Fig. 69,the completed joint 
being shown in Fig. 70. 
See that the sleeve and re- 
moveable parts 4 and c of the tool are the correct size for the wire 
which is to be spliced; for instance, the removable parts and 
sleeve adapted fora No. 14 B. &. S. G. conductor Should not be 
used for making asplice on No. 16 or No. 18 B. & S. G. conductor; 
removable parts and sleeves will be furnished when required for 
any size conductor. See table on page 106. tue 

INSULATION. ‘The sixth step is to insulate the conductor, 
for which full instructions are given in a subsequent paragraph. 

COMPLETE OR SLEEVE JOINTS. The seventh step is to 
make a complete solder joint or sleeve joint over the insulated 
conductor or conductors, and this may be done by the old method 
described further on, but in the search for quicker methods we 
have devised two moulds which give very satisfactory results, and 
which can probably be used with entire success. Ifthe moulded 
joints are carefully inspected by the superintendent in charge 

‘and the workman compelled to exercise proper care, an abso- 
lutely sate joint can be produced. * 

A careful following of the instructions in an intelligent 
manner, will make the use of this device of great value especially 
where skilled plumbers or jointers are not available, asin places 
remote from cities where skilled underground cable workmen 
can be found. 

The Complete-Joint Mould (page 108) is intended for making 
a complete joint at one operatron, and in this no lead sleeve is 
required. This form of mould can only be used where the cables 
contain but few conductors and where the insulated wire joints 
do not require to be spread over a considerable length in order to 
form a bulk slightly less in diameter than the cable itself. It is 
operated as follows: ; 

The amount of lead to be taken off the cable largely depends 
on the size of the cable: if too much lead 1s removed, there will 
not be enough bearing surface for the paper tube. 

For No.4 Electric Light Cables with 6-32 inch insulation, 
strip the lead back on each end 13-16” ; remove the insulation for 
a distance of 44” from the end of the wire, this gives a wire joint 
one inch long. Commence to tin the cable ends 5-16” from 
where the lead has been removed and tin back 4%’. This will 
serve as a general guide for proportioning the various parts of 
a joint: the mica sheet increase slightly in length with the size 
of the conductor. 

Figure 71 shows a section of a complete joint on No,4B. & 
S. G. Electric Light Cable. The scale is half actual size. 


SOLDER SLEEVE 


Fig. 71, 


See that the removable parts are of the right size to fit the 
cable and the mica tube, and that the mica snugly fits the cable. 
The sheet of mica should be about J, of an inch thick, and free 


125 


from holes or cracks that might permit solder to pass through. 
It should be cut carefully to the proper size for the use to which 
it is about to be put, and should be dried over the solder furnace 
just before applying it to the cable. Make the wire connection 
and tape it in the usual way, after which wind the mica sheet 
twice straight about the cable, and be careful to see that each of 
its ends overlaps a slight and equal amount of the lead cover of 
the cable, say, 4 to % inch, that it is wound tightly on to the 
lead cover, and that it forms a smooth tube between the two 
leads. The mica is secured firmly in place on the lead covers by 
several turns of fine copper or steel wire, and one or two turns 
between the lead covers, but these latter should not be applied 
so tightly as to collapse the mica tube. The mold should be 
heated so that it will melt half and half solder, which is the 
grade to use tor making the joint. Heat the solder toa tempera- 
ture just sufficient to make thin sheet lead assume a semi-molten 
condition, but to save time it is best to heat it a little above this 
temperature. Close the mold over the joint, place it on a stand 
or box, and quickly fill with solder. To facilitate the removal of 
the mold, take out some of the solder from the pour holes witha 
small knife or tool while ft is still soft. The mould is then 
chilled with a wet cloth, opened up and removed, and the pro- 
jecting pieces of solder sawed off close to the joint, which is 
then completed. If the mold does not fit tightly at its juncture 
with the cables, the solder will be prevented from running out 
by applying a damp cloth at the spot. The joint should be care- 
fully inspected, and if not perfect at all points, the defect is 
easily remedied with a hot soldering iron. 


_ THE SLEEVE JOINT MOULD is used mostly on Bunched 
Wire Cables where the insulated conductors of the splice form a 
bunch larger in diameter than the cable itself, or where the 
splices are so numerous 1n each joint as to require distribution 

: at various points, thus resulting ina 
long joint which can only be protected 
by a lead sleeve or tube; the general 
directions for heating the solder and 
the mould and having the correct re- 
movable parts, given above as to the 
complete joint mould, are applicable 
to this mould also. 

Afply it in the position shown in 
Figure 73, the mould itself being 
shown open on page 104; betore be- 
ginning to pour the solder, see that 
the pour-hole is open at the top and 
closed at the bottom, and immediately 
after filling the mould close the iittle 

Fig. 73. lever at the top, this cuts off the sol- 

der in the pour-hole, thus ensuring 

ready removal of the mould. from this point on proceed as de- 

scribed above with reference to the complete joint mould; in pre- 

paring the lead sleeve, it 1s essential that the ends shall be dressed 

down to the diameter of the cable by the shortest possible curva- 

ture, otherwise they wili interfere with the flow of solderthrough 
the pour-hole of the mould. 

FILLING SLEEVE JOINTS. Ail S:eeve Joints must then be 
filled with hot compound in the manner described below and a 
lead cap soldered over the nour. holes: this completes the Sleeve 
joint. Joifits on Rubber Cables are not filled. 

The making of joints on cables of various classes will now 
be described in detail. 


JOINTS ON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 


SMALL SINGLE WIRE CABLES, 


REMOVE THE LEAD carefully fora distance of one and one- 
half to two and one-half inches from the end, according to the 
size of the conductor, <are being taken to avoid cutting the insu- 
lating cover; then 

REMOVE THE INSULATION from the conductor, so as to 
expose about one to one and one-half inches of the Cop pe leav- 
ing a margin of one-half to one inch of insulation between if 


and the lead. If the insulation is thick, as in Electric Inght 


te AT 


Cables, cut it to taper like a pencil 
point, as at d, Figure 74, to secure a 
more perfect union between it and the 

: insulating cover of the splice; ( 
Fig. 74. SCRAPE THE CONDUCTOR bright, 
and if a sleeve joint is to be made, slip 


the 

LEAD SUEY Ea Din unts prepared, (see page 104) over one 
of the cable ends and push it back out of the way, while the con- 
ductor is being jointed and insulated; the 

WIRE SPLICE, if ona 
conductor smallerthan No. 
8B. &.S.G., is then made 
as above described, or the 
Fig. 75 regular United States Tele- 

nee graph Splice, shown in 


Figure 75, may be made. 

When the conductor is No. 8 or larger, and especially if 
composed of strands, as in most electric light cables, the follow- 
ing method is used, viz: Referring to Figv**74, the ends of 
the conductors a a’ are cut square across, butt¢. logether, as at 
$, and soldered in this position; a piece of sheet copper is then 
pressed around the junction and firmly soldered in place, an 
opening being left along one side of the sleeve, so as to allow 
the solder to catch the copper strands; or a copper tube, c, 
snugly fitting the bare conductor and having an opening in the 
top, as shown, to admit solder to the copper strands, may be 
used in lieu of sheet copper. Solder heated to the same degree 
as in making a wiped joint is then poured over the copper 
sleeve and the surplus caught by the wiping cloth, until the 
solder is thoroughly sweated into the splice, and the sleeve and 
conductor are strongly united. 

INSULATING THE SPLICE. A tape of cotton or paper ac- 
cordiug to the insulation of the cable is then wound spirally 
around the wire connection until it is protected by three or four 
ply of the tape and to at least the thickness of the insulation on 
the conductor. In lieu of tape the tubular braid, described on 
page 102, or a tube of paper in case of paper insulated telephone 
cables, may be used, the tape or tube should cover both the wire 
splice and exposed section of the insulation, d @’,and should be 
held in place by a tie of strong thread, or, if the tape is used, it 
can be split in half for a short distance from the end and the two 
halves brought round in opposite directions and tied, as shown 
in fig. 79, now pour hot insulating compound over the splice to 
expel any moisture that it may have taken up from the jointer’s 
hands or from humid conditions of the atmosphere or manhole, 
holding a vessel below to catch the surplus. 

For Rubber Cable see page 150. 

WIPED SOLDER JOINT. The lead sleeve is then brought 
up. so as to bring the centre of the sleeve coincident with the 
centre of the wire joint, and the ends of the sleeve are dressed 
down close to the lead of the cable and joined thereto by a wiped 
solder joint(B, Fig. 76); the wipes must be absolutely water-tight, 
and should be carefully made and inspected. 

FILLING THE SLEEVE. Thesleeve is then filled with hot 
insulation through a hole tapped for that purpose in the centre 
top of the sleeve, except in the case of a large cable, or cables 
containing many conductors, when two holes shouid be tapped 
(see Figure 76),each about one-third of the distance from the 

— SSS SE, ends and hot insulation 
poured alternately into these 
holes until the sleeve is thor- 
O=_— 2S = Heciegt filled. Plenty of time 

: : shouid be given the com- 
Fig. 76. Sleeve Joint. pound to saturate the tape 
and drive off any moisture that may have been communicated 
by the workmen, This is an extremely important matter, and 
low insulation, and possibly re-making the joint, will be 
avoided if alittle more time and care be given tothe proper filling 
of the sléeve. Should there be any indication of moisture when 
the insulation is poured into the sleeve, it should be elevated at 
- one end.so that as the compound ts poured in one hole, it will 
run ouc at the other and carry off all the moisture. The amount 
that overflows shouid at ‘east equal that required to fill the 
sleeve. The overflow is received in a vessel and used again for 
other joints. When the sleeve has been completely filled, the 
holes are closed by sheet lead caps soldered carefully over them, 


127 


and the joint is then complete. It should not, however, be 
moved or have any strain put upon it until it has cooled. 


_ In lieu of making the sleeve joint just described, a single 
wiped solder joint (see Figure 77) may be made on the insulated 
conductor, but in this case, unless the complete joint mould 
above described is used, athin and narrow strip of sheet lead 
should be wound spirally upon it with slightly overlapping 
edges from cable-lead to cable-lead, after pouring hot insulation 
on the covered splice. 


JOINTS ON ANTI-INDUCTION CABLES. 


_ The same general method is followed with each conductor as 
in the case of small single wire cables, above described. Each insu- 
lated wire may be separately wrapped with thin sheet lead from 
the lead on one side to the lead on the other, to preserve con- 
tinuity of the anti-induction feature, before making the complete 
wiped joint or centering the sleeve for asleeve joint; if the 
separate wraps of sheet lead be omitted and a single complete 
wiped joint is to be made, it is necessary to fold an overlapping 
strip of sheet lead lightly around the bunch of insulated con- 
ductors, so as to form a metal body or core on which to build the 
wipe. Before making the wire-splices be sure that the indenti- 
fying marks, on the two cable sections, register with each other, 


JOINTS ON BUNCHED CABLES. 


In making joints on bunched cables of less than fifty wires, 
proceed as in anti-induction or small single wire cables, but 
omit the use of sheet lead. If the cables contain fifty wires or 
upwards, distribute the wire splices and avoid the bunch which 
would result from making them all opposite one another. 

The following description of jointing a two hundred con- 
ductor cable is applicable to all multiple cables of this class : 

Strip the lead off for a distance of two feet from the ends of the 
cable and separate the conductors into eight groups of twenty- 
five wires each. Select that group that lies principally on the 
top or upper side of the core, and cut the wires off within three 
inches of the lead. Then take the group on either side and cut 
the wires off six inches from the lead. Follow this plan all the 
way around, making each group six inches longer than the pre- 
ceding until the last bunch is reached, which will be found to be 
the proper length without cutting. Prepare the conductors of 
the other cable in exactly the same manner, but in the reverse 
order of rotation, which will bring the shortest ends of one side 
opposite the longest ends of the other; the three-inch ends of 
one side should then meet the twenty-one inch ends of the other, 
and so on, the lengths dove-tailing to one another so as to give an 
equal distribution of the eight groups of wire joints throughout 
the twenty-four inches. The ends of the conductors are then 
cleared of insulation, connected and wrapped, as in the case of 
the small single wire joint. Pour hot insulation over it, so as to 
expel all possible moisture; the bunch of wires should then be 
pressed compactly together and tied with a strong, thin cord, 
or wrapped tightly with a piece of cotton tape from one end to 
the other; then centre the lead sleeve and proceed as described 
above for electric light cables, noting carefully the extra precau- 
tion as to two pour-holes instead of one, and giving ample time 
for the absorption and settling of the hot compound. 


LOOPS, HALF-CONNECTIONS, ETC. 


From the foregoing directions for making electric light and 
small single wire and bunched cable joints, the following brief 
directions for making loops, half-connections, etc., will be easily 
understood : 

LOOPING ELECTRIC LIGHT CABLE. Figure 78 illustrates 
4 loop from a Duplex Electric Light Cable before the splice has 


128 


een insulated; the lead is removed from the cable for a distance 
of three to five inches, according 
to the size of the cable, and the 
insulation is then cut off the con- 
ductor for a distance of two to four 
inches, all this being done sub- 
stantially in the manner describ- 
. ed for making joints on electric 
light cable, and with the special 
tools above described, the conduc- 
tor itself, however, remaining in- 
Fig. 78. tact; the conductors of the branch 
4 cable are then prepared precisely 
as in making a joint and can be secured to the main. conductor 
in several ways, two of which are illustrated in Figure 78, where 
ais the main conductor, / is one of the branch conductets split in 
half, the two halves being spread and slightly flattened se as to lay 
in opposite directions along the main conductor, @a’is fine wire 
(No. 14 to 20) securely wrapped around the main conductor and 
the halves of the branch conductor; gg’ are tre ends of the two 
halves turned up, soas to still further ens:e a t’ght jeint; é 3’ is 
the insulation of the cable, and ¢ c’ is the lead cover. 


Another method of joining the branch 
couductor to the main ‘s indicated in the 
same Figuze, where e is a split copper 
Tee which is siipped over the main and 
branch coaductors and securely soldered 
» to both; isthe seam through which the 

solder passes to the conductor within. 

Fis. 79 Figure 73 shows the appearance of each 
Bahr of these splices after *he tape has been 
applied. At this point a lead Tee, split open (see Figure 80), is 
slipped over the 
entire joint and 
closed srugly to- 
gether,care being 
taken to make 
the edges register 
neatly and then 
soldering them 
thoroughly; the 
threeendsa,éand 
qeaoutnedeecare 
then dressed 
iswn to fit the 
= cable, and wiped 
: solder joints are 
Fig. 80. ead T, Split. made between 
: ; them andthelead 
cover of the cable, making tne finished joint resemble the letter 
1; ahole is then tapped and 
tae Tee is filled with hot 
insulation, the hole or holes 
being afterwards closed by 
lead caps, as in the case of 
sleevejoints. Figure 8l shows 
the same complete, @ being 
w) the Lead Tee; 4 the solder 
. wiped joint; c the cable, and 
Fie. 81 d@ the seam between the two 
Bave7 halves of the ‘ree. 


LOOPING TELEPHONE, TELEGRAPH OR FIRE ALARM 
CABLES. Remove the lead from the cable or corrugation by the 
aid of the lead-cutting tool ard cut the conductor, bending the 
ends outward to meet the ends of the branch cable prepared in 
the usual way; if the cable is of anti-induction form the desired 

ae ba : .. couductor is easily selected by the 
yj exterior identifying mark (see 
Figures 9 to 18, page 28), while on 
a bupckedcable it is located by the 
Ssitrpie mnethed described under 
the head of ‘“lesting”’ on page 187, 
withort cutting any wires or insu- 
lation. Figure 2 illustrates prac- 
tically all the steps in looping one 
conductor from a cable of this — 


129 


kind, atwo-wire cable being used for the loop; a is the wire splice; 
éis the same taped; c is the regular insulation; dis the branch 
cable. After the wire splices have been insulated, the entire.con- 
nection is enclosed in a lead Tee precisely as in the electric 
light loop above described; substantially the same method is 
followed for looping out any number of conductors from the 
cable. 

_ _ See page 88 fora method that obviates the making of any 
joints in looping, branching or dividing cables, whether they be 
underground or aerial, except that in the latter case the cables 
are brought into the bottom of the cable box from the cross-arm 
or other support. Thus if a 100 pair cable were to be connected 
to 2-50 pair aerial cables, at a given point the three cables would 
enter the cable box, the 100 pair cable in the center and one of 
the smaller cables on each side of it. Each would be provided 
with a terminal and each of the 50 pair cables would connect to 
50 pairs of the main cable by short jumper wires between the 
proper binding posts. The method described in the next para- 
graph is however, a strictly ‘““underground’’ method of 


SPREADING OR DIVIDING. 11 a 100 wire cable is to be 
divided into, say a 80 
or a 70 wire cable at 
a given point, treat 
fm the cables of the lat- 
7? ter denomination as 
forming one side of a 
regular cable joint, 
and proceed accord- 
ingly; if a small 
cable is to be divided proceed substantially as if making a joint 
on anti-induction cable. A cable spread into single conductor 
cables is shown in Figure 838. 

MULTIPLE JOINTS. In telephone work particularly it is 
often advisable to be able to reach a wire at two or more points; 
to accomplish this end the main cable is joined “in multiple” 
with smaller branch cables. For instance, a 100 pair cable may 
have twenty-five pairs taken off “in multiple’? at two or more 
places, so that if subscribers increase in one place and decrease 
in another the changed conditions can be met without any fur- 
ther change in the cable system than to ‘‘dead-end”’ or open the 
surplus circuits at the reduced points and utilize them at the 
other. When this kind of a joint is made, the 100 pairs are 
joined straight through and twenty-five of the pairs are also 
connected in multiple with twenty-five pairs of a smaller cable, 
going to some distributing point. In this case the paper tube 
(Insulating the Splice, page 127) covers the splice of the three 
wires instead of twoas ordinarily. If pairs 1 to 25 were jointed 
in multiple at one point, 138 to 88 would be taken at the next, 26 
to 50 at the next, etc. 


INSULATING THE SPLICE ON RUBBER CABLE. On 
rubber insulated cables the copper conductors are joined exactly 
as described for cables insulated with fiber or paper and the 
wire splice is then covered by a thin layer of pure unvulcanized 
rubber tape ¢& to 34 in thickness, wrapped spirally round the 
splice and this layer again covered by tapes, until the insulation 
is as thick as on the main conductor. The tapes contain less 
and less rubber until the outer layer isreached and this is usually 
a first-class adhesive cotton or linen tape. When the cables are 
lead covered the rubber tapes do not require vulcanization, as 
the lead cover is air tight, but on aerial or other non-leaded 
cables, the rubber should be carefully vulcanized by means of 
heat, applied by a spirit lamp or other suitable device and then 
covered with the linen or cotton tape as a mechanical protection. 
The vulcanizing of non-leaded rubber cables is a very important 
feature, and should be intrusted only to skilled experts, if satis- 
factory results are to be obtained, and the cable is to last any 
considerable time. 


SPACING AND SEPARATING DEVICE. The Marsh patented 
method of spacing conductors in multiple electric light cables is 
useful and desirable in many cases, and consists of aninsulating 
block or disc having the requisite number of grooves in its pe- 
riphery, into which the spliced conductors, whether bare or insu- 
lated, are placed ; the lead sleeve is then applied and filled with 
compound as usual. It prevents any possibility of crowding the 
conductors against each other in the sleeve, and so insures 
greater separation and higher insulation at the joints. 


130 


Fig. 83. 


JUNCTION BOXES. 


Read carefully the description of the junction boxes on 
pages 95 to 98, so that the following instructions may be more 
readily understood. 

On account of the greater convenience of so doing, the cable 
ends are as far as possible prepared before insertion into the 
box, by removing the insulation the proper distance and scraping 
the wires bright in telephone or telegraph cables, and securely 
soldering the binding posts or heads to the conductors of electric 
light or power cables, (see T fig. 34 eet fig. 33). The distance 
of these posts or heads from the end of the lead cover must be 
carefully determined with reference to the position they are to 
occupy in the junction box. The cable ends are then passed 
through the end of the Conner junction box, or the nipple of the 
other style, until the lead cover is at least one inch within the 
outer end. A wiped solder joint is then made between the lead 
cover and the nipple or box, except in the Fowler junction box, 
where melted solder 1s poured into the enlarged inner end, O, of 
the nipple; but before doing this, the wire connection should be 
tried to make sure that the cable has been inserted the proper 
distance, and the connector of electric light and power cables 
should be put firmly in position between the two posts or heads 
of the box, to assure the best possible relation between the con- 
tact surfaces of the connectors and heads or posts, and kept so - 
until the solder has become thoroughly set. When the cables 
have been soldered to the box, of either the Conner or Fowler 
class, examine all the connections again, and if found in proper 
condition, place the gasket in its place, and screw the cover 
down tight by means of the cover screws, being careful to bring 
them down gradually and all around the cover, that is, do not 
run one screw clear down to its limit before touching the others, 
but run each screw in turn half way down until you get around 
again to the first screw, then run it down a little further, and 
each of the others in turn the same distance, and so on, making 
three or four rounds, until all the screws are set to their limit; 
this will prevent springing the cover at any point, and will] 
ensure even pressure on all parts of the gasket. 

If it is a duplex cable, keep the connections spread apart as © 
far as practicable, and tuck a sheet of pure gum tape in between 
them before putting on the cover, as a further safeguard against 
short circuiting. 

In the other junction boxes (figs. 49 K, L, M, N), the conduc- 
tors are brought to the binding posts or are spliced straight 
through as in making a regular cable joint, as the case may be, 
and the gaskets and covers are then put in position as above de- 
scribed. In the box shown in fig. 49K, the hot compound should 
be poured through the hard rubber disc B, by removing the plug 
F, for that purpose. In figs. 491, and 49M, the wires which are 
spliced straight through can also be filled over with heated com- 
pound, but usually they are merely well taped, so as to be more 
easily accessible than they would be if the compartments were 
filled with compound. In the Fowler junction box, the hard 
rubber terminals are applied in the manner described under 
terminals, fig. 48, page 90. Unless the conductors go to binding 
posts or connectors which have numbers stamped on or along- 
side of them, they should be tagged with the same numbers as 
they bear at the terminals, thereby preventing the necessity of 
breaking a number of connections in search of a particular 
wire. 

If placed directly in the ground between manlioles or service 
boxes, it is best to build a rough wooden box around and over it, 
and fill the wooden box with pitch; also to mark the curb or 
building directly opposite the junction box to facilitate finding 
it subsequently if necessary. Employes should be especially 
cautioned to use the utmost care in replacing gaskets and covers 
after they have opened junction boxes for any purpose what- 
ever, and the gaskets should be carefully examined at stated in- 
tervals, (not less than once every six months) and replaced with 
new ones if there are indications of inefficiency or decay. 

If junction boxes are used on cables carrying extremely 
high potentials, say 5000 to 15000 volts or more, it is essential to 
make the insulation centinuous, and as nearly as possible homo- 
geneous, from the cable insulation of the incoming cable to that 
of the outgoing cable, because of the distance which currents of 
such high pressures will travel over surfaces of any kind, or 
spark through air. 


131 


TERMINALS. 


The terminals furnished by us are fully described on pages 
89, 90, and 91. The general practice is to lay or suspend the 
cable from the main office orstation to the distributing point or 
points, whether that be a pole, house-top, or cellar, where it is — 
to connect with the overhead or interior lines. The cable box is 
placed in the most convenient position possible, and, if the 
cable conductors are to be connected to overhead lines, efficient 
lightning arresters should be used, but if connected to interior 
lines they are not necessary. 

The cable should enter the cable box through the bottom, 
the cable conductors being dis- 
tributed tothe posts of the terminal 
and thence to the line wires, by 
way of the lightning arresters 
which can in most cases be mounted 
in the cable box and thus be pro- 
tected against the weather. 

Fig. 84 shows a pole with cable 
box a, terminal 4, binding posts ec, 
line wires d, cable e, iron pipe /, 
platform / with its railing g, and 
lightning arresters 7. The outside 
or line wires may enter either the 
side or the bottom of the cable box, 
preferably the latter. The cable 
box should always be set below the 
lowér cross-arm, so that it may be 
made wide enough to hold the 
terminals and lightning arresters 
and to prevent contact of the line- 
men with the overhead wires. 

Where the cable leaves the 
ground and runs up a pole or 
building to a cable box, it should 
be protected by an iron pipe se- 
curely stapied to the pole; the 
cable may be drawn up through it, 
ot passed into the pipe before the 
latter is erected and then raised 
with it, care being taken that the 
cable is not cut by the edge of the 
pipe at top or bottom. Care must 
Fie. 84 also be taken to support the pipe 

ae ee at its lower end so that it will not 

test or settle down upon the cable. 


TUBULAR TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH TERMINALS. 


The cable end is prepared by removing enough of the lead 
cover to enable the conductors to easily reach the highest binding 
post when the head is applied to the cable. Fit 
the front half, containing the posts, against the 
lead of the cable so that the lead will extend 
into the lower end of the terminal, as shown at 
6 in fig. 85, a distance of one to two inches, ac- 
cording to the size of the terminal, a larger 
terminal requiring a larger bearing on the lead 
cover. 

Apportion the cable conductors to their re- 
spective posts, and cut them to the proper 
length. Remove the insulation 3 from each 
wire and scrape the wire bright to such dis- 
tance that, when attached to the post, there 
will remain within the terminal at least one- 
eighth inch of bared wire, so that when the ter- 
minal is filled with compound, all air or mois- 
ture will be excluded from the insulating cover 
of the wire. After the cable conductors have 
been opened up and prepared for the various 
binding posts, press them snugly together so 
as to keep the bunch smal? enough for the 
rubber head. se 

It is best in the case of cables containing 40 
conductors or more toorder the terminalsa little 
larger than the cable, and makea close fit by 
placing several layers of tape on the lead cover. 


132 


Beginning with the lower post or 
series of posts, pass the bared conductor 
2, for each post, through the hole 5 to 
the outside of the terminal, and lay it 
snugly under and entirely around the 
enlarged head of the binding post as 
illustrated in the detail view fig. 85A, 
and screw the post tightly upon 1t, thus 
making a permanent connection which 
is not again to be disturbed. In like 
manner attach conductors to the next 
higher post or series 
of posts, until all are/, 
Me connected up. Then 

Fig. S0 A. bring the back half of 
the terminal into position, and secure to the | 
front half by means of the screws 10, and fill i" 
the tube level with melted insulating com- # 
pound. While the compound is still soft, press 
the cap 11 into position so that when the com- 
pound hardens it will hold the cap firmly in 
place. The terminal will now appear as shown 
in tig. 85B. 

The wires 12 from the terminal to the light- 44 
ning arresters are then connected to their | 
proper posts, as shown in fig. 85 A, the terminal 
end of the same being securely held between 
the enlarged head 7 and the washer 8 by means 
of the screw 9. The terminal should be placed 
in the cable box in such a position that the 
binding posts will be free from contact with 
any object whatsoever. 

In terminals intended for a very large 
number of conductors, where it is desired to 
limit or reduce the length of the terminal, 
binding posts may be set in the dack, as well as 
in the front half, but in such cases care must Fig. 85B. 
be used in cutting the wires for the series of 
posts in each half,so that, when the halves are brought together, 
the holes by which they are secured to each other shall register 
without causing undue strain on any one of the cable con- 


ductors. : 
DEGENHARDT TERMINALS. 


The terminal (fig. 27, page 84) is fastened against the back of 
the cable box; the end of the cable is passed through the grip K 
and is firmly held there by the band F (shown in detail at O, P, 
Q,) the cable conductors are spread as shown, and about % to l 
inch of insulation scraped off each one; they are then threaded 
through the part L, of the binding posts G, which are mounted 
in the hard rubber side D. This binding post is shown in detail 
atl, M,N. The wire is passed through L, from the inside and 
laid around the shoulder of L, and the part M is then screwed 
on, holding the wire firmly in its place. Connection with the 
lightning arrester and thence to the air line, is made by the 
screw N and insulated wire K. After all the cable conductors 
have been so connected, the front of the terminal is fastened in 
place by the screws C, the top piece A is removed and the termi- 
nal filled with melted Ozite or paraffine, either of which must 
be heated only hot enough to run, as otherwise there is danger 
of melting the hard rubber sides. The top is then replaced. 


SECURING TERMINALS IN POLE BOXES. 


Hach terminal should be neatly fastened to the back of the 
pole box containing it. The Degenhardt and the Iron terminals 
are secured by screws through the backs of the terminals, taking 
into the backs of the pole boxes. 

The Tubular terminals may be secured against the backs of 
the pole boxes by neat metal bands bent over the front half at 
the top and bottom of the terminals, the bands being attached 
to the back of the pole-box by means of screws; or these fasten- 
ings may be dispensed with, (especially in the case of small termi- 
nals.) by fastening the cable, in the same manner, to the back of 
the pole box. In either case, however, the cables should be se- 
cured to the inside of the box, or to the pole just below the box, 
so as to prevent the weight of the cable from coming onto the 
terminal and pulling the conductors out of their respective 


posts. 
133 


APPLYING ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 
POWER TERMINALS. 


TUBULAR TERMINALS. Fig. 85C illustrates in detail the 
method of applying a duplex terminal, while 
the right half thereof shows the details as they 
should be followed for single wire terminals. 

A indicates the distance to which the lead 
cover extends into the terminal—approxi- 
mately one inch—and is the point at which the 
lead cover is cut off the cable. Bis the point 
at which the insulation is cut off the conductor, 
and, in duplex cables, # is the point at which 
the insulation is cut off the second conductor, 
there being sufficient distance between Band # 
to make connection with one of the insulated 
wires /coming out of the terminal, thus pre- 
venting the two wire joints from coming oppo- 
site each other. 

In each case the cable conductor C is soldered 
to the line conductor C’ of the insulated wire 
F by means of the copper sleeves D. After 
making the wire splice or splices, as shown, 
the terminal and cap are threaded over the line 
wire or wires /, and seated firmly over the 
cable to the point 4. A few winds of tape can 
be used over the lead, if necessary, to make a 
tight fit. he terminal is then filled with 
compound, which soon hardens and prevents 

Fig. 85C the conductors from moving out of their origi- 

: : nal positions. In single wire terminals, the 
cap is pressed into its position while the compound is still 
plastic, and will thus be held firmly in place, while in duplex 
terminals the hole G is closed by a simple wooden plug. 

The line wires / are then run to the switch, cut-out, arresters 
or lamps, etc., and the work is completed ready for operation. 
Should it become necessary at any time to remove the terminal, 
heat it with a gasoline torch until the compound is soft, where- 
upon the terminal can readily be drawn off the cable, and laid 
aside to be reapplied when the work is finished. | 

The method just described does not permit of readily con- 
necting and disconnecting the cable conductor to and from the 
lines, unless, as may be done, a separable connector is put in 
the line wire near the terminal. 

The following directions for applying a single wire terminal 
with separable connectors will, therefore, be in order, bearing 
in mind that the same connections would apply to a duplex ter- 
minal, in which case, however, the two posts must be separated 
as widely as the tube will permit, and for high tension eircuits 
all the metal should be thoroughly taped over to prevent short 
circuiting. Remove the lead cover A and insulation B in the 
proportion shown in fig. 48, page 90, and far enough so that 
when the post D is secured to the cable conductor C, and the 
terminal H, with its cap J, is placed in position, the heavy part 
of the post will project about 4% to 4%inchabovethecap. Solder 
the conductor C thoroughly to the post D, after seating the set 
screws (if any are provided, as in fig. 49) against the conductor. 
Now pass the tube H over the post, and fix it firmly on the lead 
cover A, allowing the post to project as above directed. Then 
fill the tube with melted insulating compound, slip the cap over 
the post, and press it on to the tube while the compound is still 
soft. The line connection is now made by means of the thumb 
nut, lock nut and connector referred to at fig. 48. 

ACHESON TERMINAL. See pages 33 and 90. The con- 
ductor A, insulation B and lead cover C, are prepared as ex- 
plained in the preceding paragraph, or as in making a splice. 
The insulation must be cut off sufficiently that when the cup is 
filled with compound it will be covered over to a depth of say % 
inch. The lead cup is soldered to the lead cover by a wiped 
joint, the conductor A, if a single solid conductor, is permitted 
to extend above the cup, and is securely soldered to the cone N, 
but if it is a stranded conductor, the cone N is made longer and 
extends within the hard rubber cup E. Hollow iron poles are 
seldom provided with platforms, and therefore all this prelimi- 
nary work is best done on the ground, and before the cable is 


134 


placed in the pole, the thimble X with its spider legs S, and base 
or plate J, being slipped over the cable end before the lead cup 


is wiped on, It is then passed into the top of the pole and drawn © 


through the pole and subsidiary conduit to the manhole where 
it is connected to the main cable by a splice or a junction box. 
The thimble X is secured to the pole by three set screws through 
the spider legs S, the plate J being secured to the top of the 
thimble by screws entering its lower side, and a round rubber 
ring gasket, R, is placed in the groove in the edge of the plate; 
the line wire or trolley taps are then soldered into the inclined 
opening in the connector M, and pass out through close fitting 
holes in the plate J, tothe lamps, trolley wire, pole line or ser vice 
wire; the connector M has a concave opening in one end, which 
corresponds to and is firmly pressed upon, the cone-shaped post 
N, by a strong set screw asshown. The metal cover Q is then 
placed over the connections, and the guide screws L, and given 
a turn to one side to lock it in place. 

UNDERGROUND TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS. The 
description given on page 91, together with the working direc- 
tions, for applying junction boxes and terminals, will, if care- 
fully read, enable any careful, intelligent cable man or line man, 
to apply these devices. All contact surfaces must of course be 
thoroughly cleaned and the connections made tight, and no sur- 
plus cable left in such a position that the trolley “shoe can strike 
it in passing, and the mica fittings must be handled in a reason- 
able and careful manner, especially the screw threaded parts. 
When the device shown in fig. 49A is used, the metal tube E 
should fit the cable snugly, fee) be put on perfectly straight be- 
fore soldering it tothe cable. ‘the soldering must of course be 
carefully done, so as to leave no chance for moisture or water to 
fiud its way to the interior of the connection. The cable con- 
ductor should be secured to the shank C’ ina perfectly straight 
line, so that the clamp G can be put on and off the screw threads 
of the two parts without great difficulty. Put the rubber gasket 
K in place, and then screw on the gland G, which must of course, 
be slipped down upon the cable before the metal tube E is sold- 
ered to the lead cover. 

POLE PLATFORMS, (see fig. 84, page 132), are almost abso- 
lutely essential on all terminal poles, unless as described under 
Acheson terminal, the terminal connections can be prepared on 
the ground, and put in position with the cable. Our pole plat- 
form is light enough to be easily put in position, yet strong 
enough to hold two men with tools, etc. It greatly facilitates 
the work to be done in the cable box or terminal, and ensures its 
being done with greater care and neatuess, which constitutes 
sufficient grounds for strongly recommending it. In ordering, 
it is only necessary to give the diameter of the pole at the point 
where the lower ring encircles it, so that the ring, which is ad- 
justable within certain limits, may be made of proper size. 

A platform without handrail is used sometimes, but is not 
entirely safe unless the workman is guarded by a strap or rope 
around himself and the pole. 


CABLE HANGERS. 


Fig. 85 BE. 

ONE PIECE MALLEABLE IRON. 
Slip the broad band over the cable at the 
desired point, either with or without a 
lead cushion, as may be decided; then 


Fig. 85 D. 


apply the tongs as shown in fig. 85 D, squeeze the handles 
together, and it will close over the cable as shown at 5 in fig. 
491, page 94. When the band is to be removed, the operation 
is reversed with the opening tongs shown in fig. 85 B. 


135 


ECONOMIC. For description see page 95. Any old wire of 
suitable size and strength can be 
cut up into the proper lengths and 
used for the hanger-wire; it can be 
quickly bent with pliers, into the 
first form shown on a small scale 
at 2, fig. 85 F, ready to be threaded 
through the holes dd when the 
hanger is to be applied. 

In fig. 85F the wire gg is shown 
threaded through the passages dd 
and this is the form in which the 
cable hanger appears when ready 
for use, the wire gg being long 
enough to pass around the cable 
and through the passages ee where 
the ends of the wire are brought 
together and twisted over the semi- 
oval boss m as shown in fig. 85F. 

Although not strictly necessary, 
it is advisable (especially if the lead 
cover is thin or not protected with 

Fig. 85F. a fibrous jacket, or in case rubber 
coveredjcables are not double taped) 
to provide a piece of sheet lead 
or old leather or gum hoseo equal 
or nearly equal, to the circum- 
ference of the cable and place 
it around the cable before the 
hanger is attached. 

In putting this hanger upon 
the cable, the wire gg is threaded 
through the passages dd as 
shown in fig. 85 F, the hanger is 
then put in place, the wires gg 
are brought around the cable 
and passed through the openings 
ee to the face f of the base, where 
they may be easily grasped with 
the pliers of the lineman and 
twisted over the boss m (fig. 85G), 
any surplus ends being cut off. 


LIGHTNING ARRESTERS. 


When the conductors of a cable connect to air lines, they 
should be carefully protected by lightning arresters of first-class 
reliable type. The ground wire from the arrester should be 
made as short as possible ; hence it should be soldered to the end 
of the cable, and will thus be only a few inches in length. In 
general the ground wire, whether tocable, or earth at base of 
pole, should be larger than the cable conductor, but in no case 
smaller than would be required by the following rule, namely: 
where the ground wire is five feet or less in length, use No. 9 B. 
& S. G. wire ; for more than five feet, multiply the length in feet 
by 2,640 and use the wire whose area in circular mils comes 
nearest to the praduct. The usual ground wire to the base of the 
pole should not be omitted, especially when the cable is pro- 
vided with a saturated fibrous protective covering, or laid solid 
in pitch, and in such cases the lead cover of the cable should be 
“‘grounded”’ by the usual means, at the nearest practicable point 
to the end of the cable. 

The description given, on pages 92 and 98, of our arresters is 
so clear as torequire little in addition, as any good lineman can 
connect up the arresters. It is advisable to inspect arresters at 
regular intervals and especially after every storm, to discover 
any damage to fuses, ground points, binding posts, etc., which 
may have occurred. 


136 


TESTING ELECTRIC CABLES, 


LOCATING FAULTS, Ete. 


Copyright 1897 sy HENRY W. FISHER. 


The subject will be treated under four heads : 


Ist—-ORDINARY OUTSIDE TESTING. 


A common practice among telephone and electric light peo- 
ple has been to test underground wires with magneto bells and 
hand telephones. As the static charge of even a short length of 
underground cable is sufficient to ring a magneto bell and give a 
decided “click ’’ from the telephone diaphragm, these instru- 
ments should never be absolutely relied upon for this purpose. 

A small. current-detector-galvanometer, such as may be 
bought for three or four dollars, with a few cells of battery, will 
always furnish practical evidence of the condition of under- 
ground wires, and its use is easily understood. 

Before concluding that a cross, or grouud, or open wire isin 
the outside cables, carefully examine and disconnect office cables, 
terminals, etc., and repeat the tests. 


LEAKS OR GROUNDS. In testing for leaks or grounds, with 
the outfit above described, the cable wires should be opened at 
the point where they connect to the air lines and the test applied 
at the other end of the cable. One pole of the testing battery 
grounded, the other connected to one post of the galvanometer ; 
a short piece of insulated wire attached to the other post of the 
galvanometer is then touched successively to the bared ends.of 
the cable conductors, and any one causing a permanent deflec- 
tion of the galvanometer needle, is faulty. A chloride of silver 
battery of at least 50 cells should be used for this purpose ; hori- 
zontal galvanometers that will show a leak of over one megohm 
with 60 cells of battery can be purchased at Electrical Supply 
Stores. (See also page 140.) 


CROSSES. In testing for crosses, bunch ail the wires 
and connect them to oneend of the testing circuit ; then remove, 
one by one, the wires bunched, touching each successively to the 
other end of the testing circuit. (See also page 140). A sudden 
deflection of the galvanometer needle indicates that the wire 
touched is crossed with one of the bunched wires ; care must be 
taken to see that none of the wires are in contact with each other 
or the lead cover at the other end of the cable. 


IDENTIFYING WIRES WITHOUT CUTTING. It is fre- 
quently necessary to identify certain wiresin a joint or cable, so 
that they may be brought out and connected to a subsidiary 
cable. (See pages 80,81 and 129.) Todo this, without cutting the 
wire or insulation, ground the desired wires at one end of the 
cabie, being careful that all the other wires are separated and 
free from grounds at both ends; remove the lead from the joint 
or cable, and heat the insulated wires by a torch, furnace or hot 
insulating compound; as soon as thesurplus insulation has been 
melted off, so that the individual wires can be separated, test for 
the grounded wires by means of a galvanometer and battery, as 
above described. making connection with each wire by means of 


137 


a needle or other sharp pointed instrument that can be used te 
pierce through the insulating covering. 

CONTINUITY. To test for broken wires the conductors 
should all be grounded at one end and the test applied at the 
other end, as explained under ‘‘ Leaks or Grounds” page 187; 
but in this case the deflection obtained from each wire is evidence 
that it is not broken. 


2d—RESISTANCEH AND CONDUCTIVITY 
OF WIRES. 


RESISTANCE. The resistance of wires is most conveniently 
measured by means of a Wheatstone’s Bridge, a three to six-cell 
battery and a Thompson Reflecting Galvanometer. Connections 
are made as in Figure 88, except that the battery wire S is con- 
nected to the juncture of Zand #, instead of ate. Ordinarily the 
values of 4 and & may be 10, 100 or 1,000 ohms, and A may be 
varied from 1 to 10,000 ohms. Under these conditions 

A=10 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 100 ohms or less; 

A=100 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 100 to 1,000 ohms; 

A=1,000 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 1,000 to 10,000 ohms; 

A=1,000 and B=100 for a resistance of 10,000 to 100,000 ohms; 

A=1,000 and B=-10 for a resistance of 100,000 to 1,000,000 ohms. 

Estimate the approximate resistance of the wire in question 
and choose the values of A and B; ifthe resistance cannot be even 
approximately estimated, commence with the first values of A 
and B above given, and if a value of R=10,000 gives a deflection 
in the same direction as when R=0, try successively the propor- 
tions above given till a balance of the needle is obtained. 

Remove plugs from the resistance box until on pressing 
down the battery and galvanometer keys, no appreciable deflec- 
tion of the needle is observable. If there is too much resistance 
in the box, the needle will swing one way, and ifthere is too little 
it will swing the other way. In testing long lines, or where 
extreme accuracy is not necessary, the resistance of the line will 
ue * x resistance unplugged that gives the smallest deflection. 
If an exact balance cannot be obtained, and great accuracy 
is desired, it will be necessary to note the deflections imparted to 
the needle when a variation of one ohm makes it move in oppo- 
site directions. 

Let d = the deflection with a resistance of R’ ohms in the box; 
let d’ = the deflection with a resistance of R’ + 1 ohm in the box, 


; d : 
then the correct resistance R = R’+~q7q7 and the resistance of 


: pee 
the wire, as measured, is zp R 


If lead wires are used instead of inserting the wire under test 
into the binding post of the Wheatstone Bridge, the resistance of 
the former must be measured and deducted from the total 
resistance. 

Where no return wire is available, ground thoroughly the 
distant end of the conductor c (Fig. 88), and also ground ¢ instead 
of connecting it to a; where very accurate results are desired in 
measuring lines of, say, 50 miles or more, the resistance of “‘earth”’ 
should be deducted from the total resistance. 

CONDUCTIVITY. Measure carefully the resistance of the 
wire, as above described, and note its temperature, (usually the 
temperature of the surrounding air); then ascertain the correct 
length, and, where the size is not known, the diameter of the 
wire should be measured in several places with a Micrometer 
Gauge and the mean of these readings taken as the probable 
average diameter. 

On page 161 will be found the resistance per 1000 feet ot various 
sizes of pure copper wire, for a temperature of 68° F. In order 
to compare the resistance per 1000 feet at 68° F. of the wire in 
question, with pure copper wire, proceed as follows: 

(a). Calculate what the resistance of the given wire will be 
at 68°. Letting R= the resistance of the wire as measured, R’=— 
the resistance of the wire at 68° F, and t= the difference between 
the temperature of the wire and 68°, 

Then for copper wire we have R’= R (1+.0021 t) where the 


temperature of the wire is less than 68° F; and R=" poi where 
the temperature of the wire is greater than 68° F, 


138 


And for iron wire we have for the first case R’= R (1+ .0039 t); 
R 


and for the 2nd case R’=T +0039 t.. 


(b). Calculate the resistance per 1000 feet of the wire as 
follows: Divide the resistance at 68° F. by the number of feet 
and multiply the quotient by 1000. If the wire corresponds in 
size to one of the sizes on page 161 then the conductivity is found 
by dividing the resistance per 1000 feet, as given in the table for 
the size in question, by the corrected resistance of the wire per 
1000 feet as previously calculated. s : 

If the wire does not correspond to any size given in the table, 
proceed thus: Letting d= the diameter of the wire in mils, R= 
the ohms resistance per 1000 feet of a pure copper wire with 


K 
diameter =d, and K—constant or 10,792.* Then R=—q3z- an d 


the conductivity is found by dividing R as thus calculated by the 
resistance of the given wire per 1000 feet at 68° F. 


3rd—INSULATION AND CAPACITY 
TESTS. 


The necessary electrical apparatus is: A Thoméon Reflecting 
Galvanometer and its shunt, a1l-l0 megohm resistance box, a 
condenser and discharging key, chloride of silver battery of not 
less than 50 cells (preferably 100) and an appropriate switch. 

INSULATION TESTS. Having determined from what end 
of the cable the tests are to be made, secure the use of a room or 
basement (preferably the latter), in which 
to set up the instruments. Runtwo high- 
ly insulated wires to the end of the cable, 
and connect one to the lead cover and the 
other to the conductor whose insulation 
resistance is required, the remaining con- 
ductors, if any, being connected to the 
lead cover; set up the instruments ona 
large table and make the connections as 
illustrated in Figure 86, where & is the 
1-10 megohm box, G the galvanometer, / 
its shunt, & the battery, and S a switch; 
insert the plug in the 1-999 shunt, place 
the switch Sin the position represented 
by dotted lines and ciose the battery 
switch, 6; now open the short-circuit key 
F c,of the shunt, and read the deflection, 

Fig. 86. which we will call d:; then close the 
shunt key c, and place the switch S, in the position shown 
full in the figure; again open the shunt key, and if no deflection 
is observable, remove the plug from the 1-999 shunt, so that all 
the current can go through the galvanometer; then after about 
one minute’s electrification, read the deflection, which we will 
calld’. The insulation resistance of the conductor expressed in 


megohms, is then—3r—. If a one megohm resistance box is 


used the numerator of this fraction becomes 1000xd, but 
the 1-99 shunt will in general give the largest readable deflection, 
in which case the formula remains as given. The insulation re- 
sistance of the lead wires should be carefully measured, and if 
any deflection is observable, the value of d’ must be diminished 
by the amount of this deflection. 

If in determining d’ the spot of light goes off the scale it will 
be necessary to use the shunt that will give the largest readable 
deflection, and then d’ is multiplied by 10 for the 1-9 shunt, by 
100 for tne 1-99 shunt, and by 1000 for the 1-999 shunt. A large 
deflection, gradually increasing in value, generally indicates 
polarization, and, when this is the case, the lead of the cable has 
been broken or torn off through careless handling, or else the 
ends have been unprotected so as to admit the passage of 
apouture into the cable. One hundred cells of battery should be 
used. 

To find the insulation resistance per mile, multiply the 
absolute insulation resistance by the length of the cable in 
miles. On page 153 is a table of “ feet expressed in decimal of a 
mile,’? which can be used in this connection. 

CAPACITY TESTS. The arrangement for making electro- 


*Diameter? X resistance per rooo feet. 


139 


static capacity tests is shown in Figure 87, where G is the 
galvanometer, /its shunt, A isthe discharging key, Sa switch, 
£& the battery and JY the battery switch. 
Asin the case of insulation resistance 
tests, connection should be made to one 
wire free from all the others, and to the 
others grounded to the lead of the cable. 
When the discharging key A isin repose 
we have electrical connection between @ 
and 4,and between d and e; press down 
firmly the buttons P /, to connect a toc 
and @ to /; the condenser or the cable 
can thus be charged at will by means of 
} the battery #8, and the switch S; six 
cells are generally sufficient for ordinary 
testing. Place the switch, S, so as to 


CONDENSER 


charge the condenser, and if the spot of 

light goes off the scale with no shunt, 

Heft} > put the plug in that shunt which will 
i give.the largest readable deflection; hold 
Fig. 87. down firmly the buttons P P, for about 


15 seconds, and then release them sud- 
denly, noting the throw imparted to the needle; in like manner 
read the throw from the cable after it has been charged. 

Where shunts are used, the throw must be multiplied by 10 
for the 1-9 shunt, 100 for the 1-99 shunt and 1000 for the 1-999 
shunt; letting t equalithe effective throw of the condenser, t’ 
equal the effective throw of the cable and K the capacity of the 
condenser in microfarads, then the capacity of the cable in 
microfarads equalst_~ ES , and the capacity per mile is obtained 
by dividing this result by the length of the cable in miles. 

Where great accuracy is required, itis best to have both 
throws as nearly equal as possible, by using a multiple series 
condenser and inserting such a capacity as will give a deflection 
about equal to that of the cable. 


4th—LOCATING GROUNDS, LEAKS, 
CROSSES AND OPEN WIRES. 


This subject is so broad and comprehensive that we will 
only be able to outline a few methods. 

GROUNDS OR LEAKS, under 10,000 Ohms Resistance. 
For accurate work use the instruments mentioned under “ Re- 
sistance,” page 138. 

When at least two good conductors, in addition to the 
“grounded wire,” are accessible: Set up the instrument in the 
ordinary manner and run two lead wires of equal dimensions to 
the cable; measure carefully the resistance of these two wires 
then measure in turn the combined resistance of the grounded 
wire and one of the good wires, the grounded wire and the other 
good wire, and the two good wires; these three wires must, of 
course, be connected at the distant end of the cable ; then letting 

Z equal the resistance of each lead wire, 

d equal the resistance of the grounded, wire, 

c equal the resistance of one good wire, 

e equal the resistance of the other good wire, 
and K. K/ and K” equal the respective measured resistances, we 
have: 2/+d+c=K; 3 Z+d+e=K’,; 2/+c+e=K”; from which, by 
algebraic elimination, we get 

f Tz Pt ‘ ad v 
aa k K oe ond cK tk’ ETB 

By this means, therefore, we are enabled to 
know the exact resistance of the grounded wire, 
provided it be not grounded in more than one place. 

Now make the connections shown in Figure 88; 
A and & are the arms of the bridge, 7 is the resist- 
ance in the box, 72 the lead wires running to the 
cable, ¢c is the good wire, a and 4 separate portions 
of the faulty wire grounded at g; G is the galvano- 
meter. Ground one side of the battery, (preferably 
to the lead cover of the cable) and connect the other 
to thejuncture of Sand A, asshown in the diagram; 
remove plugs from the resistance box until, on 
pressing down the battery and galvanometer keys, 
no deflection of the galvanometer needle is observ- 
able; then letting the letters in Figure 88 stand for 
the resistance of the various parts, and, remember- 


140 


ing that d, the resistance ot the grounded wire, as previously 
obtained, equals a+b, we have, by Wheatstone’s law, 

-a+/+R)=B (b+c+42); substituting for b its value, d—a, and re- 
B(d+c+/)—A (¢+R) 


ducing, a= We thus obtain the actual resist- 


+B 
ance to the ground, and letting D represent the total length of the 


grounded wire, we have as the distance to the ground, TD. 


We recommend the following as a check method: Reverse 
the wires at the binding posts of the bridge, as shown in Figure 
89: remove the plugs until a balance is obtained, 
then by Wheatstone’s law we have, A (b+c+/+R) 
=B (a+) and, reducing, a—A (dyer Ri—Be 
and, as before, the distance to the ground equals 
a> 

This ought to agree very closely with the 
value obtained by the previous method; care 
must be taken to see that the length taken for 
S the grounded wire is correct, for this is often a 
source of error. Three or four cells of battery 
will be sufficient for ordinary use, but where a 
leak of several thousand ohms is to be located 
{iii|4 50, or even 100, cells ought to be used in the last 

ae: two methods. For ordinary testing A=10 and 

Fig. 89. —=1,000 ohms. 

Where only one good wire is accessible and 
this wire is of the same general dimensions as the grounded wire, 
the approximate resistance of the grounded wire can be found by 
taking half of the actual combined resistance of the two wires, 
after which proceed as has been indicated in the previous 
methods. 

Where no good wire is accessible, the following method may 
be adopted, but it cannot be relied on unless the resistance of the 
ground is unvariable: Set up the instruments at one terminal 
of the cable; ground very thoroughly on the lead of the cable one 
of the wires running to the Wheatstone’s Bridge; connect the 
other wire to the grounded conductor and measure the resistance 
of the circuit; then proceed to the other terminal of the cable 
and in like manner measure the resistance of the circuit from 
that end; then, letting a= the resistance to the ground from one 
end, b= the resistance from the other end, R and R’=the respec- 
tive measured resistances, and letting R’’—the resistance of the 
grounded wire, (which can be calculated by knowing its length 


and size), we have a—Rt RR and i and the 


distance to the ground from the end where the first measurement 
was made —prD 


If the resistance of the ground is variable, it will, in general, 
be indicated by the difficulty to obtain a balance with the Wheat- 
stone’s Bridge and by a non-accordance of the resistance as meas- 
_ ured with the battery reversed. 

CROSSES of variable or unvariable resistance where two 
good wires, in addition to the crossed wires, are accessible: 

It each crossed wire cannot be identified separately at the 
terminals of the cable the following method will, in general, 
make identification certain: Number the crossed wires at the 
testing end of the cable, No. l and No.2, and at the far end No. 
8and No. 4 respectively; call the good wire No. 5; make the fol- 
lowing four sets of connections and measure the respective 
resistances. 

(a) Wires from Wheatstone’s Bridge to No. 5and No. 1, with 
No.5and No.3connected at far end of cable. (b) Wires from 
Wheatstone’s Bridge to No 5and No.1, with No.5 and No. 4 
connected at far end of cable. (c) Wires from Wheatstone’s 
Bridge to No. 5and No. 2, with No. 5 and No. 4 connected at far 
end of cable. (d) Wires from Wheatstone’s Bridge to No. 5 and 
No. 2, with No. 5 and No. 3 connected at the far end of cable. 

Let R’ R’’ R’” R’’” stand for measured resistance; if R’+R”’ 
is less than R’’+R’/’" then No.1 and-No.3 are one wire, No. 2 
and No. 4 the other wire, while, if R’+R’” is greater than 
R’’+R’’’, No.1 and No. 4 are one wire and No. 2 and No. 3 the 
other; if the resistance of the cross is constant its value is one- 
half the difference between R’+R/” and R’+R’”,, After finding 


141 


he separate resistance of one of the crossed wires and the good 
.wire by the method given in the previous heading, proceed 
exactly as directed in the methods for locatin rounds, except 
that, instead of grounding the battéry, connect it to the wire that 
is crossed with the one used in making the test. In Figures 88 
and 89 the ground wire S may be considered as the wire 
crossed with a+b and then it is evident that the formule derived 
from these figures for grounded wires are applicable to crossed 
wires also, 

Where a single wire is crossed or grounded in morethan one 
place, or where there are many crosses or grounds in one cable 
of several conductors, complications occur that often defy solu- 
tion. The conditions of the case in hand might be such that the 
fault could be located approximately by specially devised 
methods; fortunately in practice such a state of affairs seldom 
occurs. In order to facilitate such tests as are above described, 
orders as tothe connections to be made should be given by means 
of a telephone or telegraph instrument to a person stationed at 
the far end of the cable. 

OPEN WIRES. Where one good wire is accessible, set up 
the instruments as shown in Fig. 87; take a throw firston the 
open wire, then on the good wire and finally on the good wire 
connected to the open wire at the far end of the cable; letting t, 
t’ and t’’ equal the respective throws, and letting D equal the 
total length of the broken wire, the distance to the break is 


pats” 

It is usually best to make insulation resistance test of the 
broken wire before proceeding as above: also measure the resist- 
ance of the break by connecting one wire to the broken con- 
ductor at the near end of the cable and the other wire to the good 
conductor connected to the broken wire at the far end of the 
cable; if the resistance in either case is much lessthan one 
megohm the results obtained cannot be thoroughly relied upon. 

Where no good wire is accessible, proceed as follows: Set up 
the instruments at one end of the cable, and take a throw on the 
open wire and on the condenser, then go to the other end of the 
cable and take similar throws there; letting t and t’ equal the first 
and second throws on the cable and candc’ the corresponding 
condenser throws, we have as the distance to the break from the 


end where the first test was made ee 


at tt 


As stated before, the insulation resistance of the broken wire, 
as well as the resistance of the break, should be measured. Ifthe 
insulation resistance of the open wire is high, the resistance of 
the break can be found by grounding the open wire at the far end 
of the cable, and connecting one lead wire to ground and the 
other to the open wire at the testing end of the cable. 


142 


GENERAL 


AND 


ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. 


143 


: oe 
a a 


: RO s 
L/S ae 


sta 


$ te 
:| Panag 


3 
10 
17 
24 


\17 


1] 2] 8 

8} 9 10 

15/16 
24 


24 
31l... 


21/22/93 
28/29/30) ... 


6| 7 
14 


2 a 
18/19/20 
0/26/27 


2 


redo 
ee 


1 2| 8 

8] 9)10 
13}14|15)16 17) | 10 
20|21|22/23 24)|17 

31 


27 (2829 80 


6 


4) 5 
11)12 
18/19 
25/26 


"AVA | “ANE 


‘AITOAL | —av 


1) 2] 8| 4 SAE 
8} 9/10/11 || 4) 5 
15 16|17/18 | |11}1 


22 23/24/25 


| 


5| 6} 7 
12)13}14 
19\20/21 
26|27 |28)29 30|...|... 


‘Loos 


° v | et QO uD 
|] PShe : aa 


NOL : 


: 3 me! 
| NPSRS| ITAA 


|S eBaR 


“LOO | “AON me kc Ct § 


TERR | 


144 


A CALENDAR* 


Forascertaining 


Vears 1753 to 1952., 


any Day of the Week for any given time within Two Hundred Years from: 
the introduction of the New Style, 1752 tor 


952 inclusive. 


1761|1767|1778|178911795| | |_| 
1801 1807/1818! 846)1857 1863 1874 
[190 1914 18225 
1762'1773|1779|1790| | 
1862,1813}1819) 1830 1841, 1847/1858 1869 1875: 
| = 1909 1915/1926 
W7av7e3\1774117851791| | | 
1803 1814/1825)1831'1842 1853 1859 1870 18817 
1910)1921'1927 
1754|1765}1771)17821793.1799, | 
1805 1811 1822/1935 1839 1856 1851 1867,1878)1 
1901/1907 ites ike! 
755 1766|1777|1783 1794/1800 
1896 1817)1823|1334 1845 1851|1862 1873 1879 1890 
| 1902)1913)1919)1930 
1758.1769)1775|178611797| * 
1809 1815 1826 1837/1843 1854 1865 1871/1882 1893 
| |1905)191 1/1922 1933 19: 
175311759)1770|1781|178711798 
1810 1821/1827|1838 1849 1855 1866'1877/1883 
| 1906|1917}1923 
{ LEAP YEARS. a 
1764 | 1792 | 1804 | 1832 | 1860 | 1888 | 1928 | ...... : 
1768 | 1796 | 1808 | 1836 | 1864 | 1892) 1904 | 1932 
1772 1812 | 1840 | 1868 | 1896 | 1908 | 1936 
1776 1816 | 1844 | 1872 | 1912 | 1940 
1780 | 1820 | 1848 | 1876 1916 | 1944 
| 1756 1784 | 1824 | 1852 | 1880 1920 | 1948 
1700 | 1788 | 1828 | 1856 | 1984! ...._| 1924 | 1952] 2| 51 61 2 
et 2 3 | 5 5. 
NoTe.—To as-Mon. ]/Tues.. 1]Wed.. 1/Thur. 1\Fri.... 
certain any day'Tues. 2/Wed.. 2/Thur. 2/Fri ... 2\Sat.... 
of the week, first, Wed.. 3/Thur. 3/Fri.... 3/Sat.... 3Sun... 
look in the table/Thur. 4/Fri.... 4/Sat. .. 4Sun... 4/Mon.. 4/T 
for'the year re-Fri.... 5Sat.... 5Sun... §|Mon.. d/Tues.. 5 
uired, and un-Sat.... 6Sun... §|Mon.. 6/Tues 6/Wed.. 6 
er the months/Sua... 7/Mon.. 7/Tues 7|/Wed.. 7/Thur. 7 
are figuresMon.. 8Tues.. 8\Wed.. 8Thur 8)Fri.... 8 
which refer to/Tues.. 9}Wed.. 9/Thur. $)Fri.... 9/Sat.... 9 
the correspond-|Wed 10'Thur.16/Fri ...10\Sat. 10\Sun...1G a0 
ing fi gures at\Thur.1i Fri ...11/Sat....11/Sun Mon. 11 as 
the head of the\Fri....12\Sat....12;\Sun...19/Mon..32/ Tues.12) , 
columns of daysSat....13)/Sun...13/Mon. 13/Tues 13/Wed 13/Thur.13)Fri ...13 
below. Sun...14)Mon. 14/Tues 14/;Wed 14/Thur.1]4|Fri ...14/Sat....14 
ates Mon. 15/Tues 15) Wed. 15|Thur 15!Fri....15/Sat....15;Sun...1§ 
For Example:--\Tues..16/Wed..16/Thur 16/Fri....16\Sat....16/Sun...16/Mon 16 
To know onlWed. 17/Thur.17|Fri....17/Sat.. 17/\Sun...17/Mon. 17/Tues..17 
what day of the/fhur.18/Fri....18iSat ...18Sun...18/Mon. 18/Tues 18|Wed. 18 
week May 4 was Fri....19Sat .. 19/Sun...19|Mon. 19\Tues 19/Wed: 19/Thur 19 
in 1884, in theSat ...20/Sun....20/Mon. 20)/Tues..20/;Wed 20/Thur 20/Fri....20 
tableof yea rsSun...2] Mon. 21/Tues 21/Wed 21/Thur 21/Fri ...21)Sat....2] 
look for 1884, and|Mon. 22/Tues..22|\Wed. 22\Thur 22|Fri....22)Sat....22|Sun...22 
in a parallel line,/Tues.23|/Wed..23/Thur 23\Fri ...23Sat... 23\$un...23)Mon. 23 
under May, is Wed 24/Thur.24/Fri .. 24/Sat....24/Sun...94;Mon 24/Tues..24 
figure 4, which Thur.26|Fri....25\Sat....25|\Sun...95)Mon 25/Tues 25|Wed. 25 
directs to col,|Fri ...26|/Sat....26/Sun...96 Mon. 26/Tues 26,Wed 26/Thur.26 
4, which showsSat....27|\Sun...27}/Mon 27|Tues.27|Wed 27|Thur 27|Fri ...27 
that May 4 fell on|Sun ..28|Mon. 28/Tues.28/Wed..28/Thur 28/Fri....28|Sat. ...28 
Sunday. Mon .29/Tues..29/Wed. 29/Thur 29Fri ...29Sat....20|Sun... 
Tues 30/Wed. 30/Thur.30\Fri. ..30'Sat ...30/Sun...30|Mon. ¢ 
Wed. 3l/Thur.3i|Fri....31|Sat....31'Sun...31 Mon 31/Tues.31) 


* Published by courtesy of Mr. Newton Squire, Com 
House, Its Methods and Systems."’ 45 


piler of ‘* The New York Clearing 


POSTAL GUIDE. 
Compiled from U. S. Official Postal Guide, for Dec. 1896. 


DOMESTIC MAIL. 
FIRST CLASS. 


Letters, postal cards and matter wholly or partly in writing, whether sealed 
or unsealed (except manuscript accompanying proof sheets or curr2cted proof 
sheets of the same), and all matter sealed or otherwise closed agamst easy in- 
spection. 

Rate of Postage.—Letters, two cents per ounce or fraion thereof; 
postal cards, one cent each; on ‘‘drop’’ letters, two cents per ounc- or fractioa 
thereof when mailed at letter carrier office, and one cent per ouncz? or fraction 


thereof at other offices. 
SECOND CLASS. 


Only for publishers and news agents, and applying to newspapers and publica- 
tions issued at stated intervals, as often as four times a year; must not be designed 
primarily for advertising purposes, or for free circulation at nominal rates. 

Rate of Postage,.—One cent per pound or fraction thereof, when 
sent by publisher from office of publication, or when sent from news agency to 
actual subscribers or other news agents. 

On newspapers and periodical publications of this class, when sent by other 
than publisher or news agent, one cent for each four ounces or fraction thereof. 

Publications of second class, one copy to each actual subscriber residing in 
county where same are printed in whole or in part and published, but not to be de- 
livered at letter carrier offices or by carriers, free. 

Printed or written name and address of publisher or sender, but without ad- 
vertisement, may be placed on second class matter. 


THIRD CLASS. 


Books, periodicals, photographs and matter wholly in print, (not included in 
second class) proof sheets, corrected proof sheets and manuscript copy accompany- 
ing the same. 

By printed matter under this class is meant: ‘‘The reproduction upon paper, 
by any process except that of hand writing, or any words, letters, characters, figures 
or images, or of any combination thereof, not having the character of an actual and 

ersonal correspondence;’’ it also includes circulars, designed tobe, ‘‘A printed 
letter, which, according to internal evidence, is being sent in identical terms to 
several persons. It is permissible to write in circulars the date, the name of the 
person addressed, or of the sender, and to correct mere typographical errors.’ The 
mame, address and advertisement of the sender may be placed on third class 
matter. 

Rate of Postage.—One cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof. 


FOURTH CLASS. 


Merchandise, namely, all matter not embraced in the other three classes, and 
which is not, in its form or nature, liable to destroy, deface, or otherwise damage 
the contents of the mail bag, or harm the person of any one engaged in the postal 
service and not above the weight provided by law. 

Rate of Postage.—One cent per ounce or fraction thereof, but om 
pores Cunate roots, scions and plants, one cent for each two ounces or fraction 

ereof, 


MONEY ORDERS. 


Orders not exceeding $2.50, 3 cents. 

Over $2.50 and not exceeding 5.00, 5 cents. 

Over 5.00 and not exceeding 10.00, 8 cents. 

Over 10.00 and not exceeding 20.00, 10 cents. 

Over 20.00 and not exceeding 30.00, 12 cents. 

Over 30.00 and not exceeding 40.00, 15 cents. 

Over 40.00 and not exceeding 50.00, 18 cents. 

Over 50.00 and not exceeding 60.00, 20 cents. 

Over 60.00 and not exceeding 75.00, 25 cents. 

Over 75.00 and not exceeding 100.00, 30 cents. 
When a larger sum than $100.00 is required, additional orders must be ob- 
tained to make it up, and no more than three domestic orders may be issued in one 
day tothe same remitter in favor of the same payee, payable at the same post office, 


SPEC.AL DELIVERY. 


Special immediate delivery by messengers may be secured for postal matter 
of any class, at any postoffice, by affixing, in addition to the regular postage,a 
special delivery stamp, which can be bought at any postoffice. 


REGISTRATION. 
[Domestic or Foreign Mail.] 


Any letter or parcel may be registered upon affixing thereto 8 cents in post- 
age stamps in addition to the stamps that would be required for the same article if 


not registered. 
FOREIGN MAIL. 


The following are the rates of postage to all countries and colonies (except 
Canada and Mexico) comprising the Uxzversal Postal Union, among which are all 
European and South American countries and colonies, Asiatic Turkey, most of the 
West Indies, British India, Ceylon, Congo, Egypt, Algeria, Greenland, Hawaii, 
the following post offices in China: Hong Kong, Kiung-Chow, Canton, Swatow, 
Amoy, Shanghai; and = Fusam-po, Genzanshin and Jinsen (Corea); alse 
Labuan, Liberia, Mauritius, Persia, Siam and Tunis, viz: 

Letters, per 15 grams (1% ounce) 5 cents; Postal Cards, each 2 cents; News 
wapers and other printed matter per 2 ounces, 1 cent. 


146 


eg : Packets not in excess of ro ounces, 5 cents. 4 
*#Commercial Papers : 4 Packets in excess of ro ounces for each two ounces or frace 
tion thereof, r cent. 4 


‘ 


Packets not in excess of 4 ounces, 2 cents. 
amples of Merchandise: Packets in excess of 4 ounces, for each 2 ounces or frac- 
tion thereof, 1 cent. f 

Australia via San Franctsco (except New South Wales, Queensland and Vic- 
toria, which take same rate as ‘‘via Brindisi’), letters, 5 cents each half ounce or 
traction; newspapers, 2 cents per copy; other matter, 2cents for each two ounces or 
fraction. 

Australia, British mail vza Brindész: letters, r2 cents each half ounce or frac- 
“ge newspapers, 2cents per copy; other matter, four cents for each four ounces 
or fraction, : 

China, British mail va Brindisz: letters, 13 cents each half ounce or fraction; 
newspapers, 5 cents for each four ounces or fraction; other matter, 4 cents each two 
ounces or fraction, 

Chatham Islands via San Francisco, New Zealand, Norfolk Islands and 
Tasmania, same as Australia, via Brindisi. 3 

Where 2 cent postal cards cannot be obtained, use a U.S. one cent card with 
aone cent U.S. postage stamp affixed. f 

Ordinary letters for countries of the Postal Union, (except Canada and Mexico} 
must be forwarded, whether any postage is prepaid on them ornot. All other 
mailable matter must be prepaid at least partially. 


PARCELS POST, 


Foreign Parcels Post conventions have lately been concluded between the 
United States and Jamaica, British Honduras, Bahama Islands, Leeward Islands, 
Barbadoes, the Hawaiian Kingdom, and the Republic of Costa Rica. 

Packages of merchandise other than samples, and all other articles not pro- 
hibited,may be forwarded to any of these countries at the following rates of postage, 
which must in every case be prepaid. 

Fora parcel not exceeding 1 pound in weight, 12 cents. 

For every additional pound or fraction thereof, 12 cents. 

The dimensions allowed are: ; 

Greatest length, 3 feet,6inches. Greatest length and girth combined, 6 feet. 

- The maximum weight, 11 pounds. 


CANADA AND MEXICO. 


Matter mailed in the United States addressed “to CANADA or MEXICO, is 
subject to the same postage rates and conditions as it would be if it were addressed 
for delivery in the United States, exc-pt that ‘‘Commercial Papers’’ are 
transmissible at the rate given above opposite ‘‘Commercial Papers,’’ and that 
for MEXICO all articles of miscellaneous merchandise (fourth-class matter) not 
sent as bona-fide trade samples, are required to be sent by ‘‘Parcels Post’’ at the 
rate given above opposite ‘‘Samples of Merchandise.”’ 

The following articles are absolutely EXCLUDED from the mails (CANADA or 
MEXICO) without regard to the amount of postage prepaid or the manner in which 
they are wrapped, namely: All sealed packages other than letters in their usual 
and ordinary form; publications which violate any copyright law of either 
country respectively; also (MEXICO) liquids, pastes, confections and fatty sub- 
stances, and all packages except such as are sent by ‘‘Parcels Post:’’ and (CAN- 
ADA) all packages (except single volumes of printed books and packages of 
second class matter) which weigh more than four pounds six ounces, and **Police 
Gazettes.” : 

_ Single volumes of printed books, in unsealed packages (without limit as to 
weight), are transmissible to MEXICO in the regular mails. 


GENERAL REGULATIONS. 


Applying to Domestic Mails and Foreign Mails except as modified under the 


head of ‘‘Foreign Mails.”” 
LIMIT OF WEIGHT. 


Four pounds, unless it be a single book, This limitation does not apply, to 
second-class matter mailed in packages at the poundratee If package contains 
liquids, the limit is four ounces, liquid measure. ‘ 


PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. 


On first-class matter the postage should be fully prepaid, but if two cents in 
stamps be affixed, the matter will be forwarded and remainder due collected of 
addressee before delivery. 


On second, third and fourth class matter, the postage must be fully prepaid. 
POSTAGE DUE. 


When two cents has been paid on first class matter, the remainder is collected 
on delivery at single rates. When matter reaches, by inadvertence, the office of 
destination without any prepayment, postage is collected at double the prepaid 


rates. 
UNMAILABLE MATTER. 


Anything held for postage, misdirected, destructive, scurrilous matter, obscene 
matter, lottery matter, packages of domestic third and fourth class matter weighing 
over four pounds (except single books and official matter eminating from the De- 
a at Washington) and of foreign matter in excess of weight or size fixed 

y stipulation of postal treaty. 
, Coin, Jewelry and other precious articles are prohited by postal treaty from 
being sent in the mails to foreign countries. 


Forwarding and Returning Mail Matter. 


‘ Letters or parcels prepaid at letter rates will be forwarded from one post office 
+0 another upon the written request of the person addressed, without payment of 
additional postage; other mail matter must be charged with additional postage at 
original rate, , 

Letters or parcels prepaid at letter rates, bearing written or printed returm 
card, will be returned to writer at the time he may direct; or after remaining un- 
called for thirty days; postal cards will also be returned after thirty days if they 
disclose name and address of writer and are wholiy or partly written, other matteg 
must pay additional postage if to be returned. 


( 


*Deeds, Bonds, Receipts, Bills of Lading, etc., or any writing that is not@ 
personal communication. 
147 


STATES AND TERRITORIES OF THE UNITED STATES, — 


<n atch aes AL, Le ee IPs Ee Ee fe on en a eee | 


Order Ac- | 
° : Electoral |°o° 4 
Population. cording to ae 
States and Area R papuletinn Vote.* & o 3 
Territories. Sine el ri = 
c 
s So 
1890 | 41900 | 1890 | +1900 | 1896 | 71900 | 5 =o 
Alabama........ 51,540/1 513,017 1 es ee ee TLD. cee 9 
Arizonael ts 112,920 59.620)... 48° set ds of. Seles ie 
Arkansas........ 53,045 1,128,179 7 Ihet. Pati Me S Die 6 
California......., 155,980 1,208,180 OD ee cate SRiLD oes 7 
Colorado......... 103,645) 412,198 31) haseaate 4 Dita 2 
Connecticut ...| 4,845] 746,258)....22...... DOI NEE ee OR Sa 4 
N Dakota... ‘ 147.700 1S 247,1.9 eee econ Ce | isco meee OR estes 1 
Sr Dakotas..- \aimese S28: S08 | ececreaceee Oi wenden ALT) 5.58 ee 2 
Delaware....... 1,960 168 493) Sodteaitles 203 AD gale 2733 SeR i eee 1 
IDist0feCol ec GOMBQR0 S07 eee, atone BOe he ne Ve cece lleet soe 
Florida... .| 54,240) 391,499)............ = y Die ype GD ee 2 
Georgia .. Senay 58 ,980}1 837 ,353]............ D2 ss anor TSU ees jl 
Tdano sees. 84,290} 84.385) ............ ADD alles sockises Sales caer 1 
10H Ohi ey Cy ae 56 ,000/3 826 351)............ ie (ecb 58 2A Ro hae 
Tndiatia tee... 85,910)2 192.404]. .0...... a eee Lo sRe eee 13 
lOWasen tee 55,475/ 1,911 896) ............ AO saieereces: 13 Ro ceeccnceen 
Kansas ees 81,700)1 427 OOo ere wtecs nS ea ie cee LOUD s\ cee 8 
Kentucky ...... A) COO ESS bs GBni cseeecetes tend Ls ot sige deg i * eee ll 
Louisiana ...... AB 420/118 587 ).0:.c.cnncee| 20 Treo terees SDA. cae 
MAIN Cie eecccscos 29 895 nie 4 
Maryland........ 2 860 6 
Massachusetts : 3 
Michigan ...... 7. 430! 5 ett Wee D} 
Minnesota ..... 79,205) 1 ,801 ,826)...........000. 20 oh Sea EOL RS Se eae if 
Mississippi. ... 46'340 J 239°600l See | See OND Tees 7 
Missouri ......--.| 68,735/2,679, 184 | ...........-+ Litas 17 Dil es 15 
Montana ........ VAD BLOMELS A LOO herercrmertee rE en eae SED itis: aie il 
Nebraska ....... 76, ,185}1 ,058 , MUON Ss Setbcce ik PA PRA SUD yiesteee 6 
INGVACa asec eae 109, 740 45. (GL ieee. cee 49 rr tee Sel) oversee 1 
New Hamp... 9,005 LD Oot aeaadacheses Ca Sein eae HOR Gleeson 2 
New Jersey .. 7,465) 1,444, 933)............ 1Sss aes: 10. Ralscax 8 
New Mexico... 122,460} 163,593)............ A Sealey eesteee Ling Hel oo 
INew HY Orc. 47 '620'5, 997 853 | Ssctamee tu Lea eee BORA tees 84 
N. Carolina....| 48 ‘580 1.617.947 sereaceece AVL G eal aeeeaese ED heesaceeee 9 
Ohiton hikes 40 760 3 020) Olean Aa coseens DS sRAN ease 21 
Oregon........... 4, 560! 313,767)............ 1 fs be eekirts AR eae 2 
Pennsylvania. 9855, 258 ,014!........... 2 RI eel Oot Rapesco 80 
Rhode Island.. 4 ‘053 845 ,506)...:........ DOL latoeesees ARS eee 2 
=. Carolina... 30.170 } IDE MAGA cae Dessamt once 9 D nether 7 
Tennessee «..:.:| 41,750/1 767 518)..,...3..... LST ae Be eee 12) 10 
exXas ersten tee 262,290 2.235 523 free Vie oseagee 15 Dtiecoces 13 
Wish. pre 82190] '207/905)............ es Pep tse 3D teers 1 
Vermont. ..co-.s O85) .B82 422) tes eesen. SOU eee 4 Ny seceeees 2 
Wat gi niacccs 40 125)1, 655, DEO. Menctie. Lite le ees 12 Rae we 10 
Washington .. .| 66,880 349 SOUR ee Be Were: Bb ict 2 
W. Virginia ...| 24,645 762,794, oe, Rae 0 ence cee 6 Rules ars 4 
Wisconsin ...... 54 ,450)1 686 880)............ J btafescesesers TDeR | aeceense 10 
Wyonning....... 97,575) 60,700}-.2.3f.003. 47 | ai Byaace BD yerueeeees 1 


*D, Democrat, R, Republican, in Presidential election of year named. 

The States whose "electoral vote is printed in ztadzcs have been admitted since the 
Presidential election of 1892. 

tPrinted pasters will be ‘supplied by us for these three columns, upon request, ag 


soon as officially determined. 
CONGRESS FROM 1870. 


The political attitude of the two branches of Congress from 
1870 to the present time is given below: 


SENATE. HOUSE. | SENATE. HOUSE. 

1H Del beve om ite EMME axle Rv D.: Ind. Ro Doane. 
LSTO5 57 eA AS81108 fee 1884420 ote 140 183 2 
T8748 Oe 99> 882 2-. A886) 239 BT a ese 152 169 4 
1874...44.- 29 wna. U4 AG aes: ipototey tly Rh) yaa 169 161 seen 
1876.40. OO wees. ee 140) 155 ac. 1890...47- 39 2 88 285 9 
IS78.t-34 eee L35RLDS Ave. 1892...37 44 A 91275218 Seen 
1880. .B8 387 pie ir Rye ae aa bah 1894...46 87 4 245 104 7 
1882...88 386 2 118 196 9 1896...... Fftis Paseo 204 124°— 28 


POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES. 


STATE. POP. 
Alabama........ aga 4 ey 017 
yt ee 9620 
Arkansas...........1,128, 179 
California... See 12087130 
Colorado.........- 412,198 
Connecticut....... 2 a eet 
Delaware......... 493 


lorida..... Siciseh cite "423 
Repegie. oaweups ta “1,337 "353 
BOANOk. ceise 0% eseee 84,385 
BNinOii:, Sess cvs 13,826,351 
Indiana,..>...... oo 02,192,404 
POWERS clots aisiats seats 1,911,896 
RE BNSAS icine. Seah vce 1,427,098 
Kentucky.......... 1 "858, °635 
Louisiana.......... -1,118, 587 
PAGING oe cad cielo cee 661,086 
Marviand Wines sc. 1,042,390 
Massachusetts... .. .2,238,943 
Michigan......... . -2,093,889 
Minnesota..........1 "301,826 
Mississippi........ « «1,289,600 
MUISBOUTI cis slerise's <0 2'679,184 


Montana............ 132,159 


THE LARGE CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES. 


Pop. 1900. 


* 


STATE. 
Nebraska.,.,.......+1,058,910| * 
Névada....... e\ciaeen kO;70L 
New Hampshire.... 376, 530 
New Jersey......... 1,444,933 
New Mexico......... 153 ,593 
New York.... .... 5,997, "853 
North Carolina.....1,617 "947 


North Dakota...... "182,719 
Ohios css ised uate .3,672,316 
Okishorias eae 61,834 
OreGON 0s scccs voce, 813,767 
Pennsylvania .....5,258,014 
Rhode Island....... 45,506 
South Carolina.,...1,151,149 
South Dakota...... 328,808 
Tennessee........... 1,767,518 
T@XOS eines tes dee ap 142,235, 523 
Utahii. crate. eos 207,905 
Vermont .icasec.ce 332, 422 
Virginiasy oc: tees: 36 1,655,980 
Washington........ 349,390 
West Virginia..... 762,794 
Wisconsin.......... 686,880 
Wyoming.......... 60,705 

Total... ........62,622,250 


CENSUS OF 1890. 


M 

A 

< 

4 
@11 Akron, O. —~-..2..' 27, 601 
302 Alameda, Cal — 11,165 
29 Albany, N.Y. = 94.923 
229 Alexandria, Va.. 14,339 
28 Allegheny, Pa... 105 287 
1°3 Allentown, cai >. + 25.228 
296 Alpena Mich., . 11,283 
$40 Alton, Ill. ...— 10294 
101 Altoona, Paso. 7 130:937 
192 Amsterdam.N.Y. 17,336 
320 Anderson, Ind... 10,741 
277 Appleton, Wis 11,869 
341 Asheville, N.C... 10,245 
236 Atchison, Kan... 13,963 
42 Atlanta, Ga.. 65 533 
258 Atlantic City,N.J. 13,055 
299 Auburn, Me ..... 11,250 
121 Auburn, N. Y.... 25 858 
90 Augusta, eee $3,300 
331 Augusta, Me,-... 10,627 
171 Aurora, Ili.. . 19,688 
224 Austin, Texas. . 14 476 

7 Baltimore, Md.. 434,439 
174 Bangor, Me:2/ 19,103 


323 Baton Rouge, La. 10,478 
245 Battle Cr’k,Mich. 13,197 
109 Bay City, Mich 27/839 
175 Bayonne Stat phe tab ee 


2 Beatrice. Neb.... 13,836 
213 Belleville, Hl .>.~. 15,361 
316 Beverly, Mass. .. 10°821 
226 Biddeford, Me... 14, "443 


88 Binghamton, N.Y .35,005 
119 Birmingham,Ala. 26,178 
165 Bloomington, Il]. 20,048 

6 Boston, Mass... . 448,477 
332 Bradford, Pa... 10,514 
59 Bridg: port,Conn. 48,866 
288 Bridgeton, NOS. 1424 
114 Brockton, "Mass.. 27 294 
268 Brookline, ee 12,103 


4 Brooklyn . 806, 343 
11 Buffalo. ma 255,684 
140 Burlington, ra . 22,565 
222 Burlington, Vt.. 14 "590 
322 Butte City, Dont. 10.723 
336 Cairo, Ill . 10,324 
41 Cambrid e, Mass. 70, 028 
49 Camden, 58, ‘313 


118 Canton, Osta 25,189 
315 Carbondale, Pa.. 
185 Cedar pers la. 18,020 
53 Charleston, S. C.. 54 055 
283 Charlotte, N.C. 111557 
105 Chattan’a, Tenn. 29,100 
108 Chelsea, Mass... 
163 Chester, Paces 
280 Chey’ mag 4 »Wyo. il 690 

2 Chicago, Il....1,099 "850 


234 Chicopee, Mass... 14,050 
294 Chillicothe, O.... 11,288 
9 Cincinnati, O.. * 296:908 


'10Lleveland, Oak. 261,253 
244 Clinton, lowa.. ~. 


*Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1900 census is taken, 


10,833 | 


CITIES. POP. POP. Ae 


* 


13,619 | 


| 276 Hazleton, Paw &. 


K 


A CITIES. 
a 
4 


$34 Clinton, Mass. .>. 10,424| * 


142 Cohoes, ‘N.Y... 22,509 
303 Co). Springs, Col. - 140 
328 Columbia, Pa.... 10,599 
214 Columbia, S.C... 15,333 


198 Columbus, Ga.. 17.203 
30 Columbus. O..... 88,354 
196 Concord, N. H... 17,04 


153 Co'ncil Bluffs,la. 21,474 
82 Covington, Ky... 37,371 
265 Cumberland,Md. 12,729 


77 Dallas, Texas.... 38,067 
200 Danbury, Conn.. 16,552 
286 Danville, Iil...... 11,491 
337 Danville, Ve...... 10,305 


116 Davenport, Iowa 26,872 


45 Dayton, O,... ... 61,220 
197 Decatur, Il]...... 16,841 
308 Denison, Texas... 10.958 
26 Denver, Col. ....106,713 


68 Des Moines, lowa 60,093 
15 Detroit, Mich... .205,876 
24 Dover, N. H...... 12,790 
102 Dubuque, lowa.. 30,311 
92 Duluth, Mion.... 33, ‘abe 
309 E. Liver ool, O.. 


216 East St. Louis, lll. 15,169 


191 Eau Claire, Wis.. 17, "416 
189 Elgin, Il........ 17/823 
79 Elizabeth, N. J.. . 37,764 
290 Elkhart, Ind..... 11,360 


104 Elmira, N. Y¥..... 29,708 
835 El Paso, Texas.. 
73 Erie, Pa...... : 40; 

56 Evansville, Ind.. 60.756 
306 Everett, Mass.... 1 ,608 
40 Fall River, Mass. 74 398 


180 Findlay, O....... 18,553 
144 Fitchburg, Mass. 22,097 
312 Flushing, N. Y 


269 Fond du Uae. Wis 1" 024 
275 Fort Scott, Kan.. 11 046 
293 Fort Smith, Ark. ll, "311 
86 Fort Wayne, Ind. 35, "399 
134 Fort Worth, fez 23) 076 


343 Freeport, i. ~ 10,189 
317 Fresno, Cal...... 16,818 
|215 Galesburg, Ill.... 15, 264 
106 Galveston, Tex... 297084 


127 Gioucester,Mags. 24,652 
238 Gloversville,N. Wels, "864 
47 G’d Rapids,Mich. 60 ‘278 
346 Greenwich,Conn. 10,131 
347 Hagerstown, Md. 10,118 
190 Hamilton, O..... 17,565 
262 Hannibal, Mo.. 
75 Harrisburg, Pa.. 
64 Hartford, Conn.. 
245 Tastings, Neb.... 13 "584 
113 Haverhill, Mass.. ae 
11,872 


|240 Helena, Mont... 


213.83! 


149 


POP.|/POP. 1900. 


POP-/Pop. 1900, 


THE LARGE CITIES OF THE 


RANK. 


, 68 Hoboken, N. J... 43,648 
85 Holyoke, Mass... 35,634 
307 Hornellsv’e,N.Y. 10,996 
112 Houston, Texas... 27,657 
348 Huntington,W.V. 10,108 
342 Hyde Park,Mass. 10,19% 
27 Indianapo’s, Ind.105,436 
310 Ironton, O....... 10,938 
301 Ishpeming, Mich. 11,197 
304 Ithaca, N. Y...... 11,079 
149 Jackson, Mich... .20.798 
341 Jackson, Tenn... 10,039 
195 Jacksouville,Fla. 17,201 
321 Jackronville. Ill. 10,740 
208 Jamestown, N.Y 16,038 
314 Janesville, Wis.. 10.236 
324 Jeffersonv'e,tod. 10,666 
19 Jersey City, N. J 163,003 
149 Johnstown, Pa... 21,805 
132 Joliet, IM ........ 28.264 
188 Kalamazoo,Mich 17 853 
| 76 Kansas City,Kan 38,316 
2¢ Kansas City, Mo. 132,716 
242 Keokuk, Iowa... 14,101 
183 Kev West, Fla... 18,080 
154 Kingston, N. Y.. 21,261 
41 Knoxville, Tenn. 22,635 
t2z4 LaCrosse, Wis... 25,090 
203 Lafayette, Ind .. 16.243 
4 Lancaster, Pa.... 32011 
246 Lansing, Mich .. 13,102 
329 Lansingb'g, N.Y. 10,550 
292 Laredo, Texas... 11 319 
64 Lawrence, Mass.. 44,654 
300 Leadville, Col .. 11,212 
169 Leavenw'th, Kan 19,768 
221 Lebanon, Pa..... 14,644 
150 Lewistc 1, Me. -.. 20,701 
152 Lexington, Ky... 21,567 
216 Lima, O . ....... 15,987 
52 Lincoln, Neb.... F5.154 
167 Lincoln, R. L.... 20,335 


120 Little Rock, Ark. 25,874 | 


209 Lockport, N. Y.. 16,038 
252 Logansport, Ind. 13,32 
400 L'g [eld C’y N.Y. 30,506 
57 Los Angeles, Cal. 50,395 

20 Loutaville, Ky...161,129 

37 Lowell, Mass..... 77.696 

170 Lynchburg, Va.. 19 709 
Si Lynn, Maas...... 65.727 

137 Macon, Ga....... 22,746 
249 Madison, Wis.... 13,426 
295 Mahanoy City,Pa 11,286 
135 Malden, Mass.... 23,031 
66 Manchester,N.H. 44,126 

263 Manistee, Mich.. 12 812 
248 Mansfield, O..... 13,473 
284 Marinette, Wis.. £1,523 
241 Marlboro, Mass.. 13,85 
350 Massillon. O...... 10,092 
161 McKeesport, Pa.. 20,741 
305 Medford, Mass. . 11,079 
43 Memphis, Tenn.. 64,495 

326 Menominee,Mich 10,630 
151 Meriden, Conn.. 21 652 
327 Meridian, Miss... 10,624 
319 Mich. City, Ind.. 10776 
273 Middletown,.N.Y. 11,977 
253 Millville, N. J.. .. 10,002 
16 Milwaukee, Wis, .2°4,469 

18 Min’apolis, Minn. 164,7!8 

97 Mobile, Ala...,.. 31,076 

270 Moline, DL....... 12,000 
145 M'tgomery, Ala. 21,889 
323 Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10,677 
291 Muncie, Iod ..... 11,345 
287 Muscatine, lowa, 11,454 
138 Muskegon, Mich. 22,702 
352 Nanticoke, Pa... 10,044 
173 Nashua, N. H.... 19,311 
Nashville, Tenn . 76,168 

349 Natchez Miss... 10,101 
285 Neb’ka City.Neb. 11,494 
3155 Now Alhany, Ind. 21,059 
17 Newark, N. J... 181,830 

230 Newark,O.... . 14,270 
72 New B’'df’d,Mass. 40,733 

201 New Br'hton.N.Y 16,423 
176 New Br't’in Conn 19,107 
1.9 New Br'n’ick,N.J 18 603 
133 Newburgh, N.Y.. 23,087 
237 Newb’y port, Mass 13,917 
282 New Castle. Pa.. 11,6 0 
3° New H'ven,Cona A 298 

242 New L'nd’n,Conn 13,752 


*Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1g00 census is taken. 


150 


UNITED STATES. —Continued. 


_CITIES. pop,|PoP. 1900. 


RANK. 


ay New Orleans,La. 242,039 
26 Newport, Ky..... 24,918 
172 Newport, R.i.... 19,457 
129 Newton, Mas¢9... 24,379 

1 New York,N.Y.1,515,401 
89 Norfolk, Va...... 34871 
168 Norristown, Pa.. 19,791 
207 N'th Adams,Mass 16,074 
218 N’hampton, Mass 14,990 
187 Norwalk, Conno.. 17,747 
206 Norwich, Conn.. 16,156 
60 Oakland, Cal.... 48,682 
219 Ogden City, Utah 14,889 


257 Paducah, Ky.... 13,076 
239 Passaic; N. J..... 13,023 
36 Paterson, N. J... 78,347 
110 Pawtucket, R. I.. 27,633 
345 Peabody, Mass... 10,158 
279 Pensacola, Fla... 11,750 
71 Peoria, Ill..... Ae 
139 Petersburg, Va.. 22,680 
3 Phila'lphia,Pa. 1,046,964 
13 Pittsburg, Pa....238,617 
19% Pittsfield, Masg.. 17,231 
338 Pittston, Pa..... 10,302 
297 Plainfield, N. J.. 11,267 
246 Pt Huron, Mich. 13,543 
83 Portland, Me.... 36,425 


-- 31,494 


48 Reading, Pa. .... 58,661 
199 Richmond, Ind.. 16,f08 
34 Richmond, Va... 81,388 
204 Roanoke, Va.... 16,159 


2t7 Rome, N. Y...... 14,991 
278 Rutland, Vt..... 11,760 
117 Sacramento,Cal. 26 386 
62 Saginaw, Mich... 46,322 
65 St. Joseph, Mo... 52,324 

5 St. Louis, Mo. ...451'770 
23 St. Paul. Minn...138,15u 

9 Salem, Mass..... 30,801 
63 Q't ec., Utah 44,843 
81 San Antonio, Tex 37,673 
205 San Diego, Cal .. 16/159 
181 Sandusky, O..... 18,471 
» 8 San F’ncisco,Cal.298,992 
184 San Jose, Cal ... 18,060 


233 Sedalia, Mo..... . 14,068 
2:8 Shamokin, Pa..., 14,403 
Wis. 16,359 
21 Shenandoah, Pa, 15,944 
272 Shreveport, La.. 11,979 
78 Sioux City, Iowa, 37,806 
344 Sioux Falls, S. D. 10,177 
74 Somerville, Mass, 40,152 
1t8 South Bend, Ind, 21 819 
339 S.Bethlehem, Pa, 10,302 
166 S’kane F'ls, Wash 19,922 
125 Springfield, Ill... 24,963 
65 Springtield,Viass, 44,179 
146 Springfield Mo.. 21,850 
95 Springfield, O... $1,865 
212 Stamfor.!, Conn, 15,700 
250 Steubenville, O.. 13,394 
293 Stillwater, Minn. 11,260 
227 Stockton, Cal ... 14,424 
289 Streator, Ill...... 11,414 
271 Superior, Wis.... 11,983 
91 Syrac . Y... 88,143 
& Tacoma, Wash... 36,000 


CITIES. pop. POP. 1900. 


THE LARGE CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES.—Conitinued. 


vy, v. 
e CITIES. POP,/POP. 1900.) 4 CITIES. PopP,|/POP. 1900, 
| x 
122 Taunton, Mass... 26.448 | * 26 West Troy, N. Y. 12,967| * 
103 Terre Haute, Seo $0 207 313 we mouth .Mass. 10 866 
318 Tiffin, Orio...... 10,801 187 Wheeling. W.Va. 35 019 
3 Toledo, ObiGe. aes 81,434 130 Wichita, Kan.... 23,854 
98 Topeka, Kaa..... 31,007 80 Wilkes-Barre, Pa 37,718 
60 Trenton, N. J.. .. 67.458 115 Williamsport, Pa. 27 132 
26 Troy, N-Y sss 60,956 | 4¢ Wilmington, Del. 61/431 
$25 Union, N. J..... . 10,643 164 Wilmington, N.C, 20/056 
Br CticasN. Vs. ocr 44,007 182 Winona, Minn.... 18,208 
251 Vieksburg, Miss.. 13,373 247 Woburn, Mass... 13'499 
225 Waco, Tex......,. 14,443 138 Woonsocket RI. 20 830 
118 Neplepae Mass.. 18,707 32 Worcester, 7 84,655 
186 Warwick, K.1.... 17,761 93 Yonkers, N. Y.... 32,033 
14 Washingt’n, D.C.230,392 160 York. Pa......... 20,793 
107 Waterbury, Con. 28,646 91 Youngstown, O.. $3,220 
220 Watertown, N.Y. 14,725 157 Zanesville, O,..9 216% 
260 W. Bay C’y,Mich. 12,981 i 
LARGEST CITIES OF THE WORLD. 
OVER 125,000 INHABITANTS. 
oO. a 
ee ‘a CITIES. POP. |Pop. 1900. i ed CITIES. POP. |pop. 1900. 
1o} ° 1S) 
1881 London (est. ba 1885 Santiago, Chili 236,412) * 
4 282 921}..... 3,816,483 {881 cee De Bed 
183) New York City.1,515. Se 1890 Washington... 230,83 
Necaligtt ee La 1346 1881 Turin........-- - 230,183 
Jersey City.... 163,005 4887 Stockholm ....- 227,964 
Hoboken ..... 43,648 1876 Bucharest... 221,805 
Long Isl’d City 30,506 1881 Sydney,N. S.W, eee 
SSS 1888 Antwerp,...... 210,534 
2,558,804 1882 Alexandria... 208,755 
1886 Paris..........2,344,550 1881 Belfast......... 208,122 
Est. Canton .;......1,600.000 1881 Bristol (est. 
1885 Berlin..........1,315,287 226,510)..... +. 206,874 
1887 Vienna........ 1,270,000 1890 Detroit... ”..... 205.876 
1886 Tokio, Japan..1,121.883 1881 Falermo....... 205.712 
1890 Chicago.......1, 1890 Milwaukee .... 204,468 
1890 Philadelphia . i 046 064 fust. Smyrna........ 200,000 
1884 St. Petersburg "929, 100 Est. Teheran, Per.. 200,000 
1885 Constantinople 873, 565 1881 Renares........ 199,760 
1881 Calcutta....... 871 "504 1888 Havana....... 198.261 
1881 Bombay....... 773,196 1888 Rotterdam.... 193,058 
1884 Moscow ....... 753,469 1881 Penang........ 190,597 
1881 Glasgow..... -- 674,095 1886 Lille............ 188,272 
1881 Liverpool (est. 1881 Nottingham 
9,738), 552 508 (est. 230,921).. 186,575 
Fst. Peking, China. 500,000 1887 Montreal. .... 186,257 
1888 Buenos Ayres. 466,267 1881 Bradford (est. 
1881 Naples.... .... 463,172 299 721) eaedeles 183,032 
1888 Brussels.. .... 458,939 1890 Newark....... . 181,830 
1890 St. Louis...... 451,770 1881 Salford (est. - 
1890 Boston........ 448,477 336)... Geaeea 176,235 
1890 Baltimore..... 434,439 1881 Delhi seccsteces -193,993 
1886 Ba a-Pesth... 422,557 1885 Leipzig «. syeess 170.340 
1888 Melbourne.... 410,000 188i Riga, Russia.. 169,329 
1882 Warsaw. ..... 406,261 1884 Kharkotf, Kus. 166,921 
1881 Madras........ 405,848 1828 Toronto +... . 166,809 
1886 Lyons.. -- 401,930 1886 Breimnen.. 165.628 
1881 Birmingham 1890 Minneapolis .. 164,738 
(est. 447,912)... 400,774 180 Prague......... 162,323 
1888 Amsterdam... 390,016 1885 Cologne........ 161,260 
1887 Madrid.....,.. 385,848 1890 Louesville,..... 161,129 
1884 Marseilles..... 376,143 1881 Houg Kong.... 160,402 
WS82 Cairo’ ..c..d00 368,108 Est. Manila......... 160,000 
1886 Osaka, Japan.. 361,694 kst. Patna.. ~~... 160,000 
1885 Riode Janeiro, 357,332 1885 tSeanerary Sy te 154 504 
1881 Hyderabad,Ind 354.692 1885 Odessa. . . 164,240 
1888 Mexico..... «.-. 350,000 1881 _ (est. 202, x 
1881 eric atk HOV. eee ees 154,240 
see ’ 1881 Cavers 151,444 
1881 Peadat hem 351,- 1885 Komysburg..... 151,15; 
210) ...-.-0000 309,119 Est. Damascus..... 150,000 
1885 iubare --. 805,690 18x8 The Hague ..... 149,447 
1885 Breslau ....... 298,893 1883 Ghent......... 147,912 
1381 Milan.......... £95,543 1886 Toulouse ...... 147,617 
1890 San Francisco 298,997 1881 Newcastle (est. 
1880 Cincinnati.... 296,908 fl 159,003)........ 145,359 
1887 Copenhagen... 286,900 1880 Trieste......... 144,844 
1881 Lucknow....... 284,779 1877 Valencia...... 143,856 
1881 Sheffield (est. - . 1881 Allababad...... 143,693 
B21,711).. 00004 284,508 1890 Omaha .......- ~ 140,452 


Fat. Shanghai...... 278,000) 
1881 Rome.......... 273,268 
1886 Munich........ 261,981 
1890 Clereland.... 
1890 Buffalo........ 255,664 


1884 Kioto, Japan... 255,403} 
Est. Seoul, Corea... 250,00u 
1881 Dublin......... 219,602 
1886 Dresden... ..-.. 246,086 
1878 Lisbon ....... 246 343 
1890 New Orleans... 212 039 
1888 Barcelona....X 241,962 


4886 Bordeaux... ..-. 240,482 
1890 Pittsburgh. 238.617 


1881 Dundee... =... 
1888 Liege.... 
1883 Bahia, 
1881 Genoa......... I 
1881 Florence......- 134,992 
1888 Chr Hiotiania, Nor. 

mentee eoeeee, 135,615 
1877 ales Fea > 
1390 Rochester 
1890 St. Parl... 
1890 Kansas City... 182,716 
1890 Providence. .-- 132,146 
1881 Vepies.......... 129,445 


*Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1900 census is taken, 


151 


INTEREST LAWS. 


@ lee % ise Se lad 

States. los States. w 15 0 States DIOS 
y iUs 3 jos Ww |9s 

Alabama 8} 8 | |Kansas...... 6 | 10 ||New York | 6] 6 
Arizona..... 7 jany| |Kentucky...| 6 N.Carolinal 6] 8 
Arkansas...| 6 | 10 ||Louisiana..| 5 10%, CHS 
California..| 7 /any||Maine....... 6 jany| |Oregon...... 8 | 10 
Colorado...| 8 jany||Maryland..| 6{ 6 | |Penna....... 6} 6 
CONT. cs -<ce0 Of pti PLA SSicoees dee 6 jany| |R. Island 6 jJany 
Dakota, N.| 7 | 12 | |Michigan...| 6 S;, Carolina| = yeas 
Dakota, S..| 7 | 12 ||Minnesota.| 7 | 10 |/Tennessee.| 6] 6 
Delawatre..| 6] 6 ||Mississippi) 6 | 10 exasey es 6 | 10 
Dist. of Col} 6 | 10 ||Missouri...| 6 GAH en scesee 8 Jany 
Florida...... 8 | 10 ||Montana....| 10 jany| |Vermont...| 6] 6 
Georgia..... 7 {| 8 ||Nebraska...| 7 | 10 | /Virginia..... Pe 
Tdahowyec:. 10 | 18 | |Nevada...... 10 jany) |(Wash’t'n,..| > 7) 42 
Ilinois........ 5 | 7||New Hamp| 6] 6.||W.Virginia}] 6] 6 
Indiana...... 6| 8||N. Jersey 6 | 6 ||Wisconsin..| 6 | 10 
LOW Aiuen sects: 6 | 8 ||N. Mexico..| 6 | 12 ||Wyoming...| 8 | 12 


To find interest on a given sum, for any number of days, at 
any rate of interest, multiply the principal by the number of 
days and divide the product by 72 for 5%, 60 for 6%, 52 for 7%, 45 for 
8%, 40 for 94, 86 for 10%, 80 for 12%, 24 for 15% and 18 for 20% interest. 
Or, move the decimal point of the principal, two places to the 
left for two months or 60 days, and three places for 6 days, in- 
terest at 6%; from these amounts the interest for any time and 
tate is found by adding or deducting proportionate parts. 


sIx PER CENT. INTEREST TABLE. 


{ 

Time | $1 | $2 | $3 | $4 | $5 | $6 | $10 | $20 | $50 | $100! $1000 
CoD DAE CO 1D. f40 os OF: feo || 00 a aa Borie gare 
OF <M ie 1 OL Os) 0 [ek OoMead ee 2) eee eee 

BL D1 Oe Bx es Odie ON” 1 | tet ie 22 at ea 

4) OEP be 01°04 O10 Wel] TL a 8 ds ae are 

B42 D70-Ra 0 rob Oa eS clclogg earl eee | ee 

6) D0: 20 BOF 1 SL et OR SB ere aed oe 

ra ae Reh ins ee ee eas ee er MSD Oe 

oP BY oD, OD OTS Te mee Phd es aad ne me tere 
ta POO. O41 gol tae meted are 8 8; 15| 150 
roe OS aa 1h ay eee Me ee es ee mR Poet Mes Pees ers: 
re Mr Uy ioe aoe ee ee Ee eee ee eee pee AR rp ie ks 

OF we A As Da OR | ely ae ee ere 

7 ee Us he a ie Oe co me ne ie 8 Pap ale ey 

BORE ML 2) 2 OOS Bie Bd ab 1 Oe ORS Om Means Oy 

BB] Wed | 2 2) Bis Ok Ces ee aaabbaso a 
6B} 1] 2 18de 4) by 6111 abe 68) 1 0510 go 
198] 21 BY 61 -61< 81) 9].16]:} 81] “78 PIs6415 60 
Cd Ase er a7 She Ry 36 LO te ome an ie 
COM Sol gee ie Shed dete) Se be 101 ee. BO) LOU ee 
8| 2] 8] 5] 6] 8| 9] 15) 80) 7/1 50/1500 

»| 4/ 2) 4| 6] .8| 10] 12] 20} 40] 1 00/2 00 | 20 00 
si 5] 8| 5} 8) 10] 18) 15} 25) 50} 125)2 50 | 25.00 
fF} 6) 8) 6) 9} 12] 15] 18} 80} 60) 1 50) 8 00 | 30 00 
Ay-7) 4) 71-11] 14]. 18} 21) 854) 7011 75°38 50) 85 00 
=| 8] 5] 8| 12] 18} 20] 24) 40] 80 2 00/4 00/ 40 00 
9} 5| 9] 14| 18] 283] 27] 45} 90| 2 25} 4 50 | 45 00 

10| 6| 10) 15] 20} 25| 30{ 50/1 00 | 2 50) 5 00/50 00 

11} 6] 11] 17] 22] 28] 38] 55] 1 10|2 75| 5 50 | 55 00 
[12| 8| 12} 18| 24} 80} 36] 60/1 20/8 00| 6 00| 60 00 


Nu- 
mera- 
tor. 


1 


on a w 


NSSek 


Pee eeereelscaces ses see oes ses 


FRACTIONS OF AN INCH EXPRESSED IN MILS. 


Sixty- 


Fourths. 


15.625 

46.875 

78.125 
109.375 
140.625 
171.875 
203.125 
934.375 
265.625 
996.875 
328,195 
359.375 
390.625 
421.875 
453.125 
484.375 
515.625 
546.875 
578.125 
609.375 
640.625 
671.875 
708.125 
734.375 
765.625 
796.875 
828.125 
859.375 
890.625 
921.875 
953.125 
984.375 


(Thousandths). 
uhirty- |sixteenths.|Eighths 
31.25 62.5 | 125. 
93.75 187.5 | 875, 
156.25 312.5 625, 
218.75 437.5 | 875. 
981.25 562.5 
343.75 687.5 
406.25 812.5 
468.75 937.5 
531.25 

593.75 

656.25 

718.75 

781.25 

843.75 

$06.25 

968.75 


Fourths 


Half. 


eee eee eee oes] see wee eeceeee 


Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts ofa Mile. 


-000946 
001136 
001325 
001514 
- .001704 


son Oa kW DS 


-009468 
011362 
013255 
.015148 
017042 


4,000 feet— .7574 


“cc 


.01893 
.03787 
.05681 
07574 
-09468 
11362 
.13255 
15148 
17042 


a eeeereecee 


vee eeeeecee 


Peeeeeer eee 


ares eeo cee 


Example: Express 4,397 feet in decimal of 


[a mile. 
= .05681 
= 017042 
7 ‘ = .0013255 


Total, 


Copyright, 1888, by J. W. Marsh. 


153 


.8325775 of a mile. 


Table of Squares, Cubes, Square Roots, and Reciprocals. 
Square 


—_— 


Numbers. | Squares. | Cubes. Roots Reciprocals. 
1 1 1 1,000 1.0000 
2 4 8 1.414 0.5000 
3 9 27 1.732 0.3333 
4 16 64 2.000 0.2500 
5 25 125 2.236 
6 36 216 2.449 0.1667 
7 49 343 2.646 0.1429 
8 64 512 2.828 0 1250 

10 100 1 000 3.162 0.1000 
0.1 
1 121 1 331 3.317 0.08 
12 144 1 728 3.464 0.0833 
13 169 2 197 3.606 0.0769 
- Be - a ee 0.0714 
5 75 87 0. 
16 256 4 096 4.000 O.0be 
17 289 4 913 4.123 0.0588 
18 324 5 882 4.243 0.0556 
a | | top | tae | i 
21 441 9 261 4.583 6 §300 
22 484 10 648 4.690 0.0455 
23 529 12 167 4.796 0.0435 
24 ah. z ee ge 0.0417 
25 25 5 . 0 
26 676 17 576 5.099 0 roo 
27 729 19 683 5.196 0.0370 
28 784 21 952 5.292 0.0357 
29 841 24 389 5.385 0.0345 
30 900 27 000 5.477 0. 
31 961 29 791 5.568 0.0323 
32 1 024 32 768 5.657 0.0313 
33 1 089 35 937 5.745 0.0303 
34 1 156 39 304 5.881 0.0294 
35 1 225 42 875 5.916 0.0 
36 1 296 46 656 6.000 0.0278 
37 1 369 50 653 6.083 0.0270 
38 1 444 54 872 6.164 0.0263 
39 1 521 59 319 6.245 0.0256 
40 1 600 64 000 6.325 0.0250 
4] 1 681 68 921 6.403 0 0244 
42 1 764 74 088 6.481 0.0238 
43 1 849 79 507 6.557 0.0233 
44 1 938 85 184 6.633 0.0227 
45 025 91 125 6.708 0.0292 
46 2 116 97 336} 6.782 0.0217 
47 2 209 103 823 6.856 0.0213 
48 2 304 110 592 6.928 0.0208 
49 2 401 117 649 7.000 0.0204 
50 2 500 125 900 7.071 0.0200 
51 2 601 132 651 7.141 0.0196 
52 2 704 140 608 7.211 0.0192 
53 2 809 148 877 7.280 0.0189 
54 2 916 157 464 7.348 0.0185 
55 166 375 7.416 
56 3 136 175 616 7.483 0.0179 
57 3 249 185 198 7:550 0.0175 
58 3 364 195 112 7.616 0.0172 
59 : 481 “ae Ae a ate 
00 ii 167 
6p 3 721 226 981 7.810 0.0164 
62 3 844 238 328 7.874 | 0.0161 
63 3 969 250 047 7.9837 0.0159 
64 4 096 262 144 8.000 0.0156 
65 4 225 4 625 8.062 54 
66 4 356 287 496 8.124 0.0152 
67 4 489 300 763 8.185 0.0149 
68 4 624 314 432 8.246 0.0147 
69 4 761 328 509 8.307 0.0145 
70 4 900 343 000 367 0.0143 
pt 5 041 357 911 496 0.0141 
72 5 184 373 248 8.485 0.0139 
73 5 829 389 017 8.544 0.0137 
74 5 476 405 224 8.602 0.0135 
Bolt i 5 625 421 875 | —«8.660 0.0133 _ 


154 


Table of Squares, Cubes, Square Roots and Reciproca:s. 


Numbers. | Squares. Cubes. pi eats Reciprocals, 
7 5 776 438 976 8.718 0132 
77 5 929 456 533 8.775 015) 
78 6 O84 474 552 8.832 0128 
79 6 241 493 039 8.888 0127 
80 § 400 512 000 8.944 0125 
sl 6 561 o3l 441 9.000 9123 
82 6 724 5d1 368 9.055 0122 
83 6 839 571 787 9.110 .0120 
84 7 056 592 704 9.165 0119 
85 7 225 614 125 9.220 0118 
86 7 396 636 056 9.274 0116 

7 7 569 658 503 9.327 0115 
88 7 744 681 472 9.381 0114 
89 7 921 704 969 9.434 0112 
30 8 100 729 000 9.487 0111 
91 8 281 703 571 9.539 .0110 
92 8 464 778 688 9.592 .0109: 
93 8 649 804 357 9.644 .0108 
94 8 836 830 584 9.695 .0106 
95 9 025 897 375 9.747 -0105. 
96 9 216 884 736 9.798 0104 
97 9 409 912 673 9.849 0103 
98 9 604 941 192 9.899 0102. 
99 9 S01 970 299 9.950 .0101 

100 10 000 1 000 000 10.000 -0100 
101 10 201 1 030 301 10.050 00990 
102 10 404 _ | 1 061 208 10.100 .00980 
103 10 609 1 092 727 10.149 00971 
104 10 816 1 124 864 10.198 .00961 
105 11 025 1 157 625 10.247 -00952 
106 11 236 1 191 016 10.296 00943. 
107 11 449 1 225 043 10.344 00935 
108 11 664 1 259 712 10.392 00926. 
109 11 881 1 295 029 10.440 00917 
110 12 100 1 331 000 00903 
111 12 321 1 367 631 10.536 

112 12 544 1 404 928 10.583 00893 
113 12 769 1 442 897 10.630 00885 
114 12 996 1 481 544 10.677 00877 
115 13 225 1 520 875 10.724 70 
416 13 456 1 560 896 10.770 00862 
117 13 689 1 601 613 10.817 00853 
118 13 924 1 643 032 10.863 00847 
0 a 400 i 685 159 10.909 00840 

4 728 000 95 -008 
121 14 6 1 771 561 108 3 .00826 
122 14 884 1 815 848 11.045 .00820 
123 15 129 1 860 867 11.090 00813 
105 5 Pate 1 906 624 11.135 as 
953 125 | 008 

126 15 876 2 000 376 iI. ep 

127 16 129 2 048 383 11.269 00787 
128 16 384 2 097 152 11.314 00781 
129 16 641 2 146 689 11.358 00775 
130 16 $00 2 197 000 11.402 -00769 
131 17 161 2 248 O9L 11.446 .00763 
132 17 424 2 299 968 11.489 00758 
133 17 689 2 352 637 11.533 00752 
134 17 956 2 406 104 11.576 00746 
135 18 225 2 460 375 11.619 00741 
136 18 496 2 515 456 11.662 3 
137 18 769 2 571 353 11.705 00730 
138 19 O44 2 628 072 11.748 00725 
139 J9 321 2 685 619 11.790 00719 
140 19 690 =; 2 744 000 11.832 00714 
lil 19 881 2 803 221 11.874 

142 20 164 | 2 863 288 11.916 00704 
143 20 449 2 924 207 11.958 00699 
144 20 736 2 985 984 12.000 00694 
145 21 025 3 048 625 12.042 00690 
146 21 316 3 112 136 12.083 

147 21 609 3 176 523 12.124 00680 
148 21 904 3 241 792 12.165 00676 
149 22 201 3 307 949 12.206 00671 
150 22 500. | 3 375 000 12.247 00667 


TABLE OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES, ETC. 
Copyright, 1890, by J. W. Marsh. 


METRIC UNITS. 


Area. 
Square Millimeter..— 
«Meter. qual 


i Are (100 sq. meters) 
1 Square Kilometer..— 


Capacity. 
1 Liters. 


1 HMectoliter:....-....: 


Lengths. (See General 
Table below. vy 

1 Mil.. ceaee 

J. Millimeter... 

1 Centimeter... 


Tei etent oil ace 


TeKalometer. =. ...4-< 


Power. 
1 Kilogrammeter-sec— 
NOTE:— 
1 ft. lb. per SEC... 
550 ae oe oe ais 
1 horse power.. 


Tomporature. 


I Degree Centi grade. 
Zero. 


Li 


Vo'ume. 
1 Cubic Centimeter... 
1 Cubic Meter....... 
Weights. 


VeMilooramssceeeee 
LEG Patience. te 
1 Kilogram... 


LRT OND: ccncce ieceeeee 

Work. 

1 Kilogrammeter......— 

1 Centimeter Gram...— 
GENERAL TABLE. 
MBECACIIOM octet ees cece ae 


DEL CAROS Keke 


joi: 
i LI 


1 SES 

1 Chain... 

1 Mile... 

1 Rod, Perch or Pole 
1 Furlong iene : 

1 Mile........ 


ii i i 


Constant. 


.01315 


Wab 


No. of U.S. Units 


United States equal to r of the 
Units. denomination 
next mentioned. 
Square inch.. aes: 144 
by eeteeiewmee: 43,560 
Acre... a 640 
Square mile... 
Cubic inches.. 
Quarts, dry... 
liquid.. 
Cubic feet.. ae 
Gallons, liquid Ree 
TAVCH oe ceueeu es Paneer 
TnChESwereseeeenccs 12 
ECU eetes 3 
VarTds 2nxe-voae 1760 
Milety..<eo Pe ney Be 
FOCCUis. cassie: 
FLOTSC: POW.EToms-|coance canteen onnec 
ce ae 
ae “e hy 
W atts ccc seiite ces] oe sccdaeh seeeeees 


Fahrenheift.......|....... 


Cubic inchs... 1728 

e) ph TeGt aren 9 

S Pyards.cc.. 
GGTAINS Se oce scenes | onc casece elasstennens 

JE Gh Asmaeperet 7000 
Pounds, Avoir 2000 
Tons (snort)... ce ponaeeeae ta 


Tous (long)... 


Foot pounds.... iedaceees eteete cect 


VatdSs.ccteencse 
Beets 


eee weeree 


Nautical miles.|.... 


Inches........... 
ICOCL Secc.spees soos 
Meet ei cocteete sane 
PCCL Co usz cus coun ar ce 
WaTOS... snc tives 
Yards...... 


No. of units of 
first column, 
same line, equal 
to one of next 
pee Gis 


80 


8 


RULE.—To reduce to opposite units, multiply amounts in 
units of the fret column, or divide amounts in units of the third 
column by Constaut (second column.) 


Notre.—Add 382 after multiplication, or subtract 32 before 
division in applying the foregoing rule to temperature reductions. 


- 


156 


. Base X Altitude 


- Twice the Area_ 


; Length or Breadth. 


Circumference 


VALUES OF FOREIGN COINS. 
. FIXED BY U. 8. TREASURY, APRIL 1, 1896. 


Valuein 
COUNTRY. Stand: | Monetary Unit. ae 
ie SOD dollar. 
Argentine Republic..|G & S/Peso....... cco \30.96,5 
Austria-Hungary .....|Gold.|Crown ............... t 
Belgium ...... Sas{isecke ee SDMA TICs enter, tee. <ese at 19,8 
ASOLIVIA <cc.00 gaececteieastocs Silver| Boliviano) :..:se0-s 49.3 
RURAL dar aeggaes acenseavess « Gold .|Milreis jx:.<.:.. +000. 54,6 
British Possessions 
N. A. (except New- 
foundiand:) .:.......6: GeO DOME eer seeveceoese 1.00,0 
Central Amer. States 
Costa Rica.......... | 
Guatemala......... | 
Honduras ......... SIEVEL| PESG. clic ..cencr ee oteee 49,3 
INGCATAULA <2. ..s00- 
ial vac Ofierncstctsecs J 
eChili..,... See eT: GISEISHPCSOWs. cate. cheseeseres 91,2 
Shanghai 
MUENEQITUG f28-2 52sec deccnccvecette Silver! Tael.< Haikwan| .229 
(Customs)| .81,2 
BOLUM Dias cstsesssceeebess Silver|Pesowr....ciividedese 49 3 
MRT E SET sas tle ond duicos sae betens (SES IP ESD ai cacsserencomtees 92,6 
RETINA LIS. oS andes, ccrennes Goldra Cro wileenecsecee cosets 26,8 
PCH ACOLS << vadassccsnc ctor ASTLVEL | SUI CHEN ste erste scses- 49,3 
(SISA 0) NaReRe AA Paste oie Gold .|Pound(100 piast’s} 4.94,3 
TT iil 6 (6 Reena gears EASA Goldy. NL ark cat emcee. « LoS 
PPEATICO; vse ccccvaceme ossnect GiQTS Pra nie. teeta voles es “193 
German Empire ...... GOlGr Mian koeeecressctessns 23,8 
Great Britain ...........;Gold .|Pound (sterling).| 4.86.6% 
BREET COCO seat forensics vecaiets G_ Ge SHO FaChinia sarcassces << 19,3 
BLU VIED cacts cavieseonscacseisaen GiGeO|GOurdet ase 96,5 
“N56 hE are eee DLLVeTs| Rt PECrceanenh eee epes 23 4 
WET Vitis castecosee cecdsi x sasete (GPSe Sileitraetere thers ene tases 19,3 
Sa NRTD eee ds da errancleoihs GOR SIN Cn) dev seas 99,7 
03,2 
DPPC TIA, Soascisesces caw asese Gold's) DOMAGe s.-oc<sce—ess> 1.00,0 
RE ON oi cose ses ace «cnet SIlVerI Dolla rin crocs cares 53,6 
IPEERETIAN US: tccacocnecks (Stoo) POT. teen eens 40,2 
Newfoundland.......... Golde Dollars os. dres-.+2 1.01 4 
EMGISUV EL Viccsstoveses cose etre GOlds) CLOW tle sssces-nsaacrs 25,8 
BRET ST An, seeedess soueraaeeces} Silver | Kira tines eet ok ose .09,1 
[PUSTSB cee RARE ana Silver ;Sol hcaeciat Careshiten sees 49 3 
OTC RA le Seine vce veae Gold) Milreis.hcneiae 1.08 0 
HS ITS Cl dccstaxssoaess testes LIVE Ae LEs esc casesccsates 77,2 
39,5 
PAAR cake wecscins choke suaos GLSe i eSet a. sen acces 19,3 
WV CUEM cnccscccrscst stare OND GKCEOW Wixceerscsceenes 26,8 
NS WILZELLAtiCsc.ssccascases KO ais) faba bile er Te ye 19,3 
BEETDOLL ccconetasersnseestahs Silver|Mahbubof20pias| .44,5 
BEET C5 eecons ocscsnassenacss 1GOldE Ee laStete a ..cassse 04 4 
Venezuela.............00 G & S' Boliviat.....2..00. 19,3 
MENSURATION. 
TRIANGLES. 


2 = Area. 


: Twice the Area 
Base. = Altitude, or ~caitarahteete tT Base, 


Where the Altitude is not known, the following rule should be 


_ used, letting a, b andc represent the three sides of a triangle ands 


represent half their sum: 
V S (S-a)(S-b)(S-c) = Area. 
Y RECTANGLES AND SQUARES. 


Length X Breadth = Area, 


Area = Breadth or Length. 


r 2 2 
Side 4 (Diagonal—Side.) = Area. 
CIRCLES, 
Diameter X 3.1416 = Circumference. ey 
2 / Area _ 


Diameter X .7854= Area. eS = Diameter. 


=; Diameter. 
3-1416 ELLIPSE, 


Long Diameter X Short Diameter X .7854= Area. 
SOLIDS. 
Product of sides = volume of cube or rectangular parallelopiped. 
Perimeter (circumference of base) X Altitude = surface of prism 
nr cylinder, 
Area of Base X Altitude = volume of prism or cylinder, 
Circumference X Diameter = surface of sphere 
3 


diameter X .5234 = volume of sphere. 


157 


SHAFTING, BELTING, PULLEYS AND 
GEARS. 


SHAFTING. The following rule for determining size of shaft 
fortransmitting a given power at a given speed (8 ft. centres for 
hangers) is published by permission of William Sellers & Com- 
pany, Makers of Tools, Shafting, etc., Philadelphia: 


/ H. P. H. P. x80 —diameter in inches. 


[Reb Mos 
Where “‘H. P.’? =the horse power to be transmitted ‘'R. P. 
M.” = the revolutions per minute. 


BELTS. The following is kindly furnished by William 
Hartley & Co., Makers of Leather Belting, etc., Pittsburgh, Pa., 
as a reliable rule for determining the lengths of belting: 

(D+4X 816) soy rength, 

Where D = diameter of large pulley, d = diameter of small 
pulley, and D’ = distance between centres of shafting. 

PULLEYS AND GEARS. _ The following formulz for deter- 
mining the size and speed of pulleys and gears are kindly fur- 
nished by the Akron Iron Company, of Akron, Ohio: 


Driven X r. p. m. of Driven. 
r. p. m. of Driver. 


= Driver. 


Driver < fr. p. m. of Driver. 
ip aisof Driven: 


= Driven. 


Driven <r. p. m. of Driven. 
Driver. 


=r. p. m. of Driver. 


Driver < r. p. m. of Driver. 
Driven. 


=r. p. m. of Driven. 
“r, p. m.’’=Revolutions per minute: ‘‘Driver’’—Diameter of 
Driving Pulley. ‘“Driven’’—Diameter of Driven Pulley. 

Driving and other extra heavy pulleys should always be 
located as near bearings as possible. 


CONDUCTORS. 


‘The weight and resistance per mile of round wire, where d 
is the diameter in mils, are: 


Weight. Resistance at 75°. 
: 2 
For COpper WIFE .....seeseeeeseee acces io glbs at ; One 
7 , d2 380060 
Or AL ONMGW i Cises<cccoscecescasacetssssse “aglbs. a ——ohms. 


Copper wire is approximately 1 1-7 times the weight of an 
iron wire of the same size. 

A copper wire 334 circular mils in cross-section and 1,000 feet 
in length, weighs one pound. 

The percentage conductivity of any wire is found by multiply- 
ing the resistance of a pure wire of the same length and weight 
at the same temperature (see table, page 161) by 100, and dividing 
the product by the resistance of the wire as measured. 

The resistance of copper increases as the temperature rises, 
about .21 per cent. for each degree Fahrenheit, while that of 
iron increases about .39 per cent. 


SPECIFIC INDUCTIVE CAPACITIES. 


DEV BITS 5 owe vcecestos tanesnonss dunesedtr ech eseetaunnisadeusutegs SAItE iar te ee I. 
Ozite (Waring Compound) sahccecenscecsts Mbeeeasacees secnccececsemee 1.80 to 2.16 
PAraMi ne: WaXiteberrccsastes coccetasecstoses fens eecuesseenene a tesageandweecee 1.92 to 2 47 
FROST fie, ee esac ravede te cestitoticenrcsees es Jascadgucd sass travendenl vs wearers 2.55 
India PU bOK, wea re carctacivegesteceseeeconpeansesncncrctaotomn tae 2.34 
"VULCAN ZEA. .scssssesesscsceeseacees ce cesstencecsaestaane 2.94 
SHEITAC ci ieccecanseas tovanats ot sees acstoscaecaoreereoete can, seueerrensemertees 2.95 
Gitta PErCh acticsr.ccsccussestetassn ocr oscspaceeccadcetscseceesedcacras sedetes 4.2 
IVICA .csceees Rue ches seaaccecasasqunentccetodetetscecedsesr pasehacnervencneecenect 5. 
GlaSSscscccerseevs : ...6. to 10. 


| 


MELTING POINT, SPECIFIC GRAVITY 
AND RELATIVE CONDUCTIVITY. 


Melting 
Point. 


Specific] *Relative 


ARTICLE. Gravity |Conductivity. 


ERETEITITTIUTIN ccaasccitecs sadeneseesseess ees 1,160° F. 2.67 66. 
REIERIECHA Wi ussecesswaarcnsacinnoncursascent, 403" 6.70 3.88 
BUNMR ES GAL curt: gsnas evita andkaaest =o skabaee 512ens* 9.82 1.2 
oS Re he oe about| 1,869 ‘‘ 8.4 22. 
“ Silicious (25 per cent. Zinc) 26.49 
Ses PEINCETI EW ZINC) pisces <osesslcensedeccescsedess] oseese eavaee 21.15 


Bronze,Aluminium(10 per cent) 
we Mercurial (Drosnier)... 
** Phosphor (10 per cent. 


cecees 12.6 
eeeceeeetsoes 10.14 


Pe ecoseeoreeseores| socsee 


seecoerecsecoeeves 


EINE LN en ecaeecncnsatsameneatocassetess cams eerenccsncs<| scores Reaane 6.5 
Beet PHOSPHOE (LElO DONIC). cacccaccetactess| sasercenanee 29. 
i Silicium: @heleotaplic)iy.-.cs,ccsassesces| cescccceoess 98. 
* mt CL CICDMOINICh ho tesssere mereentl stand Pisasse 35. 
a (MEO CONC. L181 .citscensstocononscmecconeces! stasenatrecs 8.4 
BURPEIICT» RULE? cpacscecevees cess a cenexe 8.889 100 
aS te CT VSCALLIZEC -1.ccurctlawevecssedocededss| 2doauvencacn 99.9 
“and Silver Alloy (50 per 
COtlip)asesssccsssscecacctcs orcs tases) nace eorvcccccceres| secees osecce 86.65 
ee FACILI ONOUSteataer ecescas|es PA AOSEE 12.7 
s* _ Arsenical (10 per cent. 
PAT SOINIC) icancvcese Sac erasers octa:|oonaneesen sacllseaveeaaccts 9.1 
“«  Plumbiferous (10 per 
Pent W 1 eadyiae tense aeikices Ry Se te 30. 
“ — Silicic (4 per cent. Silic- 
ja Tipcencanis Me vcansdicgacatacte Doaastall ucts cesheee 75. 
German Silver.....cscessseeee ssvessee] 2,000 Ft 8.5 5.8 
Glass, Flint........... edeuvdesiae ss aceesn 2,377 “ 2.90 — |asecssver sees se eeeeee 
SRM es vas ccede ve sgnenece eoavis 2,016 “ } 19.25 78, 
oN es ara ee 1612 
Graphite....:.......0. 5 Beh roe Oe ete Pee a a ie 0.069 
PEITELAPECTCIIQ ss cevsststseocecsrsesssetes 0.98) | icesarse--ro-<ae base 
FEOWCaSt.ive...ces AVETALCoeee sees. VpIDY Wh comisaeear aeccse 
SEV TOUGH sc.u. 5, Recectican: 77 16. 
Lead, Pure........ dusdbos heeses me epee 11.4 8.88 
RE ATISATICS Gaz eevvecccesssspones about SO} |iceeses-s ees ececere 
EM is cacioras den tevenst deter hsntads 13.6 1.6 
Nickel, Pure...........000 ee ere 8.5 7.89 
Ozite (Waring Compound)...... T.Dne | lesecnnenbsssnt evtves 
PALA GIT Ors: seeceute- sce sere e seeeesres 1.01  |........0..seceoseeee 
PPALIITESE PP UTOLsSeccscsescseens acse. eae 10.6 
Rubbers Puree. cccce meetecae ee cices OOS Oi iccccctscssees Raessa 
BSI vers. 08 sei tiv cet fv sesnae eee doce 10.74 100. 
Tin, with 12 percent. ofSodium 46.9 
Bee Poet ater ee MOEA. .rcc5 cc Aba dachs] cclees coca 17.7 
ss; Pure fof: Banca: snenkecrdets 7.3 15.45 
ZANC, PUTO wi vsseeeccseekek sae aus 72 29.9 


AS aaa SS a eel pile (an DERI Liaieal oe rae ee 
RULE.—To find the weight of any article, multiply its specific 
gravity by 62.4 lbs. (the weight of a cubic foot of water), or by 
-0361 lbs, (the weight of a cubic inch of water). c 
RULE.— To find pressure per square inch of water, multiply 
the height of column, in feet, by 43 lbs. 
Pressure of the atmosphere is 14.7 lbs. to the square inch. 
Pressure of one toot of water is .4833 lb. to the square inch. 


ee eS Ee i ee ee ee 
*Most of these determinations of Relative Conductivity are by L. Weiller, fg 
A. Watt’s Electro Deposition of Metals, London. 


159 


TABLE COMPARING WIRE GAUGES. 


English 


Aer Brown and Birming- 
Sona algae Sharpe. eriwe 
Bh e ie eb 
w oO ~ ~ 
a; Eley] 2 al 
Pages! 4 = |A| 8 
400 /484.88 |.460 640.5 454 |624 58 
.372 |419.33 | 40964 (508.0 .425 547 88 
.348 1366.97 | .36480 |402.8 .880 |487.56 
.824 1318.10 | 82495 |319.5 840 |350.29 
300 {272.72 | .28930 253.3 -300 |272.72 
276 |230.88 | .25763 |200.9 .284 |244 07 
252 |192.43 | .22942 |159.3 .259 |208.27 
.232 |163.09 | .20431 |126.4 .238 |171.64 
.212 |136.19 |.18194 (100.2 .220 |146.66 
-192  |111.71 | .16202 | 79.46 | -203 |124.87 
176 | 93.86 |.14428 | 63.02 | .180| 9818 
160 | 77.57 | .12849 | 49.98 }.165| 82.50 
144 | 62.83 |.11443 | 39.63 © |.148 | 66.37 
128 | 49.65 |.10189 | 31.43 |.134| 54.41 
116 | 40.77 | .09074 | 24.93 | .120 | 43.63 
104 | 32.77 |.08081 | 19.77 | .109| 36.00 
.092 | 25.65 |.07196 | 15.68 -095 | 27.35 
.080 | 19.39 | .06408 | 12.43 .083 | 20.87 
072 | 15.71 |.05706 | 9.858 | .072| 15.71 
-064 | 12.41 -05082 | 7.818 | -065)| 12.80 
-056 9.50 | 04525 6.200 }.058] 10.19 
.048 | 6.98 |.04080 | 4.917 |.049] 7.97 
040 | 4.85 |.03589 | 3.899 |.042] 5.34 
036 | 3.93 |.03196 | 3.092 |.085| 3.71 
-032 3.10 | .02846 | 2.452 |.032| 3.10 
028 | 2.88 |.025347| 1.945 |.028]. 2.38 
024 | 1:74 |.022571| 1.542 |.025] 1.89 
.022 | 1.47 | .0201 1228 |.022) 1.47 
020 | 1.21 |.0179 .9698 |.020} 1.21 
018 | .981)-01594 | .7592 |.018] gai}. 
0164} .815].014195|  .6100 | .016| .776/. 
.0148 | .664).012641|  .4837].014] 594! . 
0136 |  .560}.011257| .38836}.013| .519! . 
0124 .466|.010025|  .8042|.012} 436). 
0116 -408) 008928; -2413 | .010| .303) . 
0108 |  .858, .00795 1913 |.009| .245). 
.0100 .303)/ .00708 .1517 | .008 194) . 
.0092 .256| -0063 .1203 | .007 148} . 
0084 —_.214| .00561 .09548| .005|  .076) . 
-0076 .175} -005 07568 .004| .048). 
£0068 ........46| 00445 .06001  ...... 
.0060_ ...| 008965 |  .04759) ol}... 
.0052 Se DUSESL 1. ORTTE oe ee ae 
.0048 ..|.003144 |  -02993) ...... 


160 


Old 
English. 
K Pal 
Z| 8 
ise] ° 
A|é 

454 | 624.58 
425 | 547.33 
380 | 437.56 
340 | 350.29 
309 | 272.72 
284 | 244.07 
259 | 208.27 
238 1171.64 
220 | 146.66 
203 | 124.87 
180 | 98.18 
165 | 82.50 
148 | 66.37 
134 | 54.41 
120 | 43.63 
102 |’ 36.00 
095 | 27.85 
083 | 20.87 
072 | 15.71 
665 | 12.80 
058 | 10.19 
049 TOT 
040 5.34 
.035 3.71 
0315 
0295 |......... 
027° "| Lee 
025 
023°" (aes 
0205 
OISTS | eee 
Q165 |e 
0155 uses 
0137 
01225 - 
01125. 
01025 
0095 [......... 
009.12 
0075 

-| 0065.1 sane 
005751. 28.0 
008 aie 
0045 |aecsseeee 


NUMBER, DIMENSIONS, LENGTH AND 
RESISTANCE OF PURE COPPER 
WIRE, (SOLID). 


(Copyright, 1897, By H. W. Fisher). 


10 


3.965 
3.531 
3.145 


| - 


Area. 


| Circular | 


Mils. 


- Resistance in Interna- 
Weight | Length. tional ohms at 68° F. 
Lbs. per| Feet (Feet per)Ohmsper Ohms 

1000 ft. | per lb. | ohm. 1000 ft. per lb. 

c d | Cs f g 
640.5 1.561 20440 04893 .00007639 
508.0 1.969 16210 06170 .0001215 
402.8 2.482 12850 .07780 .00019381 
319.5 8.130/10190. .09811 0003071 
253-3 3.947) 8083. -1237 0004883 
200.9 4.977| 6410. 1560 7769 
159.3 6.276) 5084. 1967 001235 
126.4 7.914; 4031 .2480 001963 
100.2 9.980} 3197. 8128 003122 

79.46 12.58 | 2535. 3944 004963 
63.02 15.87 | 2011. A973 007892 
49.98 20.01 | 1595. .6271 01255 
39.63 25.23 | 1265. 7908 01995 
31.43 31.82 | 1003. 9972 .03173 
24.93 49.1 795. 1.257 -05045 
19.77 50.59 | 6380.7 1.586 08022 
15.68 63.79 | 500.1 1.999 1270 
12.43 80.44 | 396.6 2.521 2028 
9.858 101.4 314.5 3.179 8225 
7.818 127.9 249.4 4.009 5128 
6.200 161.3 197. 5.055 8153 
4.917 203.4 156.9 6.374 1.296 
8.899 256.5 124.4 8.038 2.061 
8.092 823.4 98.66 10.14 3.278 
9.452 | 407.8 78.24 12.78 5.212 
1.945 514.2 62.05 16.12 8.287 
1.542 648.4 49.21 20.32 13.18 
1.223 817.6 39.02 25.63 20.95 

.9698 | 1031. 80.95 82.31 83.382 

-7692 | 1300. ‘ 40.75 |} 52.97 

.6100 | 1639. 19.46 51.38 84.23 

4837 | 2067. 15.43 64.79 133.9 

.8836 | 2607. 12.24 81.70 213.0 

8042 | 8287. 9.707 | 103.0 338.6 

2413 | 4145. 7.698 | 129.9 538.4 

1913 | 5227. 6.105 | 163.8 856.2 

.1517 | 6591. 4.841 | 206.6 1361. 

1203 | 8311. 8.839 | 260.5 2165. 

09543 10480 8.045 | 828.4 3441. 

-07568 13210 2.414 | 414.2 5473. 

06001) 16660 1.915 | 522.2 8702. 

04759 21010. 1.519 | 658.5 13870. 

-03774 26500. 1.204 | 830.4 22000. 

02993 33410, 9550, 1047, 84980. 


The above table is based on Mathiessen’s metergram stand- 
ard for soft drawn copper, as published in the supplement to the 
Transactions, October, 1893, American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers. 

Hard drawn copper has 1.0226 times the resistance of soft 
drawn copper. 

The B. A. Ohm=.9866 International ohms, or 
-9889 Legal ohms. 


See remarks and formule on page 162 relative to this table. 


161 


NUMBER, DIMENSIONS, LENGTH AND 
RESISTANCE OF PURE COPPER 
WIRE, (STRANDED). 


COPYRIGHT, 1897 By H. W. FISHER. 


Resistance in In- 
Diam. |} Area. | Weight Length. |ternational ohms 
at 68 deg. F. 


B..& S. ., Circulatr;Lbs per! Feet |Ft. per 
G. No.|1 Mils! writs. | 1000 ft. |per 1b.! ohm. 


The data in the columns headed by the letters c, d,e, f, g, 
(page 161), are based upon the report of the Committee on “‘ Units 
and Standards”’ ofthe American Institute of Electrical Engineers 
printed in the supplement of 77ansactions, October 1893, as Dr. 
Matthiessens correct standard. The weights of stranded con- 
ductors of a given resistance per 1000 feet, vary with the number 
and size of wires used and the method of laying them up, hence 
no formule are given under any of the columns involving the 
weight. 

Tt frequently becomes necessary to calculate the weight, re- 
sistance, etc., of copper wire of a cross section not given in these 
tables and hence the following formule are appended, giving the 
values of a, b,c, d, e, f, g, mostly expressed in terms of (b) the 
circular mils. 

a=5(1.122982)" Here (n)=86—Gauge number. 

b=a?=25(1.122932)22 00; 000 ; and 0000, being represented by 

c—.0030269b —1, —2, and —3, respectively. 


- 


b2 
For illustrative example see next page. 


162 


ILLUSTRATIVE BXAMPLES. 


What is the resistance per 1000 feet of a conductor having 
a cross section 375,000 C. Mils ? 


10854 
tae : F — 097 ; 
Substituting in formula (f) we have 375000 .02761 ohms 


What is the weight per 1000 feet of No. 18 B. W. G. copper 
wire? 

The cross section of the above—9025 C. M. 

Hence we have C.=.0030269 x 9025—27.31 lbs. 


CHANGE OF RESISTANCE WITH CHANGE 
OF TEMPERATURE. 


Drs. Matthiessen and Siemen made elaborate measurements 
to determine the temperature co-efficient of copper wire, but the 
formulz recommended by them are discordant, the difference 
becoming greater with increased temperature. 

In 1890, Messrs. Kennelly and Fessenden by a most unique 
method in which the utmost care and precision were used, 
obtained a co-efficient which lies between thevalues obtained by 
Drs. Matthiessen and Siemen. On account of this fact, coupled 
with the well earned esteem as Physicists and Mathematicians, 
in which they are held both here and abroad, we recommend 
their formula for making corrections for change in resistance 
due to temperature, 

Their formula reduced to degrees F. becomes 

R(1+.00225 (t—32)) 
1+.00225 (T—382) 

When R=The known Resistance. 

When r=The unknown Resistance. 

When T=The temperature in degrees F. of known Resist- 
ance. 

When t=The temperature in degrees F. of unknown Resist- 
ance. 

For rough calculation it can be assumed that the variation 
in resistance amounts to .225% per degree F. increasing with 
rise, and decreasing with fall of temper: ature. 


FORMULA FOR CALCULATING SIZE OF 
STREET RAILWAY FEEDERS. 


A simple and convenient adaptation of the ordinary rule for 
determining the size of feeders, has been suggested by Mr. F. 
Uhlenhaut, Jr., late Electrical Engineer of the thiladelphia 
Traction Company, for quick work in figuring out sizes of street 
tailway feeders. This formula is im brief: 

Circular Mils=Car feet6.5, being deduced from the 
formula, 

_ AmperesX Distance 10. 8 

~~ Volts lost 
by the following assumptions and substitutions ; 

Amperes=Number of CarsxAmperes per Car. 

Resistance 1 mil foot of wire=10.8 increased 20%¢=18, 

Loss in volts=650. Amperes per car=25. 


No. CarsX25x« Mean Distancex13_ 
Circular Mils= apa ane BOE) et Se 


Cc. M.=Car feetx6.5 


C. M.= 


WHEN IT IS NOON AT NEW YORE IT IS 


11:06 a. M. at Chicago, Ill. 6:06 Pp. M. at Vienna, Austria. 
0:56 ** New Orleans, La. 5:50 “ ‘* Rome, Italy. 

wo SC. Denver Col: 4p Pra? Berlin, Prussia. 

ae SS San Francisco, Calan 5:17 ita es Brussels, Belgium, 
wap “ “ Sitka, Alaska. 509 Meet batice France. 

CPA eee Honolulu, Sie FOO See f5t2 15-48 London, England, 
2:15 “ “Tokio, Japan. 445 AO ot Madrid, Spain. 

1 De DL Sy Pekin, China. 4:35 ‘* * Dublin, Ireland. 
9:47 P. M. a Bombay, India. 2:36 ‘* ‘* Pernambuco, Brazil. 
202 “ St. Petersburg, Rus. 1:25 ‘* ‘* St. Johns, N. F. 


ELECTRICAL UNITS AND FORMULA* 


All electrical units are derived from the following mechanical 
units: 


The centimeter is the unit of length, and equals .3937 inch, or 
-000000001 of a quadrant of the earth. 


The gram is the unit of mass, and is equal to 15.433 grains, 
the mass of a cubic centimeter of water at 4 ° C. 


The second is the unit of time and is the time of one swing 
of a pendulum, swinging 86464.09 times per day, or the 1-86400th 
part of a mean solar day. 


The volt is the unit of electro-motive force [E]. 


Electro-motive-force, which is the force that moves electricity, 
is usually written E. M. F. (in formule E) and various writers 
use it toexpress potential, difference of potential, electric pressure 
and electric force. 


One volt will force an ampere of current through one ohm of 
resistance. Its value is purely arbitrary, but fixed. 


The ohm is the unit of resistance [R]. 


The international ohm adopted by the International Congress 
of 1893 is represented by the resistance of a uniform column of 
mercury, 106.8 cms. long, and 14.4251 grammes in mass at a tem- 
perature of melting ice. 

One B. A. ohm—.9866 International ohm. 

One legal ohm—.9977 International ohm. 


One ohm is that resistance through which one ampere of 
current will flow at a pressure of one volt of E. M. F. 


The megohm=1,000,000 ohms. 


The ampere is the unit of current strength [C]. Its value may 
be defined as that quantity of electricity which flows through one 
ohm of resistance when impelled by one volt of E. M. F. 

One ampere of current flowing through a bath will deposit 
0.017253 grain of silver or 0,005084 grain of copper per second. 

The coulomb is the unit of quantity [Q], and is the quantity 
of electricity passing per second when the current is one ampere. 

The farad is the unit of capacity [KX], and is that capecity that - 
will contain one coulomb at a potential of one volt. 

A condenser of one farad capacity, if charged to two volts, 
will contain two coulombs, if to 100 volts, 100 coulombs, etc. 

The microfarad [mfd],=one-millionth ofa farad. 

The joule is the unit of work [W]. It is the work done, or 
heat gencraled, by a watt inasecond. It is equal to .7373 foot- 
pound. 

The watt is the unit of electrical power [P], and is the energy 
contained in a current of one ampere with an electro-motive-force 
of one volt. 746 watts=one horse power. A current of 10 
amperes, and 74.6 volts will dothe work of one horse power 

The E. M. F. is distributed according to the resistance of the 
various parts of thecircuit, except where there is counter E. M. F. 

Counter E. M. F. is like back pressure in hydraulics. Thus, 
to find the available E. M. F., or the resulting current against a 
resistance where there is a counter EK. M. F., the counter EK. M. F. 
must be deducted. Forexample: Suppose astorage battery with 
a resistance of .020hm and aC. KE. M. F. of 15 volts. and you wish 
to charge it with a dynamo which givesan E. M. F. of 20 volts at 
the battery binding posts; there are 20—15—5 volts working 
through a resistance of .02 of an ohm with consequently a current 
of 250 amperes. The fall of potential is, however, virtually 20 
volts, and not 5 volts, and the power is 20250=5,000 watts, and 
not 5X250=1,250 watts, as might perhaps be supposed. It is 
obvious that the C. E. M. F. has acted as atrueresistance. Inthe 
above case 5250—1,250 watts were wasted in overcoming the 
resistance of the storage battery; and the remaining 3,750 watts 
were stored up in the chemical changes which they brought 
about in the active material of the storage battery. 

Mils—T‘housandths of an inch. 

d2=circular mils. 

The circular mil is now generally used as the unit of area 
when considering the cross-section of electric conductors, the 


resistance being inversely, and weight of copper directly, propor- 
tional to the circular mils. 


*Portions of the Definitions of Electrical Units are from Memorandum Book 
of Modern Light and Heat, Boston, by courtesy of the publishers, and the author 
Mr. Allan V. Garrett, E. E., Spokane Falls, Washington. 


164 


It is the area of a circle having a diameter of 1-1000 of an 
inch; hence the square of any diameter, expressed in thou- 
sandths of an inch, will give as a product the number of circular 
mils that can be placed side by side in a square the sides of 
which are equal to the diameter that has been squared ; the 
united areas of the small circles contained within such square 
being equal to the area of the large circle. 


eA eh Le Yo) 
—?, Ot aR 
PIAS S LIOR 
( " 


This is illustrated in Figure 
90, where the large circle rep- 
resents a wire 10 mils in diam- 
eter, and the small circles are 
the circular mils (100) whose 
united areas equal the area of 


wee cceee ~ the large circle. 

Sad a om oN 2 

\) / Thus 10 mils 2 .7854—.00007854. 
. OS2S2. o's sq. in., area of large circle. 1 


mil 2.7854 100—.00007854 sq. 
in., area of 100 small circles 
combined. 

Fig. 90. Cc. M.>x<.0000007854—area in 


‘ decimal of a square inch. 
100 times actual size. a 


FORMULA. 
ie, =k. CXR=E. CXE=P. 
=p. C2XR=P. QXE=W. 
CXE 


74g TH. P. QXExX.7373=Ft. Lbs 
H. P.—550 Ft. Lbs. per second. 


EQUIVALENT CARRYING CAPACITY 


Of Single Conductor of Any Size, from 0000 to 15, in a Stated 
Number of Smaller Conductors. 


a) ad (cepa dee te ee | eee 
a u u Ou On Oy 
NS s 6 68/}0 21278128 | 28 | 1n2 Conductors, 
BA ag ne ae) og HY xe one each of 
is av hehe} ge ie ge ci 
0000 [No.0 |No.3 |No. 6 [No.9 |No.12|No.15| Nos. 00and 1 
000 i 4 f 10 13 16 Oresene 2 
00 2 5 8 11 14 17 Leyes 
i 
. ees 
2 5 f ll 14 il Pcees ee 4“ 6 
3 6 9 12 15 fo? alee : Ba oes, 
4 7 10 13 16 eae hararre Ou) 2S 
5 8 11 14 Wy ee lLreeeseeee C ss 9 
6 | 72 5 1 ER ERR snes! BS cal < ee | 
7 10 13 16 |. anne ess alll 
8 11 14 7A ; kU oa be 
9 12 15 LS ctsescclisseseees| ces sere 5 eas: 
10 13 WG eect cose alidbeenn ncailtaeeases slacesees ae ho eee 4 
Tear Dell | Berens Fever oe FF Ee 13-15 
12 15 SS Seas ctealdcayedctellessosese |Sochocs 3 47° 16 
13 1G V2 tS el Sectastleasens fal accasiurctecsteces . LS Gl, 
14 BI ee este cenae lie eatwapeLeaaaasane Laas ences 16) eee 
15 1S \Soeeeeeeel Fae cceen seat acto bot coast eccccdacs [ocaveseucssereiorsease &deccoa 


Or use the following brief rule for selecting two wires of the 
same size to equal cross-section of any larger wire: Use two 
conductors of the fourth size from the single conductor whose 
equivalent is sought, calling the given conductor 1; thus, the 
equivalent of a 00 conductor would be two No. 2’s, or the equivas 
lent of a No. 2 would be two No. 8’s. 


165 


RULES AND TABLES FOR WIRING. 


The following rules and tables are based more particularly 
on using exposed wires, as distinguished from conductors in 
cables; owing to the higher temperature likely to be encoun. 
tered underground, with consequent increase of their resistance 
liberal allowance should be made in computing the areas of 
cable conductors, and the calculation should be checked by the 
tables and rules on pages 169, 170 and 171. 

To compute the size of conductor required to supply any 
given number of incandescent lamps, where the amount of 
work done in the conductors is to be a certain ercentage of the 
work done in the lamps—not a percentage oft the total work of 
the machine: 

When the lamps are in simple parallel, divide the resistance 
of one lamp (1) by the number of lamps (n) and multiply the 
result (R) by the percentage (%) it is intended to lose on the con. 
ductor; the product will be the resistance of the two conductors 
{r) ; divide by the total number of feet of conductor (7) (both sides 
of circuit), and multiply by 1,000. Then refer to table of resist- 
ances, page 161, and in the coiumn headed “‘Ohms per 1,000 feet 
find the nearest corresponding figures, and in the first column, 
same line, will be found the gauge of the conductor required. 


Briefly: XT 0 resistance per 1,000 feet. 


When the lamps are in multiple series, the resistance of the 
lamps (R) will be found by multiplying the resistance of one 
lamp (I.) by the number of lamps in each series, and dividing 
the product by the number of series. 


RESISTANCE OF INCANDESCENT LAMPS. 


Westinghouse, 50 volts.| 71.5 50 | 33.3} 16.6] 5.5 | ohms, 


Edison, 100 volts......... 320 200 | 128 64 21.3 | ohms, 
a eg ee Ee eee 


The following Formulz and Constants have been furnished 
by the Edison Co. as applying to their system : 


Cir. Mils—Lamp feetConstant. 


21.68 (100—% drop) 
stance of lamp 4% drop. 


2-Wire System) Resi 


Constant 


3 6 ae Seats: constant 


Thus: For the new 16C. P. lamp (200 ohms resistance), on 
the three wire system, the following Constants would be used 
for the drop in EK. M. F. indicated: 


MOLES cacsmecrs 1. /15 2. (2.5 8, (8.5/4. (4515. |6. 7. 8. |9. 10, 
Const........ mee oy cin al -89} .76| .67| .60| .54| .45) .38) .83) .80| .27 


SHORT RULES FOR DETERMINING SIZE OF CONDUCTOR. 


Distance Amperes 1]* 
Loss in Volts 


Or, in 50 Volt Work, 2% loss: sj 
Distance Amperes x 11—Circular Mils. 


=Circular Mils. 


If the work is at the end of the circuit, the factor “Distance” 
should be double the actual distance (or both sides of circuit), 
but if the work is evenly distributed it should be single distance, 
only. . 


9 *11 (ohms) is the resistance of a foot of copper wire one mil in aiaaeteed 
having a conductivity of 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure copper, 


166 


"QgT a8ed uo +3 r 5: ; : fi = ; 5 ; 3 = : 3 5 % 10L 

«c Ayoudey Sarktrey yuspearmba ,, | 7F s9 OF | vere | seers | “0999 ‘0000 ‘00 ‘000 oO. 00 0 t T % . ‘ g ‘06 
Peete oP eer ee Psat 2 Gee ert a | OOO]. OOOO | 00s] 000, | 00 1. 00.1. (0 ‘T ‘T = % g g g ‘08 
eiom suisn Aq ynosjo B dn ayeUt | -e2-0—-d yor | ‘0000 | ‘0000 000 |'000 | ‘00 | ‘00 | ‘0 | ‘t | t | zw |e | ce |e Le CL 
MAT Sota ed Soc Bal SAL a ba da cela E ‘SdW¥T | “0000 | ‘0000 | 000 | 000 | ‘00 00 | 0 T a ge 40 g fF > s 2 ‘OL 
auvaN IS | -9000 | 0600) 000 | ‘60 | 00 0 0 ‘| % %G ¢ ‘¢ 7 G G cg 
: * 10000} 0000} 000 | 000 | 00 | ‘00 ‘0 0 “i % 3 g aa - ‘G Gg 09 
OOF 6T Bo» ‘0000 | ‘0000 | “0000 | 000 |°00 | ‘00 | 0 0 ‘T vs 7 #3 g - °g "g 9 "GG 
fo ‘0000 | 0000| ‘000 | 000 | 00 | ‘0 0 a I % 7 g p ‘F °g 9 ‘9 “0g 
OOF ST ‘0000 | 000 | 000 1°00 |00 | 0 it uy G % "¢ 'p s 2 'g ‘g 9 ahh “CF 
e ‘000 | 000 | 000 | 00 | 0 ii ‘| ¢ %G a a7 D G ¢ g yt 8 ‘Ob 
00% GJ < 9 3 O00 00 0 9 : 3 "% 3 F i i : 2 s f: 8 me 
004 6 LON ‘0 ‘0 er oT ie g *g a7 > "g 9 9 ye “i 8 6 ‘OL Ko 
a oT z P, "g - F °G "g ‘9 oe "y 8 8 6 “Ole tte 0% 
‘| G ¢ af ¢ YD ¢ ¢ g g D L 8 8 6 ‘OL LL ‘BL 
‘due q ‘d‘o Z iG ‘g g p G Gg 9 9 7] 8 8 6 6 Ol, ok GILL Bee 9T 
000z|eulwou : : otk 1;'O e F ‘- "g 9 9 a op 8 6 6 “OE 1: OL 4 CI edie FL 
Quo 0} 90ue eBney "§ 9 “g g p - °g °g 9 oy ri .) 8 6 Ore Ole? TLep TLE Clee as 
-}SISOY Ul pUg]e "OdIM f° OZIS P ? i g 9 “L “L 8 8 6 ‘OL | ‘OL TE leclich sol oe Sh aes ‘Or 
-ainby a1 $0 PS ee ee) gh ek ee eee oe ty ee Ole Lhe) ble OL a OL te eLearn 
(}90} Ul) 4yybueq g 'g 9 9 “L 8 8 6 6 ‘OL a Ti+} Gis BSE | SSE shee oT 8 
‘er 19 9 “hi 8 8 6 6 ‘OU Il) tLe | Sb 1" eked ef SST eer Eeio? ‘L 

re bee ibe la [ea (or alot of sees | ap ee | Eat et eee enya Be aia an 

A ; i q : : 4 ah a ee alate erie - cor | : : 
Cg gol nolearte Gres ore thet, [eter] cae’ | “SECSSE TL eset coeur 

P ; F : ( : $1 ake rsiae ~r i -aee } i +1 i 
STAVL ONIGIM LHOIT ONY =| cor [ctr feat | cat |cet (| st | st | or | cot | ‘ot | ‘ot.) ‘on | et | ‘OL | ‘ot | “or | ot |. 2 
‘Tiamat Fi Shke t Sian | EL. eee SE “CT |eSI. 1b. ‘9T | OL 1. 'Stnle OG 9Le)| Kor aoe Staak 

Lee eee Le eet 01) Oke OL ‘OT. SO Lsh (OT | OTe Oba Ore nte |< 0L21 8 Ola OT ‘T 


“006 | */08T | “.09T | “OFT | *,0cL 1,001 | 06 | “08 | “04 |°.09 | 09 | Sb |r | vee | 08 | 1&3 | 106 sdurey 
Tea arhAaricGit ‘oBney “Ss PY ‘g Ul MO]9g PozeoIpU] due SaZIg QUIK “UOIENGIJ}SIG. JO UZUDD 0} F994 Ul DOUR}SIG a re 
ASNQOHDNILSUM AHL "OD 91430019 esnoybuysemM 24) "LNAO Yad Z=LIOAISSO1 “SdWYV1 LIOA OS HOS 31EVL DNIYIM 


167 


Set a aVy >, OSI { Orr \€€x j6rr j1Zt (661 \6tze \g6z 96€ LOS 96L Gor'r (€6S‘r [o6€ z “ox 
spiel SF kos rsx lgor |ggx |Srz |1Sz jeo€ {LE €0S SSL lg00'xr  joxrS‘x |€x0's lozor€ “ot |-Cx 
” SLo- ” Sz 
39) O50" + OL z2Sr lo6r |11z |l€z |x1lz |or€ og€ Slr ££9 oS6 logz‘xz  joo6'r J€ES*z joogté “Sr |epr 
*dure S£o- *d +5 o1 : z6xr lobe |99z |oo€ |Et€ oor ogh |oo9 00g 00z‘E foog'r joor‘s jooz‘e |oog‘h “rr |x" 
- Ios jzve jeo€ ott |LLE |1f" |eoS tog |SSZ Soofr jorS‘x joro‘s jozo'€ fjozo‘y |obo‘g “EI [zr 
SdWVT GUVGNVLS fiz |vSz |So€ jog€ |ech |SLr |ppS |SEg |roZ |xS6 |ole‘x |zo6'x JobS'z |Sog‘€ foLo'S loro‘Z “QI ‘eI |+rx 
10} S}[OA OOO 3e ore jrde loz€ |pgE logy |E€ES |o0g 989 00g 096 |ooz'x |oog‘x joot‘e |ooz'€ oog'y joov‘g |009‘6 “or [St ‘II |-or 
LNA AAOP AMVYNIN 692 jeoE Joh [Eoh |hgh |Soq |elg |oSL frog |Lootx jorz‘x |exS*x |Sxo'e |Szo‘€ lo€o'r |oSo‘9 fogo'g foor‘ex |-or |-Sr |-pr ‘Or |°6 
oZe fhof |gfEfogE = rER §= LoS |gog: fog = |Shg_ = foS6 = |Sg0'r Jode'z locS'x joo6'r |SES*z loog‘€ |oZo‘s o009‘Z fotr‘or jooz'Sr }*Sx |p }-€xr 6 |g 
oz€ = j6rE |rgE jozh jogr |OrS Jobg gol 096 |ggo‘r looz‘r JoZE*z Joog‘r loc6'r loor‘z jooz‘€ o0g*¥ joorg jo09‘6 joogter jooz‘6r |r |°€x |-zr "Baitfa 
rrE loLE roy |gth jegh |SeS |zog l6g9 |€0g |ro6 forz‘r jope'x |SoS'x lozZ‘1 |Loo'z lort'z loro‘€ |Sro*y jozo'g =jototg joor‘zr jogo,gr joor‘ba |*€x |rzr |+rr L lg 
ogE Sop |s€h [gov jo0S |tSS |gog |S4qg Jog fodg [€x0r |ora‘x jozS'1 |gg9‘x Joo6'r |SZ1‘z |z€S‘z lobo'€ joog'E |Sgo*S oo09'Z jotr‘or jooz'S1 jogz‘og |oov‘o€ |-zxr |r |-or "9 ([°S 
Ley joghy |erS |grS jo6S joo j|g69 jgod ESg fog6 = |LO0‘x joge‘x |o€S*r joz6'x |SEx‘z Joob‘s lobL‘z Jooz‘€ lobg'€ loog'y Joobtg |o09'6 loog‘zz jooz‘6r joog*Sz joor'g€ |-rr |ror |-6 SS lep 
toh |gfS |Sog |Stg |169 |SPZ |Log ogg |g96  Iodo‘r lore‘ EQE‘T jer [gf6'r lozh'a jo6g‘% |Szo'€ |SSr‘€ |z€o'h lovg'h joSo'g |Sgo'g |joor‘er lo€1‘gr |ooz*bz jogz‘z oor'gh jror |°6 Ig y le 
o19 |ZZ9 JogL |€1g |rég [gf6 oxo‘r j6or‘T joce*r jgSEr JozS*x |EPL‘r jo€o's joth‘s |oSo'€ |SgE*E Joog‘€ JoSE*y |SLo'S Joor'g joog'Z |oSx‘or jooz‘Sr loo€*oz looS*o£ logg‘av joootig |*6 |g |Z Eo beg 
69L jpSg |196 Sco‘ |g6o'r jEgr‘r [rga‘r [gOE'T [gES*r |60L‘r jez6‘x |LO1‘s |E9S‘s |gLo‘€ [Shg'E lole*y |Sos' lo6t'S |Zob‘g lo69'Z jorg'6 |Srg‘zr jocz‘6x 0€g‘Sz% joSp'gE jogz'1S joo6'o£ |'g |Z |g ‘Sher 
016 jogos jora‘z |€6e%r [SgE*x jooy'r [Z19'r [ol‘t jop6'r [oSr‘e jozh‘s |1ZL%% jofz‘E jogg'é joSg'v Jooh'S |oSo'g |Sz6‘g |Sgo‘g |ooZ'6 joor‘ex |oL1‘gx jooz‘tz joo€‘zé 00$*gh jogg‘tg jooo'Z6 }'Z |-g |S Taig a 
zz‘ log€*r jozS*x jozo‘r |ShZ‘x |ZLg*t jo€o's |grc‘s jobh‘s |r1L%z Jobo'€ jo6h‘€ |gq0'F logg*h joor‘g joog‘g joo9‘Z |SzL*g |Sor‘orlooz‘zrloos‘Sx lo€€‘oz loot‘o€ logg‘o¥ jooo'r9 Jo€E‘1g jooofzz1\-9 |*S +h 0 log 7 
opS‘r jorZ‘r |SE6*r joSo‘s jooz‘e jOat‘z joL5‘z joog‘a jogo'€ jezh*€ joSg‘E joor*h |o£1‘S Jogr'g looZ*Z |oSS*g |Sz9‘6 |ooo'r1|Szg‘zr\ooh*S1\oSz‘6r oS9‘Sz% jooS*gE joo€'1§$ jooo‘ZZ logg‘zor\oo ‘S11 S | |-€ 100 |o00 
oF6'1 Jogr‘z |Szb‘% |ogS‘z jeLl‘a |Sg6‘s jofz‘e |Zz5‘€ logs‘€ |r1€'¥ loSoh |PrS‘S logh'g |ogZ‘Z jooL'6 joog‘or Sz1‘zr/ogg‘E1\0S1'g1\ooh 61\0Sz‘tz |oo€‘zE 00S‘gh joog‘tg joo0'Z6 lof€'6z1\o00'F6r\"h |-E hee C00 lo900 
OSP'S jozL‘z jogo’€ |ggz‘t jooS*€ JOgL‘E jogo'y |SSh*¥ joo6'h |SpP‘S Joz1‘g JoootZ |gqr‘g |oog‘6 joSz‘z1loog'€1\o0£ Sr\o0S*Z1/S1b-0z|o0S‘¢z|oog‘o€ |o€g‘ob looz‘r9 99‘Tg jooS‘zzrlo€E'Egrjooo'Stz|"E |-z |ex 0000} &. 
O60'E joEP‘E jogg‘é josr'y |Srv‘y [PSL‘Y joSr'S [g19'S jogr‘9 |Zgg‘g JozZ‘Z |ofg‘g joo€‘orlog€‘z1joSh*S1\oS1‘Z1|o0£ *61|SLo‘zz|oSZ‘Szlo06‘o£|o09‘gE |ooS'1S jooz‘ZZ jooo'€oxlooS*tSr jod0‘gozjoo0‘60€|* |-r jo Sk 
e ims 
06g'€ jozE‘h joog'h |ggr‘S |SSS*S |Sg6°S Jogh‘g |ELO‘Z jogZ*Z |Sho'g JozZ‘6 jorr‘11}096‘z1\09S‘StloSh‘61|009'1z|o0€ ' tz|agZ‘Zzlooh‘z£|o06'eloog‘gh Joog‘tg |ooz‘Z6 |oog*6z1\o0S*F6rlo€S*6Sz oo0'6gE}*r |o 00 {000 |oooo) eS 
06g‘F Jo€h'S jorr‘g |ESS*g |Sg6'9 jtzS*Z josr'g |r6g‘g jogZ‘6 joLg‘orloza‘z1|0L6‘E1|00E‘gr\09S‘61\oSP‘bzloSr‘Lz|oSS‘o£|Sz6'rE|oSL‘ob|oo6‘gtjoor‘19 |ooS‘rg |ooz‘zzx|o00'€91 00S'bbzlo00‘gzE|o00'6g¢}0 joo |o00 \o000 uss 
091‘9 jobg‘g jooZ‘Z lere*g joog'g jo6h*6 jogz‘or\o0z‘11loz€‘z1/069‘E1loop‘Sx|009‘Z1|0ES‘oc|ovg'¥z|o0g ‘o£ |o0z‘hE|o0$ ‘a£|o00'Ft Sz€41S|o09‘19|000'ZZ |oSo*zo1loo0'FS1/o0€‘Soz 000‘g0E|o99*01t/000'g19|00  |o00 |oo00!) 2S 
OSL‘Z for9‘g jool'6 jofE‘orjoL0‘11\oz6' r1}016‘z1}060' FI |00S ‘St lozz‘L1joob*61\OP I ‘Zz|o£g'Sz|o00' 1£|0SZ*g£|oSoEt|o0S‘ab|oSE*SS!SZS‘tg]00S‘ZL\o00'L6 joS1‘6e1|o00'h61 O0€ *gSz}o0$*Zg£lo99‘g1S|000'SZL!000 |o000} EY 
0g£‘6 logg‘orjozz ‘z1\oho'€1|0L6'€1|oho'S1}o0£ ‘or og/‘Z1)09S*6r|o€L‘ 12 oSp*pz|0V6‘ Le|009'zE oz 1 ‘6£|006' gh joo *hS|Se1'19|0Sg‘69| 00S‘ 1g|00g‘ Z6|oSz‘zzz|o00'Eg1\003‘t+z\000'gz£|000'6gh 000'zSg|000'gZ6 oooo) Po 


“001/ “06 | “08| “SL|“OL| “9 | °09| °SS|"0S| “sy |"ov| "se |"0e| “sz | oz| “81 91| WI) vio 8) 9/7 |e! @i/si)| 1 ol siesl el yisreeelz 


*  *UOIEN!AzSIP JO 49zUBd OF 39a} UL MOjaq UdAIH doURZsIG “souodwe UI syuasuno Aseutid 9ze01pul UUUN]OD YoeD Jo do} ou} ye sounBy oy 


$}]9A 000 ‘| }2 SSO] "pus. aq 


*SHNOAID ALBUid A0J B1GeL SUMIM-—"ANVdANOO ONIYNLOVANNVNW Puke OIYU.LOAIA ASNOHDNILSAM AHL Aq peyusiuing 


7. 


. CARRYING CAPACITY OF CABLES. 


. Prepared by Henry W. Fisher, Electrician of the Standard 
2 Underground Cable Co, Copyright, 1897. 


Heating Effect in a piece Factors for determining 
; of No. 0000 Cabie. size of conductor, etc. : 
B. & S. G, (See Explanation below.) Carrying 
Capacity 
joa Uce COS 
Rise in tem- Cables 
perature eres te-| <j i Amperes 
above the |""duired. | “ductors | Gin Form- | 2° Rise, 
surrounding) (In Form- | p &s.G miei 
air. Ulse, Ask ues ret Agr 
Degrees F. ‘ 
2 ee 10 1 80 
4 116 ' 9 13 36 
6 138 8 16 44 
8 160 a 19 52 
10 179 der 6 93 63 
12 194 | 5 Ay 7 
14 208 4 .33 91 
16 221 3 39 107 
ome Rb | om sep>|o meg nla tae 
| 
3 oe ) i 188 
24 269 00 71 195 
26 280 060 86 237 
28° 290 0000 1.00 27 
0 300 Cir. Mils 
32 309 250000 1.16 Bit 
34 318 300000 1.29 355 
36 326 350000 1.41 397 
38 334 400000 1,55 438 
49 342 450000 1.71 477 
42 350 500000 1.85 515 
44 858 550000 1:09 502 
46 366 600000 2.15 589 
48 373 650000 2.81 624 
50 380 700000 2.46 659 
52 387 750000 259 | 693 
54 894 800000 2 (ae | 726 
56 401 850000 2.89 759 
58 408 ie ae oe 
950 15 
we ae 10 3.26 854 


The first and second columns are the result of a series of care- 
ful experiments made in our laboratory. ‘The cable was placed 
on a wooden floor in the form of a large elliptical spiral of four 
tufns, thus approximating to a condition that might occur in 
practice, viz: Four cables running side by side. 

The table of factors (third and fourth columns) is the result 
of experiment and theory combined. Several tests were made 
on different sizes of cables laid as above described, in order to find 
the ratio between the amount of current necessary to raise them 
to a certain temperature and the amount of current required 
to raise the No. 0000 cable to the same temperature; then by the 
aid of theory and the curves that were drawn, the factors for the 
remaining sizes were obtained. 

These tables serve for three purposes: 

Ist- To find what size conductor must be used for a given 
tise in temperature and a given number of amperes. Rule: 

Decide upon some temperature that you consider safe, then 
divide the given number of amperes by the amperes correspond- 
ing to this temperature in the above table, compare the quotient 
thus obtained with the factors above and it no factor exactly 
agrees with the quotient, choose the size conductor correspond- 
ing to the next greater factor. 

Briefly, letting A = the given number of amperes. 

B = the amperes corresponding to the desired 
tise of temperature in the above table. 

F = the sor for the size of conductor to be 
used. 


ame 
Then Loy 
169 


Example: i 

With 14 degrees as a safe rise in temperature what size of 
conductor must be used to carry 175 amperes? 

In the table we find 208 opposite 14 degrees; dividing 175 by 
this we have rt Use No. 000. 

2d—To find the number of amperes that will produce a given 
rise of temperature in any cable. Rule: : 

Multiply the amperes corresponding to said rise of tempera- 
ture in the above table by the factor of the cable. 

Briefly, using the same symbols as above: A=F XB. 

Example: ; 

How many amperes will produce arise of 20 degreesina 
piece of No.3 cable? Opvnosite 20 degrees we find 246 amperes; 
multiplying this by .39, the factor for No. 8 cable, we have as the 
answer .39x246—96 amperes. 

3rd—To find what rise of temperature will be produced in 
any cable by a given number of amperes. Rule: 

Divide the amperes by the factor of the cable, and find the 
temperature corresponding to the quotient in the above table, 


Briefly, Beas 


F 
Example: 5 ; 
What temperature will be reached by passing 870 aniperes 


through a cable having an area of 850,000circular mils? gy =801, 


and this corresponds to 80 degrees, which is the rise in tempera- 
ture. 

In choosing what shall be the safe temperature to which the 
cable shall besubjected, the condition and kind of subway should 
be considered. Ifthe ducts are well ventilated, we would recom- 
mend 25 degrees F. as the maximum temperature to be used in 
making the calculations by the above method; while if the sub- 
way system is dry and poorly ventilated, we would not recom- 
mend a temperature exceeding ten or twelve degrees F. These 
varying values for the safe temperature are chosen on account of 
the difference in the dissipation of heat. In either case the 
actual temperature reached by the conductor would not be greater 
than 20 degrees above that of the earth, etc., adjacent to the cable, 
and this temperature is what we recommend asthe one to be 
used in calculating the size of Aerial Cables. Very often the 
question of resistance, rigidity or strength makes it advisable or 
necessary to use larger cables than those obtained by calculation. 

The above rules and tables apply to Electric Light Cables 
with 3-16 inch insulation between the conductor and the lead, but 
they may be considered approximately correct for any slight 
variation in thickness of insulation above or below this figure. 

For the benefit of those familiar with the use of logarithms, 
who may desire to know something about the laws governing 
the rise of temperature, the following is appended: 

Letting t — the rise of temperature in degrees F. above the 
sutrounding air. 

A =the number of amperes required to produce the rise 
of temperature. 

K =a constant. h 

xX == some unknown power to which A must be raised; 

x 
the form of the equation used was t= = 


By methods too elaborate to be mentioned here, the most 
probable value for x was tound to be 2.1 and then the equation 
2-1 


of the curve for No. 0000 Cable became T= a In no place did 


this curve differ from the experimental curve by more than half 
ofadegree. In the tests that followed on other cables of different 
sizes, the formula only differed from the above in the fact that 
the constants were different, and these constants are easily 
obtained from the formule, K=5250 F2-1, where F is the factor of 
any desired cable and K is its constant. Finally, the factors 
themselves can be calculated approximately through a range of 
+7 


from No. 10 to No. 0000 by means of the equation Fars where 


C= the number of circular mils in the conductor and F = the 
factor of the conductor. 

This formula departs a little from what theory would sug- 
gest as applied to solid conductors, the reason being that the 
relation existing between area and surface is not the same for 
stranded as for solid conductors. 


170 


TABLE COMPARING CARRYING 


CAPACITIES. 
. Ke + 
Size of Conductor G ks Maximum Amperes. 
Ay 2 bo | ox O +35 
9 0 be 25 | os sy | HO 
a cae SR Ges ccd Pa Sa 
B. & S.| Circular a6 a Su. | se oD | a @ 
G. | Mils. | 3% =o | Sales8 | moO] &g 
oS wn Ff b 3) a be | Ro 
gi | 84 | £2 | SEM ER] 58 
=i Se RPA ey joie 
* A * al) 2 ort 
Pea onitce 022 833 348. 509 | 597 
AQQQ00 TE iesececssneecces 028 282. | 294. 426 | 489 
SH0000 Haier was sactss 032 255. | 265 888 | 442 
Ub oad Ber coma 037 227. | 237. B65 | 394 
DENN ail eces-tvescens 4 98. 319 
1600 000 052 174.6 | 182.7 | 275 | 302.9 
167800 00044+ 065 146.7 | 158.5 | 287 | 254.5 
33100 0044+ 083 123.3 | 129.0 | 195 | 213.9 
1055 04+ 104 103.7 | 108.5 | 168 | 179.8 
83699 + 3 87-1; 91-1} 143 | 151 
66370 3— 166 73.2 | 76.6 | 124 | 197.0 
52630 fe 209 61.5 | 64.4] 107 | 106.7 
41740 6+ 264 BE-Zily O4:k ie SOL 89.7 
83100 7— 833 48. 45.4 | 74 75.8 
26250 — ‘419 | 36.5} 38.2] 63 | 63.3 
20820 g— 05 80.7 | 82.1 52 53.2 
16510 1046+ .665 25.8 | 27.0| 44 44.7 
13090 lw— 841 PAE = PAT 386 37.6 
10380 12%+ 1.061 18.2} 19.1} 80 31.6 
8234 13%2+ .338 153 | 16-0 |.......... 26.5 
6930 li — 1.687 TZ SAS BD alecawasccee 22.3 
5178 15: 2.126 LOB LEB TA Siscexs 18.7 
fae i (a Ay a a yf 15.8 
8257 17— 3.382 7.6 SOUT. sees: 13.2 
2583 18+ 4.264 G4 + 6-7... ox 11.1 
5048 1814+ | 5.396 Se D.O 4. Concecks: 9.5 
1624 19+ 6.781 4.5 AT hes senses 7.9 


*At 75° F. and for a wire of 98% conductivity. This column 
is also the resistance per 1,000 feet of the same wire in ohms, 

{This column was calculated from a theoretical formula 
based on Nicols’ determination of the amount of heat lost by 
radiation and convection from blackened surfaces. ‘Twenty de- 
grees rise in temperature was assumed, the temperature of the 


surrounding air being taken at 90 degrees F. 
3 


az 
56.8 
Where d=the diameter of the conductor in mils, 
C=the current in amperes. 
This formula applies to solid conductors. 
|Calculated from a formula suggested by A. K. Kennelly, 
Electrical World, November 30th, 1885. Using the same symbols 
3 
Z 
as above, the formula reduces to C= es . Itis based on arise of 


The formula reduced to convenient form is C= 


temperature of about 19 degrees F. 

**Calculated from the tables given on page 169 by the metho 
indicated in the directions for using the tables ‘Twenty-five de- 
grees was taken as the safe rise in temperature. 

3 


2 


tFormula, Cours 


This column represents the safe carrying capacity recom- 
mended by several companies; a comparison with the columns 
based on practical conditions will show how unsafe are these 
high figures. From a theoretical standpoint, they seem to be 
based on arise in temperature of about 55 degrees, a practical 
application of which might be extremely disastrous, especially 
in warm weather or under conditions where the dissipation of 
heat is retarded. 

171 


S caehaneeh hemicomekcammh aeeeh eek aie aati oe | 


VOLTS OR AMPERES. 
TN & LNCOIM COM OMAN SOLO 


| 


0G | GL | SL | 2b} | A] | oa § 


0098S" 


02609" 


OFGRE 


O9GSF 
OSSCP’ 
00c0b" 
OCo28" 
OFSES" 
O9TZS" 
OSF6G" 
00896° 
OZIFS" 
OFFIS" 
O9Z8T’ 
OS09T" 


OObEL: 
OGLOT 
OFO80" 
098¢0° 
08920" 


0660S" 
PLESP 
Sc8SP* 
C8GEP 
9ELOF 
HGL8E" 
FROGS" 
86088" 
CSG0S" 
90083" 
O9bS6° 
FIGZS" 
89806" 
GC8LT" 
9LCST" 
O£ZGL° 
PSTOL 
86920" 
G60S0" 
9FSZ0° 


OFS" 
SESS" 
OTPSF* 
FOOTF’ 
GOSS" 
O8LF 
SOLES" 
OCSTs" 
PPO8G" 
ZECIG 
OGLbG: 
SOLIS" 
96661" 
P8891" 
CLEFT 
03061. 
8F960" 
JSGLO™ 
PESEO" 
IFZO" 


O9SSF 
G8GEP 
FOOTF 
9GLE8E" 
SEFIS" 


‘OLLbE 


COSTE" 
PLOGZ 
O8ELB" 
8C0SS 
08266° 
ZOS0Z" 
FGGST" 
OFEST” 
S998T" 
O62 1° 
ZTT60" 
E890" 
9CSF0" 
82620" 


8h 


O8SZF'00ZOF’ 
98206" OGI8S" 
GSGRE" OSTOS 
SFFOG' OLTFS" 
FOSFS' O9TZE’ 
O9L¢E OSLOS: 
9100S OFTSZ" 
GLSLZ'OST9Z" 
SGLES OCIS 
FSCS OTIS’ 
OPbLe 0010 
9661 (0G08T’ 
ZGTLT O809T’ 
00ST’ OLOFT’ 
FOSZT’ O90ZT" 
OG20t OSO0L 
9280" OFO80' 
ZEF90' 08090" 
S850" OZOFO" 
FFIZO" 010G0" 


0ze2¢" 
FROGS" 
89168" 
ZEST" 
9 TOS" 
ODL" 
FIZIS" 
S8EFS" 
ZISZS" 
92902" 
0928) 
FSS" 
S00CT" 
ZEIST | 
OCI" 
08260", 
FOCLO" 
86990" 
ZELE0" 


9L8T0"| 


Ll 


bh 


OFSFS 
86088" 
9SeTs” 
FI9GG 
GLELG" 
OFL9G° 
S8EFG" 
9V IGS" 
F060G" 
GOT6L 
OGbLL 
SLOGT 
9S68T° 
FOIZT 
CCFOT 
01280" 
89690" 
96690" 
F8FSO" 
GPELIO 


el 


O9TZE" O8F6Z" 0089Z 
BECOE'9008G" ONFSZ 
FPFO8S'BESIG OZLFG 
9EELZ SOG" O8LZS" 
ROLES | F8CGS" OFF IZ 
OOLbE GLLGG OOL0G’, 
BISZS'9690B"|O9L8T’ 
FO60G'|GOTGT OGPLT 
9661 |8892T"0809T" 
S89LT FIZOT OPLET 
08091" 0bZbL O0re): 
LEFT" 998109067" 
FIST |GOLTT OZLOT’ 
9SZTL"|STEOT "08860" 
8F960"|FF880"0F080" 
01080° OLE20° 00290" 
GEF90"9680" 0980" 
FSFO | ZZFFO" OGOFO™ 
9TZE0"|8F620" 08920" 
80910" 


| 
| 


FLFIO’ OFSTO" 
Gh 


LL | Ob 


OGTES” 
P1626" 
B0L1Z 
ZOL0S" 
96061" 
O608L° 
P8891" 
89ST" 
CLEFT 
99681" 
0901" 
PS8OT" 
8F960" 
GFFSO' 
980 

02090" 
FZSFO" 
8198 
GIFZO" 
90610" 


—— ae 


6 


OFFIC" 
89803" 
96660" 
PECRL 
CCT LL” 
08091 
80091" 
9868" 
POSSI’ 
COLTT" 


O9L8T 
GC8LT" 
PRsor” 
9F6ST 
800ST” 


O20bL* 


GSTS 
FOIGT 
9SGIT 
STSOL 


O¢L01: 
8F960" 
92980" 
OSLO" 


“GSF90" 


032S0' 
88ZF0 


‘9TZE0° 


FPIGO 
GLOTO" 


8 


08260" 
GFF80° 
F0SL0° 
99990" 
869G0" 
C6340" 
GSLEO" 
FI8c0° 
9L8T0° 
88600 


‘SAYadNV YO SLIOA 


‘8998 


O809T’ 
9LGT" 
CLEFT 

r 
FOSST 
09061" 
OSGI 
GSFOL 
F960" 
FP880° 
01080: 
9&ZL0" 
CEF90" 
86990" 
FGSFO" 
0c060" 
9180" 
GIFCO" 
'809T0' 
F0800° 


OOFST’ 
OSLO’ 
09061" 
O6STT’ 
OCLOT” 
OSO0t° 
08860" 
OTL80" 
0F080" 
OLEL0" 
00290 
08090" 
09860" 
06960" 
OZOFO" 
0S229° 
08920" 
0100" 
OFSTO" 

4900" 


OZLOT | 
PSTOL 
SEIGO’ 
ZIT60° 
9LCR0 || 
07080 
FOSLO’ 
89690 
GEFIO’ 
968¢0° 
oses0° 
FSO" 
88GFO° 
GGLE0° 
9TZEO'| 
08970" 
FFIGO’ 
809T0" 
ZLOIO' 
98G00° 


b 


£ 


OF080" 
86920" 
98620" 
FE890 

CEFIO" 
02090" 
8z990' 
9ZS0" 
FZ8FO" 
GoPFO 

0c060° 
81920" 
9TZE 
1820" 
ZIPZO™ 
OLOZO" 
80910" 


906TO" 


FO800° 
GOFOO 


N 


O9&C0" 
G6O0S0* 
FGSPO 
9S°F0" 


S8CFO" 


O¢0b0: 
BELE0' 
FSFEO" 
9180" 
8F6C0" 
08960" 
IFO" 


‘|FFTGO" 


9L810° 
S09TO" 
OvElO- 
GLOTO’ 
FO800° 
98900" 
89¢00° 


"huedwoy ajqeg punoubsepup paepuezg 04} Jo uelslujzo0/y ‘sousig "mM Asuapy Aq pauedasg 


‘ATaVL YAMOd ASYOH IVOINLOAI1E 


é 


= 


| 
! 
| 


0890' 
OFSZO" 
ZIFO 

82000" 
FFIZO" 
OLOGO 

‘9L8T0" 
ZFLIO’ 
30910" 
FLETO" 
ObELO 

9010" 
ZLOTO’ 
86600" 
FOSO0" 
62900° 
9€600" 
ZOFOO' 
89200" 
FST00' 


L 


lr} 


bh suk seek seh meee eel meek meh seb seek meek | 
"SHUddNV YO SLIOA 
HORSE POWER TABLE. 
The product of Volts and Amperes represents Electri 
Dividing by 746 reduces Electrical Energy to Horse Power. 


work ot reduction from Volts and Amperes to Hor 
and a few examples will show how to use the table. 


rN SPL COM COMO AQINI ST LOCONmco 


5 Oe o 
Da 0 n 
eS 5 
6¥s wo fa 
POf Hee 
bo o° a 
Senor eB 
Ae re] 
WSS N8ee 
oo O eet 
By Te ais. ads 
icin “Smt cs 
Sa . —] 
maa Gg B | 
Om rw pn 
Oo %.) & 
eres ee 
o. €6€ a 
mo 
ot) oS 
n AADQAW 
He Oo 
owen ee 


9 we find 


e 


ae 
e 


ee 


At the juncture of columns 12and 1 


Power for Example No.1. 


oe 


What Electrical Horse Power corresponds to 1 


1st. 
end. 


3rd. 


0-552 H. P; 
e Horse Power 


2 
re) 


a 


gures after the 19 and 12, hence 
3, hence tl 


ght and the answer is 


significant figures in Example No. 


In Example No. 2 there are two significant fi 


we move the decimal point two places to the ri 


There are three 


is 305 foe 


® 
a 
os 
bx} 
~~ 
n 
3 
= 
) 
Fy 400 HR 
HeMOS als 
; OHA 
SF oy 
2 iii ly 
aon 
So % 
Go... 2 
paige ae 1s 
rs] Ay 
ee: 
woMSHS 
Og... x 
he tie a 
qs g 
IAS ays 
tos ts & 
Tes 
° 
nee ee 
Hag sa 
outs 
> re 
9 « 
_ 
e oo 
oe 
> fo) 
3 Ay 
ou eat 
oO n 
BOS 
1 
g a 
ot 
a, 
ee Ne 
wn 
> 
3 


172 


ALTERNATING CURRENTS. 


Owing to the extensive use of alternating currents in over- 
head feeders and underground electric cables it is thought 
necessary to give some formule and tables to be used in making 
calculations with reference to cables carrying alternating 
currents, 

In the first place we shall give some general formule and 
later some results derived from practical tests. 

For alternating currentsOhm’s Law hasthe following form : 


EH 

oS (1) 

V R24 p2y2 

where C=the current, E=the electromotive force, R=the ohmic 

resistance, P—277 times the frequency, and =the “inductance”’ 

which depends upon the geometric form of the circuit and the 

magnetic properties of the conductors and the surrounding 
medium. 

The expression 7 R?+P?I/? is called the ‘‘Impedance.’’ Fora 
circuit consisting of two parallel wires each of a radius r, and 
having an inter-axial distance d, between them, the total length 
of the entire circuit being Z feet, 


30.48 1(.5-+-4.6052 Log® ) 
as 109 
and for iron wire when the current density is low 


80.48 2(75+-4.6052 Log’) 
e— 102 Henrys. 
The distance (d), and the radius (r), must be expressed in the 


same units of length. aie 
The drop in voltage for an alternating current circuit 


=CyR2+P2I2 
SKIN EFFECT. 


The alternating current causes an unequal distribution of 
the current in the wire, the current density decreasing towards 
the center of the conductor so that for large wires the central 
portion is useless as a conductor, thus increasing the resistance 
of the wire above that which it would be for a continuous 
current. 

This is known as ‘‘ Skin Effect.’’ 

The skin effect increases with the frequency and also with 
the diameter of the wire in such a way that for the same per- 
centage of increase in the resistance due to skin effect the pro- 
duct [diameter?x frequency] is constant. 

This fact permits the following table to be constructed from 
which the increase in resistance may be calculated fora given 
frequency and size of conductor. 


Henrys (2) 


To find the factor 


I ead apie eR Multiplying | With which the resist- 
pee a Frequency Factor. ance to the direct cur- 
1000000 rent is to be multi- 
plied, in order to ob- 

95.0 1.02 tain the resistance to 

35.0 1.04 the alternating cur- 

43 0 1.06 rents, multiply the 

49.5 1.08 number of circular 

56.5 1.10 mils of the conductor 

71.5 1.15 by the frequency and 

84.5 1 20 divide by 1000000; then 

96.0 1.25 in the left hand 

108.0 1.80 column find between 

180.5 1.40 which two numbers 

154.5 1.50 the result lies. The 

178.5 1.60 required factor lies 

204.0 1.70 between the factors 

2382.5 1.80 corresponding to 

263.5 1.90 these two numbers 

294, 2.00 and is found by inter- 


polation. 


For example :—What is the resistance to the alternating cur- 
reut of an 850,000 circular mils conductor of which the resistance 
to the direct current is .001157 ohms, when the frequency is 133 
alternations per second? . 3 


Circular milsX Frequency _ 
mn Oe es 1338=113 


173 


Here 


Referring to the table it is seen that this result lies between 
108 and 130.5 and the difference between 108 and 130.5 is 22.5, 
which corresponds to a difference in the factor of 1.40,—1.30,=.10, 
and since the difference between 113 and 108 is 5 we have by 


simple proportion .1x spg= 0 as the increase in the factor above 
1.30 corresponding to the increase in the numbers in the left 
hand column from 108 to 118, so that the factor corresponding to 
118 is 1.80+.02=1.32. 

Multiplying this by the resistance to the direct current we 
have .0011571.82—.001527 ohms as the resistance to the alter- 
nating current. 

NOoTE.—The above method is based on Lord Kelvin’s calcu- 
lations for solid conductors and we believe that for practical 
purposes it can be applied with sufficient accuracy for conductors 
composed of stranded wires. 

Illustrative example for the calculation of the alternating 
currents. 

What is the current flowing in an 850,000 circular mil stranded 
conductor 95 feet long the circuit consisting of two parallel con- 
ductors, with an inter-axial distance of 4 inches, when the im- 
pressed EK. M. F.—3.73 volts and the periodicity 133. 

Here the diameter of conductor=1094 mils. 

The resistance to the direct current=.001157 ohms, therefore 
the resistance to the alternating current=.001527 ohms. 

(See example under skin effect). 

The inductance (L) is found from formule (2) 


z 4 
30.48 x 95(.5+-4.6052 Log a) 12972 


ape 109 109 

Substituting in equation (1) this_value for (L), and also the 
value of P, R, and EK we have 

Ce 3.78 _ 3.78 

cay, 253.1416 9972\2 -01095 

(.001527)2-+ x3.14 a 97 ) 
In an actual test in which the above conditions were approx- 
imately fulfilled the current by actual measurement was 334 


amperes. ; 
In this case where the centers of the conductors were 4 inches 


-01095 
-001527 


Henrys 


=340 Amperes. 


apart it will be seen that the impedance was =7.2 times 
the ohmic resistance. 

On reducing the inter-axial distance to 3 inches the result of 
an actual test gave the impedance to be about 6.6 times the ohmic 
resistance; and upon bringing the two branches of the circuits 
so close together that the lead coverings almost touched, the 
impedance was reduced to about 5.5 times the ohmic resistance. 

The results of these tests as well as theory clearly show the 
advantage of placing the two branches of an alternating circuit 
as near together as possible. 

This is best accomplished in the Duplex Cable and an actual 
test has shown that in a piece of 00 Duplex Cable the impedance 
was only about 1.5 times the ohmic resistance. 


HEATING EFFECT OF THE ALTERNATING CURRENT. 


For the same current a cable will become more heated when 
the current is alternating than when it is direct. 

This is most marked with large conductors owing to the 
skin effect. There may even be in the interior of the conductor 
a current reverse in direction to that nearer the surface. 

In an alternating circuit composed of two separate cables 
the lead covers of which were touching at frequent intervals, as 
is often the case in practice, the rise of the cable in temperature 
above the surrounding air, was found by an actual test to be 
neatly double what it was when the lead coverings were in 
sulated from each other. 

This is due to induced currents in the lead, which short cir- 
cuit themselves at the points ot contact of the lead covers. 5 

With a short length of cable we have obtained as much as 
130 amperes between the lead of one cable and that of the other. 

Sparks between the lead covers of single cables conveying 
alternating currents have frequently been observed in manholes 
and the cause of gas explosions in these manholes has been 
attributed to this phenomenon. 


174 


and both 


The above mentioned effects are prevented in the Duplex 


Cable where the conductors are placed close together 


symmetrically surrounded by the lead cover. 


di- 


tional reasons why Duplex Cables are preferable for conveying 


the alternating current. 


These are ad 


TO FIND THE CAPACITY OF A WIRE SUSPENDED 


THE AIR. 


Capacity per mile in microfarads 


To find the capacity between two wires suspended in air. 


Capacity per mile in microfarads 


Oo.” 
ro 
oO8 
ete Me wre, 
Falemyon es) 
toa ¥ 
aad & 
oord 
eel Vs 
GH Ge 
O¥y0 
an] ie) 
"Ar 2 
Decry 
-ULrvty 
ogee 
Stic 
-~ Ho 
Me 9 B54 
=| Fyuvod 
SP eos s 
9 Seon 
aes Rae 
y 2B vt A 
Se Vo ay 
OP EHS uo) 
Pugav .g 
CFD BDH 
Qy Ua 
Seuss gsya 
SOR Dads 
Um ay 4 
aE: 
3° 
3) 
BSS gues 
Ii lotgys 
DOU® 90a 
eo 
5 “ApS 
Pe Rett 
= 4 
5 ange 
ions 


*sot}yioedes 0} so1jdde ani smves ayy, 
*3.1N}B.19d T1139} PIA.19SqO 9} 3B WOT}E[NSUI paze[ngqe}y ay} Aq Jonpo.id oy} splarp pue‘s1nj}e1sdu19}z 
perlsap 3} 7B MOT} e[NSUT poze[Nq ej 9y} Aq UOT}E[NSUT UMOTY 94} ATd1}[NWI—: UMoTyY st ‘a1n} 
-viad uid} Paarasqo UB 7B ‘MOTJE[NSUT JY} IIo ‘s[BIIoJVU SUL}e[NSUL 9AOB 9} Y}IM 91qQ¥d 


Aue jo ‘ainjzessdura} Aue 38 ‘WOL}e[NsUT oy} SuIpuy Joy aTNYy 


Insulators. 


*2.1n}eIod M19} PolIsap 94} 4se1veM | SOOT" O&T GCL 
sain3y OM} 34} TaaMyoq AT[eUOTJIOdo1d Burjzelod4s9jzuT Aq AjTo}zeUt | GL60° OST OSI 
-rxoidde punojy aq ued ‘a[qe} 9} UL UeAIs saduvI 94} U2aMJoq | FFE" 09% CIl 
31njereduia} Aue 0} Surpuodsasi0s Ayfovdes 10 UOT}e[NSUL I, 8160° 098 OIL 

[680° OLP SOT 
06L9° O8F &&6'T Gls OF8* 61 OOF" O8T GL80° 009 OOT 
¢999° 009 616°T SGP 6GL° 08 GCP O83 6980" OFL C6 
0Sg9" OZL F06'T SLP GOL” 6F OSF* OSF GF80° O16 06 
Grh9 &98 888° T GCG 80L° 9L OFF’ 089 9880° | OZOT G8 
SF&9" 066 TL8°T 08¢ 889° O8T GPP" OFOT 8680" 00ST 08 
6969" S8IT &S8'T OF9 929° 023 6&F* OST TG80° OOTS GL 
O8T9° S6GI 8&8'T GOL 999; OOF 98P° O&ZS FI80° O¢8z OL 
GOT9° OLFT IIs GLL LG9° OLL S&P" Os TS L080° O0GF G9 
L809" OLOT 982'T 8F8 6F9° OZ6T OSPF" OOSP 0080° 0002 09 

B B os B mg tt 8 oy B oy 
RAG] REE | Ree] BRE) ReC| REE | Rae) BEE | ae RES 
Ge eh ee | eho alla OS Eo) Ph hte ies Oa lee ti aes, P| eis ee tae Us Ee 4 
Bes | ees | 2s | Bee) es | bee) bro) Bee) ee Ese) aS 
— = —_ ae — = — he hawk ay —_ ete — ot —_ bate _— ot — ~ 
pad | ES] esa) obs) mea | oes | RS | obs | Bd | obs) Bs 
n ~ n wn n n a Hs 
3 ‘ Ze : La Boe 
oul % ‘OUT Ze You] *spt*s You] spt’s *moT}e[Ns =) 
die Sia BC vinheT cot e[nsuy torye[nsuy -uj sadeg Aiq 2.4 
‘SR ‘AO 'ON| ‘STU TefMoIID | JOSSUASIUL | JOSSOUMIUL |-y-gaQgg@roN| * F 
31qeD 000 O04 eI e Sst he gia oma 21429 0 
WSVT IID9TH | JST OL oTH ne Sunoste |auSrrorspa | CONGR 
2 p 2) q v 


GAUNOLVYUAdNaL JO BONVHO HLIM ALIOVIVO OLLVLS 


-OULOEIA GNV “AONVLSISSU ‘NOILVIOSNI 4O SONVHO 


‘] 


The above Table is the result of several practical tests made 
give our patrons a general idea of 


THE STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE 


CoMPANY, and is intended to 


in the Laboratory of. 


Ken) 


the electrical qualities ot some of the various kinds of insulating 
mediums employed by us. ; 

It is a well-known fact that a slight variation in the quality 
and amount of insulating material used in the construction of a 
cable, may make quite a difference in the insulation and capacity, 
and hence other cables, of nominally the same insulating 
material and dimensions as above, may give, under varying 
temperatures, somewhat different results. 


DESCRIPTION OF CABLES. 


(“‘a”’) represents a Telephone Cable in which strips of paper 
are wound spirally and loosely around the wire. The main 
object in so doing is to enclose as much air as possible and thus 
ensure a low Electrostatic capacity. 

(‘‘b’’) represents an Electric Light Cable insulated with jute 
and,hard Ozite. The insulation resistance of this class of cable 
is high but owing to the hardness of the compound we do not 
use it on allsizes of cables, nor do we recommend laying sucha 
cable in very cold weather. 

(‘‘c”’) represents a fibrous Electric Light Cable insulated with 
soft Ozite. The insulation resistance is lower than that of ‘‘b” 
but on account of the oily nature of the compound this cable 
withstands breakdown strains from high voltage just as well as 
‘‘b,” and and it can be laid in cold weather without danger of 
breaking the insulation and fiber when the cable is bent. : 

(‘‘d’’) and (‘‘e’’) represent cables insulated with our Sterling 
Rubber Compound, taped and provided with a lead cover, the 
compound being vulcanized in the ordinary manner; it can 
however, be vulcanized by a special method so as to greatly in- 
crease the insulation resistance and decrease the electrostatic 
capacity. ‘ 

To determine the Insulation, Resistance, and Electrostatic 
Capacity from the dimensions of the cable the following formule 
may be used. 


D 
Insulation resistance per mile in megohms=k Log a (1) 


(2) 


Electrostatic Capacity per mile in microfarads= D 
gee 
Where D=Outside Diameter over Insulation. 
d=Diameter of Conductor. 
k—A constant depending upon the insulating 
material and temperature. 
c=A constant depending upon the insulating 
material and temperature. 
‘“D” and “d”’ must be measured in the same units of length. 


ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE. 


What would be the Insulation Resistance per mile at 70° F. 
of a No.6 B. & S. G. cable insulated to inch, with the same 
compounds as used in cable (c)? 

For Cable (c) at 70 degrees. 

Insulation resistance per mile—400 Meghoms. 

5 


4 
; D=83+8i—82 Py am net 
From this data the value of k is found by substituting in the 
formule and solving for k. 


Thus 
400 400 __ 400 
52 Log 1.6858 .2268 
T08 ae 


k =1760 


64 

Then by using this value of k and substituting for D and d 
their dimensions in the cable of which the insulation Resistance 
is to be determined, we have insulation resistance per mile of 

A D .162+.875 
No. 6 B. & S. G. insulated to §—k log, —1760 Log 465 — —916 
megohms per mile. 

The capacity Constant ‘‘c’’ for any given material and tem- 
perature can be determined from formula (2) by the same method 
as was used above to determine ‘‘k’”’ from formule (1) and then 
thé Capacity per mile for any cable of the same material can be 
found by substituting in formula (2) the dimensions of the cable 
(D and d) and the value found for constant ‘“‘c.”’ 


176 


weeeee 


Montana 


Vermont 


Wash.. 


Territo’ y 
N.Scotia 


Mexico... 


No. | Miles. | Cars.| Capital 
20| 215 | 810) 6,117,875 
1] 10 I PA ater ee ON 
10} 95 | 241| 3,141,600 
59| 754 | 2,050} 56,632,150 
12; 268.2) 629 1.7 0m 
1 es bs 3} |e. 308 
2 27 ISN oaacetonccowt 
22) 129.9)" 911) 49, pe "3501 
8 56.5 94 277 100 
7 259.1 417 4, mM 050 
51} 1,311.5) 6,019} 82, 383" 550 
84| 267.5} 796 3,485,400 
80} 271.1) 518) 9,798,400 
17) +154.0; 265) 5,147,100 
15; 286.2} 782) 12,107,150 
12} 199.4) 745) 4,746,100 
14| 119.1) 227) 1,382,000 
11} 363.2} 887] 10,441,400 
58 iy 102. $ 4 238 49,945,800 
913,225 
3B 18, 5 600 8,343,950 
8 29.5 67 76,550 
84, 592.4) 2,450} 37,459,000 
6 59.5 71) _ 1,454,450 
17| 282.5) 444] 10,410,800 
6 58.2) 122 497 575 
a 542.2} 1,422] 26,755,750 
ibe Ol ee 
123} 1,897.8] 8,453}212 342,700 
10} ’ 43.4} ° 82) 12051350 
a 2/869] 67,504,850 
16, 158 241} 38,645,645 
129) 2,048.9} 3,951)122 3981550, 
8| 159.6) 526) 4,354,200) 
6 48.3} 107 "153,100 
8 38 25 52,150 
22) 207 506} 9,460,050 
43; 411.1; 6518) 3,560,650 
6 98.2} 123) 2,832,350 
5 28.5 50 459 300 
91, «187 513) 6, 389,000 
82| 816.4) 363) 11,869,850 
6} 49.5| 97] 1,607°550 
21| 341.5) 625] 4°623;600 
8 22.5 28) 1,531,000 
2 26 66 612,400 
2 10 LO ese eS 
3; 28 59| 1,913,750 
27; 990.5} 958) 10,010,600 
6| 121.8} 312} 8,497,050 
07 To7 17,091.3146 ,840)890 829 120 


sees eeeeree 


ELECTRICAL STATISTICS. 
Central Stations. 


Street Railways. 


seeeee | teeeeee 


—— 


This data is compiled 


after careful tabulation and correction. 


Inc. Arc 

No. | Lights. Lights 
26| 28197, 2,575 
5| 60,000 107 
19} 15,870 1,297 
85! 129,588 8 648 
51} 138.550 3,209 
85] 90,749, 4,877 
5} 22.400, 470 
2} 21,250 586 
15} 12,383! _ 609 
29, 43,504 2.063 
10 480, 818 
218] 463'814' 22,680 
113} 120,972, 11,435 
105} 161,686, 5,874 
63; 56,345 3,279 
83] 95,340 38 266 
11} 25,862! 2524 
41} 60,620, 2576 
26} 52,839) 2.979 
101) 418,627) 20,542 
130} 424,524! 13 857 
51] 136,131] 5,587 
13} 8,995! 688 
87| 250,251) 9,208 
16} 37,030; 1,155 
35] 48,185. 1)889 
3, 1,080) 189 
32} 47/938] 2,673 
64! 154,931] 9,366 
5} 4,720) — 144 
213) 758,740} 41,463 
21; 11.8441 973 
6} 6,162) 168 
160) 275,346] 18,792 
4, 3,600) 250 
80} 34,600] 2,060 
243| 645,716| 47/520 
13} 63.066] 4,738 
13} 11,935} 628 
17; 16,910} — 556 
29) 41.078} 2,215 
76| 100,771| 3,615 
10} 15,655) 650 
23) 32,212) 1,758 
41) 36,793) 2,727 
44} 63,417| 3,360 
22} 29.408) 1,197 
87) 120,060} 6/192 
9| 13,695} 182 
2 820 33 
ae eee 750 
6 7,250 585 
6| 16,845} 208 
10} 10,495} 752 
9 Te500 \eeeeese 
16} 17,925} 733 
109} 163,541} 8,112 
9)  2°720 90 
19} 90,644! 38,299 
2, 1,200 += 100 
1; 1,200} 150 
41) 36.385] 7,009 
2,707)5,756,384|305,520 


— 


Capital. 


25,097,050 
4,069,350 
7,659,900 

411,600 
2,430,350 
6,881,550 


"370,450 
58,130,950 


“706,250 
320,049 500 


from Johnston’s Electrical and Stveet 
Railway Directory for 1896, and was furnished by the Publishers 


While some approximations are necessarily made to complete the 
estimate, it is safe to say that the final result is correct to within one 
per cent. of the actual figures, and may be relied upon to that extent, 


177 


TELEPHONE STATISTICS. 


AMERICAN BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY. 


Number of Exchanges. ............... 
Number of Branch Offices.......... 
Instruments Under Rental......... 
Miles of Wire on Poles............... 
Miles of Wire on Buildings......... 
Miles of Wire Underground........ 
Miles of Wire Submarine............ 
Total Miles Of Wires. .ccscc00s:. 
Total Circuits, icc. ..ee ae 


Total Employees......2.cccccspeosessvoee 
Total: Stations, A.ccw-eccts eee 
TOLL LINES. 

Miles of Pole Lines.-..77.0t--.san 
Miles of (Wite xii. 
Estimated Daily Exchange Con- 

BECOME. Lacs ccargste eset ee 
Estimated Yearly Exchange Con- 
AL CCELOUIS pads ua tessah ashy s ci gotticeece paeed 
Average Daily Toll Connections. 
Average Yearly Toll Connections 


ee TS 


The longest distance over which conversations are main- 


JAN. Ist., 1896. 


927 
686 
674,976 
260,324 
12,861 
184,515 
2,028 
459,728 
237,837 
11,930 
281,695 


52,873 
215,687 


2,351,420 
757,000,000 


51,123 
16,400,000 


INCREASE 
OVER 1895. 


60 

114 
92,470 
28,316 
1,664 
36,230 
172 
63,054 
25,763 
836 
38,263 


3,549 
85,130 


tained is 1,625 miles, from Boston, Mass., to Memphis, Tenn. 


OTHER TELEPHONE COMPANIES. 


Telephone Companies other than the American Bell, are 
rapidly being organized throughout the country in very large 


numbers. 


At the present time, however, there is no very definite 


information extant as to the number and equipment of such 


companies, and we do not give any statistics, as they would 


only be misleading. 


178 


COMPARATIVE COST PER MILE OF 
OVERHEAD WIRES AND CABLES. 


(35 POLES TO THE MILE.) 


S2thees -) 2s 
2 ae =) 0 a6 
Overhead Wires Bare, o. oo © a. 
Materials, etc. eo = 9 >°e 
ce eal a 
° 
eS o¢ aos 
BOLLE Toios 50.000 scWcduenasesceseunsys $ 181.25 | $ 166.25 $$ 455.00 
SSDS Ca oo eS a aa 28.00 31.50 44.00 
Cross-Arms, (10: pinsS)s42-ess. ihe 61.25 122.50 245.00 
Cross-Arms, attaching to poles... 17.50 35.00 70.00 
Braces and Screw6..............csesseeee -60 1.20 2.40 
Pins, (1% inch Locust).............006 17.50 35.00 70.00 
Pins, attaching tovarms............... 2.60 5.20 10.40 
MATS AEALOUS ces c cc cececsscictcoscnecaccssactces 21.00 42.00 84.00 
Insulators, attaching to pins....... 1.50 3.00 6.00 
No. 14 B. & S. G. Hard Drawn 
BT AIOPWALE!, < 220.52. Sessteee cat ase 497.96 995.92 | 1,987.84 
Labor Stringing Wire.. ............... 200.00 880.00 740.00 
otal wecccreys ccteossrd ccestes $ 979.16 | $1,817.57 | $38,708.64 
LEAD COVERED AERIAL CABLE. 
Thirty-five Poles (30 feet)...........| $ 52.50] $ 52.50! $ 52.50 
REMEBER ITI: se cotscrssaccepthcscosesse 24.50 24.50 24.50 
One Mile Galvanized Strand... 20.59 20.59 51.22 
Stringing Same, Including Sup- 
RIBERA od Gesvelenthghvnvenestedeosn.ne asus 52.00 52.00 52.00 
One Mile New Standard Cable 
and Installing Same Com- 
RSC eo ke Dee ahs cas eaeg sony xe 1,214.40 | 1,636 80 | 2,428.80 
MOEA thas sccscnctccaeee $1,363.99 | $1,786.39 | $2,609.02 


The prices of various materials used in the foregoing esti- 
mate are the average prices paid in various portions of the 
country, and are very closely approximate for the average con- 
ditions. 

We have compiled the following table, showing the cost of 
installing 25 pairs, 50 pairs, and 100 pairs underground cable, No. 
19 B. & S. G., dry paper insulation, complete and ready for serv- 
ice, in conduits ae three different types, these costs including 
also the cost of conduit and installation of same complete, under 
average conditions. 

It should be remembered in comparing these costs that an 
additional duct could be laid at the time of making the original 
installation at an increased average cost of about 20 cents per 
foot, which will thereby render it possible to double the capacity 
of the system at any time that it may be necessary, with only 
- the slight increase entailed in the cost of the cable itself, and its 
installation ; whereas, in order to duplicate the original system 
of bare wires on poles, the entire original cost of the overhead 
system will be again incurred. 

COMPARATIVE TABLE.—Costs of Various Systems. 
STYLE OF SYSTEM. 50 wirES. 100 WIRES, 200 WIRES. 
Bare Wire, No. 14 Copper... $ 979.16 $1,817.57 §$ 3,708.64 


Aerial Lead Covered Cable, 
INGOs) 20 BOG. Oa Grecsesestess 1,363.99 1,786.39 2,609.02 


Underground Cable, No. 19 
B. & S. G. in creosoted 


WOOd CONGIIE. cevesaescese 2,217.60 2,640.00 8,484.80 
In hollow brick tile......... 2,376.00 2,798.40 3,643.20 
In cement lined pipe....... 2,640.00 3,062.80 3,907.60 


When it is considered in connection with these figures, that 
the relative yearly cost of maintenance of overhead wires, and 
overhead and underground cables, is tremendously in favor of 
cables, namely, about 10 a cent. for overhead wires, and from 
nothing to not over % of 1 per cent. for cables, the advisability 
of using cables becomes clearly manifest. 


179 


WEATHER SIGNALS. 


m= > | 


iu 


White Fla Blue Fla White and Binet rian: White Flag with Black 
Clear ov Fair) Rain on” Blue Flag. Square in fe 
Weather, - \ Snow, | Loca! Rains. :" femaaecuint Signal, _ Cold Wave. 

Red, Black Centre. ~ White Pennant, | =~ Red Pennant ‘Red Pennant, 
| Storm, ees Winds. Easterly Winds, «Information Signal,) 
= When — layed in €onnec- When Displayed in Connee. Vbeo pevisyes , 
tion with Storm Sigoal, . UON with Storm Sigoal, Alo 


STORM SIGNALS, 


Aiea z a 


Nortbeasterly Winds, ™ Southeasterly Winds. Nortbwesterly Winds; © Southwesterly Winds,) 


No. 1, white flag, six feet square, indicates clear or fair 
weather. No. 2, blue flag, six feet square, indicates rain or 
snow. No.8, white and blue flag, (parallel bars of white and 
blue), six feet square, indicates that local rains or showers, 
will occur, and that the rainfall will not be general. No. 4, 
black triangular flag, four feet at the base and six feet in 
length, always refers to temperature, when placed above Nos. ie 
2 or 3it indicates warmer weather ; when placed below Nos. L, 
2 or 8 it indicates colder weather, ten not displayed the in- 
dications are that the temperature will remain stationary, or 
that the change in temperature will not vary more than five 
degrees from the temperature of the same hour of the preceding 
day from June to August, inclusive, seven degrees from Novem- 
ber to March, inclusive, and not more than six degrees for the 
remaining months of the year. 

No. 5, white flag, six feet square, with black square in center, 
indicates the approach of a sudden and decided fall in temper a- 
ture, and is usually ordered at least twenty-four hours in ad- 
vance of the cold wave. When No. 5 is displayed, No. 4 is 
always omitted. 

A special storm flag, sed with black square in center, is 
prescribed for use in North and South Dakota, Minnesota, 
(except at Lake stations), Iowa, Nebraska and Wyoming to 
indicate high winds, accompanied by snow, with temperature 
below freezing. 

When displayed on poles, the signals should be arranged to 
read downward; when displayed from horizontal supports, a 
small streamer should be attached to indicate the point from 
which the signals are to be read. 

No. 1 alone, indicates fair weather, stationary temperature. 

No, 2 alone, indicates rain or snow, stationary temperature. 

No. 3 alone, indicates local rain, stationary temperature. 

No. 1 with No. 4 above it, indicates fair weather, warmer. 

No. 1 with No. 4 below it, indicates fair weather, colder. 

No, 2 with No. 4 above it, indicates warmer weather, rain or 
snow. 


180 


A Storm Signal. A red flag with black center indicates that 
the storm is expected to be of marked violence. 

A Red Pennant displayed with the flags indicates easterly 
winds—that is from northeast to south, inclusive, and that the 
storm center is approaching. 

A White Pennant displayed with the flags indicates westerly 
winds—that is from north to southwest, inclusive, and that the 
storm center has passed. 

When the Red Pennant is hoisted above the storm signals, 
winds are expected from the northwest quadrant, when below, 
from the southeast quadrant. 

When the White Pennant is hoisted above the storm signal, 
winds are expected from the northwest quadrant, when below 
from the southwest quadrant. 

NIGHT SIGNALS.—By night a red light will indicate easterly 
winds, a white light above a red light will indicate westerly 
winds. 

The Hutricane Signal consists of two red flags with black 
centers, displayed one above the other, and will be used to 
announce the expected approach of tropical hurricanes and also 
of those extremely severe and dangerous storms which occasion- 
ally move across the Lakes and the Northern Atlantic coast. 


181 


Tdentification. 


MY NAME IS 


Fe Oe OOO Ne OOO BORO Oe ee COURS One a Eee c ner ase Ser esscencenereseeensteacnccesecouseorasccucadcoensccecucaucsese 


Sea See mec ceacewweneceeessencnsnwennacscccvenscunceWececcecdssussuscsuenevecesenéccssucesdeccepacacnuscess 


SARE RT atone Sean ae nheenSeseAsdapaenscsines hh necupeias ececk ss hase: cauasechap ake svaseeniens nbeadsuussnedasddeadee 


Reminders. 


The No. on the Case of my Watch is... 
The Noor the Works's 222 0 ay ee 


size of my Hosieryinn dm = 2.2 ee ee 


sizeof My;ShOes tains. swe han o in ee 


yA re ln Nr al ey Sn 


i 
An em 5 es se a 


7 e199) - 


: we bie Fa a er ee ie 
'th~. nah ae - -—~ ~~ om. _- 
Hore ro au 5 ah ¢ a ES a FE = im tat SO ey Sion a aie aed > ame dns Rak he dees elie ne - ioe Seg 


‘ 
q 
’ 
- 
> sa iach dheiete dine oak oe ee 
7 
+ 


| kate een oe eee ee 


Pa fe Sas a as snes poopeey eo fl 


abet 3-98 wae eer yee Sas sane ak} a a 


, a8 ——~ a Saeen me Bee 


i 
Poa a ae Ue aS t Tt eS ae wares 
; - ’ 


; 
ea hn ee ae ies eed oo & =e Pe nt one 
j i , : 


7 See ae ee ore ss * > ee See 


5 RTs Bae eee Ge Dis wtb ne oe 4s -s 
‘ ' 


oe 


Pn ob ge lane en 


* ve 


r 
rae Tat St Cor vara Ome 4a 


po ne 44s +; -2—4 9 = Prien pap gens 


_— re Ss aS oe the nett ete aes a a da a G2 Da a eg ee 
; 


a > a on 
\ ‘ 


) 
a oo 


“2 > 7 j 
tf pt ob 


sata deteen siteneth emeendeteaae ceeliomaliin tote Mittens ad 
ad ‘ ‘ 


vi 


— 


os 


A EN A i i gy tig, eg 


- ; ~ 
hy y* La 
- x es see mes ft ot blithe same ln bale tamed oe > 
Sn . > on me ee tae ae a et a 
Ka oe ? t . ; 
\ A , a 4 > a 
ine Gieieaine deine aaa cate ied itil aihhe inihhdiene anal aiinad 


aunt detiealieiietetiec 2 she ane ent me Paes 
. ’ 


i 
985 Bere wa) + ae —t + . 


aban ee a ee om 


| pe TEE 
eh irre tah A Ete iy -. 


ei Ao Oe eS es Se 


ope 3 Cee alla indihiieeciimnaiem coeds i 


; 
Se na est a oe se at AoE Fh nbn 
f ‘ in~§ 


ap rs Aahan amnamhaenee ane aoe reat tcaes Se ee ee ee 


aes -< Se See eee $.= _ 


i pt § . — 2 j it 
— ; 9 Soa sat tee oe te a a ao oe 
: tae ‘ rs . : : : : i 2 . : 
‘ Salah Aue Reed iccieaietes Peer ke 5D Ca a hE eh 
f ; 4 
i tae I 


Se ee ay ae eran ae 
; ; 


+ 
td dillon on ee a 
~ ) 


a 
4 21 & 
Se ee oe See Se Coe 


rf ‘ ‘ 
inate tee eee en 


4 ee 


r ¥% 


Pr et 
; 


: Pe ee i 

a 7 ; J be F 

a oe ee en re an 

é = ’ 
_ 


} 


cs 5) Se wae o aur 


tl bo re = pte 


‘henge ? ee 


ee I cn ee ee ee 
i 


Meth G peewee -) ow 
' Seed tien eae a ee oe 
‘ ' 
— 7 ad : 
“ a 
i, Sa 7 
s ; y : 
~ ~ <4 
‘ a 
: % 
i. 44 
‘ 


—< ‘ . 
pat a tS te then eae eee on 
A ‘ q 


‘ ‘7 ine’ 
“- » es Sen Cer AOR he eee oy 
vice | ’, 42a 


SRRREN Aaa Gok eee ee eS OM i Ki in 


| RAE OE Ona e ety wes cae a oe eee 


i { = os ’ ib =f ‘ 
- + ae £70 toe ae a es ni fepnend Se a oe eh ——— 


} 5 Bue! | y. 4 
imp eee & alah sa cane (ate een ses coe et ee Coen 
J : ? f 


i 
Se ee ee ee are 


5 SEE Tes ak OM > a oe ee _ 


he 


ee et te 


ee 
ee 


Oo myentey em 


O04, be pee 


i ¢ 
os ~~ +S - - | . 
eS es 
oo chi, SE el gs + pape 
1 
; So | oe 
‘ ’ ' 
Aer on A » 
peep ha} prad : 
rive - ar 
- ' 
é 
p 
' 
. 4 
Y 4 
a.) 
ve 
p; 
ss. = ==> = 2 oes C225 ree aig et ak re ee oe = == — = 


« 


UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA 


30112 


069104856 


11 


